ot a : : 5 Talat ope an eovnay ia : SPY Spits se Pdiaieoten tee ston races Wane nonde: a map POP ae Ree na) SSN ST wey sf 4 SMart ' Sinan aN tnlatateete 5 , ler g Sf : ; rf : : ela PIS ane 2 : : ah y ty : RAnatatstaletd : I ennt at eeat alate ROA ar a Sapa sa ae ‘ os Ad ws ry - ; ; : ct ‘ Ht reste , : TINTS SSA tiny ; : Y . Samananaiee ‘ KK ss any "4 . K hee Satria Poth te SPP ISL . 7s 7 PAPA Pad, eae mre KOs rr aA NS ON SH Pele fhe RE AACE ata KE wage? t Sa lsunive RRR Rae Poh ata AX ‘4 ys t , a . ate Sate e tea at SS Se Petey te ‘ ‘=: SEE Fanta PREP : / Ses \ a tyre eh gt Atel “ ? . OSA OTES: ft P arate . ‘ Xe Py Le hone Sete ih Pee MAY 14 1963 1A sa ar aL ey | or GAL ee eer PIONEERS OF LIGHT Digitized by the Internet Archive In 2022 with funding from Princeton Theological Seminary Library https://archive.org/details/pioneersoflightfOObarn ait | co? ne eee of a ‘S Pp 4 iene BENJAMIN GRIFFITH General Secretary,’ 1857-1893 y ae PIONEERS OF LIGHT The First Century of The American Baptist Publication Society 1824-1924. THE GROWING LIGHT By ee LEMUEL CALL BARNES Author of ‘Shall Islam Rule Africa,”’ ‘* Two Thousand Years of Missions Before Carey,’’ ‘‘ Elemental Forces in Home Missions,”’ ‘‘ Intensive Powers on the Western Slopes,”’ etc. THE CREATIVE PIONEERS By MARY CLARK: BARNES Author of ‘‘Athanasia,”” ‘* The New America,”’ ‘‘ Stories and Songs for Teaching English,” ** Neighboring New Americans,”’ etc. APPENDIX By EDWARD M. STEPHENSON Twenty-eight years in the Sunday School Work of The American Baptist Publication Society . ay: I PHILADELPHIA THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY BOSTON CHICAGO LOS ANGELES KANSAS CITY SEATTLE TORONTO Published by The General Board of Promotion of the Northern Baptist Convention for The American Baptist Publication Society Composition and Presswork by THE JUDSON PRESS Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A. ~ FOREWORD b) THE creative principle of a Christian ‘“ Publication’ society may well be stated in words of the highest inspiration: “ Ye are the LIGHT of the world. A city set on a hill can not be hid. Nor do they light a lamp and put it under the bushel, but on the lamp-stand; and it SHINEs to all that are in the house. Thus let your light shine before men, that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in Rea vetle sag The development of this Christlike work in its many phases through one hundred years can be briefly summarized. “ The way of the righteous is as the clear light, shining more and more, to the noon-day.”’ * Publication is highly specialized and manifold in its mech- anisms. But personality is so much the most vital element that the story is told in two parts, The Growing Light and the Creative Pioneers. For ready reference the Appendix is the most important part of the volume. As time goes on, centuries passing into millenniums, the story will become more and more interesting because so much of it is told in the very words of the creators of the history. It is written from the sources. But attempt is made to have it at the same time clear by analysis and vital by genetic treatment. 1 Matt. 5: 14-16; Prov. 4: 18. Scripture quotations in the present volume are appropriately from the Society’s own ‘‘ Improved Edition ” of 1912. wf, yi coe r ve ty “7 ay " CONTENTS iPodncd olt THE GROWING LIGHT CHAPTER PAGE INTRODUCTION, ORIGINATIVE ATMOSPHERE ELECTRIC ..........0e0eee8s 1-17 DEN Ne RAL OFM CIENTIFIC® F ROGRESS?S ait sc anes cee ce cee y 5 CRLOEMOCRAG YA: EER ENDING we fh tokinns oe vl eoe hale ss loietelatts Ga des 4 Dee DUIGATION SM VVRDEN TN Gite cis ere aie % cos sir ote ee hehe ain ie Won acdew as 6 ASCE ICANT FH RORVOA Ty AurLIGH® LIDE «47. oa 4 wise slo soe tin te hotness 9 SEUJRGANIZATIONSINATHESAIRG Wtee ie fa he weterwiad whis clae ale ate 10 ee aE OA PH IRR ENC UGLY Ribstal rit cgcioitn & cle aaaeree aie ake pisie he's 12 PRILDARIONG)) OLCE SUE ROM TI NDEAT eres teeeiy oh wate ied dail 12 Ser TRONGUEALINOURMVVESTERN OUNDLAINS Hoel icles fide oie e)s ala ele aie 14 De MIGHTY APPEAL AGORA LIONEERS lcd tat cect pb ke cats ES LUMO PTIMIS MPA SCE DAN Tera . vt dao pens wtaete eave. oid ais oc 16 DIVISION ONE GROWING SUPPLIES OF LIGHT eT ITPEUECIN NING CO URACTOUM A (on ax ania Grate vce sche ab djirs ee ee a8 18-33 DI EIN OMIN ALIS DEGIN NING fos cco to Mig ta ka SON wa ewes 18 Pe tiR A WN PORERUNNERG 2 ac Lu scans elite Se Bete delh ates 19 Mam TORY GOP RC IRIGI Na weet ltrs Cah aie tb paeihiet eialyraslen ere cis tate Ze PERT ERS COVICINAT | STORIES ieiktes te eae venae cco: 21. PETRA NSN Fe CLE TCA TION fot, Sates fe hie et cachet esate & Gos e aia whore akin 28 PUM eSATA LOG Sn tun, avn ct dee es Wee paca gs Pte neds 30 A ODER NALN STANCE 2 nha ot Sn ak es wabre is boele Shoe viene 31 BME MEA LY aN BMS ce kyo Sait lary nr rorutate YA Ci cakh eg ek t's hetero & Se PEE MTT NITA Let (GROW TEL Co Wise cdotatet st Shak nis vod a ie Sires eee 6 Brave ae Mme mT Bell LY REN HOOK S02 piv ace ate lot ae ot Wk 4 oe be ew kOe va elaceaie ° 34-43 Lees) CORRES TRL LAlee 2 tetay can nt client Uae ahaha: eve ca) ol eters at dies 34 IGMIDEAT EN EL NMS OOK Siar att. ah th trash Esa ioe a's vekeie aD 35 EDA TI MGAT LOO Soe one a rors ck aid hc mee 6 ely cheus ass 35 COMET CUE DASSIGH NO © eelew upon teste ahs Doles a vite ete ss ws seas 37 Pam ISTORVIZAND. GLOGRAPEY =, ote Werte oe Gace oe ows Pll Ss 39 PELE ROLOGY ISN DAM ICTION . hov decane etdod atte fac deies etal ss 39 RY aRS ORM OT LLM VIC Gos ot ee cee ee ee AE ia ee MO Ste ave tee hee 41 Sime THORSHIE. AND xT DITING.() cOtes ce okt os caice Sas w aha obee tis 42 CONTENTS CHAPTER ITE. PERIODICALS, HYANDEOOKS, AND HISTORYagn eee eee eee 20,00. HE SBLETADES -- 22° os oe icceche 29:-OURPMANY-NAMED v5... os soln de ee eee e eee 30.2 LEE WYOUNG RIREAPER sus. cette ee Cee ee SLA GREATS JOURNALS feild o's cs atin eee Hate ee 32o 0 HE MILKY WAY Ge os wee cisco ct ee 33, BONDS) OF UNITY) 5 2 hG ccc ee Le el eee 34; DENOMINATIONAL DIMENSIONS ‘u. opovs ens dele ee 302 DISTINCTIVE | MESSAGE Uy”. £513 ae oe te eee 36. CONFESSIONS? OF +E AITH race vata.) eee eee ee o/s, HISTORICAL AIDEPARE MENT) 4 (aa. aa foe eee 38.HISTORICAL SOCIETVg an het cites eee IV. -THEsBook*0F7B00KS\.4, ete ee ee 39, CREATORS OF THE GREAT BIBLE SOCIETIES .......... 40. Protest AGAINST NARROWNESS .............e.00-. 41. AMERICAN AND ForeEIGN BIBLE SOCIETY ........... 42.” Lut AMERICAN wBIBLEs UNIONI ies. pte ee ee 43,5 GONSOLIDATIONS «acy etan © oe eee) arene 440 ACTIVITY: Veen ati sae ae Ae Se ee ee 455,AN IMPROVED, EDITIONS: 2 iecee eee ee eee 460 X POSITIONS ge ce eee eee Sis eth ae ah Se eee DIVISION TWO GROWING TRANSMISSIONS OF LIGHT VV... COLPORTAGE® 3 os "on oe dee ee ee eee 47 PERSONALs PORTAGE (iso. cos Eaten oe 48°: SUNDRY? METHODS: .’... .) 1.0 o.kn eee ee 49. COMMISSIONED MEN ...¢., c¢4024. / ose 50, EMPLOYED MEN’ 2. .;..4, 0.4 suead bee ol. ESSENTIAL, PIONEERING! o../00e2y eo 52.. IN, PoLyGtor Cities 2, ots 53.° CARRYING TON). | eee ces Hct te ~ VIL CONVEYANCES ©.) nc eee em | 94. PACK-BASKETS AND HAND-BAGS ...........00..0 008 55. SADDLE-BAGS AND ONE-HORSE WAGONS ............ 96. MopEL COLPORTAGE..WAGGNS . 25.0 97, AUTOMOBILES, . cos So dee eee 98: GOSPEL CRUISERS u7s.02. cu ee ae ee 99. CHAPEL? CARS? niu. So). ee eee 60.. AUTO’ CHAPEL” CARS). =. .aenie tte eee 61, WHat. NEXT?) 238 cs... eee ne ee eee ashe 81-95 a aha eke 81 CONTENTS CHAPTER PAGE VEL PESTIN DA Vie OT OOLS/ claw ctr ere tie loots FEN tle Ake cad ok Walesa ws 112-149 Gem DOPTING ST HISENEMARIOOLTION UE: ea eee cere cso oie ere ditars 112 DSaee ELEM PTE Die LUX PANG IONGMEE. Const NGnie any iy tt iy eratp ws ¢es508 116 Ce SUNDA YIOGHOOE DOOKSHAND. EABRARIES® os. 2 as Gas! hide aes 120 Ome AIN MOIRTGIN AIBA OOURGCIMRE a oie en Ske, No ee ae ca! 123 66. THE MASSACHUSETTS SABBATH SCHOOL UNION ......... 125 67. THE NEw ENGLAND SABBATH SCHOOL UNION ........... 127 CSMVLH Ee CrROVINGH LRIBUTAR YO ict toe ths oe ear oe I Bs Woosh. Nas 129 SUM LIN TO Neve ONS UMM ATED ste pee eee eerie ed lee ee Bla woe oe 13) {UNE INEWRLOAVE SPOKESMAN Be ta ey de Cats asda es pra 133 AigesUNDAY=SCHOOL MIM ISSIONARIES* Orr, ee Cae hen Sateen ee ean 135 TOPHELESTANDEONIFORMPLESSONG 0 fa Re 2 teers whet ales 137 VMSA DE DMI VESSON St Mee ir ae ee RE ae oes Lee Pe eed 140 Am IGH @LENSION @LRANSMISSION, G08. fe5 oo cu cieters oes obs 142 RL eel oMatARGING® RELIGIOUS (LEDUGATION 7) sy ulster visas a4 cine aisle ocatg aie 6 150-173 Sm MPROVEMENT> OF (HEA SUNDAY! SCHOOL) ic 0.2 s bese cues 150 oe LEACTIER-TRALN ING? iW ee Oh: Oe ee ce ee a utee mh Evins ole 151 TEAGISISTI NEE? LIEPART MENT fee sole oe ds whe wraals Rho a sods 154 ] SN AITITOR GRVVOR KGS fy ORME re ct eh ote e Oe ates eee kteiae Meee f 155 (SES PUCTRI CHAP OUIN SEL PURI RNS aie cate cf cea anions pda ease Ms 156 ROUMCONVENTIONSE AND LLSTITUTES pecs: tees anne aoe Dot 157 SSE SOM MERMOASSEMBLIES oe. seien Sa: tend ah oa eee ote Ve 158 Sat ORRESPON DEN CEE COURSES tucrc. ot Maer abate mcaums 4 ie dwt 158 DOMES PA RGR AIIL CU RE myers Wee ee were De eet ely vent 8 Sk cce B 160 DAMN RUFITECTURA PanUPULRT Met phere ee ease a oie a gk the re ese st 161 Me SCAR ARDS Wane Ma. Teak R Sh, fia gal.og wena che yl widtcleue ys 5 kee at 162 BEM CE WVARDSHIP ALU CA BONG ct tere otatsig vig S gine aise eietn bcs dats 164 RIMENITESIONARY STOUCATION © eecat. sb on lens Mee ketal wee 165 Ser ATI VeSV ACATIONG BIBLE: SCHOOLS: ss oc 5 cules cata a be ua ae 167 89. PUBLIC-SCHOOL TIME RELIGIOUS INSTRUCTION ........... 169 PeMEECLATM SERVICER RM Cer Mtnni reer tery ne Oh, hy SREP E CS mec 171 DIVISION THREE GROWING PRODUCTION OF LIGHT Pee T RRL sUIRGANISM alr hee ee ee ee eee Pe Re: 176-199 OTeeeMOCRATIC. CONSTITUTIONS te cle cc. lan deekwe lees. eben 176 eS OARTQORS Vi ANAGERS Bien cut lovhel whe, heen ood ea ea Le el ss 177 Viet XEOUTIVES ANDELEPARTMENTS®: & cold rik cee ake 179 Date ST ANULNG»s (COMMITTEES 05) cia, 4 Bey Gls eb crn ot cad cele 181 Be DOUBLE MOSTAR cena tice et er eet tte lac RK cree c. 183 96. PLEA DOWARTERS SEs catenin ce Deere phe Rieti 8 eee oe. me 184 CONTENTS CHAPTER PAGE 97. /PRINTING-HOUSE 10... << 5 + wig't's's ele sinagtele a ae ols eee O8: *INCOME ©. oss 2x bese obs pecs oc ets tig oe laieechete hee tales ene 193 09. Ways (AND UMEANS ©, 2 23,.4 s/c Sisters alete de aise ues ores 2 Seem 194 LOOJBEN DOW MENTS hon sane e aes FP CRN pe Sy 5 & 199 X. “Fev (CONTACTS icc ial ss ec ian whee eee hee ee 200-225 1012 DEGREESS OF! MEMBERSHIP. (6) vaees Dae fs be ae ees 200 102 AUXILTARIES 703) eee ahaa oe Seeds ee aie oe ea 201 103. ANNUAL “MEETINGS 23 330. Ones tents ee eae 202 104. DEPOSITORIES "ANDi BRANCHES J ci eae eee ee eee 202 105, AGENTS: AND= DISTRICTS i295 c59 tee ea tes oe ee 204 1062 EARLY INTERSOCIETY RELATIONS 20.4 2. 1 susan eee 207 107.+A.. BRIGHTS FOREGEEAMVs.3 > WitBEerT. Ri HOWELL: >> S Franklin, 74-—An extract of a letter from an ofscer of the Franklin 74, dated at Val- araiso, Oct. Ist, a eli in the National zazette says: ‘ The Franklin sailed from Callao on the Sth of August for Mobando, and arrived here on the 26th ultimo. A few days previously to our leaving Callao, one of the young gentlemen (Mr. Kelty) was seized with the small pox.—The contagion is spreading throughout the ship. We have now twenty-two cases, and thus far, previ- ous vaccination appears to be no protection. Vhe gentleman who brought the disease on board had been vaccinated, and his arm ex- hibited (so says our intelligent surgeon,) a well formed eschar. Midshipman Wads- worth, and the commodore’s children, are now convalescent from this loathsome dis- case. Our surgcon, (Dr. Salter,) is unre- mitting in his attention, and has thus far lost but two patients. We are fortunate in hav- ing a fine large airy ship, by whioh the men can be well accommodated.” TENE STAR. WASHINGTON CITY, SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 14, 1824. PRAYER FOR CHILDREN. In our lust paper, we intimated an.inten- tion to explain our opinions concerning the measure recently proposed by the Charles- ton Association. It has occasioned some dis- cussion ; and, as is usual when a novel pro- position is made, the imagination, a much more active faculty than the reason, and little accustomed to take counsel of its more cau- tious associate, has given to the measure in question the aspect and complexjon of po- tentous mischicf. We are not sorry, however, to observe the sensitive alarm which has been felt. It is, indeed, unnecessarily excited in this case; but occasions may arise, in which it will be found a vigilant guardian of the purity of Baptist principles. It is not unimportant that a'sentinel be at his post, though imme- diate danger may not threaten the fortress. ‘Lhe proposal, as we understand it, is not entirely a novel one. Many# of our most g.calous and steadfast ministers have thought it neither useless, nor inconsistent with Bap- tist principles, to employ the solemnity ‘of devout prayer, to impress the minds of chil- dren with sentiments of reverence for their Creator, and to invigorate in parental hosoms earnest desires and corresponding resolutions, in regard to the religious edu- cation of their ofispring. These ministers have thought, also, that it was not unim- portant ¢o strengthen in their own minds the sense of pastoral obligation towards chil- dren. No one will question, that should Parents and ministers habitually regard the religious instruction of children as a sacred duty, it would not be so frequently neglected. Jt is important, then, to inquire, whether or not any means can be employed to strengthen this sentiment of obligation. If it be conceded, that solemn prayer, by a minister, with special reference *o himsclf, the parents and the children, would have this effect, the whole argument is yielded ; for this is all that we consider as being intend- ed by the Charleston Association, Wheth- er this be done privately, or in public, is not essential. If it is right in itsclf, it may.be done any where ; and if itis useful, the only question. is, what manner of perforining it is fitted fo give it the most impressiveness, and attach to it the most solemnity. If this is a correct view of the subject— and it'is the only one which we approve— all that has been said concerning the intro- duction of a new erdivance into the church is inapplicable to the question under dis- cussion. Nothing of the kind is proposed. “A New-York Bafitist” inyuircs for the scriptural warrant for the measure. Where does he find this warrant for Bible, Mis- siunary and Tract Societies; for Sunday Schools, for the Monthly Concert of Prayer, &e.? He will doubtless answer our ques- tion, and his own, by saying, that the Bible furnishes general directions to “ abound in every good word aid work,” leaving the details to be devised and arranged, as cir- cumstances may render expedicnt. “A New-York: Dapitist’’ says, that Pedo- baptists’ consider the measure as a conces- sion on our part, and a sanction to the prin- ciple of infant sprinkling. Are we to adopt no plans, because others may misunderstand and draw unauthorized inferences from thein? So far from giving any sanction to infant sprinkling, no measure which we could udopt would tend more to accelerate the fall of the crumbling edifice. ‘The only plausible argament for infant sprinkling is, that it may have a favourable effect on the religious education of children, Multitudes practise it, far no other reson ; and should Baptists place the subject on its truc basis, and secure the bencfit, without the perver- sion of a Christian ordinance, we should, sooner than will otherwise be the case, hear sega of infunt sprinkling as the Apostles ‘We may here remark, that it seems tobe taken for granted, that infunts only are to be the subjects of prayer. ‘I'hisis not propos- ed. It would, in our opinion, be preferalife to perform it, when the mind had become _| will diminish the “salutary horror” with THE COLUMBIAN STAR. Ce ee ese 27 sufficiently expanded to reccive a propcr | likely to reach the heart and the conscicnce. impression ; and it should be done, not once only, but aa often as might be necessary to effect the object. It is also taken for grant- ed, that the minister's blessing is the object in view. What has been Said is sufficient to correct this supposition. “ Scrutator,” in the Star of January 31, proposed three objections, to which we will briefly advert. 1. The practice is an “ innovation.” The Gospel was an innovation, and all the be- nevolent schemes of the present age are of the same character. ‘he q:estion is not, whether a thing is new, but whether it is right. 2. It is “unnecesary.” To ascertain whether or not any measure is necessary, we must inquire whether the object in view is, or can be, accomplished without it. “ Scrutator” acknowledges, that the “re- ligious education of children is too much neglected.” He concedes, therefore, that the existing motives have not had sufficient force. Something else seems to be necessa- ry. Can “Scrutator” suggest a better ine- thod, than the one proposed? If he can, he is bound to do so, If not, why object to this? S. It is “dangerous.” He thinks that it which Baptists are accustomed to regard infant sprinkling. The logic of this argu- ment is, that we ought to cherish the gob- lin terrors of the nursery, lest we should be frightened by apparitions in our riper years. He says, further, that we are commanded to abstain from all afipearunce of evil. “If then,” he says, “we grant that what our brethren recommend is not evil in itself; yet if it have the afi/earance of evil, it is for- bidden by this divine precept.” We beg leave to examine this doctrine. No one Knows better than “Scrutator,” that the plirase “appearance of evil’? does not now convey the precise meaning of the original expressions. The injunction is, to abstain from every eides, sfecics, form, shape, of evil—that is, from evil, in whatever shape it may present itself—frum evil of every kind. It is, therefore, taken for granted in this text, that what is forbidden is “evil in itself?’ There are cases, indeed, in which a thing innocent in itself, ought to be avoid- ed, if it give offence. The Apostle did and enjoined this, in regard to ‘cating meat,” &c. But these are cases, in which individual interest or comfort only is concerned. On points of general duty, however, this prin- ciple cannot be acted on; and no man pur- sued the path of duty, with a more inde- pendent disregard of the opinions of friends or foes, than the Apostle Paul. Are we to do nothing, which appears to be wrong to any of our brethren? ‘his is to make our duty depend on the ignorance and prejudices, whether innocent or otherwise, of those around us. We should, in this case, do no- thing. Many sincere Chris*ians oppose missions, education, &c. Shall we abandon these important measures? But it is unne- cessary to argue a point so sclf evident as this. = In fine, “ Scrutator” finds in this practice a dangerous tendency, inasmuch as it may lead toinfant sprinkling. We would inquire, ence for all, if we have no relianee on the strength of our principles? Have we no confidence in the conservative influence of our institutions? There is danger in every thing with which we are connected. ‘The sacrameht of the Lord’s Supper has a very natural tendency to introduce, among beings so much governed by the senses as we are, the doctrine of transubstantiation. Are we inthe slightest danger of falling into this errour? We consider it as equally idle, to fear a Japse into infant sprinkling. The spirit of the age forbids it. ‘The darkness is past, and the true light now shines. ‘The Copernican system of astronomy is opposed by the evidence of the senses; yet it is mo- rally impossible, that mankind should re- turn to the theories of Ptolemy and Tycho Brahe. Itis, we conceive, equally impossi- ble, that Baptists should adopt the ex- ploded doctrines of those ages of darkness, when the Bible was not gencrally perused, and men were not accustomcd to think for themselves. BAPTIST GENERAL TRACT SOCIETY. It has been suggested to us, that it is de- sirable, that a Bafitist General Tract Society be established in this city. A friend, whose delight it is, to devise and exccute plans for the advancement of religion, writes to us thus: “I have been thinking for some time how a Tract Society can be got up in Wash- ington, which shall hold the same place aineng Baptists, that the American ‘lract Socicty does umong Congregationalists. I now feel very much the necessity of having Tracts to scatter in the waste places. It is a plan of doing goot, which is scarcely known among Baptists. No place is more suitable for such a Society than Washing- ton. Resources would be principally ob- tained through auxiliaries, and the exertions of Agents. Many of our ministers might become life-members,” We leave this hint with our readcrs for the present, with the remark, that in our Opinion, the distribution of Tracts is an ob- ject of sufficient importance to solicit the attention of every denomination of Christians. They are unobtrusive but most efficient freachers of righteousness, winning their way where a minister could not penetrate ; telling and repeating their simple message, at thosc hours, tuo, when it may be most It is therefore worth while to take heed What doctrines they teach. Tracts are either essays on moral virtues, or statements of religious truth, or more frequently, nar- ratives of individuals who have remarkably exemplified the effects of Christian princi- ples. No objectionable sentimenss may be advanced, out the tendency may neverthe- less be, to sanction opinions and practices which we do not approve. Much may be implied, much be taken for granted, and certain processes be pointed out, and the whole assume a complexion very different from that which we should ourselves give it. We are not sufficiently familiar with Tracts to know how far these remarks are applicable to those now in circulation~- but we think it can dono harm to form a Society. Among other advantages, we can supervise the character of these messen- gers of religious truth, before we commis- sion them to go forth, to enter into contro- versy with the consciences of men, and to beseech them, in Clirist’s stead, to be re- conciled to God. DINNER AT GLASGOW, We have appropriated a considerable space to extracts from an account of a din- ner given at Glasgow, in honour of Dr. Chal- mers, ‘he portions which we republish possess a value, distinct from the interest which they derive from the occasion. The speech of the Rev. Professor Chase, of the Columbian College, in this District, is wor- thy of note. It is strikingly pertinent, and is expressed in a style of peculiar beauty. Most of the speeches on the occasion were full of excessive culogiums on Dr. Chalmers ; and: we happen to know, that he was affect- ed as well as gratified by the delicacy of the compliments in the Professor’s address. A dinner was not, perhaps, the most con- gruous farewell token of rcgard for a dis- tinguished clergyman. It is believed, that he would have refused it, if he could have done so, without giving offence to men, to whom he felt himself under great obliga- tions ; and from whom he was about to tear himself away, under circumstances, which did not permit him to take leave of them individually. GEOGRAPHICAL GARDEN. Mr-Ira Hill has petitioned Congress to aid him in forming near the Capitol, a geo- graphical garden, in which “all the known parts of the world shall be accurately deli- neated. The beds of Oceans, Seus, Gulfs, Bays, and Lakes shall be depressed, and the Continents, Peninsulas, and Isthmuses, Mountains, Istands, &c. shall be raised in proportion to their respective elevations on this terraqueous sphere, ? The beds of the Oceans, &c. shall be covered with gravel, and the lands shall be adorned with verdure; and the mountains may rest on the same king of stone as com- pose them in their natural states. The channels of rivers shall be ccscribed as in their natural courses, and lowered in proportion to the height of their respective banks.” AGE OF LIBERAL FEELINGS. The Legislature of Massachusetts have refused to grant a Charter to Amherst In- stitution. The Legislature of Maryland have refused to repeal the test laws of that state, by which a portion of its citizens are disfranchised. What pure zeal for the promotion of science and religion !—\What a tolerant spirit, and how worthy of “the home of freedom, the asylum of the op- pressed !"—"* Hail, Columbia, happy land.” VARIOLOID, OR SMALL POX, - Some alarm has been occasioned by the prevalence, in several places, of a species of the small pox. Persons who have been vaccinated, have taken the discase ; and an opinion has been formed unfavourable to the utility of vaccination. But the following statement of facts tends to show, that it ought to be more highly prized than eer: “Dr, Mitchell, physician of Philadelphia, who has had the care of a small pox hospi- tal, has published a statement, which estab- lishes an important fact, in corroboration of the opinion of Dr. Bell, of England, on the subject, that vaccination is the best fireven- tive againat thia epidemic, the fatal etfeots of which have been experienced at Philadel- phia. It appears, that of 149 cases in that city of varioloid, or small fox, 48 occurred in persons who had previously had the vac- cine disease, and mot one of them dicd— Wight cases occurred in persons who had previously had the small pox, of which four died.— The other 93 cases occurred in per- sons who had previously had neither dis- ease, and of these 32 dicd, and 61 recovered. ‘Lwo of the persons who had the small pox a second lime, took it naturally the first time. Light of those who took the disease after the vaccine, had been vaccinated recently. Some of the mildest cases were in persons who were vaccinated more than twenty years ago. GBighteenth Congress, ’ FIRST SESSION, SENATE. Monpar, February 9. The Senate resumed the unfinished busi- ness of Friday last, being the bill reported by the Committee on Naval Affairs, “ au- thorizing the building of an additional num- ber of sloops of war, for the naval service of the United States; Mr. Barbour moved to fill the blank for the appropriation, with ** 250,000 doltars for ‘the present year, and 200,000 dollars annually, for three sueceed- Tvespar, February 10. INTERNAL IMPROVEMENT. The House then resumed the consideta- tion of the report of the Committce of the Whole, on the bill to obtain the necessary plans, estimates, &c. in relation to Roads and Canals. Several ineffectual attempts were made to destroy the bill ; it was finally ordered to a third reading, ayes 115, nocs 86. The House then took up, in Committee 6f the Whole, the bill fora revision of the ta- riff. Soon after, the Committe¢ rose, and the House Adjourned. MWeonespar, February 1. The engrossed bill to procure the neces- sary plans, surveys, and estimates, in rela- tion to roads and canals, was read a this time, PASSED, and sent to the Senate for concurrence. _ On motion af Mr. Zod, the House went into Committee of the Whole, on the bill to amend the several acts for imposing duties on imports. Several gentlemen expressed their senti- ments on the merits of the bill. ‘he Com- mittee rose, and had leave to sit again. ‘Lhe bill from the Senate “to secure the accountability of pyblic officers end others,” was twice read and referred to the Com- mittee of Ways and Means. A bill from the Senate “authorizing the building of an additional number of sloops of war for the naval service of the United States,” was twice read, and committed to the Committee on Naval Affairs. Adjourned. . Taurspar, February 12. Mr. Cushman, from the Committce on the Public Buildings, reported a bill ** mak- ing appropriations for the Public Build- ings ;” which was twice read and commit- ted. Mr. Cook, frora the Committee aa Public Lands, to whom the subject was referred, reported a bill ‘“‘to authorize the opening and laying out a road from Wheeling, in the State of Virginia, to the Seat of Government in Missouri ;” which was twice read, and committed to the Committee of the Whole to whom was referred the bill for the con- tinuation of the Cumberland Road. ‘The House then again resolved itself in- toa Committee of the Whole, on the bill “*toamend the several acts for imposing du- ties on imports.’’ A long and desultory debate arose, till the House Adjourned. Fripvar, February 13. A number of relief bills were reported and committed. ; Mr. Crowninshield, from the Committee on Naval Affairs, reported the bill from the Senate, authorizing the building of addition- al sloops.of war, without amendment, and it was ordered to be committed to a Com- mittee of the Whole on the Union. DELAWARE AND CHESAPEAKE CANAL, _ Mr. Hemphill, from the Committee on Roads and Canals, reported a bill to author- ize a subscription for stock in the Deiaware and Chesapeake Canal Company, which was read a first and second time and com- mitted. The following resolution, offered by Mr. ios was read, and ordered to lie on the adic: Resolved, That the Committee on the District of Columbia, be instructed to in- quire into the expediency of providing, by law, for the election of a delegate, from said District, to represent the same in the Con- gress of the United States, The House then cook up, in Committee of ing years.” his was agreed to, and the bill was ordered to be engrossed and read a third time. Adjourned. Zuespar, February 10, Mr. Lloyd, of Maryland, presented the memorial of the Board of Trustces af the Columbian College, in the District of Co- jumbia, praying a loan from the Govern- ment, for certain purposes. Referred to the Committce on the District of Colum- bia. The bill “authorizing the building of an adstitiunal number of sloops of war, for the naval service of the United States, was read the third time, and PASSED. The Senate, as ia Committee of the Whole, proceeded to. consider the bill “betcer to secure the accountability of pub- lic officers and others.” ‘fhe first section of the bill provides, that no salary, compensation, or emolument, shall be paid to any person who is, or shall be, indebted to the United States, until such person has accounted for, and paid into the ‘Treasury, all sums for which he may be so indebted. The sccond section makes it the duty of every accountable officer who, in making payment tothe United States, is, by law, authorized to retain his fecs, or salary, ont of the money for which he is accountable, and who is indebted to the United States to pay over, at the time required by Jaw for his payments and accountability, all his fees and emoluments, until he shall have dis- charged the sums for which he is indebted ; and makes it the duty of the Treasury De- partment, at a certain time in cach year, to ‘give notice tosuch officers, of the sum duc from them ; and makes it the duty of Col- lectors, and other officers, to withhold the pay of the persons employed by them, until their debts to the Government are dis- charged. ‘Lhe third section provides, that no per- son shall be appointed to any office, which entitles him, in any way, to receive, and makes it his duty to account for, public monies, who shall, at the time of such ap- pointment, be indebted to the United States. The fourth section makes it the duty of the President of the United States to com- municate to Congress, in the first weck of each session, the names of persons, whose pay is withheld under the provisions of this act, with the amount due, &c. with a pro- viso, that in all cases where the pay of any person is withheld, it shall be the duty of the Accounting Officers of the ‘Treasury, if demanded by the person, to report, forth- with, to the Agent of the Treasury Depuart- ment, the balance ; and it shall be the duty of such agent, within sixty days thereafter, to order suit to be commenced against such delinquent and his sureties, The bill passed to be engrossed, for a third reading. Adjourned. Weonespar, February 11. The bill ‘better to secure the accounta- bility of public officers and others,” was read the third time, PASSED, and sent to the other House. k The Senate then proceeded to the order of the cay. ‘The bill ‘allowing a draw- back on the exportation of cordage manu- factured in the United States from foreign hemp,” was taken up for consideration, in Committee of the Whole. The bill from 'the other House, authoriz- ing surveys for roads and canals, was read und passed toa second reading. Adjourned. Tuurspar, February 12. Tne bill from the other House, “ author- izing. surveys for roads and canals,” was read the second time, and referred to the Select Committee on Roads and Canals. Qn motion of Mr. JoAnaon, of Kentucky, the bill **to abolish imprisonment for debt” was taken up in Committee of the Whole, Mr. Ruggles in the chair, Mr. Mills sub- bill for increasing the ‘Tariff on certain ar- ticles. After a protracted debate, in whicla a number of members engaged, the Com- mittee rose, reported progress, and had mitted his views upon the subject, at length ; | leave to sit again; and the House and some remarks were made by Messrs.| Adjourned to Monday. Johnson, of Kentucky, and 7/olmes, of Maine. The* further consideration of the subject me was, on motion of M.*. Johnson, of Kentucky, MARRIED, postponed till Monday next, and the bill was made the order of that day. The bill “ extending the tern of pensions, granted to persons disabled, and to the wi- dows and orphans of those who have been slain, or who have died in consequence of wounds, or casualties, reccived while in the line of their duty, on board the private arm- ed ships of the United States, during the late war,”’on motion of Mr. Lioyd, of Mass. was taken up, in Commitcee of the Whole. The bill was reported to the Senate, with- out amendment, and passcu to be engrossed and read the third time. Adjourned. Fripar, February 13, ° Mr. Nodle presented a resolution of the Gencral paris of the state of Indiana, requesting her Representatives, and in- structing her Senators in Congress, to take all necessary measures to procure the ex- tinguishment of the Indian title to land w ithin that state, The bill * extending the term of pensions In this city, on the 11th instant, by the Rev. O. B. Brown, Mr. Ricaaap A. Hiaarsotox, of St. Mary’s county, Maryland, to Miss Maay Ayw W. Hitrox, only daughter of Samuel Hilton, Esq. near the Navy Yard. On the 10th instant, by the Rev. Mr, Hoskin, Mr. Lsvr Pumpuney, to Miss Saziy MILLBR, both of Prince George’s county. At Philadelphia, on Thursday evening, the Sth instant, by the Rev. Mr. J. J. Janewxy, Mr. Jounx B. Etxisox, to Miss Mangas, second daughter of John Moore, Esq. DIED, At Birmingham, England, on the 11th of De- cember last, Mr. Haxary Foxatt, of Georgetown, who was a pious Christian, and well known as the proprietor of the Georgetown Foundery, in this District. REPORT OF DEATHS, In the City of Washington, during the month of January, 1824, granted to persons disabled, und to the wi-] Measles + + = = 2 2 2 2 + = -10 dows and orphans of those who hare bee So (coloured) se" /e Sue ee Several bills of private interest, were Won S - z ee ee eee : read the third time and passxD., Colic, ss es 0 8 we oe ep Adjourned to Monday, Consumption - - + = 2... 6 y ee le. Yo D4 9 8 BAe) Sao a aad Old SO LSS SS [ee ne Dees HOUSE. Gone oe nie eh eee Monnar, February 9. Obstruction of the wind Dips. isa aeae A memorial was presented from Dr. Totals eases, lore ee Smith, of Baltimore, on the prevention of Adult, Pasa ences ate the small pox; the memorial’goes at length Children, - - - - 2. 2. 2 39 into the subject, and, atter mentioning the By order of the Board of Health present alarming prevalence of the disease, and discusssing the validity of kine pock, as its preventive, proposes a plan for the dissemination of genuine vaccine matter, by a Central Agent, at Washingtoa, and local Agents in cachCongressional District. ‘The memorial was referred toa Select Commit- tee. ‘The House went into Committee of the Whole, on the bill for obtaining the requi- site surveys and estimates on Roads and Ca- nals. Mr. Zarbour’s motion to strike out the enacting clause, was decided in the negu- tive—ayes 84, noes 108. Adjourned. Mr. Webster's Speech. de JOHN &. MEEHAN, and for at the Columbian Star Office, north E street, near the General Post Office, and by the principal Booksellers in this City gnd Georgetown, MR. WEBSTER’S SPRECH ON THE Greek Revolution. OP Price 123 cents a co b t the rate of $8 pet hindrek y the quantity EDITORIAL ON “BAPTIST GENERAL TRACT SOCIETY ” In “The Columbian Star,” February 14, 1824 the Whole, Mr Condict in the chair, the ee Set rie eee Dt) Ag 43" eghewy am | Ama | at ees asc Fane a CR Biers % : = ~ . meres ns : a» oe eet mele ep ce aneeina + yaa te nfo , Maer ‘ A 4 | Pipa —Agegeae: grease sane os ms 5 wenshib yas" yp) veig eovisrtbo' nd a cance Sains saps ail frehlt 6 boom eae prot BA saKNSE od) OF care anaes smd |. * SSPE pb ec Ha Rape OD ceiiee on baa tosw mucll oa) GON Abt Wann 4 News ot vel OTiW on yith oF. py : eh age: a ag ENE TTS as PML Gree. eS. Sas Sar ree @ td ody a shor! HW sili to setlisto0> pnt} dona Winn eH baitiD stead fontoboi “7 ; i ‘Sofligmonss ot ms § See meena eathuly pao WA aia Uniivse oil! banme pede om hiey bua A0t Dotnyoor. euil pews pes Se TT Wao Mion erage ox od gem of Noble Wh bis hig — sehamno2 2” nok -ofEinay3 ‘yeni i. ae 5 pvATeAtT aa: sesersinarg Lords: 3 Lottabid o : c srasts J VAG id astein cogs! ee “GtInOs oF 1302" estan er 207% Dy} Sai Th waw! Lis ost | teh ya el pom! be | ilidastiAccie or yh Ne ~pobdar holisnd> Rencteyiecapestrs ; D iy ay ? Hag gh Itt boengeng 960 old Bs 2 wie) deuussos et - seas so ws) Se eee Fe ark inaout acai ote AFAIK OF : apteed Sh. bpheota ab PBS ise sseietd yaw on YW oe ol 9) brewed it” 6 iar re nF . se 2 guiblind | r3: gta ete sdershienos 4 Srisitquagqe ovat ov ~ ‘seid| reac... 5 een, a Oe ee L silt 201 238 we “eid Svat Juathe Haske vt fixer “wrarseotileaes: bern fb K 30 $xno398, 26 mo e1surs ot sonqe ti todd adobe? H “eaorsgnole” ati ee * eS Pine i> ed S b het 203i Tete aenals att borer Wad Ath Io model Mm woe T ise eda Baar iitiw Spree aowive™ ot dzigimib Miw) a SAL elugeonD nit Jo yteh sat ti soadeas One| Zildoge aw. doite emirey oft “em pega 03 Bowman ot ese depnth” ‘Aoiiiw |. POE EPC AIRS Ni SIT Biss K Is AMATI | yesh ads port Joule sulev. A we : hit Wo sigol oft. .gaibtatiga Srenctod } ; ) 5 Pb re sah Io verpdillo duib o2 5 >it0n ovis : : ang jira wid? Ye oigol oft. .ga nil We MtteD screw: awd) SIL Sige toe Pome ae one as sk miter + nas Sy acmiice cA ‘ica Sisake eisihne Rlre e » stil = aban 4 Sas TET ee ~% le trey 09 oe yt 1527 ‘s 1 3 >>" sd m 4 Tilt Sh “5 3 2g eae sper igetl ace just, pee ai F dios wernt fe LN EROWIsG 2 aiff ¥0 a powell saradd vite nm goto" anidmul ; x2] a peak asa Sata ea’ wd Honsidye Bint - sida sah sanlterr oud tab Sie -Snenurs ve) sities eidete Tart fuys sa SOHEPIOG, «fui $tiig eh st ocean 1 ys eid J ty eitaratets ais be 2662, poe eRe ah —— en st ~~ cf % ata! a peas i -Hinate bie Bust sowi-ase toule * sey Sin bergrst3 es ey ‘ . | DSP Nsg Of tafe sbavetg subsea fonts wr bad glide Yo Shy at bites ke wefay” ery hs Saeco ee TN xrviste off -esini-cs hosel on A “409 ie Sabliaiaah) SAP oval does Al¥ O ipahw esa neat tuacittin ad Tey re PS ‘AO RIS 2 tee eis Aal yin 5 CONE aK fade cd Kary ow ae sit Maa F attl patrrssees Bagi Fqo-too pe ; : ey ; f 3% + hist AG ro sas y 5 pried x | 15 Siete he Lies duct et Lina O94 RYUITS ¢} aod: ¥ a@t yl lerenqotg iawn weet ; at troqail of beret 4otel ia he Sete aw Sri 59 Get ty ai Sak To po LORD AES st setntneed ws : iz sche euetet or 08 Shen 1 wuz ei Sv. sherk daveb; J eas a bers i oO!) WORM one ; i Lie INTRODUCTION i5th of December, 1824, the President of the United States, the Secre- taries of State, of War, and of the Navy, and leading members of both houses of Congress being present. General Lafayette of Revo- lutionary fame, then on his visit to the United States, was present at these exercises. At a later hour a formal address of welcome was made to General Lafayette by the President of the College, after which the General and his suite, with the Secretary of State, the Hon. John Quincy Adams, the Secretary for War, the Hon. John C. Cal- houn, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Hon. Henry Clay, together with other distinguished citizens, dined with the Board of Trustees, among whom was Postmaster General Meigs, and the members of the faculty of the College at the house of President Staughton. 4. Philanthropy at a High Tide In the realm of philanthropy it was a time of high tide. Previous generations of Christians in America, with a few brilliant exceptions like Roger Williams, had concentrated their energies on the way of salvation for themselves and their own immediate circles. But the “ haystack band” at the new college in the Berkshire Hills had now started a movement which expanded into effort for all the world. In the home- land the first quarter of the nineteenth century was a time of wide expansion of population. In 1800 more than two-thirds of all the people in the United States lived within fifty miles of tide-water. By 1825 Ohio had become the fifth State in the Union in population. By 1830 the new States west of the Alleghenies were giving a new character to the life of the nation. The frontiers were rapidly advancing. The Congre- gationalists sent Adoniram Judson, Sr., into the wilderness of Vermont at an earlier day and his home-mission experiences fired the imagination of his son. The Triennial Convention of Baptists organized by Luther Rice to sustain the young Judson in Burma also sent in 1817 John Mason Peck into the Mississippi Valley to found churches, schools, and a college there. By the end of the first quarter of the nineteenth cen- tury nearly every State had organized a missionary society commonly called a State Convention. Inthe realm of purpose [9 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT ae to reach with the gospel every man, both at home and abroad, the atmosphere was electric as never before. To get a vivid conception of this, one needs only to read . “The American Baptist Magazine and Missionary Intelli- gencer ’’ for those days. Its title was accurately descriptive. The Publication Society was born at the beginning of 1824 in a highly enlightened circle of Baptists. We positively know — what they were thinking about, in fact we hear them thinking aloud, as we read the 232 pages of their Magazine for 1823. The impression is redoubled if we read the volumes of other years about that time and of other Baptist periodicals, the “Columbian Star,” the “Latter Day Luminary,” and the “Watchman.” The table of contents of the Magazine for 1823 would serve well as an index of the denominational mind. Take time for a few items. 5. Organization in the Air Organization was in the air. The principle having been adopted in forming the Philadelphia Association in 1707 and slowly propagated by forming the Warren Association in 1767 and others later, and then the Massachusetts Baptist Missionary Society in 1802, had been nationalized by creating in 1814 the General Convention of Baptists in the United States. It is almost amusing to us that the trustees of Columbian College in their annual report (1833) to the Convention refer to the latter (nine years old) as “that venerable body.” On the return of the triennial assembly of that venerable body, under whose auspices this institution has received existence, and to whose fostering hand it looks with filial confidence for future counte- nance and enlargement, it is no less grateful to our feelings than con- sonant with a sense of duty, to present a report of its present state. It was indeed “venerable”’ in significance if not in years. This very year a committee of the venerable body is appointed relative to State Conventions and reports that they [10] INTRODUCTION entertain a high sense of the important tendencies of State Conven- tions. Difficulties have existed, which are now passing away. Breth- ren, in various parts of the country, are convinced of the value of the measure, and in several States, Conventions of this character have been formed. The apprehensions which have been felt, are found to have been ill-founded. Being entirely voluntary, the formation of State Conventions cannot interfere with the rights of the churches; while it will bring together the wisdom, piety, and talent of the denomination, and give a highly desirable concert and energy to their proceedings. Three months after the organization of the Publication Society in Washington the Baptist Missionary Society of Massachusetts in the course of its annual report praises the spirit of combined effort that was prevailing: That which distinguishes the present from past ages, is not the existence of a spirit of benevolence, but the form in which that benevo- lence is brought to operate on a world lying in wickedness. In other times, what was done was chiefly the result of individual exertion... But it is our happiness to live at a period when Christians combine their efforts for the attainment of pious and benevolent objects. They now are convinced that union is strength; and the fear that some possible evil may hereafter arise from associations of the wise and good, is not allowed to paralyze their exertions, and thus render them comparatively useless. Conscious of the integrity of their own mo- tives, they are willing to believe that others are upright; and therefore go forward, confiding in each other, and in God... We rejoice in the multiplication and prosperity of Societies, which are intended to pro- mote the present and eternal welfare of men. They are ominous of the rich and immense blessing which shall be enjoyed by future generations. There is a series of articles in that Baptist thesaurus, the Magazine (1823-24), on the problem of denominational or- ganization, by an anonymous writer who signs his “ letters ” on the subject “ Backus.” (A thousand years hence a student might be speculating about “the second Backus.” At the time no one could misunderstand. The distinguished Isaac Backus had been dead seventeen years and the to-be-distin- guished Jay S. Backus was only thirteen years old. ) [ 11 J PIONEERS OF LIGHT 6. Sympathies Inclusive The Magazine in 1823 gives excellent reports of the work of the Hamilton Baptist Missionary Society, the Baptist Edu- cation Society of New York, Baptist Missionary Convention of New York, The Massachusetts Baptist Education Society, The Massachusetts Baptist Charitable Society (forerunner of the M. & M. B. B.), The Massachusetts Evangelical Tract Society, The English Baptist Missionary Society, and the Bengal Christian School Society. This Baptist Magazine of one hundred years ago gives sympathetic accounts of the work of the English Church Missionary Society and of the Ameri- can Board of Commissioners, beginning its account of the latter's annual report with these brotherly words: This document is one of the noblest testimonials to the Christian zeal of the American churches that has ever appeared. We have read it with unmingled satisfaction, and, we hope, with devout thankfulness for the success of our Congregational brethren. [The very brethren who but ten years before in sectarian haste had called Judson a liar. ] It also warmly reports and endorses interdenominational or- ganizations, [he United Foreign Mission Society of New York, The American Society for Ameliorating the Condition of the Jews, The New Orleans Bethel Union, the American Bible Society, and the British and Foreign Society. Their sons at the end of the first quarter of the twentieth century must stretch themselves mightily to maintain the breadth of view exhibited by the Baptist fathers at the end of the first quarter of the nineteenth century. 7. Clarion Voices from India The most electrifying discharges in the luminous atmosphere of the Publication Society's birth-year, are disclosed in the many pages of the Magazine devoted to letters and journals of the pioneer kingdom-builders themselves. William Carey was still active, though reaching the end of his marvelous [ 12] WES SPAR WASHINGTON CITY, SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 21, 1824. ———— - For the Columbian Star. BAPTIST TRACT SOCIETY, Mr. Epiror, My attention was seriously arrested by your suggestions in the last number of the Star, relative to the formation of a Baptist ‘Tract Society. The subject may be some- what novel to our denuniination, but cannot fat tomeet the decited approbation of all who wish well to the interests of Christi- anity. ‘The American formerly the New-Eng- land, Tract Society, has been signally blest in its laudable efforts ; and its prospects of extended usefulness are highly encouraging. The pious and devoted agent of that val- uable Institution is unwearicd in his labours to increase its fuads, and to give an cxten- sive circulation to the million heralds of truth, which by these funds are furnished. This Society has, according to the last Re- port, 92 Dépositorics ; 67 of which are east and north of Pennsylvania. The large states, Virginia, Kentucky and South Caro- lina, in which the Baptists are exceedingly numerous, contain but six Depositories. ‘The states, Ohio, Indiana and Illinois, con- tain none. It may be truly Said, that nearly ajl the Baptist population south of the Po- tomac Mele west of New-York are wholly destitute of Evangelical Tracts. Many have not heard that there is such an associ- ation as a ‘lract Socicty—others are pre- vented frum purchasing and circulating ‘Tracts, by their distance from the general or subordinate Depositories. ARTICLE IN “ THE It is unnecessary to use uny argument to prove the usefulness of Pract™ Containing nothing sectarian, they convey in a cheap form and in a plain style, the great truths which are revealed in that gospel, ** worthy of all acceptation.” In the accounts of re- Vivals, we sce numerous instances, where a tract of six or eight pases was made the happy instrument of introducing the solemn realities of religion to some poor sinner. The most vicious and abandoned outcasts of society have frequently been led, by read- ing 2 tract, to think on their ways, and re- turn to God. If the circulation of Tracts, then, bean efficient means of doing good, who would refuse to engage in the work ? The eastern states can be amply supplied by their numerous societies,—but how shall the wants of the southern and western states he gratified ? Where shall the work bepin ? Who will go forward ? Let a Society be soon formed in this city to make a commence- ment-—-Let a few numbers of evangelical tracts be immediately published—Let agents be appointed in different places in the neigh- bouring states, who shall form auxiliary So- cicties and collect funds for publishing more tracts. The expense will be trifling com- pared with the probable good which must be the unavoidable result, if the concerns of the society should be rightly conducted. | If it be suggested that the formation of a Socicty here will have a tendency to limit and injure the influence of the American So- ciety—We may answer that the contrary will be the probable effect. The liberal and enlightened men who compose that large Society, cannot look with a jealous ey'¢ on any effort to extend the knowledge of Christ among the destitute. If their fracts do not tind their way into cur denomination, itis time that we should do something to effect what they do not. It is time for the, Baptists to snow themselves equal to other denominations in evangelical effort. And, Sir, as numbers of respectavle gentlemen are ready to co-ope- rate in the good work, permit me to hope that a Tract Society will soon be sct in op- eration, under the direction of judicious men, and governed by such regulations as shall foretoken good to thousands. COLUMBIAN STAR” Showing the General Tract Society Was Advocated in View of Unmet Needs INTRODUCTION career, which paralleled that of Napoleon in time and con- trasted with it so completely in abiding constructive power. Ward, “the finished (missionary) printer,” passed on, and Marshman joined Carey in conducting the memorial service of their great third. Our own Colman and Hough were stir- ring American blood with letters from Burma. Ann Hassel- tine Judson was in this country. The Board of the Triennial Convention could report, “ The health of Mrs. Judson is im- proving,” and the Committee on the Burman Mission further state, that they had an interview with Mrs. Judson, and had requested her to communicate her views in writing. Mrs. Judson tenders the thanks of Mr. Judson and herself, for the kindness which they have ever experienced from the Convention; and advises prompt measures for the increase and support of the mission. The Committee state, that Mrs. Judson, in conjunction with Dr. Judson, offers the copyright of the History of the Burman Mission for the gratuitous acceptance of the Convention. (This offer was accepted, and thanks were voted.) They mention with approbation the formation of Jud- son Societies. Adoniram Judson in Rangoon was completing his translation of the New Testament into Burmese. The Committee recom- mended that he “ be instructed to have two thousand copies immediately printed; and that the aid of the American Bible Society of Massachusetts be solicited.” Did space permit, it would be pertinent concerning the Atmosphere Electric to quote every one of the continuous eleven pages giving Doctor Judson’s own account of his second visit to Ava and repeated interviews with the Emperor and his councilors. The visit was brought about by an imperial command that our medical missionary Doctor Price take up his abode at the capital. Doctor Price’s description of the curiosity of the Emperor and his attendants is fascinating. Doctor Judson as interpreter found opportunities of presenting Christ and securing tolera- tion. The outlook was inspiring to the last degree. But for war intervening and the tragic experiences of Adoniram and Ann at Ava the next year the stimulating hopes of this year [13 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT might have come to wonderful realization. The most heroic scenes in Christian history were pending. 8. Strong Call of Western Indians The missionaries of the Triennial Convention in the home- land also were beginning to put into the pages of the Magazine their stories of adventure for Christ. Isaac McCoy became one of the greatest factors in work for American Indians that Protestantism has ever produced. In sixteen years he visited Washington thirteen times from Michigan and the Indian Territory, interviewed three Presidents of the United States, committees of the House and the Senate, and various cabinet officers. One result was the creation of the Indian Territory, officially ascribed to his efforts. His first visit to Washington was made at the very time the Columbian College group was forming. Doctor Staughton had not yet removed from his Philadelphian pastorate to the College presidency. But he was Corresponding Secretary of the Triennial Convention, and was visiting Washington for the opening of the Columbian College (previously described) and the holding of a Conven- tion Board meeting. McCoy was a missionary of the Con- vention on that illustrious occasion. The Board very cordially acquiesced in the missionary’s plans which contemplated three missionary stations—one each among the Putawa- tomies, the Ottawas, and the Miamis. It vested him with authority to select missionaries and assistants, to employ collecting agents, and to obtain aid from the public and the Government; also authorized him to leave Fort Wayne whenever he deemed it expedient to do so, and advised him to lay his plans before the Secretary of War, with a view to aid from Government; appointing some of its members to accompany him in so doing. A call was made upon the Secretary, John C. Calhoun, who received him kindly, and favorably responded to his requests, though careful to regard the treaty and the laws. This work for the heathen (heathmen) of America, therefore, came in the person of Isaac McCoy into the immediate circle in which the Publication Society was being gestated. When [ 14 ] INTRODUCTION therefore they read the following in the Magazine of July, 1823, they knew what it meant: Our settlement is one hundred miles from a white family, and nearly two hundred from anything like a settled country, south of the river St. Joseph, twenty-five miles from its mouth, at Lake Michigan. Our school was opened on the twenty-sixth of January. We have thirty-six Indian scholars actually here; several are absent, whom we expect here shortly, and many more are expected, as soon as the season will admit of their traveling. They remembered his twenty-seven days on horseback through forests and swollen streams from Fort Wayne to Philadelphia. They knew how frail he was in health, and that it had taken another month of grueling travel from Washington back to Fort Wayne, where he had nearly died the year before, then on one hundred miles farther into the wilderness for Christ's sake! The Magazine for 1824 contained the story of the removal, the capsizing of log canoes containing necessary provisions, and the breaking down of the whole missionary family for want of suitable food. 9. Mighty Appeal of Pioneers The pioneer missionary of the Triennial Convention to the scattered settlements of white people in the Mississippi Valley was enduring almost equal hardships. The soul of John M. Peck had been fired by Luther Rice, and he had studied with Doctor Staughton in Philadelphia, and trekked with his family in a one-horse wagon one hundred and twenty-five days from Litchfield, Connecticut, to St. Louis, Missouri. Twenty years later he was to become a general secretary of the Publication Society, after laying foundations of churches, Bible societies, associations, and Shurtleff College, and being a decisive factor in preventing Illinois from becoming a slave State. The founders of our Society had read his letter in the March number of the Magazine, 1823, in which he described the baptism of some Negro slaves whose Catholic mistress [ 15 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT had first to be persuaded that there would be no danger of losing her property by drowning in baptism. He also told of the deep ignorance of some white Baptists in the Illinois frontiers : In the interior of the State, about the headwaters of Muddy River, there is an interesting revival. A letter received a few days past, from a ministering brother, the Rev. Mr. Carpenter, states he had baptized thirty-four since my visit in that quarter, which was about the middle of June. Mr. C. is a worthy brother, whose labors appear to be blest. His opportunities of acquiring intelligence have been extremely limited, but upon receiving some reports of Bible societies, and Sabbath schools, with some copies of the Magazine and Luminary, he expressed a high degree of joy. The united efforts to Christianize the world, and the success that has attended, appeared to him vast, amazing! and he immediately declared himself a decided friend of such efforts. No doubt it would appear incredible to our New England brethren to hear there were Christians in America who knew little or nothing about the operations of the present day; but repeated instances have occurred when I have given the first intimation of such things. It was a vivid discovery of wide-spread ignorance like this which led the philanthropic group centering at Washington to see that the very existence of the church and of the nation required some method for the rapid, inexpensive diffusion of light among the people at large. 10. Optimism Ascendant Then as now two views were taken as to the hopefulness of the religious condition of the country. An article in the September (1823) number of the Magazine (apparently edi- torial) had put the two in contrast, leaning strongly to the optimistic. It quoted recent writers, one of whom said, “ Five-eighths of the people are without any proper religious instruction’; another said, “‘ Such is the state of our nation, more deplorably destitute of religious instruction than any other Christian nation under heaven.” But it added with evident satisfaction: [ 16 ] THE COLUMBIAN STAR. Marcu 6, 1824. BAPTIST GENERAL TRACT SOCIETY, ' On Wednesday evening, Feb. 25, a mect- ing was held, pursuant to notice, for tlie purpose of forming a Baptist Tract Socicty. -\fter prayer, by the Rev. Luther Rive, the Rey. Dr, Staughton was appointed Chair- nian, and Mr, James D. Knowles, Secretary. It was thenresolved, Thata lract Society be formed. A Constitution was proposed, and after some amendments, was adopted, 2s follows; CONSTITUTION. Art. 1. The name of this Society shall be, “* Zhe Baptist General Tract Society.” Its sole object shall be to disseminate ¢van- gelical truth, and to inculcate sound morals, by the distribution of tracts. Arr. 2. Any person may become amem- der of this Socicty, by paying the sum of one dollar annually. The payment of ten collars at one time, shall constitute a per- son a member for life. Axt. 3. There shall be an annual meet- jng of the Society, on the last Wednesday in February, Shea the fuilowing officers shall be chosen, by ballot, viz.: A Presi- dent, Vice-President, Agent, Recording Se- cretary, Treasurer, and a Board of Direc- tors, consisting of the President, Vice-Pre- sident, Agent, Recording Secretary, and Treasurer, who shall be Directors in conse- quence of their office, and seven members of the Society. Five Directors shalf constitute u quorum for business. The Board shall have power to supply any vacancy that may uccur in its own body. Art. 4. The Directors shall superintend the publication and distribution of such tracts, as they shall approve; the appoint- ment of subordinate agents; the establish- ment of depesitories, the formation of aux- iliary societies, &c. ‘They shall hold fre- quent meetings, under such regulations as they may adopt, in conformity with the ge- neral provisions of this Constitution. hey shall appoint the place and the hour, for the annual meeting of the Society ; aud may, if they think -proper, make arrangements for an annual sermon, or public addresses, _and a collection for the benefit of the So- ciety. The Directors and the Treasurer shall make an annual report of their pro- ceedings. Art. 5. The Agent shall. condact the correspondence of the Society, and shall carry into effect the measures adopted by the Board of Directors. ArT. 6. The Recording Secretary shall keep a record of the proccedings of the Board of Directors and of the Society. He shall receive all monies, keep a record of them, and pay them over to the Treasurer. Art. 7. Every member shall be enutled to receive three-fourths of the amount of his subscription in tracts at cost. Auxiliary Societies shall be entitled to the same privi- lege. Art. 8. Any person, by paying twenty- five dollars, at one time, shall be a Dircc- tor for life. ‘The Presidents of Auxiliary Societies shall be, ex officio, member's ot the Board of Directors. Art. 9. The President shall call a mee}- ing of the Society, at the request of a ma- jority of the Board of Directors. a Art. 10. Any altcrations of this Consti- tution may be made at an annual meeting, by the concurrence of two-thirds o« the members present. The following offcers were then chosen; Rev. O. B. Brown, President. Rev. John Bryce, Vice-President. Mr. George Wood, gent. Mr. Isaac.G. [futton, Aecording Sec’y. Rev. Luther Rice, Zreasurer. Rev. Dr. Staughton, Samuel W. Lynd, ] Messrs. Joseph Gibson, Joseph Thaw, Uiiptelore Enoch Reynolds, Reuben Johnson, | James D. Knowles, J Ordercd, That the proceedings of this mecting be published in the Srar. Adjourned. Prayer by Dr. Staughton. (erm BAPTIST GENERAL TRACT SOCIETY. A letter to the Editor of the Star, from a gentleman in Providence, Rhode-lsland, says? ‘‘T have noticed, in the last Columbian Star, an article on the subject of a Baptist Tract Society. It occurred to me at once that such an association would prove im- portant to our denomination, and to the canse of religion in general ; for, however we may wish mento become Aufitists, we wish all to become evangelical Christians—The American Tract Society has been long in operation, and has done immense good to the cause. Another Society in Boston, more immediately under the control of our Bap- tist friends, has lately been chartered. But these should not prevent the establishment of the one proposed in your paper, to be more central, and to extend its operations more particularly tothe southern and west- ern parts of the Unicn. I think that some assistance may be expected from this quar- ter. ORIGINAL ACCOUNT OF THE ORGANIZATION Of the Baptist General Tract Society . a 4 g 7 "i 8 ae - a4 . 2 P, ; i } ‘. 2 * Laks | q | | iy ” . _ = -" - , . ay ed < be : 3: 7 . Vow ts > ma. J r 2 eu) wp oes pa ihe “a At me ait lie in) AY } Vid fs i} i 7 } 5 = j oe ; < , j Pe a e « of . 3 * co é eee ; _ tet ia : eae Rte vf INTRODUCTION Let us now attend to the remarks of an English writer: “ Mr. Bristed, who has resided long enough in this country to make a com- parative view, maintains, that throughout the United States, pure evangelical religion is much more generally diffused than within the pale of the church establishment in England; that the standard of morals is higher, that the number of religious institutions exceeds, if possible, those of England; and that the principal religious denomi- nations are making conjoined and vigorous efforts to increase the provision of ministers, by the formation of theological seminaries.” This same gentleman gives the following estimate of the number of ministers in America: MretGUISUr traveling? DIeaChers. nasties esta eo. eae 1,000 DECC istalOCalapreaCherss aware ae eras tors cei eerretsnk ia 4,000 ES ts PRI LGa CLIC TSMmreeree phd cers tre 0h. eiote aes eres tee Fda eh 3,000 eonOne CAO AISDLCACII Ci smi tack sce att oro caee uns shore. 1,600 VOTO TREN EGG? Tn ah SE Uh Ne ce esa Nc ae 1,300 BPRS EW Ra, BIRO Ae aan one 1 i grate Das Ae Oe he a 300 PVIPORI ELECTION IN A LION Sum ast oo arectoeie geet tare fee aches Ste ee 600 Wea kin emis Otel Othe ek mgs Sree runt. wets. ey 11,800 The foregoing are only a few of the live events before the minds of the fathers in 1824. They are enough to show that the spiritual atmosphere was highly charged with the kind of forces which came to focus in the institution of our Publica- tion Society. DIVISION ONE GROWING SUPPLIES OF LIGHT IN THE BEGINNING, TRACTS The first name of The American Baptist Publication Society was the ‘‘ Baptist General Tract Society.” The original con- stitution said, Its sole object shall be to disseminate evangelical truth and to incul- cate sound morals by the distribution of tracts. It was ten years after organization before it proposed the pub- lication of a “ bound volume.” 11. A Normal Beginning Such a beginning is normal in the history of literature. The first leaf issued by the Society called attention to the fact that sixty-six religious tracts of various kinds which had ap- peared during hundreds of years, were finally gathered to- gether to form the Bible. A tract is simply a brief treatise. Wyclif revolutionized the thinking of England with his brief discussions written out by hand and widely distributed. These leaves were for the healing of the nations. One of them came into the hands of John Hus in Bohemia, through his friend Jerome of Prague, a disciple of Wyclif. It brought longed- for light to his soul, thus enkindling another of the great “ Re- formers before the Reformation,” the national hero of Czecho- slovakia. [ 18 ] IN THE BEGINNING, TRACTS By the time of John Wesley printing made it possible to ereatly multiply the dissemination, which he did by his “ So- ciety for the Distribution of Tracts among the Poor.” In 1799 the “ Religious Tract Society of London” began its career. In this country the first endeavor of the kind was the organization of the ‘“ Methodist Book Concern” in 1788. Local tract societies, denominational and interdenominational, were formed in many sections of the country. One instance was “ The Religious Tract Society of the City of Washing- ton’ formed in 1819. In fact tract societies became a favored form of the new philanthropy developing in the first quarter of the nineteenth century. The present “ American Tract Society’ was not organized until 1825, the year after ours. But various denominations had them earlier—Friends, Uni- tarians, and Episcopalians, as well as Methodists, Congrega- tionalists, and Baptists. 12. Our Own Forerunner One of the regional organizations was “ The Evangelical Tract Society ’’ constituted in Boston in 1811. It was almost entirely in Baptist hands, the Congregationalists organizing one of their own three years later. ‘The Evangelical Tract Society had its headquarters in the famous book-store of the Baptist firm of Lincoln and Edmonds. Its officers were the best-known leaders of our denomination in New England, the trustees including Deacon Levi Farwell and the famous pas- tors, Joseph Grafton, Daniel Sharp, Lucius Bolles, and Francis Wayland. The officers were: President, Dr. Thomas Bald- win; Secretary, Ensign Lincoln; Treasurer, Heman Lincoln, Esq. - This local tract society being the forerunner and proto- type of our Baptist General Tract Society must be distinctly in our minds as it was before the minds of our founders on the pages of the Baptist Magazine of 1823. The following sentences are taken from the annual report of the Society in May: [19 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT From a conviction, that the religious tracts circulated by this and other Societies, for several years past, have exerted a powerful and beneficial influence on society, in checking error and vice, and in dif- fusing a knowledge of the great truths and duties of the Christian religion; the Committee have been desirous of exerting an increased activity in this good work. Efforts have been made during the past year, to obtain new and interesting tracts for publication, and a num- ber have been selected. Twenty-one numbers have been printed, six thousand copies of each, making in the whole, 126,000. .. It affords the Committee much pleasure to learn, that numerous Auxiliary So- cieties have been organized in our churches, and that others are con- stantly forming ... It is earnestly recommended to ministers and friends, to use their efforts in organizing new Auxiliary Societies, that each church may supply its own neighborhood with these vehicles of truth, and that Sabbath schools may be furnished with an ample supply. The following is from the account of the meeting of the Bos- ton Baptist Association in September : The Evangelical Tract Society was constituted in Boston, in 1811, and for several years published and gratuitously distributed many thousand tracts annually; but in 1822 its constitution was altered so as to become principally a publishing society. A new series of tracts has recently been commenced, and about thirty numbers published, which are sold at one mill a page, from which ten per cent. is deducted, to all Tract Societies and Life Members. One dollar a year consti- tutes a member of the Society, and ten dollars a life member; and each contributor is entitled to draw out half his contribution in Tracts. Voted, That the Association recommend the Evangelical Tract Society to the patronage of the Churches, by becoming members of the So- ciety, or by organizing Auxiliary Societies. In organizing Auxiliary Societies, it is recommended that an article be adopted, giving one- third of the subscriptions to the parent society, to aid in publishing a greater variety of tracts. The year after our General Tract Society was organized the report of the Boston Society said: Since the last annual meeting, our Baptist friends in the city of Washington have formed a Tract Society of a general character, com- menced active operations, and already issued many thousand tracts. Communications have been received from them, inviting some co- operation with this Society. A Religious Tract Society, designed for extensive operations, has also recently been organized, in the city of [ 20 | [IN THE BEGINNING, TRACTS New York, in which the several religious denominations are invited to unite, and from whom communications have been made to your Committee, these subjects were referred to the present meeting of the Society, and the communications will be laid before you. . . On the communications from the Baptist General Tract Society at Washing- ton, it was resolved that the distant location of the two societies ren- dered any attempt at a particular cooperation in their efforts inex- pedient. The communications from the American Tract Society at New York were referred to a Committee, to report at a future meeting. Pista itutetmeetine. in 1626, the record is; The Evangelical Tract Society held its Annual Meeting in Boston, on the 30th of May last. Amongst the other business transacted, a vote was passed to become auxiliary to the American Tract Society at New York. Thus the strongly Baptist tract society of 1811, fifteen years later, cast in its lot with the new national interdenominational Tract Society. That did not mean, however, that the Boston Baptists failed to enter the ranks of the new national Baptist Tract Society. The Agent of the latter in his annual report (1828) was happy to say: In Boston I attended the anniversaries of the Evangelical Tract Society, and Massachusetts (Domestic) Missionary Society. An op- portunity was afforded to see and converse with many of our minis- tering brethren on these occasions. The interest manifested in and about Boston in the operations and success of our Society is highly gratifying. The Treasurer’s account for May contains evidence of this, There is a most unaffected good-will entertained toward the plan, and many: of our brethren have gone home, prepared to act in concert with us in our endeavors to advance the knowledge of Christ by this means. I had repeated opportunities given me both in Boston and Salem, to lay the claims of our Society before the public, and they were not used in vain. In Salem a Society was formed which will raise immediately $100, of which one-fourth is to be given to us and the remainder laid out in tracts to establish a Depository, from which the friends of Tracts may get supplies for distribution without delay. Those were great days in the initiation of the wide Baptist cooperation. The Southern States had come into the General | 21 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT Tract Society from the very first. Boston now came in with the first large gift ever made to the Publication Society: I cannot close this report without announcing the very liberal offer of one of our friends in Boston. He is a business man and knows, as every one may, that this Society cannot operate extensively without capital, or the means to make large editions of our tracts without waiting on the tardy process of making it up by the collection of small donations. In view of the pressing demands made for our tracts, and our inability fully to meet them, he, with characteristic liberality, pro- poses to give us a donation of $500, provided the same sum shall be contributed by the friends of the cause in Philadelphia, previous to the first day of January, 1829. The treasurer's report showed many other New England items, including the following: “ Collection in 3rd Baptist M. H. Boston, after annual sermon of the Evangelical Tract So- ciety.’ That is a significant item, showing that our Society had become completely national, commanding the loyalty of all our forces. at Thus currents, apparently somewhat counter, flowed to- gether in the formation of The American Baptist Publication Society. In the early days of the Society many columns in the American Baptist Magazine were given to accounts of it. 13. Story of Origin Turning from generative factors to the actual inception of The American Baptist Publication Society, we are highly blessed in having the story from the pen of the man in whose house it was born and who was its first general secretary, then called Agent, Mr. George Wood. For this we are indebted to Dr. J. Newton Brown, the first Book Editor of the Society, whose invaluable “ History of The American Baptist Publica- tion Society from 1824 to 1856” has long been out of print. Seventy years ago, Mr. Wood (and probably Doctor Brown) knew the exact spot so well as a matter of course that it did not occur to them to locate it precisely. The present writer hunted high and low for the birth- -place of the Publica- [ 22 | e BOOKS S20 ‘Bees . BIRTHPLACE OF THE SOCIETY AND HOME OF “ THE COLUMBIAN STAR” 923 and 925 E Street, N. W., Washington, D. C. IN THE BEGINNING, TRACTS tion Society. Three heads of departments of the Library of Congress failing to discover the location of the “ Columbian Star,” though the paper was published in 1824 by one after- wards long Librarian of Congress, one of them enlisted Allen C. Clark, Esq., an expert in local topography. His patient researches put with data concerning property known by us as being given the Baptist General Convention by Luther Rice and occupied by George Wood and the “ Star,” fix with cer- tainty the precise location in Washington. In modern nomen- clature Wood lived at 923, and the “ Star’ was published at 925 E Street, N. W. Mirabile dictu, both buildings are stand- ing in 1924, and the birth-place of the Publication Society is, one hundred years afterward, a book-store! We must be detained from the unique and original story long enough for a short paragraph from Doctor Brown’s preparatory account in which he uses the very word we have chosen for our title, mibioneers,, : . The circulation of Bibles, to which the formation of the American Bible Society in 1816 had given a powerful impulse, was necessarily limited by the bulk and cost of the precious volume; but Tracts by their cheapness, their simplicity, point, variety, and brevity, were seen to be adapted to an unlimited circulation—reaching the most secluded dwelling—arresting the most careless traveler by land or sea, with words of warning and of salvation—and acting as PIONEERS both to the missionary and the Bible. Any one who reads all the records of the Hundred Years will find that this is the word which has instinctively sprung to the lips and pens of those who have intimately known and advo- cated the work of the Society. For example, Dr. P. S. Hen- son, our incomparable champion, in his address at the seventy- fifth anniversary of the Society said, “‘ The first thing to which I desire to call your attention today is the fact that our Society does a pioneer work.” Rev. J. Newton Brown, WasHInctTon, Marcu 25TH, 1853. Dear Bro.: I have received yours of the 10th inst., requesting me to give you my recollections of the formation and early history of the [ 23 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Baptist General Tract Society. I have delayed to reply until I could make such examination as would enable me to put down the dates with all accuracy. This I am now able to do, and I give you my recollections with pleasure. At the time of the organization of this Society, the Columbian Col- iege was in full operation. Among the students in the senior class was my much loved friend James D. Knowles, who then edited the “ Columbian Star,” a weekly paper, with signal ability and success. This paper was printed at the Columbian office in E Street, at that time, next my residence. Mr. Knowles was, from necessity, much of his time in the city, and made my house his home. His “chum” at his entrance into the college was the Rev. NOAH DAVIS, of Salis- bury, Maryland. Davis left the college without graduating, and was ordained at Salisbury on the 21st of December, 1823. In the February following, Mr. Knowles received a letter from Mr. Davis, of which the following is an extract: “T have been thinking for some time past how a Tract Sociéty can be got up in Washington, which shall hold the same place among the Baptists, that the American Tract Society* does among the Congrega- tionalists. I feel very much the necessity of having tracts to scatter in the waste places. It is a plan of doing good but little known among Baptists. No place is more suitable for such a society,” etc. This was a matter of much conversation with Mr. Knowles and myself. It was seen that the agent of the Society must bear the weight of it; and of all our circles there was no one but myself that was not already burdened by duties to the College, to the Board of Missions, to the Education Society; for in these days everything cen- tered in Washington. If I would agree to be the agent, then Mr. Knowles said he would push the matter, through the columns of the “Star ’’—and so it rested for a week or more. My health was very wretched ,at the time, being a confirmed dyspeptic, occasioned by my office life in Washington; but I was prevailed upon to consent. It seemed too great a matter to be delayed for want of any aid I could tender. Accordingly on the 21st of February, 1824, the following notice ap- peared insthesastare: “Those persons who are disposed to assist in forming a Baptist General Tract Society in this city, are requested to meet at the house of Mr. George Wood, on Wednesday eve- ning (20th inst.), at 7 o’clock.” A meeting was held, pursuant to notice, which was presided over by the Rev. Dr. Wm. Staughton, President of the: Columbian College. ‘Then in Boston—not the truly national institution afterwards formed in New York. | 24 | IN THE BEGINNING, TRACTS The constitution which had been drafted by Mr. Knowles, was offered, amended, and adopted, and the following officers were chosen for the year ensuing. I give the names, that you may see who were the active members at that day in Washington: Rev. Obadiah D. Brown, Presi- dent; Rev. John Bryce, Vice-President; Mr. George Wood, Agent; Mr. Isaac G. Hutton, Recording Secretary; Rev. Luther Rice, Treasurer. Directors: Rev. Wm. Staughton, Rev. S. W. Lynd, Joseph Gibson, Joseph Shaw, Enoch Reynolds, Reuben Johnson, and James D. Knowles. As soon as this Society was made public through the columns of the “ Star,” it was everywhere welcomed by our brethren, and I at once found myself in the midst of a wide-spread correspondence. Among those who were its first and best friends, stand the names of Rev. Abner W. Clopton, of Charlotte, Virginia; Rev. Jesse Mercer, of Powelton, Georgia; Rev. Eli Ball, of Lynchburg, Va.; Rev. C. D. Mallary, of Columbia, S. C., by whose agencies auxiliary societies were formed; and on the 11th of December, 1824, Mr. Knowles, in an article concerning the Society, says: “The Tract Society is advancing with great zeal and success in the ful- fillment of its duties. Since its organization in February last it has printed nineteen tracts, amounting to one hundred and fifty-six pages, and 86,500 copies”; (of which the list is given) and adds—‘ It is designed to employ active agents as soon as possible, to assist in forming auxiliary societies to procure subscriptions, life memberships,” etc., etc. It was not long before the unsuitableness of Washington as the seat of publication began to be felt. Our first tracts were not stereotyped, and our editions were soon exhausted. So it was determined to stereotype all future tracts, as well as those already printed. To do this the selected tracts must needs be sent to Philadelphia; and after the tracts were printed in Washington, nearly one-half of all published were sent to Philadelphia to be shipped to Charleston, Savannah, and elsewhere. And here I beg to acknowledge the services of Mr. Simmes, apothecary, in Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, by whom all boxes and bundles were received and forwarded without compensa- tion. I have never seen Mr. Simmes, nor do I know if he be living now. It was the aim and ambition of our great and gifted Luther Rice to make Washington a Baptist center of influence. And if matters of money, of which he knew nothing, had been under the control of men of business talent, who had been taught the science of book- keeping (which no man can acquire without practise after thirty years of age), then the foresight and far-reaching sagacity of Brother Luther would ere this have been demonstrated in the moral influence we as Baptists would exert over a wide-spread union of States. Everybody in and near our city went for centralization, and our little Baptist Gen- * For copy see supplement. [ 25 ] + PIONEERS OF LIGHT eral Tract Society, when organized, became part and parcel of Brother Luther’s grand scheme; and no embarrassments in the successful working out of the plans and purposes of this Tract Society in the city of Washington were to be regarded. To talk of removing this Society to Philadelphia, was a sort of treason, and I was the first to talk of it; for I was the first to feel the necessity of its removal. It seemed to me not only inexpedient to retain it here, but a great wrong done to the cause, to restrain the usefulness of a Society so admirably adapted to a wide sphere of ever-increasing usefulness. At the annual meeting held on the 28th of February, 1825, I made an earnest effort to induce the members in Washington to agree to a removal. I made a full and fair representation of all the trouble I had in sending tracts away; the delay for want of a packet vessel and of lines of transportation; and the discontent existing among the auxiliary societies at the slowness of publication and of distribution; but all these statements were unavailing. It was with great reluc- tance that I consented to act as Agent for the year ensuing. In this year (1825) the affairs of the College became more and more em- barrassed, and loss of confidence in the College affairs, of which Luther Rice was Agent and Treasurer, extended to the affairs of the Baptist General Tract Society. My position as Agent became more and more painful. I was weary of writing letters of explanation and apology. At the close of the second year, Rev. Noah Davis, who was a Mr. Greatheart in his day, deeply realizing the necessity of a change of locality, came up to see me and offered to assume the office of Agent, if the Society was removed to Philadelphia; for our brethren there had been consulted and were ready to accept all its duties and respon- sibilities... A meeting was held at my house, and the question was presented to the officers and directors present; but though the monied affairs of the College were dark and desperate, and fast approaching the slough of despond into which they were soon after plunged (but out of which they are now happily emerging), Luther Rice, with his lion-hearted courage and confidence in the greatness of his strength, would not consent to the removal. As a last resort, hoping to compel a change, I resigned the Agency, which had been only fruitful, to me, of toil and suffering. The office of Agent was taken by Rev. Baron Stow (now of Boston), who held it for a short time. But the end in Washington was at hand. It was seen that there could be no post- ponement of the question—removal or annihilation—and the earnest entreaties of Noah Davis were at last successful. With regard to the history of the Society from the time of its re- moval to Philadelphia, you need no aid from me in remembering its developments. It has far exceeded my hopes. Its operations have been growing wider, and, taking a loftier range. I rejoice in all I [ 26 ] IN THE BEGINNING, TRACTS hear of its success, and hope the circle of its usefulness will only be bounded by the wants of mankind. With great regard, yours, GrorGE Woop. 14. Other Original Stories Doctor Brown has preserved for us another original docu- ment of almost equal interest, especially in view of the final location of the Society in Philadelphia. It is from Mr. John S. Meehan, an early superintendent of the printing work of the Triennial Convention, to Rev. B. R. Loxley, formerly a general agent of the Society. It is happily suggestive that this first conception of a Baptist Publication Society was in the mind and hands of a Philadelphia Baptist Sunday-school teacher who was to be afterward for thirty-one years (1829- 1860) Librarian of the largest library in America, the Library of Congress. WASHINGTON, SEPT. 27, 1855. When I resided in Philadelphia, I had charge of a class in the Sansom Street Sunday school, and almost every month had a difficulty in dealing out tracts to the children, on account of their anti-Baptist tendencies. [This was prior to 1820.] No Baptist tracts were then printed. I was ‘the printer of the Baptist Board of Foreign Missions at the time, and determined to propose the establishment of a Baptist Tract Society in Philadelphia, with the intention of making it the commencement of a General Society. In compliance with this design, I had two tracts set in type, as the first publications to be submitted to the Society when formed. The subjéct was not matured in Philadelphia, owing to the deter- mination of the Baptist Convention [in April, 1820] to found a College and Theological Seminary in Washington, and to remove the publica- tions of the Board of Missions and the Board itself to Washington. When we arrived in Washington, I proposed to found the General Tract Society here. But it was not deemed advisable at the time to do so, as all the effective Baptist force here was engaged energetically in advancing the prosperity of the College, and the publication of the “Columbian Star,” a weekly religious newspaper, and the “ Latter Day Luminary,” a magazine which was originated in Philadelphia in the year 1818, as the official publication of the Board of Missions under the authority of the General Convention. Although the establishment of a Baptist Tract Society was not matured in Fhiladelphia, it was originated there in its design, and [ 27 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT founded on the necessity existing for such an institution. The young brethren at the Theological Institution in Philadelphia, under the care of Doctor Staughton and the Rev. Mr. Chase, knew of the design, and gave it their sanction. Ultimately it was brought into being by them in the Columbian College four years after their removal to Washington, and before my connection with the Board had terminated as printer. The first tracts were printed while I had charge of the printing establishment under the Board of Missions. For another picturesque bit of preliminary history we are indebted to another of the great Editors of the Society. Next to Doctor Brown’s History stands “ A Story of Six Decades ”’ (the first six) by Dr. C. R. Blackall. Though living at the end of the ten decades, Doctor Blackall talked with one of the forefathers of the Society and gives us the authentic tradition as follows: | It was the custom of some, as the Rev. Samuel Cornelius, then of Alexandria, Virginia, told the writer, to carry a stock of tracts in the inner lining of their “ bell-crown hats,” where they were always con- venient of access. Those old-time hats were often put to good ac- count by busy people whose pockets were few. They were from seven to eight inches high, bell shaped, with a breadth of eleven inches at the top, and had a brim of two and a half inches, partly turned up, from the band. In some instances the inside was fitted with sundry pockets for bills and accounts, and often for articles of light merchan- dise, the silk pocket-handkerchief in general use being almost univer- sally added. It will readily be seen that such a hat formed a very good receptacle for a moderate supply of tracts. It is said that the dropping of some tracts from the hat of Mr. Cornelius, on one occa- sion, fired anew the heart of the Rev. Noah Davis, of Salisbury, Mary- land, to the need of some better and more fitting depository, with an organization behind it, and a broad and comprehensive work beyond it. 15. First Publication The first document issued was properly a prospectus of the Society. It was a considerable pamphlet. In addition to the constitution and the names of the officers it contained an ex- tended appeal to the denomination including this: The tracts will, for the most part, be confined to practical subjects; but the Directors will feel themselves at liberty to advocate, occasion- [ 28 | IN THE BEGINNING, TRACTS ally, with Christian candor, the doctrines and forms which Baptists believe and practise. It continued “ showing by various examples the usefulness of tracts.’ It enumerated five groups of natural users of tracts, closing with a concise, statesmanlike historical paragraph: Their effects have been manifested in the conversion of sinners to the faith of the gospel; the reformation of the vicious; and the en- lightening of the ignorant. Sabbath schools are particularly calcu- lated to give circulation to tracts. These may be distributed as re- wards to scholars, and thus they will probably be read by the scholars themselves, and by their parents. Domestic missionaries can dis- tribute tracts in their progress, and thus convey instruction to those whom they cannot personally visit, and give a deeper impression to the truths which they preach. Destitute churches may very profitably be supplied with tracts. Instruction and comfort may thus be obtained, where the word of life is not regularly preached. Ministers of the gospel have frequent opportunities to disperse tracts under favorable circum- stances. In their journeys and pastoral visits, they never should be unprovided with suitable tracts. Every individual has daily oppor- tunities to distribute tracts. If every one should carry a few tracts with him constantly, and give them to persons likely to profit by them, it is impossible to calculate the benefit which might result. The Bible is but a collection of tracts, divinely inspired, but written by different men, and in different ages and countries. The infidels of France, dur- ing the Revolution, published their doctrines in the form of tracts, for the purpose of extensive circulation. Christians adopted the same expedient, and incalculable good has been the consequence. The London Religious Tract Society was established in 1799. It has pub- lished (in twenty-five years) more than 50,000,000 of tracts, The Ameri- can Tract Society (of Boston) more than 3,000,000 of tracts (in ten years) since 1814. Other Societies in this country about 2,000,000 more. It is interesting to get a view of contemporary public opinion concerning the Society in its “early infancy,’’ shown in the account given by a denominational journal. The “ Latter Day Luminary ” of March, 1825, says: 9 The first annual meeting of this Society was held in the meeting- house of the First Baptist Church in this City, on Monday evening, the 28th of February, 1825. From the report of the Board which was then read, it appears that the prospects of success in the great objects of the Society, are flattering to a degree far beyond the anticipation. [291 PIONEERS OF LIGHT of its founders. Many of the most enlightened and influential of the denomination, in most parts of the United States, have expressed their unqualified approbation of the undertaking, and their readiness to cooperate in such measures as will tend to its enlargement. Many auxiliary societies are already formed, and depositaries are established in several of the States. Nineteen tracts have already been issued, and the number will be rapidly increased. This institution is yet in its early stage of infancy; and if the countenance which it has already received, may be regarded as an indication of its future support, the most happy results may be confidently expected. The amount received into the Treasury is: Fromthe General-Societyi+...5 2 ee ee $25.00 From Life Subscribers)... 2 essen eee eee 50.00 ‘From Auxiliary Societies: js 1: ae ee ae 268.66 From Depositoriesi sie2e2. s,s eee ee 20.20 From Individtials:))..0 42. «eee es ee 9.94 $373.80 16. First Catalog The Society's first Catalog (1825) is a suggestive part of the early history: Pages Copies oe ids: No. #1. .Constitution,: Gircularsretcss i eee eee 5,000 12 60,000 No. 2.5 Liteioip Bunyan. 22 nee a eee 2,500 12 30,000 No. 3. The Great Question Answered ........... 2,500 8 20,000 No.4.) Friendly SA dviceis: n= ieee eee eee 2,500 4 10,000 No.5.) ‘They Pensioner.) 26 eee 2,500 8 20,000 No. 6. The Death Bed of a Medical Student .... 2,500 4 10,000 No.2. A iSundayssExcursionie.) oe eee 2,500 8 20,000 Nox, 82 "LhentworApprenticess. sane ee 2,500 4 10,000 No 9.) Thoughts. on the Gospel = een oe eee 3,000 12 36,000 No. 10. History of John Robbins, the Sailor ..... 5,000 12 72,000 Noobi. «The Contrasts ms se 6,000 12 72,000 Nowiz, ‘Thes Brazen) Serpents. oe eae ee 6,000 4 24,000 No-13.) Address to/the’Sinner’.4,.30 2 eee 6,000 8 48,000 No. 14. Religion, the One Thing Needful ....... 6,000 4 24,000 No. 15. The Power of Conscience, or the Death of AltomOnte..t.. 0 eee 6,000 8 48,000 No. 16. Ellen, a Pleasing Instance of Early Piety.. 6,000 12 72,000 No. 17. The ‘Happy, Waterman ).4ne ast ee ee ee 6,000 8 48,000 No./18,. The’ Ways tosHappiness:: eee nee) eee 6,000 4 24,000 No.19. The Dreadful Superstition of the Hindoos 6,000 8 48,000 85,500 696,000 | 30 | Ae. be Staiiug kins i Ak oe A a Aa Be ck a ce Rn eee TN ‘ — SSA OSA. EN ee ees SS RN RN RA ee 8 Oe OS ¥ it $ New Serics, &Se PROFITS SACRED TO THE CAUSH OF MISSIONS. Soetinoteaete eee : on ee - pessoas oseeetias eRe BRB G 3 THE ag: abe fe EWR RSENS VENER ENG HERS ON PRESSE ORS EWR CON OSD LATTER DAY LUMINARY, BY A COMMITTEE ay THF. BOARD OF MANAGERS OF THE General Convention of the Baptist Denomination in the United States. aie tes : ye + i 1: : (ES Pha ee oh at . Sate Vou vo FEBRU ARY, 182. 2 [Nols. xe Peabo ue oy Fm Bie poy ma ied | Letter from Hellngham, Mass. — shad Columbian Collere : . 4 ein! ~ Satie "* ai ‘ is 71° ae iy CONTENTS. At iF: i COMMESTEATIONS. poge ba = | poge | Letter from Frege: New- ah #2 + | Proper Estimate of the cones Yuk - * 57 | Lh Character - Si Letter fram Rochester see a a3 Thoughts on Special Prayer 35 5 3 Yurk » ibid 4 ie i i) ‘The Christian's Directory - 43 coer from Meadow Dale, vi ye te. mi MISaIUS ORY Kints thid 3b SE i . Letter from Malifax county, < Foreign. Vie wink ee - ‘ 5a » o dee Iwich Islands - : 49 Letter from Craven county, Us -< Leticr trom Mr. Ellis - < bd North Carolina — - 8 ibid + &¥e Lotter trom the missionanes to Letter from Montgomery couri- ae Mr Vis . 54, ty, Georgia thd +5 Letter foom Mr. Ellie to the | Letter from. Me Peck, Hines 59 oF nussioparies ~~ 53) Letter fromthe Rev, L, MC oy ibid ob RELICIOT A. i c+ @ pr. ONC ELL ANROUS, 3 E- Letter from Middleborough, ne panic! $ * Mass. - ms oe te he Wine Press - . . 39 > aFr Letter from Ashfield, Mass, ded) Rev. Edward Irvin ‘ 60 * ae elie ek i psssssatiamanssssaaestenensent coal WASHINGTON CITY: PRINTED ANB PUBLISHED BY JOHN 8. ME RIAN, COLUMOIA® OFFICN, NORTH & stMetT. Se RE a nally: x Psa Ws ee ents ee A ewewnwewnewer se ave renceseseees ae ee was . 1821. YES DERE < # ee ss fi ; ce eee ta tise ENN ON ONO EN ATOR Ne Bn et en 8 ER WEEE NT SERENE NRO WED OAS BR ER OS OR en 00 i 8 kk RE A eS ¢ SAPIENS ERA DEWAN DAN DSR WAAL AN 48 BRA SS BR HRN 8D ONO 8 Ee, vp hemegeeonanes SLT tad 3 TSS et Uae Mee | Cty S6@ey sory the 4% Sy pee Meee Tage nt Rae Sart a pat i eae it ae FON COVER PAGE OF “ THE LATTER DAY LUMINARY ” February, 1824 oe. * ee Sng PR am Cy sect z % oe re ek “ot, : ~ i : ‘ a ss 2 % er : a Pe F 4 a se er 1. Pie * STi ar” << * ¥ ‘ . ps a | q J . =, ) : | hore ri “ ] vide ae i a] a 4 4 1s f a J 4 v oe peal id why % , IN THE BEGINNING, TRACTS It was characteristic of the annual reports of the Society for many years to give instances of the convincing and con- verting power of the tracts. By 1830 they report that the following numbers have been particularly blessed: No. 47, “ Examine Your State”; No. 52, “ The Nature and Importance of Repentance”; No. 43, “ The Conversion of Andrew Fuller”; and his tract, No. 6, “ The Great Question Answered”; No. 30, “ The Death of an Infidel”; and No. 4, “The Life and Experience of Mrs. Hamilton.” It is so cheering to our hearts to obtain this kind of evidence of the favor of our Lord, we hope our brethren in every part of the country will be ready to communicate to us a knowledge of all such instances as may become known to them. It deserves to be mentioned to the praise of God, that the accounts of conversions effected by means of tracts, which are constantly published in the magazines and reports of the American and London Tract Societies, are very numerous, and show abundantly that it is a chosen method by which the Holy Spirit is turning the hearts of many of the disobedient to the wisdom of the just. Perhaps it is safe to say that there is no class of human writings, which produces so great and extensive results of spiritual good, and obtains so many testimonies of divine approbation as tracts. The Tenth Annual Report adduces elaborate evidence that the Baptist General Tract Society has been approved by the de- nomination almost universally. 17. A Modern Instance A full account of the whole hundred years of tract work would make a volume in itself, lustrous with the light of life. When Edward Judson, with the missionary devotion and the intellectual gifts of his illustrious father along with the highest culture of the dawning twentieth century, bent his energies to meet the spiritual needs of lower New York City, he employed tracts as an important measure. Picture tracts were espe- cially promoted by him. Of the many “ floral tracts”? now published by the Society one series of 50 is known as “ the Judson Memorial Tracts.’’ In his epoch-making little book “The Institutional Church” he says that a pastor in his parish visits [ 31 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT should carry with him a few well-assorted tracts with a pretty picture on the first page and the church notice printed on the last. In this way the children are conciliated, a message is borne suited to the condition to each member of the household—inquirers, young Christians, the sorrowing, intemperate, and so on—besides a definite souvenir of the pastor’s visit is left behind. In describing his evangelistic after-meetings he says, Sometimes, having put some one in the chair to give out familiar hymns, I pass through the audience distributing some little floral tract, under cover of which I have a little personal word with those who may seem interested, trying to persuade them to show some sign of interest at the very next opportunity. If any student of the subject would like to put himself in touch with the ablest kind of advocacy of the use of tracts let him read the addresses in the annual reports of the Society in 1887 by Wayland Hoyt and Edward Judson; in 1888 by P. S. Henson, and in 1893 by F. L. Anderson. A story of the mar- velous cumulative influence of a booklet was given in the intro- duction of the Jubilee Memorial of the Religious Tract Society of England, which has been often repeated. It was most minutely retold at the annual meeting of our own Society in 1860 by J. Hyatt Smith. 7 18. “ Small Arms ” It is not easy to draw the line sharply between tracts and books. Many of the most useful productions of the Society are booklets. ‘The latest catalog classifies these as “ pam- phlets ” along with the tracts under the general caption “ Small Arms.” Thirty two-column pages are closely packed with the list of them. The present history requires at least the heads under which they are listed. Baptist History, Baptist Reason- ing (General, Baptism, Communion), Biography, Steward- ship, Missions, The Future Life, The Way of Life, What is the Bible? What is Truth? Social Service, Work of the Church, For Christian Workers, Converts, Awakening and [ 32 | IN THE BEGINNING, TRACTS Directing, Spurgeon’s Tracts, For Inquirers, In Foreign Lan- guages (Bohemian, Danish-Norwegian, Finnish, French, Ger- man, Hungarian, Cherokee, Seminole, Italian, Lithuanian, Polish, Portuguese, Roumanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish). Asa pastor, the present writer found of great help a number of the pamphlets on Baptist history and Baptist doctrine, and also such a white booklet for the sorrow- ing as Doctor Dobbins’. “Scripture Comfort for the Bereaved.”’ 19. Continual Growth As compared with the 85,500 copies of the nineteen tracts of the first catalog, at the end of only fifteen years more we had published over 3,500,000 copies of 162 different tracts. By the middle of our One Hundred Years the Society was publishing 382 tracts, 58 of them in six foreign languages. If you compare the complete catalog of 1924 with that of 1825, you see by the enormous development of tract work that we have not outgrown the wisdom of the fathers in plant- ing a Tract Society, but have been diligently cultivating that fruitful field. The tract was our first and for years our only “Jamp-stand.” It is the one which has stood throughout the century. From this lamp-stand’ the light has been shining every one of the eight hundred and seventy-six thousand hours. ‘‘ Memorable Thoughts and Holy Resolutions’ was the title of an early tract. How many such thoughts have been radiated since, and how many such resolutions have been energized by the steadily increasing number of tracts! The current catalog shows more than three thousand of those light points now standing. During the Century literally billions of the luminous leaves have been issued. It has been in veritable fact one hundred years of Radiant Energy. At the Seventy- fifth Anniversary Doctor Henson could say, “ A single tract has been known to lead forty persons to Christ in one year.” [ 33 | I] BOOKS AND HYMN-BOOKS 20. Our Biblia Of the making of books there was a beginning. It was only ten years after the Society’s organization. It was like the first volume of the Sacred Scriptures, a collection of tested and approved tracts. But we have a more explicit record than we have of the collection of precious “ little books,’ Biblia, in the second century. Our nineteenth-century book of little books was announced somewhat at length in the year of its concep- tion and more concisely in the Proceedings of the Society, 1835. “ Ata meeting of the Board of Managers of the Bap- tist General Tract Society, Philadelphia, September 6, 1834, the following resolution was adopted : | Resolved, that this Society, without relaxing in any degree its efforts for the general circulation of tracts, relying on the blessing of God and the zealous cooperation of its friends for help, will endeavor, with the least possible delay, to place by sale or donation, a bound volume of its select publications in every family willing to receive the same, in the States of Tennéssee, Kentucky, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, and Missouri. Brethren, you are here presented with an object of great interest, magnitude, and importance. The volume will contain about 400 pages. The price will be fifty cents, neatly bound in sheep. For extra binding in calf, or morocco, gilt, an additional charge will be made, according to the expense. The Manual will be ready for subscribers the First of April, 1835. Did our first book take well? Here is the record in 1837: Two editions of this work have been published and circulated during the year just closed. The book meets with universal approbation. A friend in New Jersey accompanies his donation for the circulation of this volume with the following remarks: “ As you well know I was an early friend to the plan of publishing a volume to be called the Baptist Manual, so I mean to bé a staunch friend to that work. I wish the fifty dollars herewith to be used for that purpose. Many people de- [ 34 ] BOOKS AND HYMN-BOOKS spise a tract but will keep and read a book. Not that I wish to have tracts stop circulating, but I am persuaded that much, much more, should be done for books. I will give as long as I have the means for this object. The ‘Manual’ I approve of, and hope that increased efforts may be made to place it in every family in the country, and especially in the Western Valley.” 21. Dealing in Books But long before the Society gathered some of its tracts into a book it had been promoting the distribution of books. Its depositories in various parts of the country were often in book- stores and were always literary propagation-points. This paragraph in the annual report of 1832 as to the central de- positary shows. that it had become itself a book-store almost from the start: Book Concern. Connected with the sale of tracts in the General Depository is that of stationery and religious books, on commission. The amount of the book sales during the year, is $434.65, and the profits arising therefrom to the Society are $90.15. Books were handled chiefly on commission. The record by the tenth year makes you feel that stepping into the Philadel- phia home of the Society ninety years ago would have brought one into an atmosphere there like that of today: The Baptist General Tract Society keep a Depository of their publica- tions at No. 21 South Fourth Street. Also, a general assortment of Sab- bath School books, published by Dea. James Loring, Boston, and the Massachusetts Baptist Sunday School Union. Also, a good assort- ment of religious books, Baptist papers, pamphlets, magazines, min- utes, etc., of almost every description. All the profits arising from the sale of books goes to aid the Society in its operations. 22. Creating Books Out of all this development of tract compilation and book dealing naturally sprang the creation of books as such. In fact the denomination demanded it. As early as 1835 the General Convention of Baptists asked the Society to [35] PIONEERS OF LIGHT so alter its constitution as to include such publications, .. chiefly such as set forth the peculiar and, as they are believed to be, Scriptural principles of the denomination. The issuing of the “ Manual”’ of tracts was a partial re- sponse. It was not, however, until 1839 that the great ven- ture was made in what was called “the volume enterprise.” It is proposed as early as possible to secure the following additions to the series of the Society’s publications. The issue of Bound Vol- umes to consist of a Doctrinal Series, a Historical Series, and a Bio- graphical Series. There can be no doubt that the object and design of the Society as set forth in its Constitution, embraces a sphere of action as wide as this; and the example of the American Tract Society, the Religious Tract Society in London, and indeed the practises of our own Society ever since its removal to this city, prove the pro- priety and usefulness of the circulation of volumes as well as smaller tracts. The Board are deeply impressed with the conviction that a vigorous effort should be made the present year to commence the publication of volumes in each of these series. Baptists as a denomi- nation have not reason to be ashamed of their history; and the memorials of many of the early labors for the promotion of Christ’s cause in this and in other lands, will be directly adapted to furnish the instruction and encouragement which we need, to prompt us to more self-denying and enlarged enterprises for the advancement of the Redeemer’s kingdom. These memorials may now be secured by a timely effort, and that kind of cooperation which it is believed this society may call forth and concentrate. Another generation will find it more difficult if not impossible, to gather up these precious frag- ments of history and biography. Shall this anniversary be suffered to pass away without an earnest endeavor to arouse the slumbering energies of our denomination, and fix on some plan for calling forth the requisite liberality, to enable the Board which may now be elected, to enter immediately upon this great work? There is a throb of exhilaration in the record the following year: The Volume Enterprize has been commenced, and three Bound Volumes have already been issued from our Press, consisting of Backus’ “ Church History,” Booth’s “ Reign of Grace,” and “ Memoirs of Distinguished Christians,” which both for interest in matter and beauty in workmanship, will vie with any that have been presented to the public throughout the year by other publishers. This operation cost the Society $445.57, an edition of 1000 has been printed, and 500 [ 36 ] BOOKS AND HYMN-BOOKS volumes of each, making one-half the edition, have been bound, and 879 of these have already been circulated, since November last. What a noble trilogy with which to begin! It was, first, a history of the kingdom of God on earth with special reference to the deeply essential part which Baptists had taken as the foremost champions of liberty of thought, and written by Backus, who had represented them on that score in the Con- tinental Congress. Then came “ The Reign of Grace” fol- lowed by an account of “ Distinguished Christians ”’ bringing practical religion to bear in its most stimulating form, in fact the only ultimately valid form—personality. 23. Sets of Classics There was an early development in the production of books worthy of the noble beginning. Whole sets of classic works were issued. In 1845-6 the complete Works of Andrew Fuller were published in three volumes aggregating 2,420 pages octavo and selling for $7.50. This was an epochal event and deserves full record: It was not until after much correspondence, consultation with pub- lishers, ministers of the gospel, and other brethren, that the Board decided on the plan and style of publishing the works of this distin- guished writer. Three plans were before the Committee: First, to publish “select works,” leaving out all that had been written for special occasions, or emergent circumstances, as his Defence of the Mission in India against the hostile position of the Government, and other articles for special purposes. 2nd, To condense by small type, crowded pages, and double columns, so as to bring all his writings into two large octavo volumes, that could have been sold at $6. 3rdly, To publish his works complete, in three large octavo volumes, fair type, good paper, and in a style tasteful and substantial, that would ensure permanence; at a greater expense. Those we consulted were nearly unanimous in favor of the latter plan, which has been adopted. .. It is expected the ministry of our churches and theologi- cal students will procure these volumes, whatever else may be wanting in their libraries. One of our most eminent living divines (not a Baptist) said that for theological learning, he read Fuller before Edwards, and advised students to do so. [ 37 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Doctor Alexander, the distinguished theologian of Princeton, reviewed the work at length in the “ Biblical Repository,” say- ing among other things, ““ We have made up our mind never to contend with any man for agreeing in doctrinal points with Andrew Fuller.”’ No wonder that Princeton conferred on this English Baptist the degree of Doctor of Divinity even in those days of intense national and sectarian prejudice. Dr. Lyman Beecher, the great Congregationalist, said, “ A better service for the truth to the present day can scarcely be done than by the extensive circulation of the works of Andrew Fuller.” Even a great Methodist periodical joined the uni- versal chorus, excepting of course the strong Calvinistic feature of Fuller’s works. The annual report in 1846 said: These works have been everywhere received with great favor, among all evangelical denominations. The beautiful style of our edition has also received high commendation. Another great set consisted of the works of John Bunyan. It may be recalled that Tract No. 2 was a twelve-page “ Life of Bunyan.” Some of his writings were among the earlier publications of the Society, the “ Pilgrim’s Progress ”’ in 1840, but in 1852 appeared the most extensive set ever published in America. Two paragraphs from the introduction by J. New- ton Brown must be regarded as a vital part of the story of our lighthouse: The series of Bunyan’s Practical Works, collected and classified by The American Baptist Publication Society, is completed by the present volume. It is the most important enterprise, except the complete works of Andrew Fuller, which the Society has yet undertaken; em- bracing no less than forty different Works, and making between three and four thousand full duodecimo pages. . . These eight volumes, it is true, do not comprise the whole of Bunyan’s Works, which amount in all to sixty-two. But of these we have published three other volumes, embracing all his “ Allegorical Works,” namely, “ The Pil- grim’s Progress,” “The Sinner’s Progress,” and “The Holy War,” which contain about a thousand pages more, in duodecimo; besides reprints of his “ Heavenly Footman” and “ Barren Fig-Tree,” in a [ 38 | BOOKS AND HYMN-BOOKS cheap 18mo. form, suitable for Sunday schools, and general distribu- tion. The three allegorical works are bound in uniform style, with the practical; making together eleven volumes, with little less than five thousand pages, which for sentiment or style may be regarded as without a parallel in the accumulated stores of Christian literature, among the products of a single mind. These words of our first great Book Editor are seen to be only words of restrained sobriety when we recall what Lord Macaulay said to the effect that John Bunyan was one of the only two creative minds in the literature of the seventeenth century. We need not forget that the other of the eminent critic’s ““two”’ was another John the Baptist—Muilton. / 24. History and Biography Since a knowledge of history gives to the human mind at the same time both poise and push as nothing else can do, the Society has published considerable history. From that first volume, “ History of the Baptists”’ by Backus, to the more than forty volumes listed at the end of the century, the total has been great. A considerable number has been on general church history. Many, in accordance with a structural pur- pose of the Society, have been denominational and are con- sidered in the next chapter. That most personalized form of history, biography, which composed one of the original volumes published, has never been neglected. Typical personalities belonging near the be- ginning and the end of the century have been Adoniram and Edward Judson. Among other kingdom leaders Carey, Peck, Spurgeon, Robinson, Colgate, Crozer, Griffith, and Morehouse have been portrayed. ‘Uncle John Vassar” has quickened as many souls in his life-story as he did in his life. 25. Theology and Fiction Like the “ Reign of Grace” at the beginning most of the theological books issued have been in the practical rather than the purely speculative realm. Systematized thinking, how- [ 39 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT ever, has had worthy attention in the works of Fuller, Pendle- ton, Hovey, Johnson, Weston, Mullins, and Strong, the most elaborate being the three voiumes of ‘‘ Systematic Theology ” by President Augustus H. Strong. Four other works of his listed with these in 1912 make a set of seven volumes which might be classed with the “Complete Works of Andrew Fuller ” issued two generations earlier. A different but at the same time important line of service has been the production of wholesome fiction, especially for the young. “ Jesus spoke to the multitudes in parables; and without a parable he spoke nothing to them.” From the story - of “ The Prodigal Son” to the end of human development on earth, general truth revealed through concrete personalities is bound to be the most powerful possible putting of truth. It is the saving way of the infinite God—incarnation. At a time when many Christians were forgetting these fundamentals of Christianity and were railing at “novels” as works of the devil, the Society began publishing fiction. Some of its very finest tracts were of that primitive gospel nature. As early as 1840 it published volumes of fiction, one of the early ones being “ Gertrude the Peacemaker.” It gave itself quite largely to the publication of “* Sunday-school Libraries.’ While indis- criminate condemnation was still common the Society carefully discriminated. Thus families where it was traditional to kick “novels”? out the back door, gladly welcomed this way of entertainment and instruction through the front door of the Sunday-school library. Recent catalogs of the Society frankly list more than two hundred titles of its current books as ‘‘ Fic- tion for home and Sunday-school libraries.” “ Beautiful Joe,’ by Marshall Saunders, published in 1894 and reissued in revised form from new plates in January, 1922, has brought the spirit of Christ in some particulars to more people perhaps than any other book of its kind. Three- quarters of a million copies have been read by many millions of people, young and old. 3} [ 40 | BOOKS AND HYMN-BOOKS 26. Hymn-books It is a question whether as much actual radiant energy has been imparted by any of the Society's other groups of books as by its series of hymn-books. Embodying as they have much of the great poetry of the ages, further winged by great music and augmented in use by the power of quickening fel- lowship through concerted utterance, countless millions of spiritual impulses have been mediated through the hymn- books. It was a great day for the churches when the Society’s first edition of “The Psalmist” appeared in 1843. An arrangement has just been completed to publish a denomina- tional hymn-book, for church services, in cooperation with Gould, Kendall and Lincoln, Boston. The proof-sheets are now undergoing a revision by a committee consisting of Brother W. R. Williams, D. D., of New York, and eight other distinguished brethren. It has been compiled with great labor and care by Rev. Messrs. Baron Stow, of Boston, and S. F. Smith, of Newton, Mass. This plan of mutual co- operation bids the fairest to produce a first-rate hymn-book, acceptable to all parts of the country and the whole denomination. Edited jointly by one of the famous preachers of Boston and the author of “ The Morning Light is Breaking” and Pe veGountnysoliseot- hee, © Phe Psalmist.’ ran through many editions and rendered illustrious service for the churches. In two years the annual report (1845) said that the Society had published 8,000 copies of “ The Psalmist,” in three sizes and various bindings. The circulation of the latter work has not been impeded by any oppo- sition made, nor has its hold on the confidence and affections of the churches been lessened, but greatly increased. It has already done more to produce uniformity in the use of hymn-books, and correct the taste of the churches, than its projectors ever anticipated. Testi- monials from every State, and from competent and impartial judges, are constantly being received. Some 15,000 copies have been issued from the Boston press the past year, making about 50,000 copies that have gone into all the length and breadth of the land. The first hymn-book of which the Society was the sole publisher was “The Baptist Harp, A New Collection of [ 41 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT Hymns ‘for the Closet, the Family, Social Worship and Re- vivals,” 1849. After sixteen years came the “ Devotional Hymn and Tune Book” in 1870 and the “ Gospel Hymn and Tune Book” in 1879. The former is still issued along with four which have followed, ‘ The Baptist Hymnal” in 1882, “The Coronation Hymnal” in 1895, “ Sursum Corda” in 1898, and “‘ The New Baptist Praise Book” in 1914. That is a full octave by The American Baptist Publication Society itself. Its first endeavor jointly with the great Boston firm of Gould, Kendall and Lincoln introduced denominational har- | mony in the worship of praise. Up to that time, since 1766, the scattered Baptists in the United States had gotten out somewhere a new hymn-book every two years—forty-two dif- ferent books in seventy-seven years! ‘‘ The Psalmist’ went through many editions and minor adaptations to the tastes of different sections of the country. But it was broadcast and all regions tuned in. ‘The Baptist Hymnal” also, issued forty years later, has had a wide use. About one million copies of it have been used. The Society has also published hymnals in Cherokee, Danish, Italian, Lithuanian, Norwegian, and Polish. With such famous hymn and tune writers in our own fel- lowship as S. F. Smith and Robert Lowry and W. H. Doane, devoting themselves to the production of hymn-books, it is no wonder that for fourscore years the Society has steadily fur- nished the churches a full orchestral score. 27. Authorship and Editing Tracts, books, and periodicals have called into expression the best inspirations of a multitude of Spirit-begotten men and women, expression in order that others might share their best. ‘The Publication Society’s authors during the century are uncounted. perience of Colleges, in all favour of a moxterate 1 and there be publicly com i ) blessing and dedicated to his service. “The design of this ceremony ts to impress more ‘There la wat « Collese ia deeply on the minds of opie ciel obi | more than 200, though many are near each adaiy togive their children a religious eda- | The University at Oxford? contains Rosas ees : 85 Colleges; but they arc entirely distinet “What is this but the spirit of ifumr) onder different instractors, and different boptiam ? We rejoice to ser our cae te laws. “The Universiey at Cambridge con- brethres eo far conquering their prejudices tains 17 Colleges equally distinct—And against our practice on this subject, as to re-| there are, in addwtion ta these, 6 other Cols commend an important and sabstantial part iiescs in England, not aathervcd to confer of it to the observance of their churches.” | deprees, No man can enter Oxiurd Univer T will now give you my own opinion, taken f sity, Wiliout first subscribing to the - from the London Baptit Alagazine for No- nd articles of the Setablished & ae vember, 1833, - nor receive a degree from Caraliridge, with- “Is it right for Baptist ministers to take] out doing the same, Bat the policy of our little infants in their arms, and name them, | country is diferent. The privileges of ¢ur whisk than call (dedinating tham ta Clade Ly jterase Fnctitutions ase onen ta pil. without as she had done before to St. Lusia and St. Catharine. Accordingly she took is hand which threw the poor dupe into the greatest torment. The next night this masculine virgin brought, as he pretended, some of the linen in which Christ had been buried, tesoften the waund ond ware Ietver a kee PORTION OF FIRST PAGE OF “THE COLUMBIAN STAR” February 14, 1824 ere re a ae Sonal in size, ‘Ss British Navy one handred and nine feet long, Hater and perfectly aquare te top, where it was two feet wide. Ft wks sawed out.of the trunk of w tenk tree, snd F ge et believe there is no part of the world where — these gigantic sons of the Forest suce magnitude as in Cochin Ching. FE hate | seen in the country a tree, that would ma&e a vateral maismast fora line of battle clear of khots, and this I learn Is not u sual.” “Their whole naval establishment was on a most extensive scale, and ia the frst order, : Just after the arrival of the American vessels, a work had beén completed, bear- ing the stamp of the as Roman m “ cence, but ata lamentable expense man life, This was a river or canal, twen- ty-three English miles long, connecting the seth log eanal —_ Pict oti feet iS t, about eighty wile, : an ronnh imnense forrests and morass, fu the short space af six weeks. i tape six thousand men were 7 aa deny : and day, by turns, in this under- taking, tak several thausand lives sacrificed by fatigue and consequent discase.” ha- city of Saragon with abranch of Camabodis | rp PERIODICALS, HANDBOOKS, AND HISTORY nected with the origination of our Society, “ The Columbian Star’ and “ The Latter Day Luminary ”’ bore titles showing that light-giving is not a centennial after-thought but was a dominant idea among the founders. 29. Our Many-named Almost at once the Society begins its periodical ministry. itwemaracy Vlaeazine is rst issued in 1s27.> It is a monthly periodical at 50 cents a year. Each number contains 24 pages duodecimo. It is under the editorial care of the General Agent, Noah Davis, and forms an important means of communication with the public. It embraces also useful selections, anecdotes, and annual denominational statistics. In 1837 its “Tract Magazine,” being obviously too re- stricted a title, was dropped... The periodical became a folio sheet and was called simply our “ Monthly Paper.” The next year it was decided to publish it semimonthly and to name it “The Baptist Record.”’ The name which it now takes is intended to indicate the character which it will henceforth bear. Without diminishing the monthly amount of matter directly relating to the tract cause, it is proposed to make it the vehicle of the most important information respecting the Baptist Denomination throughout the world. For the accomplish- ment of this object it will enjoy peculiar facilities. Published as it is from the Depository of the Society, it will have the advantage not only of the files of papers and other periodicals, which are there received from all parts of the United States, but of the extensive cor- respondence which the Society holds with both hemispheres. By 1839 it yielded some profit. The next year it was made a weekly paper, the circulation rising to 3,100 copies. By 1844 a strong committee recommended that it be sold to “‘ some in- dividual publishing house or company, should an opportunity be afforded.” } The Depository of the Society took pains to circulate other Baptist periodicals as reported in following years. In 1846 “The Baptist Record’”’ discontinued weekly issue for sub- [ 45 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT scribers and became a monthly for gratuitous circulation to promote the work of the Society. By 1853 peg thou- sand copies were thus issued. A kindred series of promotive periodicals was published from 1885 to 1909 under various names, “* The Worker ”’ to 1895, “ The Colporter’”’ to 1899, and “Good Work ” to 1909. If one could study carefully files of these promotive sheets he would get colorful details for at least one-half of the hundred years. 30. The Young Reaper Having followed rapidly the transmutation of the Society’s first journal through twenty-five years and kindred promotive journals for another quarter of a century, we may stay to note only a few other outstanding periodical events of the century. In 1831 the Society tried the plan of a monthly issuing of tracts to achieve the objects of tract distribution and to save postage by obtaining periodical rates. But the plan did not work long. The first large periodical success was through ‘“‘ The Young Reaper,’ a monthly taken over by the incorporation with the Society of the “ New England Sabbath School Union”’ in 1856. It had immediately a circulation of 50,000 copies. By 1866 it had a circulation of 130,000. It was then made semi- monthly. For a full half of our century it was a “ burning and shining lamp.”’ 31. Great Journals The Society has made two attempts to serve by means of — great periodicals. Its most weighty journalistic undertaking was “ The Baptist Quarterly.” It was intended to be a suc- cessor of ‘* The Christian Review ” which had for twenty- seven years (1836-1863) striven to defend our principles in a learned way and especially to educate our own people in the best thinking. It was founded by one of the founders of the Publication Society (the one who drafted its constitution), [ 46 | PERIODICALS, HANDBOOKS, AND HISTORY Prof. James D. Knowles, who was editor till his death. It had as editors from start to finish foremost Baptist leaders, a round dozen of them. But it ceased to exist from lack of financial support. Its purpose, however, was so worthy that after four years the Publication Society, in 1867, undertook to supply the need. The new “ Baptist Quarterly ”’ had Pro- fessor Lucius E. Smith, of Bucknell University, as editor in chief, and Drs. Alvah Hovey, E. G. Robinson, A. N. Arnold, and J. M. Gregory as associates. In 1869 President Henry G. Weston became editor in chief and remained at the head till its discontinuance in 1877. For ten years “ The Baptist Quarterly ” rendered noble service. Only two years after its cessation another independent attempt was made in “ The Baptist Review,” which deceased after thirteen years of living “at a poor dying rate.” The most honorable reason assigned for repeated failure in this realm is the assertion that “ our people have very little of that sectarian exclusiveness which would give to Baptist productions even a reasonable prefer- ence over the good things produced by others.” But the aim of the Society in producing ‘‘ The Baptist Quarterly ” is so high that it deserves record as a significant part of the hundred years of service: For the Baptist denomination, it proposes to do some service by adequate statements, and timely discussions of the sentiments which prevail among us, whether relating to subjects on which we have a well-settled agreement, or to those on which there still exist fraternal differences; by stimulating an interest in theological and Biblical studies, and gathering up for the common good, the fruits of such studies; by supporting the interests of education, and of all literary and liberal culture, in the confidence that true science and art are allies —not enemies nor rivals—of true religion; doing thus somewhat to further the intelligence and spiritual power of the denomination, and its efficiency as one of the elements of that general Christian influence, which is the salt of the world. The attempt of the Society to meet this need in the most general way was through the establishment of a weekly de- [ 47 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT nominational paper, “The National Baptist.’ This was in 1865, in the gap between the death of the “ Christian Review ” and the birth of the “ Baptist Quarterly.” The first editor of the “‘ National Baptist ’’ was Kendall Brooks, D. D., who was one of the choicest men of scholarship and fine Christian spirit that the denomination has ever had. His able successors were Doctor Lemuel Moss and Dr. H. L. Wayland. The Society sold the paper to the latter in 1883. 32. The Milky Way The truly superlative periodical ministry of the Society has been in its periodicals for the young and its Sunday-school helps. They have gradually multiplied as the need arose, until the present list of Sunday-school periodical publications shows 66 in all, with an issue of about 50,000,000 copies per year. This diffusion of light is immeasurable, utterly dazing human imagination. The issues of the whole century cannot be re- corded with fewer than ten figures. The power of periodicals carrying the imprint of “ The American Baptist Publication Society’ over the young is deep and lasting. The present writer’s first literary memory is of writing a letter to Benjamin Griffith at 530 Arch Street, Philadelphia, in sending a club of subscribers for “The Young Reaper.” The pen letter of that great friend of children in reply was the first personal, tangible tie with the denomination at large. 33. Bonds of Unity It is surprising how many key-notes for a century of useful- ness were sounded at once by the founders of the Society. One of them was its ministry in promoting denominational unity. In the first Annual Report (1825) the directors make the following statement of purpose: There is another consideration, which will not be deemed unimpor- tant, by any Baptist, who partakes of the spirit of the age. It is de- sirable to produce, among the members of the denomination, a closer [ 48 ] THE BAPTIST Cract MWagqgrstiae,. No. 1.—Vot. 2.] JANUARY, 1829. [Wuoter No. 19. CHRIST AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA. FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE BAPTIST GENERAL TRACT SOCIETY. 1. Tue Society met, January 7, 1829, at 7 o’clock, in the First Baptist Meeting House, Philadelphia. 2. Br. Elisha Cushman, the President, took the chair, and the meeting was opened with prayer by Br. David Jones. 3. The Annual Report of the Board of Directors was read by Br. Noah Davis. On motion of Br. Joseph Maylin, seconded by Br. Ro- bert W. Cushman, the report was accepted and ordered to be pub- lished. Volk. 11. A FIRST PAGE OF “THE BAPTIST TRACT MAGAZINE ” January, 1829 PERIODICALS, HANDBOOKS, AND HISTORY union than has yet subsisted. While they have been united, in faith and fellowship, by the bond of peace, supplied by their attachment to “One Lord, one faith, and one baptism,” the vast extent of the country, and the independent form of our church government, have operated to estrange them, as individuals. Differences of opinion, too, in reference to various points of Christian obligation and policy, have aided to present serious obstacles to all measures of common concern. The leading designs, which a portion of the denomination are labouring to effect, are regarded by other portions with indiffer- ence or disapprobation. It becomes, therefore, a matter of great moment, to devise some project, which may, as far as possible, kindle the zeal, animate the prayers, and prompt the united efforts of the denomination. The Directors are convinced that the General Tract Society presents an object, which is fitted, more than any other at the present time, to produce this desirable unanimity of counsels and exertions. No oppo- sition has yet been manifested, and none is apprehended. The dis- tribution of tracts is productive of good, so unmixed with present evil, and so free from injurious tendencies—it is so simple, and re- quires so little expense and trouble, that it cannot excite suspicion, and much less provoke hostility. It is not an unimportant consideration, moreover, that tracts, widely circulated throughout our churches, will not only supply pressing wants, but may assist to introduce desirable principles and feelings. A large number of individuals will be brought into action, as agents, depositaries, and members of auxiliary societies, who may be expected, from the natural progress of Christian zeal, to become useful assis- tants in the prosecution of kindred objects. This purpose was kept steadily in view. A whole page of the annual report was given to it in 1834. We accordingly feel justified in reiterating the idea already advanced of the value of our Society’s influence in rendering us a more united people. Such statesmanlike hopes had early and continuous realiza- tion. Half-way down the years Dr. William Cathcart, in his “ Baptist Encyclopedia,” said, During the fifty-six years of its existence the Society has proved an effective means of promoting the unity of the Baptists of the United States in feeling, in doctrinal views, in Scriptural practises, and in the promotion of missionary work at homie and abroad. [ 49 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT As our denomination developed westward there were times and places when this ministry was vital. For example, in the northwestern quarter of the country our Sunday-school mis- sionary Baker, in his “‘ Baptists of the North Pacific Coast,” records that, in the seventies and eighties, The work of the Publication Society was an important factor in unifying the work, stimulating courage, and helping to supply the need of churches and Sunday schools, by having supplies on hand for pur- chase or donation, so that no church nor Sunday school should lack necessary helps. And the helps themselves being uniform set our people to studying the same lessons, singing the same songs, reading the same books, and using the same periodicals, and thus exerted a silent but untold influence in promoting fellowship and good cheer. wherever our people gathered, and was the toboggan on which many of the old issues and jealousies slid off into the abyss of oblivion. Its ministries to these high ends at the rounding up of the century are a hundred times more manifold and potent than they were in earlier days. The single factor of uniform lesson helps is enough alone to prove that sweeping statement for today. 7 34. Denominational Dimensions A first requisite of esprit de corps is for a body to become aware of its own dimensions and strength. The man who printed the first tracts of the Society and had charge of its first depository, John S. Meehan, had previously, for the Board of Foreign Missions, published a Baptist Almanac. Here is his record. | One year before we left Philadelphia (1819) I originated the “ Bap- tist Almanac.” This was the first religious almanac ever published, I believe. Upwards of 3,000 copies of it (for the year 1820) were printed, and they sold very rapidly. The whole edition was sold. The second number of it for the year 1821 was in type. It was taken with our printing office to Washington, but was not published. As soon as practicable the regular issuing of denominational statistics began. ‘That beginning by the Society is memorable. In the “ Tract Magazine,” January, 1828, is a table of seven [ 50 | PERIODICALS, HANDBOOKS, AND HISTORY pages with nine columns—Name of Association, State, No. Churches, Ministers, Baptized, Total, Date of Minutes, Cor- respondents, and Times of Meeting. Then follows a page of remarks, the first of which might be stereotyped for such tables always—‘ The foregoing Table is not so perfect as we could ‘wish ’’—with an account of the sources. The summary is: There have never been greater additions to the churches in any one year than in 1827. By the table of 1825 before mentioned (which was said to have been below the truth) there were then 191 Associa- tions, 3,743 Churches, 2,577 Ministers, 238,100 Members, of whom 13,057. had been baptized in the previous year. According to the present estimate, there has been an increase of 109 Churches, 11,360 Members, and a decrease of 90 Ministers. But the columns for Minis- ters and Baptized are blank in numerous instances, both of which are therefore deficient of actual numbers. There are some Associations whose names and members are not on the list, because they could not be obtained. There are also churches scattered through the country, that are not connected with any Association. Besides these, ‘there are about 632 Churches, 886 Ministers, and 52,722 Members of the Six Principle, Free Will, Free Communion, and other Baptists, which are not included in the preceding estimate of Associated Cal- vinistic Churches. The whole number of Baptists in the United States is over 4,400 Churches, 3,300 Ministers, and 300,000 Communicants. Any one who is able to see in such statistics not abstract digits, but through them multitudes of beating Christian hearts, looks on the original frayed, yellow pages almost with tears of thankfulness that there was a body which cared enough for the brotherhood to go to the incalculable pains to get the facts together in those days of slow, costly mails and .in many cases still slower interest in “‘ the denomination ” as a whole. Much of one of the eight pages is used with appeal and directions for helping to get the facts, quite in the vein of the last pages of current Year-Books. But listen to the great purpose announced so long ago: The Board of Directors of the General Tract Society think it desirable, if possible, to have an Annual Account of our Denomination, and are willing to be at the trouble and expense of preparing and publishing it, if our brethren will furnish the materials. [ 51 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Only two years later the facts gathered occupy eighteen pages, including now a list of ministers. By 1837 two thousand five hundred copies were printed. It was definitely determined in 1839 to make it a regular yearly publication. The original thought of a “ Triennial Register ’’ was completely supplanted by that of “an Evangelical Almanac and. Baptist Annual Register.” With slight variation of names it so continued . till 1868 when it developed into “ The American Baptist Year- Book” to continue under that name through the last fifty-six years. The report when the Society was only twenty-one years old shows the growing scope of this part of its work: The Almanac and Baptist Register for 1845, of about 16,000 copies, has been continued, and has had an increased circulation. It contains not only the statistics of Baptist churches and Associations in a more complete form, but a condensed sketch of the statistics of all other religious sects in the United States, in a more full and accurate form than ever before published. By 1853 the “ American Baptist Register with 27 engravings of church and college edifices, 496 pages, cloth or sheep, $1.50, five copies in cloth, $6.00,” could well be urged as a book which every church ought to buy. It then gave the name and statistics of every church. As the numbers increased it be- came practicable to give the facts only by Associations and at last only the States. Such a wide survey with its in- numerable details can never be perfect. In 1915 a confer- ence of State Secretaries voted, “‘ We believe the Year Book as now published is on a scale entirely inadequate to the demand of the Northern Baptist Convention.” The Board in its next report gave a full page to the question raised, con- cluding as follows: The task of assembling and issuing the “ Year-Book,” to say nothing of the expense, has been enormous. We are now doing the best we can do; and if the Northern Baptist Convention desires to appoint a statistical secretary, and to assume the responsibility and expense of issuing a year- book for its field alone, we shall not only cheerfully withdraw our “ Year- Book,” but shall feel grateful to be relieved of the heavy burdens we have so long borne. [ 52 ] PERIODICALS, HANDBOOKS, AND HISTORY No one has arisen yet willing to relieve the Society of its pro- digious task in getting together the facts year by year and showing the denomination its inspiring attainments. ey ¥ 1 j \ 6 - ¢ bs ’ ™ CONVEYANCES The first fifty weeks of service with the wagon resulted in the following: 3,863 miles traveled; 301 meetings held; 434 sermons and addresses; 2,082 families visited; 499 Bibles and 590 Testaments sold; 151 Bibles and 161 Testaments given; 1,008 books sold and 918 given; 73,795 pages of tracts and 225,565 pages of religious papers distributed. The wagons proved so useful that they were rapidly multi- plied: Within three years there were eighteen of them. The following is a description of one: The plan of the inside of Wagon No. 5 is as follows: Immediately back of the seat and about eighteen inches above the bottom of the wagon slats are fastened to strips of board bolted to the bows. On these slats a coiled wire-spring bed is placed with mattress and blankets. This is covered with a canvass cover as a protection from the dust. Thus a comfortable bed is provided for the colporter and his wife, who in this case travels with her husband and assists him in his work. The space beneath the bed is used as follows: One-half next to the seat is fitted with a drawer and so arranged that Bibles and books can be stored. In this partition boards are arranged so that as sales are made the books are not left loose, and over the rough roads are firmly kept in a secure position. The drawer is fitted with a lock, although the wagon is nearly always under the watchful eye either of the colporter or his wife. The back-end gate of the wagon is held by spring hinges at the lower edge, and when opened rests upon supports in a horizontal position and forms a table. Just inside of this end gate is a galvanized sheet-iron food-box about three feet long, and eighteen inches wide, and nine inches high. It is dust-proof, and food does not become dry very quickly in it. There is also a sheet-iron cook-stove and a suitable variety of cooking utensils. Two camp-stools are also stowed away there and a light table with folded legs is carried on the bed, while a sack of oats and a couple of nose-bags are found in front with a pail used to water the horses when opportunity offers during the day. Thus we are independent to a very large extent as we travel. A mountain spring or stream with a grassy hillside and a handful of dry sticks enables us to make ourselves perfectly at home without a human habitation in sight. We sleep comfortably when it rains as when it is dry, for the wagon top is waterproof, and the curtains effectively shut in three sides, and our lap robe is made to close up the front. At the annual meeting of the Society in 1901 Doctor Stephenson set forth the ennobling service of the new type of conveyance: The new model colportage wagon makes a new man out of the colporter. The new wagon rescues the work from scorn and gives it a deserved [ 99 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT place among evangelizing agencies. The new colporter is a man. He has a salary and is not a beggar. He carries his bed and board with him and is not dependent. He believes he is called of God to do this kind of work, and so in the midst of hardships keeps a bright face and speaks a cheerful word, shedding abroad everywhere inspiration and _ sunshine. Many of them have been to college and theological seminaries, and number among their classmates some of the best men in the denomination. When they speak they are heard, and what they say leaves its impress upon life and character, for time and eternity. The wagon furnishes the material equipment for his work: the Bible, the blackboard, the chart, the organ, the song-books, and a stock of choice literature. He is ready for a day or a week or a month, if need be, for a prayer-meeting or a Sunday-school convention or a protracted meeting. He conveys himself easily about the country, with little or no expense, when and where he pleases. Starting at any point he is always facing the work. He is needed in the next house. He must enlighten the ignorant, warn the wayward, inspire the fainting, cheer the Christian, pray with the sick, comfort the mourning, bury the dead, preach the gospel to the poor. Begin where he will, he has never finished. He keeps on and on. The wagon is a great attraction. The colporter gets through it the hearing that he could not get without it. The mine, the lumber-camp, the mill, the shop, the country school, and even the crossroad, each furnishes more than an average congregation. It especially impresses the children; they like the nice horses and the fine wagon, the bright papers, the pretty Bibles, the story-books, the lively singing, and perhaps most of all, the kind words of the colporters. These wagons were used in the East as well as in the West. An elaborate account of this work in the Adirondack region of New York is given by G. F. Woodbury in the annual meet- ing of the Society in 1906. Seventy-six wagons had been built by 1912. Our latest wagon number was 76. We have kept the number advancing since No. 1 was built for Michigan, and this number indicates, as it should, how many have been in our service. We have made a recent survey, and find that the actual number in possession and service is 55; the losses are accounted for readily by the wearing out of the wagons, and the discontinuance in some States and Associations of cooperative work; in one State alone, Texas, seven wagons were withdrawn from service. 57. Automobiles The first record of the new conveyance, destined to mean so much later on, is in 1913: [ 100 ] THE FIRST COLPORTAGE AUTOMOBILE EQUIPMENT Sent Out by The American Baptist Publication Society Colporter D. B. Ward Carrying His Books in His Hand - iW } f \ : ' \« Te . ,% ' WY Aa a i Lic pei 3 ¥ i i seal ay 1 ne 4 t i : ¢ j : mnt, iF; = i! bie fie j | ; Melis ' ‘ ' ' ef o Iw § ‘¢ a 4 + a eB) ot @ ; “‘- me a. ‘ ‘ ae 7. oy Le + es Ly *), ie . . £ i ‘ » . 5 ‘ 7. “ X ‘ 5 i ’ \ 5 5 e \ { | ey 4 r st 8 6 ' 44 asa ie 1 ~ Fey 7 ~ y & t ' { eS al - f an : tae A ly i ‘ ; ’ As é : . r< i] F e o eee | te 4 $e ) ' . oe \ y 5 > rh ‘ * s xf “” - i , : i i ty =F ? ta- ae “ah : on _ > 4@ CONVEYANCES An automobile arranged for colporter service has been given the Society by Mr. A. P. Griffith of Azuza, California, which will, we believe, be an important aid in evangelizing the extreme southern counties of California now in great need of the gospel. Transition from wagon to auto is well under way by the next year. During the year two new wagons have been put into operation. One of them in Utah, which will give especial attention to Norwegian and Danish peoples, will be known as the ‘‘ Louisa L. Hartman Memorial,” in honor of the donor. Two new colportage automobiles have also been put into service, one a gift by his daughters in memory of the Rev. A. B. Whipple. Plans are now under way whereby five more will soon displace wagons. There are States whose roadways are such as to make the colportage automobile an impossibility. But in others its effectiveness far outranks the slowly moving team. We do not intend to lightly cast aside any equipment still serviceable. In 1915 the careful record runs: One year ago we reported our intention to equip as many of our col- porters as we wisely could with automobiles instead of wagons. In the execution of that policy we have already put nine into the field, while three more have been promised. It is not likely that we shall further in- crease the number at present. The cost of an automobile equipped for service and the cost of a colportage outfit is practically the same. It is beyond question that an automobile greatly increases a colporter’s ability to reach people. For the first year of its life an automobile is less expen- sive than a wagon and a pair of horses. But after that the auto’s advan- tage passes. It is short-lived. From the nature of the case, it cannot be expected to last as long as an auto in town. Our experience thus far leads us to question whether as an agency for missionary service in rural dis- tricts, the automobile is sufficiently economical for a term of years to be practicable. Until we have gathered more experience from those now in operation we must mark time. b) The swift wheels “ gathered more experience’”’ so rapidly that within three years the number was more than doubled. Only thirty-six wagons are being used in 1918, but twenty- five automobiles are in service. There is a steady tendency to displace the wagon with the automobile. The latter makes for increased efficiency in service, but it also entails greatly increased expense. [ 101 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT 58. Gospel Cruisers The most picturesque method of light-carrying used by our Society has been its colportage cruisers. The first was used in 1906. This movement has the hearty indorsement of the Washington Baptists and at their suggestion, it was adopted by the Society and Mr. D. W. Townsend appointed our missionary. The boat is called “The Mamie Beal,” a memorial to a loved daughter of Mr. Beal, who contributed toward the boat’s construction. In 1913 two boats were given to the Society and dedicated for missionary service. Another was launched near the close of 1914 and dedicated a few months later. In the 1913 records of the Society we read: A colportage cruiser entitled “The Life-Line,” splendidly constructed and fitted with every convenience, has been given the Society by the people of Coos County, Oregon, the construction and furnishings costing them nearly four thousand dollars, for work in the inland waters of that part of the Pacific Coast. In 1914 the record states: One year ago the Society reported the launching of the first colportage cruiser on Coos Bay, Oregon. In July a second was put into operation on the Sacramento River, and on Suisun Bay in California. At the present time a third is being built for service on Puget Sound, which will bear the name “ Robert G. Seymour,” as a memorial. Contributions for the building of this boat have been received from every district. The following from the 1915 records should be noted: The new colportage boat, the Robert G. Seymour, was completed in October, 1914, and started on its way. Dedication, however, was delayed until the cost of its building and equipment was fully provided, about $9,000. It is hoped to dedicate it in May. It has already rendered a large service on Puget Sound and along the Hood Canal. The Life-Line has continued its work in western Oregon, and the Crozer colportage cruiser Osceola, which will be henceforth known as the J. Lewis Crozer, has kept on its way preaching Christ on the waterways of northern California. These cruisers took the colporters to points on the shores of bay, river, and sound which at that time were not practicably [ 102 ] CONVEYANCES accessible in any other way. The little ships had devoted masters who diffused the gospel, wholesome reading, and the very Spirit of Christ, throwing search-lights across dark areas. As a result of the work on the Life-Line in Oregon, many Sunday schools were organized and a permanent work estab- lished in many places. The same is true of the Crozer Cruiser of California. The beautiful $40,000 church at Rio Vista, California, stands today as a memorial to and a direct result of that work. From that center other missions and churches have been established. Through the use of the Robert G. Seymour on the Puget Sound, our capable missionary, Rev. Wilbert R. Howell, maintained nearly twenty-five Sunday schools and regular preaching stations on the islands and arms of the Sound, where no other religious work was being done. Many were converted and baptized. In a number of the communities served religious services had never before been held, and hundreds of the people in such places witnessed their first Bible baptism. Mr. Howell made a large place for him- self in the affections of the people. The Life-Line and the Crozer Cruiser gave way to the auto- mobile when good public roads were established. The annual report in 1921 concludes the cruiser history: With the growth of the country and development of business between the islands and the mainland new transportation facilities were provided. Particularly was this true in the Hood’s Canal district. It was also true to a marked degree in the San Juan Island group which recently has had established direct and constant communication with the mainland. These new facilities raised the question as to whether a continuation of the gospel cruiser service, which is of necessity rather expensive to operate, was advisable, and a special committee of the State Convention was ap- pointed to investigate this matter. That committee’s report, going into particulars, is embodied in the report of our Board, with the following conclusion : In view of the findings of this special committee, as given above, the Society has decided to discontinue the Gospel Cruiser work on the Puget Sound, and has authorized the sale of the Robert G. Seymour, the pro- | 103 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT ceeds of the sale to be used in the furtherance of the work of Bible dis- tribution as carried on by the Society. In the judgment of George L. White, “* No employees of the Society have ever accomplished a more effective and truly missionary service than those who labored so faithfully in con- nection with these boats.”’ 59. Chapel Cars We come now to a feature which during the last thirty years of the one hundred has called out, perhaps, more concrete interest than any other single aspect of our work. The story of its beginning is best told in the racy words of Boston W. Smith, so long general manager of the chapel car-work. “The Story of Our Chapel-Car Work ” (32 pp., 1896) ‘is out of print and very scarce: During the early summer days of 1890, I received a note from Dr. Way- land Hoyt, then pastor of the First Baptist Church of Minneapolis, Minn. The message of this epistle was, ‘“ Please come to my study at your earliest convenience.” I accepted the invitation, and was scarcely seated before the good doctor unburdened his mind. “I recently rode,’ he began, “with my brother, Colgate, in his private car through Northern Wisconsin and Minnesota,” and then added with emphasis, “ Smith, I am mightily impressed with the need of the missionary work of our Publication Society in this Western country.” While he paused for breath I hurriedly threw in the remark, “You'll have it worse within a year.” He resumed: “ As we have hurried over the rails and past new towns, I looked through the car windows to see how utterly destitute of all religious privileges many of these places were. Before the day was over I said to my brother: ‘ You railroad men ought to be doing more for this new country than you are now doing.’ “He at once replied: ‘ We think we are doing considerable; we provide the way for them to ship in and ship out, to get in and get out. What more can we do?’ I responded: ‘Just look at these towns through which we have been riding all day. Do you not see in all these little places from one to five saloons, and not a place of worship in scores of them? Why not build a missionary car of some kind to give these lonely and destitute communities an opportunity of hearing the gospel of Jesus Christ?’ ‘I will think about it,’ he said.” During the preacher’s recital of his impressions I was a most attentive listener, and when he said, ‘“ Now, Uncle Boston, what do you think of | 104 | THE “J. LEWIS CROZER ” Missionary Cruiser in the Netherlands of California } a : wat ry) ba? yt NP , in R Te! A q aay eae LA hiaet ‘i 4 ee i ri Bi, ae A. Ai i! 4 PR Uap Ale CONVEYANCES it?” I at once replied: “ Well, doctor, the more I think of it, the more I think of it.” . Shortly after this interview I was again summoned to the study of Doctor Hoyt. This time he said: “I have a letter from my brother; he is thinking favorably of my proposition concerning the building of that missionary car. He has organized a ‘Chapel Car Syndicate’ in Wall Street. Now I want you to sketch what you think would be a good plan for a car in which the missionary can both live and hold services.” I hurried to an architect’s office, and in two hours I had the drawings of what I thought would be a good car in which to hold services. This was at once forwarded to the “ Chapel Car Syndicate” consisting of John D. Rockefeller, Charles L. Colby, John R. Trevor, James B. Colgate, E. J. Barney, William Hills, and a few other level-headed business men. The following spring I was summoned to Dayton, Ohio. I was instructed to call at the shops of the Barney and Smith Car Company. Mr. Eugene Barney, the president, received me most kindly, and at once invited me to accompany him to the yards of the great plant. There, upon one of the tracks, stood an elegant car, resembling a Pullman sleeper. On the side of the car I read at the top, “ Chapel Car,” and just below the windows the number “1,” and the name, “ Evangel.” As I stood looking at the “ Evangel” after the inspection, I could but think how a dream of mine a dozen years before had been realized. In a new Minnesota town one of the railroad companies side-tracked a pas- senger coach every Saturday night. In the car a Baptist Sunday school was organized, which grew into a flourishing Baptist church. I at once dreamed that the day would come when a. missionary car would be built for the purpose of carrying the gospel to new communities, There were always cars enough to carry liquor and tobacco to new railroad towns; why should not a gospel car be placed upon the tracks? As I left the chapel car with Mr. Barney, I could but say, ‘Surely God’s hand is in this.” The “ Evangel” was dedicated May 23, 1891, during the anniversary meeting held in Cincinnati. Dr. Wayland Hoyt was very properly chosen to make the presentation and dedi- catory address. After the dedication the car was taken to the Northwest, and the ladies of the Baptist churches of Minneap- olis and St. Paul furnished it completely. The President of the Publication Society in 1923-24, Rev. W. H. Geistweit, D. D., was speaking of a report made by Dr. Alex Blackburn at the Anniversaries held in Asbury Park concerning the dedication of the first chapel car and told the following: [ 105 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT I was sitting at the organ and had just sung the first hymn ever heard in the car, beginning with the words: “‘Whene’er we meet, we always say, What’s the news? ” when the missionary—who was none other than “ Uncle Boston Smith ”— said, “ How I wish we had a hymn to dedicate this car.” Always of rather reckless disposition, willing to attempt anything, I replied, “ Go to the other end of the car, and leave me alone a little while and I'll see what J can do.” Ina few minutes I sat at the organ and sang: “Roll on, thou bright Evangel, Be thine the glorious aim, To spread abroad the story, The joyful news proclaim. Tell of our Lord’s great mercy, Tell how he longs to bring The lost from sin’s dark thralldom, To own him Lord and King. “Seek out the weak and erring; Seek with an earnest hand, Guiding unto the glory Of our Immanuel’s Land. And thou, O great Jehovah, Our own true Leader be, Thou who has led and leadest To all eternity.” And when I recall how we sought a printer to get the hymn set up, how each one in turn refused to take it, for the workmen had all gone home, and would not return till the next day; how I secured permission of one proprietor to get into his office at seven o’clock next morning, contract- ing with him that if I had it ready for the press at eight, all locked up to print, they would give us several thousand copies by ten o’clock; when I recall the smile of the boy who met me at the office next morning with the amused questioning, “Are you the preacher who is going to set up some type?’ when I remember that at seven minutes to eight the hymn was in the chase: ready for the press; and two hours later the great audience was singing it—why, sir, it is no wonder that I should be interested in the great work these cars are doing, and have done, and in the Society that makes this great movement possible in the West and South. The attractiveness and usefulness of that first car called out repeated gifts of cars until “ We are seven ’’—Evangel, [ 106 ] CONVEYANCES Emmanuel, Glad Tidings, Good Will, Messenger, Herald of Hope, and Grace. Lhe manifold talents required and de- veloped in the chapel-car work can be judged by the men whom they have trained for other large service to the denomination, pastors and executives, such as C. H. Rust, Sam. G. Neil, Joe P. Jacobs, and others. Pamphlets by several of the workers describing the work are available including two by those at work in 1924. One entitled “ Railroad Evangelism ” by E. R. Hermiston of con- spicuous success, begins, “ Dr. R. A. Torrey once said that the Baptists put the ‘ go’ into the gospel.” Mr. and Mrs. Robert Gray have one, “ The Gospel on Wheels.” The historian found them in the summer of 1922 filling the beautiful Mes- senger of Peace with boys and girls who had as much zest in an instructive religious exercise as they could have in play. The following from the August, Idaho, Baptist Messenger gives current chapel-car history : The Messenger of Peace arrived in Melba June 4 in charge of Rev. Robert Gray and wife. We found a membership of thirty, half of whom seemed to have lost interest. We began holding meetings in the car four nights a week. The meetings were well attended from the start. The people did not seem to know that the Baptist church was a community church and was so worded in the Constitution. We put special emphasis on this for a few weeks, and since this was made plain ten have come in as affiliated members. Also eight Baptists united by experience, and up to date ten others have been received for baptism. A boys’ and girls’ chautauqua was begun some six weeks ago and on Sunday, July 15, twenty- five of these boys and girls came forward, accepting Christ as their Sa- viour; many of these will be baptized next Sunday. Every department of the church is stronger for the work. A Baptist Young People’s Union will be organized with the older boys and girls. During August Mrs. Gray will superintend a Vacation School for three weeks in the basement of the church. At the end of the month a program will be given at which forty boys and girls will show what they learned in the chautauqua, and Mrs. Gray will lead twenty young people in a Home Mis- sion exercise called “ Jack O’Lantern.” Mr. Gray began a canvass yester- day for pledges for the support of a pastor, and it is hoped enough will be pledged with the help of the Convention Board to put a man on the field for full time. [ 107 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT The car work has the dignity of a volume to its account, ‘A Church’ on: Wheels, or Ten: Years on’a\ Chapel Car aby, Charles Herbert Rust (178 pp.). Such chapter titles as “ De- partment of Domestic Science,” “ Sunday School and Young People’s Department,’ “ Music Department,” ‘ Resurrection Department,” ‘“ Rural Department,” suggest the feast spread by Mr. and Mrs. Rust who have since been at the head of some of our great churches in the East. This book should be available in public libraries. We must content ourselves here with the following com- prehensive statement made in an address by Rev. Joe P. Jacobs at the annual meeting of the Society in 1906: As a Baptist enterprise the chapel cars have resulted in great good to the entire denomination. They have advertised the denomination in a helpful and wholesome manner. The newspapers everywhere, both secular and religious, have written about the cars and thus called attention to the denomination. During the World’s Fair in St. Louis more people visited the chapel car than any other exhibit in the transportation building save one. On one day more than ten thousand six hundred people visited the car, and during the season more than thirty thousand persons registered their names, addresses, and religious denomination in the car. 1. They attract people. No other cars on earth attract attention like chapel cars. No other cars are looked upon and commented about as chapel cars. The moment a train with one of these cars attached pulls into the depot some one reads aloud the name and the passage of Scrip- ture on the side of the car. Then every eye is fixed upon it and questions are asked and answers ventured by the crowd always present at the rail- road station. When the cars are in the railroad yards all hours of the day and night one can hear the name and passage of Scripture being read aloud by the workmen in passing. Many a person is reached, many a sinner is convicted, and many a soul led to know the love of Jesus through these messages shining from the sides of the cars in letters of gold. When the cars are side-tracked for services they attract the people. 2. The cars command respect. They are modeled after the Pullman sleepers. The outside is painted anew about every five years. The outside is given two coats of varnish every year and is always kept clean and shining. The inside is finished in hard wood and is as beautiful as any private car on the road. The very beauty and cleanliness of the cars com- mand the respect and admiration of all who see them. Not only are the cars themselves respected, but the missionaries are respected because of them and many a time find their way into homes and hearts that could [ 108 ] A GROUP OF CONVERTS IN CONNECTION WITH CHAPEL-CAR MEETINGS At Petaluma, California us! bd iar . « = a he CONVEYANCES not be reached otherwise. The denomination is also respected for the equipment and ownership of these cars. 3. The cars cause many places to realize the necessity of a place for worship. Many a town would have been a long time in building a house of worship, if the cars had not gone there. Church building is a perfectly natural part of chapel-car work, and they have already erected houses that in the aggregate cost more than $140,000. 4. The method in managing them pursued by the Society has had much to do with their success. Wherever in history the words “chapel cars” shall appear, along with them will appear the name of Boston W. Smith, general manager. True to his title, his management of them has been in a general way. Wherever it has been possible the Society has cooperated with the State Convention in the work, and the direct management of the cars has been largely through a committee appointed by the State Mission Boards. 5. Another great factor in the success of the cars has been the railroads. Too much cannot be said in commendation of the railroads that have through all these years stood so nobly by the work. Many are the general managers who esteem it a privilege to have one of these cars on their lines. 6. Possibly the greatest factor in the success of the chapel cars has been the missionaries’ wives. Paul, in writing to the Philippians, took occasion to make honorable mention of certain women that labored with him and Clement in the gospel. If there is one class of persons more deserving of honor than another connected with chapel-car work it is these faithful, self-sacrificing women. It can be truly said of them they have “endured hardness as good soldiers of the cross.” 60. Auto Chapel Cars There are no longer so many new railroads of great mile- age with numberless new churchless towns to be: occupied. But there are more new homesteads settled upon in the last fifteen years than in any other equal period since government records began. How can the innumerable new neighborhoods be commandingly provided with gospel ministry? As always colportage is the pioneering agency. Horses and wagons are too slow for our day. Our automobiles in colporter service are mostly sedan Fords. As the present historian knows by considerable recent experience they are too cramped for a six- foot missionary and an adequate supply of literature with camping outfit. The auto chapel car is the solution of all these converging problems. In 1923 the solution was provided. This crown- [ 109 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT ing conveyance of our one hundred years is described as tollows in the Annual Report of the Board: The American Baptist Publication Society has just purchased from the White Company of. Cleveland, Ohio, and placed in active service, a new type Model 50 chassis, with a special transcontinental home touring body, to be used in missionary work among the Mexicans in California and Arizona. This initial car is the first of a large number of such models which will be set apart for evangelistic work along the highways of the country. It has been disclosed in an exhaustive study that the new chapel car auto will reach the small out-of-the-way hamlets and small towns often many miles removed from transportation facilities, and it is felt the specially constructed, long wheel-base truck of well-known quality will fill a long-felt necessity. This chapel car auto has several of the most important features essential to such conditions as may arise in the per- formance of many miles of various road conditions. It has a 50 horse-power unit power plant, a wheel-base of 198, extra long and flexible springs, a low center of gravity, a stream-line in bonnet and body. The long wheel-base enables the mounting without excessive over- hanging of a body designed to look correctly proportioned, and the long and flexible springs, the low center of gravity, and the long wheel-base combine to make riding easy. To give the maximum of service and so as to avoid all worries of. tire trouble, Overman cushion tires have been used throughout and are adapted for urban or interurban work. The car is also equipped with a 12-volt Leece-Neville starting and lighting system, and the interior is lighted with six 4 candle-power lights from the battery. The body, specially designed by the Brown Body Corporation, of Cleveland, Ohio, is the last word in furnishings and equipment. A missionary and his wife have everything at their convenience to make life comfortable and their work effective as they travel from place to place. It is water-proof in that it has a specially constructed roof and Pullman- tight windows. On the outside of the body are the names of the two. societies cooperating in the work—“ The American Baptist Publication Society” and “The American Baptist Home Mission Society.” There is a Scripture passage in English, “ The Seed is the Word of God.” On the central panel of the car the words in Spanish, Carro Capilla Mexicano, and a Scripture verse in Spanish—“ By grace are ye saved through faith, and that not of yourselves, it is the gift of God.” On the opposite side of the car there is another verse in Spanish—“ The wages of sin is death, but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.” The interior equipment and furnishings consist of a driver’s seat for two people, a 50-gallon fresh-water tank and waste, a wardrobe and book- case built right into the frame, a couch heavily trimmed (convertible at night into a double bed) and covered with imitation leather, drawers for { 110 ] CHAPEL CAR AUTO No. 1 “Crawford Memorial ” ein she ieee hy, eee Ut iH eth 7 ue rl i Hi Aa Lie Pye . ‘- 4 ‘ ‘ ry | 7 A CONVEYANCES linen, etc., an awning over the rear platform which is used for preaching purposes, a washroom and toilet, also a three-burner gas-stove, and a folding-table. The rear section is so constructed as to be convertible from a bedroom during the night to a reception-room during the day, and is furnished with wicker chairs and furniture. A specially constructed tent is a part of the auto equipment, the tent being so arranged that the rear of the chapel car auto, with its pulpit plat- form, can be backed into the end of the tent and become the pulpit plat- form inside the tent. The tent itself is 16 by 30 feet and will accommodate a congregation of about one hundred people. It is equipped with an Estey pulpit organ (the gift of the Estey Organ Company, Brattleboro, Vt.) collapsible chairs, a Coleman lantern lighting system (the gift of the W. C. Coleman Lighting Company, Wichita, Kansas), and every modern and up-to-date convenience for the work of evangelism in isolated and needed places. A trailer is a part of the auto equipment. This will be used for carrying the tent, chairs, etc. The car will be known as “Chapel Car Auto No. 1, Crawford Memorial.” The funds for its construction, as well as for its upkeep, and the maintenance of the work, were given by Mrs. Effie M. Crawford, of Santa Ana, California, as a memorial to her deceased husband, Mr. Will V. Crawford. The car, with its complete equipment, cost about $9,000. There is considerable enthusiasm over our new chapel car auto. Already the seal of God has been placed upon the ministry of its missionaries in the conversion of souls. It is suggested that we endeavor to build four more as memorials to men of honored memory: One in the Western field as a memorial to Rev. C. A. Wooddy, D. D.; one in New York State as a memorial to the Rev. H. L. Morehouse, D. D.; one in New England as a memorial to the Rev. C. H. Spalding, D. D.; one in the Atlantic States as a memorial to Honorable Ernest L. Tustin. 61. What Next? In 1824 there was not a mile of railway in the United States. In 1924 there are more than two hundred and seventy thousand miles. Before its second century is far advanced our Society for the diffusion of light may employ the airplane and the radio, but it starts out with a conveyance which is not likely to be wholly superseded as long as personal presence and pastoral work are needed by human souls. The auto chapel car in varied sizes is likely to perpetuate the very essence of the original neck-portage. Tignes VII So INE ray sen Gee ey te) tas The other great means of getting the published light into the hearts and lives of the people, as specified in the charter of The American Baptist Publication Society, is “ Sunday schools.”’ 7 62. Adopting this New Notion The prospectus of the Society in 1824, in speaking of pos- sible distributing agencies, said : Sabbath schools are particularly calculated to give circulation to tracts. These may be distributed as rewards to the scholars and thus they will probably be read by the scholars themselves and by their parents. Thus at the very beginning, though primarily a tract society, it undertook to stimulate Sunday-school efficiency and to pro- mote thereby religious education in both young and old. This is emphasized in the first annual report of the Board of Directors in terms which show that the original purpose of Sunday schools to provide the rudiments of general education was still in the ascendancy along with its newer ethical and spiritual aims. Sabbath schools, in the first place, train the youthful mind to the best habits, while they impart the ability and inspire the disposition to read. A new faculty is thus created, and a new avenue to the heart is thus opened. There were Baptist Sunday schools in Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Pennsylvania before 1800. The first in Philadelphia was organized September 21, 1815, at the First Church; in Boston, June, 1816, at the Charles Street Church. The following from the “Latter Day Luminary,” of July, [ 112 ] SUNDAY SCHOOLS 1824, written quite likely by one of our founders, shows, in any case, the information and ideals which were current among them, when they were creating The General Tract Society for a different but kindred purpose: Sabbath Schools. The rapid increase of Sabbath schools is delightful to the pious heart, as it is auspicious to the cause of godliness. In May, 1823, Great Britain and Ireland numbered 7,172 of these pious institutions, in which the teachers amounted to 77,275 and the scholars to 764,391. The number of schools in the United States is not precisely known; but it is gratifying to learn that at the last Annual Meeting of the Philadelphia Sunday and Adult Social Union, a National Society was formed under the title of “The American Sunday School Union.” Through this Society information respecting the schools of our country will be concentrated, and we may look forward to a period not far distant, when accurate enumeration will be given of the effective force of these praise-ordained establishments. The Seventh Annual Report of the Philadelphia Sunday and Adult School Union states the number of schools 723, teachers 7,337; and scholars 48,681 attached to the Union. Two hundred of these schools have been added during the past year. The Sunday school properly conducted is the greatest and most success- ful opponent of the Prince of darkness. It strikes at the bud of trans- gression, and foils Satan in the very point where he has been accustomed to triumph with alarming success. Let these schools be cherished, let them be increased; soon the solitary place shall be glad for them, and the wilderness shall blossom as the rose. Many Baptist Sunday schools had been established both East and West before 1824. But it was still one of the quite “modern ”’ devices in which the enterprising, educated young men who created the General Tract Society heartily believed. In that same first report they admit that such new-fangled notions as Sunday schools and Bible and missionary societies are not acceptable to all. “The leading designs which a portion of the denomination are laboring to effect, are regarded by other portions with in- difference and disapprobation.”” The modernists of one cen- tury are the conservatives of the next. There are just enough left-overs to be amusing—if they were not so pathetic. At the end of the second decade of the twentieth century the [113 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT writer found in the Catskill mountains of New York some Baptists with churches and associations of churches who still think that Sunday schools and missionary societies are wicked innovations. It was in these very mountains that John Mason Peck was baptized. He soon started West and in 1819 organ- ized the first Sunday school west of the Great Lakes. It was at Clareton, Missouri. It became auxiliary to the Phila- delphia Sunday and Adult School Union, organized 1817, which was the progenitor of the American Sunday School Union, organized 1824. That great secretary of the Publi- cation Society later was, years before its organization as well as after, pioneering Sunday schools along with Bible societies and every other forward-moving measure. It was not with- out much opposition in the West as well as the East that the Sunday-school cause advanced. Dr. Justin A. Smith, so long editor of “ The Standard,” in his charming “ History of the b] Baptists in Western States,” says: Particular mention should be made of Rev. Lewis Morgan, father of Dr. J. T. Morgan, secretary of The American Baptist Home Mission Society. In a letter dated at Brandywine, Indiana, April 10, 1834, addressed to Doctor Going, and accepting an appointment as missionary of that society, we find him speaking of 2 Sunday school of one hundred scholars and “a respectable Bible class, well organized” by Rev. Ezra Fisher, pastor of the Baptist church at Indianapolis. The emphatic men- tion so made, implies something at least worthy of remark in the circum- stance; and it no doubt was so. A letter written two or three months later, in the same year, speaks of some “association” as “ prohibiting the churches founding anything in support of the gospel; at least from join- ing missionary societies,” and it is well known that alike in Indiana, Illinois, and Ohio, Sunday schools came under the same condemnation. “If,” says Mr. Morgan, “some pious Baptist laymen, capable of teaching, were to emigrate to our State, it would aid us much in the cause of education, and particularly in the Sunday-school cause. That cause is gaining in our denomination.” As early as 1830, the last year of the service of Noah Davis as General Agent, we find these pregnant suggestions in “ The Baptist Tract and Youth’s Magazine ’’—note the second part of that title: | [ 114 | SUNDAY SCHOOLS On.the minutes of the New Jersey, Warren, Boston, Salem, Salisbury, N. H., and Georgia Associations we find a request that their churches inform them annually in their letters how many Sabbath schools they have in operation, and how many teachers and scholars there are connected with each; also how many volumes the library of each contains. In several instances they have added columns to the table on the minutes and placed the results of this inquiry opposite the names of the churches. If this plan should be universally adopted we shall be able to make up an annual account of the whole number of Sabbath schools, teachers, and scholars connected with the Baptist churches in the United States. This would be a very interesting and important item of intelligence. The time may come when the number of schools in our denomination will be so great as to require the Tract Society to publish a series of Sabbath-school books, suited to their wants. We have been compelled to leave the Youth’s Department out of this number of our work. In future it will be enlarged to twelve pages, and form the first half of the Magazine. A number of copies (as many as shall. be called for) will be printed separate from the Tract Department, and put up in covers by themselves under the title of ‘The Parent’s Gift, or Youth’s Magazine,” and furnished to subscribers at twenty-five cents a year. We hope that by this expedient the usefulness of the publication will be much extended. In 1832 the idea of the formation of a Sunday school union was in the mind of Ira M. Allen, at that time Agent of the Baptist General Tract Society. Writing under date of April fetos2eto rion. jesse’L. Holman, of Aurora, Indi, he uses these words: I should like to know your views as to the desirableness and feasibility of having a Baptist Sunday School Union for the United States. It is an object which I have long thought desirable; and one which I believe might be easily accomplished. As it is, a part of the truth of God is excluded from all the S. S. books published by the A. Union, which furnish the principal reading for hun- dreds of thousands of youth throughout the land. And we, as a denomi- nation, have not a single book for Sunday Schools, containing our dis- tinguishing sentiments. Now, if these distinguishing sentiments were unimportant, as many affirm, it were no great matter whether we had Baptist S. S. books or not. But the inference which the youth in the Sunday Schools will naturally draw, is that Baptist sentiments are unimportant. This being the case it follows that they are liable to embrace the errors of sprinkling, infant baptism, etc. Thus our influence is weakened. Our sentiments are neutralized. I see a direct tendency in [115] PIONEERS OF LIGHT most of the amalgamations proposed to us by our Pedobaptist brethren to neutralize Baptist influence and sentiment. I see such to be the actual result. It is demonstrated. I am not alone in these views. Many see these things as I do. Others are yet in the dark. It would be informing to have at hand all the correspon- dence and reports of all the conversations that took place concerning this matter. That General Agent Allen was right in saying that he was “ not alone in these views’ is shown in the action of the Triennial Convention at Richmond, Va., in 1835, which adopted the following resolutions: 1. That it is expedient, and the time has arrived, to have a Society to publish and circulate valuable books, particularly of a denominational character, for family use, Sunday schools, etc. 2. That the Baptist General Tract Society be requested so to alter its constitution, and change its operations, as to include such publications; and that the publication of books and tracts by the Society should be confined chiefly to such as set forth the peculiar, and, as they are believed to be, Scriptural principles of the denomination. Not lack of vision on the part of officers of the Society, nor yet lack of denominational authorization, but lack of funds was the deterrent, much deplored, which confined the Tract Society so much to its tract work during the first sixteen years of its service. 63. Attempted Expansion It was ten years more, however, before these foretokens by the founders came to complete definition. The final harbinger of the new day was another of the Columbian College group who had created the Society, Baron Stow, now at the height of his great career as a pastor in Boston. He had recently preached the sermon from the text, “ Boast not thyself of tomorrow, for thou knowest not what a day may bring forth,” to which no fewer than one hundred people attributed their conversion. At the annual meeting of our Society held at the First Church, Philadelphia, in 1830, [ 116 ] ee ep then Behn om fx f Be Bop he J Corre Ce — Ce 4. fee eee het VL. nee 0 ee oe LZ hfe Line Cla € Cae iy he ce A | fen Le, SF. 4 bsp eer ee ee La, a, | oe ea Foe (pre, ie ee ee. A othe brik 4d be pee ac iy Le fra. Co here re Le le ae aes Sto puck ec Melee Ye ee : : Oe a Fae Ce eee LETTER FROM I. M. ALLEN TO JESSE L. HOLMAN Advocating a Baptist Sunday School Union ”: _ tees ’ 7 i. On) ? PE ek AL bude Li hh age ns Wiis Cl oe ee 7 oe inte My st Fe ee j b vt ne : ‘a4 Fa 7 } Ly + iy. ' Ni .] ; J Phebe #42 ly r } a Pt tii eg : ' ‘ | ; - i i . 8 on &S Fb he z eats vit : “ i 1 ‘ : ~ 2t % ia ‘ i ‘ ! ; ; i - a i { e at ; | . uv i a ; a « \ a ¥ ‘ vy. | i * : : q , he i ae o aa i + “ eS : a 4 ’ ; BY bans a ; ; Lor d ’ , - - 4 @ o At r aT 2 ri \ j ; Pt, ain $< 7 =u" rT ; 1 , . +m) SUNDAY SCHOOLS Brother B. Stow of Boston, offered the following resolution: Resolved, That the enlargement of operations proposed in the Report this evening read, be approved by the Society, and the Board be instructed to carry it into effect as early as possible. He adverted with peculiar feelings to the origin of the Society: the honored names of Davis, Knowles, Staughton, and Reynolds, were engaged in it. They were all there then—but fifteen years have passed away, and all these are gone! Only the brother who first spoke and himself were now here, of all its founders! He then spoke of the good effects of several tracts, naming particularly, ‘Cone, on the Terms of Communion,” “ Pengilly, on Baptism,’ “ Making Light of Christ,” “ Salvation by Grace.” He had known many cases in which these publications had guided the inquiring, or awakened the careless, or saved from error in doctrine, immortal souls. He alluded to an expression in the Report, and wished it more strong and clear in the declaration of the full extent of our obligations. He liked the word enlargement, in the resolution which he had now offered. Having assisted in rocking the cradle of the Society in its infancy, he felt a very strong desire to see and to aid it now in assuming the manly attitude of mature years. This popular preacher voiced a wide-spreading desire. The same year the New Hampshire Baptist State Convention adopted a resolution in favor of the organization of an American Baptist Sabbath School Union. The new day of enlargement was actually ushered in by the enterprise of the Hudson River Association, which called a special convention for the purpose. It marks such an epoch in our history that the whole account of this meeting, and of the Society’s action upon receipt of it, should be given as recorded in the annual report of 1840: Agreeably to notice, a meeting was held in the meeting-house of the Oliver Street Baptist Church, N. Y., Wednesday, at half past eight o’clock, A. M., April 29, 1840. J. E. Welch, of Burlington, N. J., was called to the chair, and A. D. Gillette, of Philadelphia, appointed secretary. The chair- man opened the meeting with prayer. C. G. Sommers then read a circular, addressed to the denomination throughout the United States, over the signatures of C. G. Sommers, of New York, B. T. Welch, of Albany, and B. M. Hill, of Troy, as a committee appointed by the Hudson River Bap- tist Association at its session in June, 1839, the object of which was to have the several delegates who should attend the anniversaries held in the City of New York, come prepared to deliberate on the propriety of forming a society for the publication of such literature as the wants of the denomination, and the cause of the Redeemer, might demand. Re- [hi] PIONEERS OF LIGHT solved, That all brethren, present, be considered as delegates to this Con- vention. A letter was read by C. G. Sommers from W. B. Johnson, of South Carolina, expressing a cordial approval of the suggestions in the Circular, and wishing the proposed plan to be carried into execution. The Convention was also addressed by several of the brethren, present, approv- ing the formation of a Publication Society. “ Resolved, That the following brethren be the Committee: E. R. Warren, Me.; G. B. Smith, N. H.; J. W. Sawyer, Vt.; E. Thresher, Me.; M. M. Dean, R.\L + A: Parker; Conn.; C..G. Sommers,N, Y.>: Ma) akhecs Nee G. B. Ide; Pa.; G. J; Carleton, Del.: GF, Adams, Md:;-J-\B* PayloravVae G, Binney, Ga; J. L. Waller, Ky.;..G. Bartlett, .1115;—J. Malléry3Msen.- BaGoolk. ica, “Resolved, That the chairman, J. E. Welch, be added to the Committee. “Adjourned to meet at 8 o’clock, tomorrow morning, in the meeting- house of the Tabernacle Baptist Church. Thursday, 8 o’clock, A. M., April 30. “Agreeably to appointment, the chairman presiding, called on G. F. Adams, of Baltimore, to engage in prayer. “The minutes of yesterday were read and approved. “The Committee, appointed to report this morning made the following, which was accepted: “The Committee, to whom was referred the subject of considering the propriety of forming a General Publication Society, would report to this Convention as the result of their deliberations, the following: “1. Resolved, That this Convention regard it as desirable that the Baptist General Tract Society so far change its character, as to adapt it to the purposes of an American and Foreign Publication Society. “2. Resolved, That this Convention deem it desirable, that a union be formed between this Society and the New-England Sabbath School Union. “3. Resolved, That a subcommittee be appointed to prepare a constitu- tion to present to the Convention tomorrow morning. “ After much deliberation and a free interchange of opinion, it was “ Resolved, That the first resolution, presented by the Committee, be so amended as to read as follows: That this Convention regard it as desirable that the Baptist General Tract Society so far change its character, as to adapt it to the purposes of a General Publication Society. “ Resolved, That the report of the Committee, as thus amended, be now adopted. “ Resolved, That the proceedings of this Convention be reported to the Baptist General Tract Society. ° “C, E. Welch, Chairman, “A. D. Gillette, Secretary.” [ 118 ] SUNDAY SCHOOLS Resolved, That the report just read be adopted. Resolved, That the Constitution, to which reference is had in the third resolution of the report from the Convention be now read. Brother C. G. Sommers then read the proposed Constitution, whereupon it was, Resolved, That the Constitution just read, be considered, article by article. Adjourned to meet at 3 o'clock, P. M. Benediction by the President. Thursday, 3 o'clock, P. M., April 30. Met agreeably to adjournment. Prayer by D. Dodge of Philadelphia. Resolved, That the Constitution of the Baptist General Tract Society be so amended as to read as follows: ArTICLE 1. The name of this Society shall be The American Baptist Publication and Sunday School Society. Its objects shall be, to publish such books as are needed by the Baptist denomination, and to promote Sunday schools by such measures as experience may prove expedient. [For the entire constitution, see the Tabular Supplement. | The high hopes of the new day are well reflected in the report of 1841: The resolution of the Hudson River Association, which has been re- sponded to by very many of the Associations in different parts of our country, expresses the feelings of the denomination, so far as it it has been elicited on this subject. It is as follows: “ Resolved, That this Association regard the recent formation of The American Baptist Publication and Sunday School Society as an event in the history of our denomination, calling for devout acknowledgment to the God of all Grace. That in the entire unanimity with which the measure was adopted, the judicious selection made in regard to the permanent loca- tion of the Society, and the character of the brethren entrusted with the management of its affairs, we find a sure guarantee of its rapid growth and extensive usefulness; and we fondly cherish the hope that it will ere long enjoy a share in the sympathies, prayers, and contributions of our churches, on a footing of equality with our Bible and Missionary Societies.” Some actual realization of the enlarged scope of the Society is shown by the catalog which adds to the publications of the Society itself a select list of “ valuable publications kept for sale at the Depository,” including a considerable number on missions and on church history. Items bearing especially on [ 119 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT the Sunday-school work are “ Ripley’s Notes on the Gospels,” “ Malcom’s Bible Dictionary,” “ Hague’s Guide to Conversa- tion on the New Testament,” ‘ Lincoln’s Sabbath School Class Book,” ‘ Lincoln’s Scripture Questions.” Especially significant are two periodicals listed, “‘ The Sabbath School Treasury,” published monthly by the New England Sabbath School Union, at fifty cents a year, and “ The Sunday School Gleaner,’ a monthly magazine for Sunday-school children, twenty-five cents a year. The new constitutional purpose of the Society, “ To pub- lish such books as are needed by the Baptist Denomination and to promote Sunday schools by such measures as experience may prove to be expedient,”’ was interpreted by the Board in 1843, as follows, “ It may be stated in other words, ‘ To pro- vide and put in circulation, a Sunday-school and general litera- ture for the denomination.’ The next year the constitution was amended as follows— “Strike out the words ‘ Sunday School’ in the first article, to shorten the name and not to lessen the objects of the Society.” The same year (1844) the interpretation of the previous year was considerably enlarged, so as to stand: The encouragement of Sabbath Schools and Bible Classes, and supplying them with small libraries, is in itself an object worthy the united effort of the denomination. The plan of operations of the Society, if carried out as it should be, will increase the number and efficiency of Sabbath schools in the Western Valley, to an interesting extent. 64. Sunday-school Books and Libraries The hand of the new secretary, John Mason Peck, is quite visible here. But even his phenomenal efficiency in missionary measures of all kinds did not carry the Society very far toward the modern goals of religious education. For years its chief activities as a Sunday-school Society were in providing books and libraries for the schools, beginning in 1845. By 1850 the number of “ libraries granted ”’ to Sunday schools was sixteen. [ 120 ] COVER-PAGE OF “THE SABBATH-SCHOOL GLEANER ” September, 1841 tm. ile sa & Na ean Pit { ia ee fs é : ee hae ‘ Lee ute * A f Lee | | > : : i ry} 3 . | | ‘ 2 i) ithe - ui SUNDAY SCHOOLS It is common now to disparage the quality of the “* Sunday- school books ” of those days. Public libraries were almost un- known and private libraries were extremely scarce. The Sun- day schools filled a great want in providing reading matter of a morally clean kind. Much of it would not be counted whole- some now because it enlarged so much on personal feelings and traits of precocious character supposed to fit children for heaven. But an examination of the catalogs shows that a surprisingly large fraction was given to books of real instruc- tion in the Bible and in Christian living. Take a few samples from the announcements in the early “ fifties”: “The Sting of the Adder; or, The History of the Stanley Family.” By Jennie Dowling De Witt. This is a tale of truth, admirably told, exempli- fying in the most touching manner the evils of intemperance. It traces its insidious progress from the earliest taste of the wine cup offered by a mother’s hand, to its fatal terminations in inebriety and death—blighting forever the beautiful promise of youth, talent, education, and position, and reducing a once lofty and happy family to the very depths of degrada- tion, misery, and ruin. Every family in the land might read it to advantage, and lay to heart its terrible examples of warning. Its truly Christian character is one of its chief points of exccllence. “ Missionary Converts in Heathen Lands.” By Uncle Josephus. “ Thril- ling Facts from Missionary Fields.” By Uncle Josephus. “ Curiosities of Christian Missions.’ By Uncle Josephus. Three valuable books, from the pen of the same author or rather compiler, designed to awaken and cherish in the young an interest in Christian Missions. The facts are well selected, from a wide field in place and history, without regard to denominations. These facts, no less than the striking pictures by which they are illustrated and embellished, must powerfully tend to produce the designed effect, especially upon the children in our Sabbath schools. “ Missionary Gems for the Young.’ ‘This is a new and rich collection of authentic anecdotes, exemplifying in an immense variety of forms, the spirit, the incidents, and fruits of modern missions to the heathen, in dif- ferent parts of the earth. “The Schoolmaster: or, Conversations on the Beatitudes.” By Aunt Abbie. This is the first Sunday-school book we remember to have seen, designed to illustrate the Beatitudes, which form the first part of the Sermon on the Mount, and lie at the very foundation of Christian char- acter. The design is accomplished in the happiest manner by a series of natural stories and conversations. The stories are mainly founded on facts. [ 121] PIONEERS OF LIGHT The style is terse, easy, and animated. The author’s long experience in Sunday-school teaching has led her to the best mode of winning the atten- tion of the young. Few books are more eminently fitted for usefulness in Sunday schools. “The Sabbath School Harp.’ This is the new hymn-book for Sunday schools, announced in our last Report as preparing for publication. It grew out of the obvious want of adaptation of a large portion of the hymns in common use, to the condition, capacities, and wants of the young. This was found to be the fact with every publication of the kind in the country. It was believed by many that something greatly superior in this respect could be prepared; and from this belief originated the appoint- ment of a committee by our Board, to prepare a new book on the principle of strict adaptation to the use of the young in Sabbath schools. This col- lection has been made from the widest accessible mass of materials—includ- ing every book of the kind known to exist in England and America. It has been not only selected, but arranged with the utmost care, on a new plan; and it is not too much to say, that whatever slight defects may be dis- covered in it, it really embraces more beautiful Christian hymns, written expressly for children and youth, and especially for those attending Sab- bath schools, than any other book in the language. It is neatly printed and bound, and is offered at the lowest possible price, six cehts a copy. It will, we think, well repay the slight cost of introducing it into all our Baptist Sabbath schools. Great numbers of books of that type were provided. No wonder that good men and women were nurtured in Baptist Sunday schools of those days. The record of increasing service in 1853 is significant : The Sunday School Department has received an unusual share of atten- tion and labor during the year. The Society at its last Anniversary com- mended this department as worthy of special care, and the Board have not failed to keep the admonition in constant remembrance. Thirty-six new volumes have been added to the catalogue of Sunday-school books within the year, making as large a number of publications for Sunday schools during this single year, as during the whole previous period of the Society’s existence. The general appearance of the volumes has been also greatly improved. The services of an eminent engraver are permanently secured, and the increased beauty and attractiveness thus imparted to the Sunday-school issues will doubtless be followed by a liberal increase of sales. A five dollar library of fifty volumes is in course of preparation, and will be found on the shelves of the Depository before the close of the present month. Such a library has been long and urgently called for. [ 122 ] SUNDAY SCHOOLS Increasing attention was given to gathering Sunday-school statistics, insisting that they become a part of regular asso- ciational tables. | The high aims of the Sunday schools are shown in the fol- lowing record: It has been the constant aim of the Board (1855) to procure and publish new books, suitable for the use of Sunday schools. The importance attach- ing to this class of books, as giving tone, habit, and taste to the youthful mind that may outlast life itself, and the danger of filling our Sunday- school libraries with books of an equivocal or pernicious tendency, has had great weight in judging of manuscripts that have come before us—nearly one-half of those offered during the year having been declined, even where not wanting altogether in literary merit. To qualify us the better to judge what particular work we should seek to multiply, our Editor, by direction of the Publication Committee, has made an analysis of the works we already have on hand, referring them to their specific subjects, so that our future issues may be judiciously chosen. It is pleasing: to contemplate the number and variety of excellent books in this department we have been able to publish already, especially within the last four years, in all amounting to about 120 volumes; yet we wish to set no limits to the production, as there can be none to the demand. Sunday-school books are called for so rapidly and extensively, that unless a supply of good ones is kept up, bad ones will inevitably be introduced into our schools, and corrupt the youthful mind at its entrance into life, thus adding new perils and snares, where it needs every possible precau- tion and protection, guidance and motive, in its path to immortality. 65. An Original Source A new era was inaugurated in 1856, when the ideals of 1840 came much nearer than before to gaining actual embodiment, and the course of more or less steady development in Sunday- school work began which was to reach such great dimensions by 1924. The Mississippi is the longest river in the world because of its great tributary, the Missouri. It is an indispensable part of the history of the Publication Society, especially in its re- ligious education stream, to observe the rise and course of the New England Sabbath School Union. The promotion of Sunday-school work throughout the country had been carried [ 123 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT on by that Baptist organization for twenty years, commanding wide appreciation. For eleven years before that it had State organization, and for nearly ten years before that city organi- zation, so that the fountain-head of the continuous current had its springs in Boston about 1816, forty years before this eastern Missouri joined our great Mississippi. The story has never been told. Our centennial demands it. It has to be pieced together from widely scattered original documents. A bare outline follows. Its future historian will find clues in the Bibliography of the present volume. In 1816 the wife of the famous pastor of the Charles Street Baptist Church, Boston, and promoter of education and mis- sions, Mrs. Daniel Sharp, returned from a visit to New York City where Sunday schools had just been started, and organ- ized them in Boston. A committee of two ministers and six laymen was at once created to promote the increase and the quality of Sunday-school work. This first Baptist Sunday- school society in America is memorable. On the 29th of October, 1817, a general meeting at the Second Baptist meeting-house in Back Street, at 3 o’clock, p. m. The children and teach- ers assembled to the number of 400. The services commenced by singing. Doctor Baldwin addressed the throne of grace. The Rev. Mr. Sharp delivered an address. While the collection was taken up, the children and teachers united in singing their anniversary hymn. Mr. E. Lincoln closed with prayer, and Mr. Sharp dismissed the people. The assembly was large, and appeared to be much impressed with what they had seen and heard. The singing of the children was peculiarly moving. Many eyes were suffused with tears, to hear them lift their infant voices in perfect harmony with their teachers, in expressions of gratitude and praise to the Father of mercies. As the support of these schools is attended with considerable expense, as well as labor, the committee indulge the hope that the people of this town will not be backward in aiding them with their subscriptions. For the information of some it may be proper to observe, that there are as many societies as there are schools, and each school is under the direction of a separate Board of Managers, consisting of three or more directors or directresses, and as many teachers as the number of children requires. The Union Committee is composed of delegates from each of these male societies, and superintend generally the concerns of the schools, and adopt [ 124 ] SUNDAY SCHOOLS any measure for their prosperity, not interfering with the rights of the several Boards, from whom they receive their appointment, and a state- ment of the schools. 66. The Massachusetts Sabbath School Union The need of a State organization was felt, and it was formed May 25, 1825, as the Massachusetts Sabbath School Union. Those were days of cooperation, and it was com- posed of both Baptists and Congregationalists. Methodist and Protestant Episcopalians were invited but did not join. Its first annual report shows that one hundred years ago Sunday- school leaders were providing carefully selected lesson courses and advocating progressive measures. Marked events took place in 1828. A Publishing Com- mittee was appointed “to publish a Sabbath-school periodical and such other works as they might think best.” In July appeared the first number of “ The Sabbath School Treasury,” our first Sunday-school periodical. Fora quarter of a century it greatly furthered the Sunday-school cause. ‘Twenty bound volumes of it are in the Backus and Newton libraries. That year nine new Sunday-school library books were published. By the next year it was believed that a Sunday school had been established in nearly every church in the State, and it was declared that chief stress must now be laid on improving the character of the schools. ‘The depository of the Union need- ing “larger quarters,’ was removed to rooms in the Federal Street Baptist Church. In 1830 the Union sent a representa- tive to Illinois and appropriated money to help the cause there. The Congregationalists withdrew in 1832. It was a wholly amicable separation, made after careful committee study and recommendation, with a view to securing closer contacts with the schools and greater efficiency. As an eminent Congrega- tionalist, Doctor Edwards, said, ‘‘ It seemed that the Union, though nominally divided, was really doubled.” The name [125] PIONEERS OF LIGHT of the organization and its periodicals were assigned to the Baptists with one-third of the other assets. Let the following records from the first and last annual! reports of the Massachusetts Sabbath School Association as a two-denomination organization serve as samples of our part hae ghee 1826. Male Sabbath School in Charles Street, connected with the Third Baptist Church under the pastoral care of Rev. Daniel Sharp, contains 110 boys under the care of 8 male teachers. Since the commencement of this school in 1816 there have been connected with it at different times 620 boys, under the care of 12 directors and 70 teachers, 14 of whom became professors of religion subsequently to their connection with the school, and 6 of the number have been licensed to preach the gospel; 3 of them are settled in the ministry. We have a library of upward of 156 books which are much read by the children. 1831. Westfield Baptist Association. At the last session of this Asso- ciation, which was held in Springfield, this body resolved itself into a Sabbath School Union. Path? | | 7 ie Nie SM alg SUNDAY SCHOOLS 72. Helps and Uniform Lessons New measures in Sunday-school promotion were now being taken rapidly. One of the measures marking a positively new era was the issuing of periodical helps for both teachers and scholars. Sunday-school books and the ‘‘ Young Reaper ” had been interesting and edifying, question-books and cate- chisms had been widely used as text-books, but the regular monthly injection of stimulus into the vast organism of Sunday-school teaching was a radically new and critically sig- nificant measure. In 1868 the Society began the issue of Bible lessons—monthly, in two parts, one for teachers and one for pupils. The teachers’ part had an issue of 4,000 copies a month. Lesson periodicals on a large scale were made practicable by the adoption of the International Uniform Lessons. The securing of such lessons is commonly regarded as the greatest single event in the history of Sunday-school education. The Chicago Sunday-school Union began to publish the “ Sunday- school Teacher ” in 1865, with Dr. John H. Vincent as editor. This Methodist leader later on in so many measures for popu- lar education, was early joined by the stirring business man who was superintendent of the first Baptist Sunday school in Chicago, Mr. B. F. Jacobs. Having previously awakened the interdenominational Sunday-school conventions of Illinois, Wisconsin, and Minnesota, Mr. Jacobs also unfolded his views to the Sunday-school Teachers’ Association of New York City, in the spring of 1869. His words thrilled his hearers like the blast of a bugle, and from that hour the Association entered upon a quickened life. At the National Sunday-school Convention, held a month or so later, in New- ark, N. J., Mr. Jacobs, in the superintendents’ section, dis- cussed the same subject and awakened in its behalf the utmost enthusiasm. He held, however, that as the publishers were not all ready for it, the time for action had not yet come. [ 137 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT But the time had come with our alert Publication Society. The Board said in 1870: For several years the Board have been importuned by many persons, in various sections of the country, to publish a paper for Sunday-school teachers, They did not see their way clear to do it, inasmuch as such a paper was published in the State of Georgia, known as The Sunday School Banner. On October first the Banner ceased to be issued. Its subscription list, numbering only some seventeen hundred passed into the hands of the proprietors of the Religious Herald, Richmond, Va. They offered to sell the list to the Society. The Board bought it, and with the first of January, 1870, they issued The Baptist Teacher. We printed twenty-six thousand copies of the January number, and seventeen thousand copies for February, making an average issue for the two months of over 21,000 copies. Most of these were for gratuitous distribution, with a view of introducing the paper. The Board hoped that, by an earnest effort, a subscription list of ten thousand might be secured by the close of the first year. Our hopes have been greatly exceeded, the list having reached, at the expiration of the fourth month, eighteen thousand copies. In response to a demand for a system of Uniform Lessons for Baptist Sunday schools, the Board have commenced the publication of a series of lessons for every Sunday in the year. The lessons for 1870 are on the Life of Jesus. They are published on monthly sheets, each sheet containing a lesson for every Lord’s Day in the month. These lessons are now being used by over fifty thousand Sunday-school scholars. To determine the character of the weekly Sunday-school lesson for this number of children is a matter of the gravest responsibility, and the Board are therefore de- termined ‘to seek out the very best talent in the denomination for the preparation of these lessons. The use of “ Primary Lessons” began in 1874, gaining a circulation of 60,000 the first year. The new factor in religious education, “‘ The Baptist Teach- er’ immediately commanded wide approval. It was the next year enlarged and improved. ‘ It meets with universal favor in all sections of the country.” 4 ¥ BLAS : aes ‘4 r he He a VEL the : ' toa Hid tte ; ihe ie : CORA ih ; ‘oa 1TH ee shy Ana ! PAY {| yi F 4 : i a ie i if Pet Oy oe j i ' ; ll . 1 i Hig yt * { oF ‘WS * | 1¥) nL , i : = ot ' ip . ne \ ' / | ? de | ae y | 4 : Neue 09 ict iP yi) i ‘ ‘ q 4 in { . \ 7 i] . ‘ £ . ‘" -) ‘ ; av ¢ ’ » ‘ : 7 2 , Pe fe] ww . 4 j * O-_ : , 5 it CENTRAL ORGANISM employing to do all of its heavier presswork. ‘These in- creased facilities became inadequate to meet the growing needs of the business. Within ten years it was found necessary to have a separate building for the manufacturing part of the work. Hence our present noble Printing-house at the corner of Lombard and Juniper Streets, Philadelphia. When one. thinks of the small facilities within reach of the “* Columbian Star’ and Tract Society office in 1824, while he visits the present home of The Judson Press, built but seventy-two years later (1896), he is deeply impressed with the swiftness of progress in the mechanics of light. The building itself is an embodiment of illumination by day or by night. ‘“* The cost of this establishment in entirety was about $200,000, while the added facilities inuring to the Society were beyond estimate.” Let a description of this technical building stand in the words of “ A Golden Century ”’: The Printing-house of The American Baptist Publication Society is a modern and imposing structure, of six stories in height and a basement. The building is a combination of steel, brick, and concrete, with wall facings of Pompeian brick. The distance from the ground to the eaves of the building is exactly one hundred feet, and the floor space is equal to about 50,000 square feet. On the second, third, and fourth floors are our presses, stitching- and cutting-machines, and binders. There are thirteen cylinder-presses, four job-presses, and one rotary-press. On this latter press our popular paper Young People is printed. It is printed directly from the roll and comes out entirely finished and folded. Seven hundred thousand feet of paper, equivalent to 18,000 pounds, is used in one issue of Young People. The rotary-press completes 4,000 copies of Young People each hour. All our presses are automatically fed. In the Bindery Department there are six folding-machines, four cutting-machines, two of which are of the latest type three-knife trimmers. An untrimmed book placed in one of these machines comes out trimmed at the top, bottom, and one side. Two auto- matic wire stitching-machines tie together our periodicals. Each machine throughout the printing-house is equipped with individual motors, and the power is furnished by the electricity produced in our own plant. In the press-room there are made approximately three million impressions per month. Reckoning on the basis of a working week of forty-four hours, this means that our presses and other machinery turned out over five com- plete periodicals every second. A book of three hundred pages can be [191 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT printed in less than ten minutes, an entire copy of the Bible in two minutes. One hundred and five employees are required to handle the enormous busi- ness that passes through our Printing-house. The fifth floor is an ex- ceedingly busy place. Here are located the Periodical and Mail Order Departments, and also the Mail Order Shipping Department, from which are sent out monthly many thousands of packages. In the Periodical Department last year orders were filled for 49,292,926 periodicals. The top floor is occupied entirely by the Composing and Foundry Departments. Here, in a blaze of exceptionally good light, are eight linotype machines, and a fully equipped Electrotyping Department. The writer of the present volume visited the printing-house for the first time recently and thought he detected a psycho- logical atmosphere there which he was able to understand better than he could the dazzling mechanisms of the place. The spirit of fine Christian intelligence in the superintendent of the printing-house—who with others in the building has been for many years “ on the job ’’—seemed to be alive with the purpose of the plant, a diffusion of light. It was reflected in many a face on every floor. ‘To appreciate the significance of this to the denomination one should read in the annual report of the Board for 1922 the full discussion of “ The Forty-four Hour Week” problem, closing with the statement, “The whole matter was discussed with our employees at the printing-house with perfect frankness, and together we faced the problem.” The agreement reached saved the Society from a costly strike and the men from a long period of idleness. The Board is glad to express its appreciation of the loyalty of the men at the Printing-house which made possible this solution of a difficult problem. Since the printing-house is quite central in a Publication Society we may leave it in a cheerful mood looking through the experienced eyes of Robert G. Burdette, as he rollicked at the annual meeting of the Society in 1886 through an extended and withal suggestive address on “ The Society’s Composing- room.” The first paragraph is as follows: We stand in the composing-room. It is so called because nothing is composed in it. Whatever is composed in the editorial rooms is dis- [ 192 ] CENTRAL ORGANISM composed in the composing-room. The compositors are in a placid state of infinite deliberation, the foreman is a feverish cyclone of impatient haste. A foreman with plenty of time, and plenty of space, must be as great a rarity as a fat skeleton. The foreman stands at the imposing-stone. Here he imposes upon the editor the pleasant little fiction that every week he puts thirteen columns of matter into a scven-column paper. He resents, with a fine contempt, the idea that the editor knows anything about the printing business. There is here a wide gulf of difference between the foreman and all other people, who resent the idea that the editor knows anything about anything. However, the editor knows that he knows some- thing about everything; thus we strike a good, substantial average. The foreman does not fear the editor, nor the president, nor the subscriber, nor the Board. He does not fear anybody. The foreman is the corre- sponding secretary of the composing-room. 98. Income The first year the income was $373.80; the ninety-ninth year it was $2,425,731.28. The latter, in proportion to the work in hand, was smaller than the former. It was also smaller in proportion to the development and ability of the denomination. The heartaches of the hundred years at headquarters have been on account of lack of adequate means. ‘This portion of the history is made brief not from want of material, but from want of profit in dwelling upon the painful business. The annual reports are burdened with it. 1826: “ Must then the want of funds remain an insuperable obstacle to the circula- tion of Baptist Tracts in the United States? We trust not.” 1923: “ We have received a total of $88,016.72 which is an increase over the preceding year for the same time, of $13,302.73; but a shortage in our budget expectancy of $78,868.28.” The financial pages would make a volume several times the size of this. The men who have had to write them for a hundred years are the very men who have had the agony of trying to make one dollar do the work of two. Commonly each new General Secretary has struck hope- ful notes to begin with and discouraged notes later. Some administrations have been largely characterized by complaints in this matter, all have been pathetic with plaints. Perhaps ; [ 193 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT it was helpful in making the longest administration long that it began in an hour of deep financial distress for the Society as well as for the country. That administration had the joy of great improvement, though even with all the circumstantial factors which gave it unique financial strength, it was not without seasons of great, keenly felt need. Almost the only years of plenty have been when the Crozer Building was sold at a profit of more than a quarter of a million dollars and the few years when especially great legacies have come in. _ It was the fifth decade before the total income was as much as one million dollars in ten years, and the tenth decade before “it reached ten millions. Nearly forty-two million dollars ageregate income for the century looks large, but when you divide that by one hundred years and remember that more than three-fourths of it was in the business department where only four or five per cent., often less, was profit, you see how little it all came to as annual dynamic current for illumination of the world. If in their days of small things those prophetic giants, Luther Rice or John Mason Peck, who longed so pro- foundly for the enlightenment of the denomination, could have foreseen for one hundred years an average income of actual benevolence through their Publication Society amounting to over $70,000 a year, it might have looked good to them. But if they could have also foreseen that at the end of the century there would still be so many uncultivated Baptists chewing gum, costing more than that every year, they could not have been ecstatic. 99. Ways and Means Auxiliaries were “the chief source.” Life memberships were next in the early days. Inducement gifts have often helped greatly. The first was that of Mr. N. R. Cobb, of Boston, in 1828. His five hundred dollars on condition that Philadelphia Baptists raise an equal amount by a certain date, produced one thousand dollars. [ 194 | : CENTRAL ORGANISM It ought to be known also for the honor and gratification of those breth- ren and friends in Boston and Philadelphia, who so generously contributed the sum of one thousand dollars as an entire donation, at the close of the _ year 1828, that by that means the business of the year 1829 has been con- ducted without embarrassment. Legacies began in 1829. Two legacies have been left to the Society. One of $20 by a “ Sister in the Lord” in Connecticut, to constitute her minister and physician life- members, which has been received; and another of $500 by Deacon Josiah Penfield, of Savannah, Ga., which will not be received under two years. We trust that other friends of Christ will be led to remember us not only in life, but also in death. Eight other legacies come year by year for the next five years ageregating $800. The first legacy of four figures came in 1838 from Mr. Thomas W. Colman, of Randolph, Mass. The first of five figures in 1845 from Rev. Amos Dodge, of Illinois. Five-year programs were adopted in 1835 and again in 1844. The former proposed for the Great Valley “to raise one thousand dollars or more, annually, for five years, by sub- scriptions of five dollars each,’ provided that two hundred subscriptions could be obtained during the year.. Two hun- dred and fifty-two were obtained, but the payments made were only $662.50. The next year the payments were $285.80, the total paid during the five years was $3,471.66. But this out- come did not discourage the fathers. They soon (1844) launched another five-year program, ten times larger than the former. The Board recommend to the Society a direct and persevering effort to raise fifty: thousand dollars, in five years, at the rate of ten thousand dol- lars each year, on the following plan: To obtain each year twenty Life Directors at fifty dol- ele CRYO NE MG Tet SO te Repel ae Store co. Sk hy SOY aS ae $1,000.00 One hundred Life Members at twenty dollars each ..... 2,000.00 Five hundred Annual Subscriptions at one dollar each .. 500.00 In public collections, donations, legacies, etc., say ....... 1,500.00 This provides to the Society direct .............0eeeeees $5,000.00 [ 195 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT Then suppose fifty Associations, State Conventions, and other auxiliaries raise each on an average one hundred dollars, for a “ Book Fund,” in each of these bodies, to be invested in books through our Depository, to be their permanent “ Book Fund” to be under the supervision of a committee of their own choosing, and the books to be sold by their colporters or mis- sionaries. This would provide to the denomination annually for five Mays $5,000, making Ten Thousand dollars each year. An apportionment plan was tried in 1842 and reported the next year as follows: The attempt, or rather a recommendation, of the preceding year, to raise a permanent fund for publication, by means of an average contribution of ten cents per member from our churches, had proved an utter failure. Instead of $60,000 or $70,000 to have been obtained in this way, it appeared that the entire contributions of the year amounted to only $1,550.95. It was pushed in one way and another until it resulted (1848) in our first permanent fund, the Publishing Fund of ten thou- sand dollars. ! Building Funds were created from time to time as required. The first one was called a Tract House Fund, the women being especially solicited for that at first. It was completed after more than a dozen years as the Twenty-five Thousand Dollar Building Fund. (1853.) As soon as that was done a movement was begun to secure what had been repeatedly spoken of as an essential need, a working capital. In 1853, fifty thousand dollars was talked. By 1856 it was determined that it should be one hundred thousand dollars. Seven members of the Board stood pledged at once for twenty-three thousand dollars, nearly one-fourth of the whole, and forty people for forty thousand dollars. The Society voted: That we cordially approve the proposal to raise the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars, not more than thirty thousand to be appropriated to buildings, and the remaining seventy thousand to constitute a Publication Capital for this Society; and that we earnestly commend this object to the wealthy members of our denomination, and urge its speedy accomplish- ment. [ 196 ] | i veh Ht Mh i I Wl I ‘Aik MAW I MMU [enn Ve 4 THE CROZER BUILDING Sil iii al dT SRR RR Ae Ok ered Wa AMOR? Pe ile Rr aS ‘ a : | IN RA CMAN iat . ~ ' : : 1 q be nb A =the 7 : i ; Nis 4 1, game ee a ed Pui i ; Gay he) Oe oa ce ; a i ’ i} é a Wee) ‘i , 1 PRR bs | on J J J j fis > naa | { La | ‘ ut we ‘ sy f es die es) ‘ ¥ ’ if “A ’ » aa at J oa , vi 7G 7 < oer ’ te fie Oe es a Ps yp t% Of A . a y i “4 iby j e “ hy : * _ bs sal ‘ > j nike Peat Ne . { 7 | 4 7 h 4 a | gis at 4 ‘ , ; F ad - / | ' hal F 4 vw - } - ' tae’ *8 , * E v U ¢ 50 the » ‘ . ft } i : S y a ° ral i ! t i “ 4 . * a, * apt i ae j ¥ b : 1 ers i Le ry ' : 5 cs ! . t * ’ . P > ~ foe . | ! i t : “ ', ad 1 ? { i> i i 1+, «; ‘. =F Ae ‘ if P ' . “, = | 1 ry | de | | ’ : a | » cy ‘ ' y & \ ‘ , i] } j : | ah » ’ if ‘ 7 ’ ; ‘ . x ; f Pe ' : ~) 0 7 e* ¥ : i ne L 7 , ; j ‘ \ 4 » , J ' \ ® a FIELD CONTACTS cluded by saying, that he regarded the Society as “the right arm of home missions.” The question of relationship to the Home Mission Society became sufficiently alive to receive clear definition in the report of the Board in 1874: It may not be amiss here to reiterate the fact, that The Bible and Publi- cation Society is strictly and eminently a missionary Society. Nor is its mission work the same as that of the other great missionary organizations. The Home Mission Society directs its efforts mainly toward the support of local pastors laboring with feeble churches. It does not employ col- porters, or strictly Sunday-school missionaries. It is preeminently a Church Missionary Society, doing a vast, and a blessed work. This Society, on the contrary, is emphatically a Family and Sunday-school Mis- sionary Society. Its work consists in three things: 1. In preaching the gospel from house to house by a band of devoted Missionary Colporters; who unite with personal efforts to convert the inmates, the circulation of the Holy Scriptures, and the dissemination of a gospel literature. 2. In sustaining Sunday-school Missionaries to form new schools, to strengthen and improve old ones, and to organize the forces of the dif- ferent States for efficient Sunday-school work. 3. In making grants of small libraries to poor ministers and Sunday schools, and of tracts to pastors, and to missionaries of other Societies and Conventions. That is as clear as crystal and is the understanding of the Publication Society as to its main function for at least the next third of the hundred years. The need of closer coordination was growingly evident, however, and came to clear definition as recorded in the Jubilee year: Some misunderstanding also having arisen regarding the work of our Society in relation to that of The American Baptist Home Mission Society, we deemed it wise to call a conference of representative committees of the two Societies. This conference was held in our building, Thursday. February 2, 1899, and after prayerful and fraternal discussion, a basis of agreement presented by the representatives of The American Baptist Home Mission Society was unanimously approved by both committees, and subsequently by the Board of the Publication Society, February 16, and by the Board of The American Baptist Home Mission Society, Feb- ruary 20, 1899. The following is the agreement in full: Whereas, A joint [ 213 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT committee from The American Baptist Home Mission Society, consisting of Stephen Greene, Alvah S. Hobart, W. C. P. Rhoades, C. B. Canfield, E. J. Brockett, T. J. Morgan; W. H. P. Faunce, and H. L. Morehouse, and The American Baptist Publication Society, consisting of Samuel A. Crozer, A. J. Rowland, R. G. Seymour, J. Howard Gendell, Wayland Hoyt, George E. Rees, and B. F. Dennisson, met this day, February 2, 1899, in Philadelphia, for the purpose of so defining the work of each that in the future there shall be as little overlapping of work as possible, either in fact or in the estimation of the public, and in order that each may co- operate cordially with the other in carrying on the work for Christ: It is mutually agreed that the duties of these Societies shall be as follows: (1) That The American Baptist Home Mission Society shall continue its distinctive work of preaching the gospel, organizing churches and Sunday schools in connection therewith, settling pastors, building meeting-houses, employing missionaries, and conducting educational work among the freed- men, Indians, Mexicans, etc., as heretofore. (2) That The American Baptist Publication Society shall continue its distinctive work as the Pub- lishing and Bible Society of our denomination, and also its distinctive work of organizing and establishing Sunday schools and employing col- porters. (3) That The American Baptist Publication Society in con- tinuing its chapel-car service, shall so far work in cooperation with the Home Mission Society as to consult with the general secretary or district missionaries of that Society in regard to fields to be visited and to refer, as far as practicable, to these missionaries the baptism of converts, the organization of churches, the settling of pastors, and the building of meet- ing-houses. (4) That in appeals for contributions, each Society shall emphasize its own specific and distinctive work. The following year (1900) the happy report is: The agreement entered into between the Society and the Home Mission Society at the close of the last fiscal. year has been most sacredly kept, and on the field the missionaries of the Society have been working in a successful cooperation with the missionaries of the Home Mission Society, to the mutual advantage of both Societies and the further advancement of Christ’s kingdom. Many evangelistic meetings have been held, many communities have been reached, many meeting-houses have been built, and many pastors settled, which could not have been done without this mutual cooperation. The actual working of this understanding slowly ripened a conviction that a relationship more intimate was needed. The culmination of the process is so significant in our Century of Growing Light that it must have detailed record. [ 214 ] FIELD CONTACTS The most concise account of this special matter is given here by abbreviating the official statement furnished the denomina- tional papers early in December, 1918. The thirteen vital historic actions are from an outline by Judge Edward S. Clinch of the Law Committee of the Northern Baptist Con- vention. - 1. At the meeting of the Northern Baptist Convention in 1910 the committee on the reports of cooperating organizations recommended that a commission of nine members be appointed by the president of the Con- vention to take under advisement: The question of uniting the missionary work of The American Baptist Publication Society and that of The American Baptist Home Mission Society. 2. The committee did not report to the Convention of 1912, and was continued and requested to report in 1913. 3. At the meeting of the Convention in 1911, on the recommendation of the Board of Managers of the Foreign Mission Society, a resolution was adopted which provided for the appointment of a commission of seven to take into consideration all questions relating to the administration, methods, and expense in the work of that Society. 4. The last named committee presented a report to the Convention of 1912 (Annual 1912, p. 146), which concluded with a recommendation that a committee be appointed to consider carefully the entire question of the organization of the Foreign Mission Society, its management and its co- operation with affiliated Societies. The committee was appointed but is designated as a committee on Efficiency of Administration of Cooperating Organizations. 5. The committce mentioned in 1 and 2 did not report in 1913 and was not continued. . 6. The committee mentioned in 4 reported to the Convention at its meeting in 1913 and recommended that another committee of seven be appointed, and the recommendation was adopted. (P. 125.) There were nine members. 7. The committee reported at the Convention of 1914 (Annual 1914, pp. 76-78), and the committee was continued. (P. 125.) The number was reduced to seven. 8. Six of the committee reported at the Convention of 1915. (Annual 1915, pp. 78-85.) The committee was continued, and its report was laid over until the Convention of 1916. 9. A supplemental report was submitted to the Convention of 1916 (Annual 1916, p. 76) and also a minority report. (P. 80.) The reports were not considered, and the committee was not continued. A committee of eleven was appointed to formulate the proper steps to put into actual operation the union under one administration of the missionary work of [215 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT The American Baptist Home Mission and The American Baptist Publica- tion Societies. . 10. The committee of eleven reported at the Convention of 1917. (Annual 1917, pp. 101-107.) Its report was laid on the table. (P. 113.) The law committee was instructed to report on the question of the proposed con- solidation of other evangelical corporate bodies and to report to the Con- vention at its meeting in 1918 on the subject of consolidation. 11. The Law Committee at the Convention of 1918 presented its report (Annual 1918, pp. 192-195) that in its opinion the consolidation of The American Baptist Home Mission Society and The American Baptist Pub- lication Society cannot be effected and advised that the proposed consolli- dation be dismissed from further consideration. The report was adopted. 12. At the Convention of 1917 a Convention standing committee of five was created, to be known as the Committee of Reference (Annual 1917, p. 116), in connection with whose advice the Home Mission and Pub- lication Societies are to carry on their missionary activities. The com- mittee is to be a place of appeal for the two Societies in harmonizing their policies. 13. The Committee of Reference presented its report to the Convention of 1918. (Annual 1918, p. 135.) No action on the report was taken. The word “accordance” was substituted for the word “connection” in the resolution creating the committee. The conclusions of the Boards of the Publication Society and the Home Mission Society are in a statement made “ for the Board of Managers”’ by F. H. Robinson, Acting General Secretary of The American Baptist Publication Society, and C. L. White, Executive Secretary of The American Baptist Home Mission Society. The committee of conference of The American Baptist Publication Society and The American Baptist Home Mission Society met in Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania, September 20, October 23 and 24, 1918. The com- mittees were composed as follows: For the Publication Society, Drs. W. Q. Rosselle, W. H. Main, G. D. Adams, Messrs. S. G. Young, F. H. Robinson, J. L. Peacock, and G. L. Estabrook; for the Home Mission Society, D: G. Garabrant, Drs. J. R. Brown, F. M. Goodchild, A. T. Fowler, F. T. Galpin, R. D. Lord, and Secretaries C. L. White, L. C. Barnes, and G. N. Brink. Doctor Goodchild was chosen chairman and Mr. Peacock secretary. On October 24 at the Union League Club the Board of Managers and the secretaries of the Publication Society entertained the Board of Managers and the secretaries of Home Mission Society. It was the first time in the history of the two great organizations that their boards and officers had ever met together. It was a great occasion, and the fellowship and happi- [ 216 ] OOOO a : SHIPPING DEPARTMENT The Judson Press Building FIELD CONTACTS ness of the evening left nothing to be desired. The flags of the Allies adorned the center of the great table, which was completely encircled by the hosts and their guests. After the dinner the conference committee had its final session, and the boards of both Societies unanimously and con- currently adopted the report of the conference committee and the recom- mendations of the Publication Society concerning religious education. Doctor Rosselle was made chairman of the joint board meeting and Mr. Peacock the recording secretary. After dinner addresses were made by Doctor Rosselle; Doctor Brink, who was introduced as the general secre- tary of the Society; W. G. Brimson, president of the board of the Publi- cation Society; D. G. Garabrant, chairman of the Home Mission Society board; Executive Secretary C. L. White; Dr. F. M. Goodchild, chairman of the conference committee: Dr. G. D. Adams, Dr. W. H. Main, Hon. Hel, busting DreeA: 1S, Hobart, Dr. Ji M:. Moore, Dr. J..-E. ‘Sagebeer, Richard Edie, and F. H. Robinson. The closing prayer was by Secretary L. C. Barnes. The following is the report of the conference committee, unanimously adopted by the boards of both Societies: Preamble to Suggestions: Believing that the time has come for the co- ordination and articulation of all the educational, missionary, and social service activities of The American Baptist Publication Society and The American Baptist Home Mission Society, and that the Managers of the Societies should labor in the closest cooperation and so effect unity in the prosecution of their manifold work, we recommend that ‘the boards of managers and the executive secretaries have at least two joint ses- sions annually for the better carrying out of the suggestions which have been unanimously adopted by the special committees of the two boards: 1. That the chief task of the Publication Society is religious education in the home, the Bible school, the church, and all related societies; it being understood that the plans for such education be made and carried out in cooperation with all national and State societies and agencies involved. 2. That, in conjunction with the Home Mission Society, the Publication Society make the State Conventions and Standard City Mission Societies their legal agents on the basis of the chapter on “ Conditions of Agency in the Standards of the Home Mission Society.” 3. That the Home Mission Society and the Publication Society unite in the support of the State Secretaries of certain as yet financially weak Conventions on the basis of their respective appropriations in these Con- ventions. 4. That the Home Mission Society and the Publication Society have joint superintendents whenever such superintendency is necessary for field oversight. 5. That the Publication Society make the Home Mission Society its agent in the oversight and direction of the missionary activities of all its colporters; that the payment of the salaries of such colporters from ‘the income of trust funds shall be made by the Publication Society to the [ 217 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Home Mission Society as required, each requisition to contain a full state- ment covering the name, service, and the amount due each colporter covered by the requisition; that the colporter shall continue to perform the follow- ing tasks for the Publication Society: the selling of the Society’s books and literature, the promoting the circulation of its periodicals, and the distribution of Bibles and other literature; that in view of the double func- tion of these workers they shall be known as colporter-missionaries; that nothing in the points. agreed upon shall be interpreted as in any way restricting the full and free development of the business department of the Publication Society. That it is specified by the Publication Society in committing direct supervision and oversight of its missionary and col- portage work to the Home Mission Society, it does so with the strict understanding that the Publication Society is the denominational agency for the work of religious education, such as Sunday-school and young people’s work, social service education and Baptist Brotherhood as defined in Suggestion 1. 6. That the Publication Society transfer its specific social service work, such as rural and urban social work which naturally grows out of the missionary task, with the consent of the Northern Baptist Convention, to the Home Mission Society, the particular delimitations to be determined from time to time by a conference committee; social service education to continue a proper function of the Publication Society. The board of the Home Mission Society concurred in the following recommendations, contained in a “ Report on Religious Education and the Publication Society,” addressed to the special committee of laymen author- ized at the Atlantic City Convention, the Executive Committee of the Northern Baptist Convention, and all who are interested in improving the religious training we now give the children, boys and girls, young people and adults, under the care of Baptist churches: 1. The Society recommends the creation of a coordinating agency for the development and maintenance of one general program of religious education within the denomination. 2. It recommends that the personnel of such agency be carefully selected from among the men and women who are acquainted with the principles of religious education, who have specialized in some department of re- ligious education, and who have first-hand and extended acquaintance with various types of Baptist churches. 3. It recommends in the interests of the largest efficiency that the closest possible relationship be preserved between educational direction, publica- tion, and field service. 4. It recommends that stress be laid in all the churches on the funda- mental importance of religious education, especially in view of the ‘situa- tion to follow the World War when Baptists must be prepared to give effectively their contributions to the new democracy. 5. The Society suggests that the proposed agency for the coordination [ 218 ] FIELD CONTACTS and promotion of religious education be known as the “ Committee of Direction for Religious Education.” The matter of the chapel car and gospel cruiser was carefully considered. It was the unanimous opinion of the conference that further study of this subject should be made after the war has ended and transportation has again become normal. The settlement of two items was postponed, chapel cars and cruisers. As we saw in the chapter on Conveyances the cruisers have since been transmuted into other forms of Bible work. A chapel-car adjustment was arranged to become effective May I, 1920, as follows: I. Financial: 1. The salaries and personal traveling expenses of the missionaries on chapel cars to be paid by the Home Mission Society. 2. All expenses on account of repairs, up-keep, and transportation of chapel cars to be paid by the Publication Society. 3. Property rights in the chapel cars to remain unimpaired in the Publi- cation Society. 4. The cars to carry the names of both Societies, to indicate that they are cooperating in this service. Il. Personnel: 1. Appointments. Insomuch as the missionary in charge is not only responsible to the Home Mission Society for the way in which he carries on his work as missionary, but also to the Publication Society for the care and oversight of the chapel car entrusted to him, his appoint- ment to be a joint appointment and to be made only when both Societies are agreed to it. 2. Reports to be rendered by the missionary in charge to the two So- cieties jointly as may be required. III. Administration. 1. By the Societies: The chapel car and missionary in charge to be subject always to transfer to another State or to be with- drawn from service at any time by joint action of the Home Mission and Publication Societies. (1) In all questions as to the missionary aspects of the services to be rendered, the Home Mission Society to have primary jurisdiction, pro- vided only that such service be kept within the limits prescribed by the railroads and the conditions upon which they will grant special transporta- tion rates for the cars. (2) In all questions involving the transportation of chapel cars the Publication Society te have primary jurisdiction and to conduct all deal- ings with the railroads, including those concerning such questions as the nature of the service to be rendered, the kind of places to be served, the length of stop, at a given place, and any other question that may affect in any way the railroads’ attitude with respect to the moving of chapel cars [219 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT for us. Should the Home Mission Society, or any State Convention, desire to take up with the railroads any matter relating to a chapel car, it will do so, through the Publication Society. 2. By the State Convention: (1) The chapel car and the worker in charge to. be put at the service of the State Convention while within the Con- vention’s territory and to be under the immediate direction of the executive officer of the Convention. (2) Requests for the service of a chapel car to be made by executive officer of the Convention to the’ Joint Division Secretary in whose territory the Convention is, the latter to forward the request both to the Home Mis- sion and Publication Societies with his recommendation. The Committee of Fifteen in 1903 had reported on this matter with judicial care but without finding an adequate solu- tion. The time was not ripe. In 1918 it was again post- poned. ‘The aboye arrangement is one more evidence of the fact that no difficulties are finally insuperable where the divine spirit of cooperation is steadily growing. The chief execu- tives of the Societies, Gilbert N. Brink and Charles L. White, have wrought together in noontide light. 110. With Other Denominations In the very first annual report of the Society (1825) they say: The Directors wish to keep distinctly in view that this is a Baptist Tract Society, established with special reference to the condition of the Baptist denomination. They entertain a fraternal regard for other Tract Societies and a respectful sense of their services. They consider this Society not in any respect as a rival but as a zealous coadjutor occupying a station which no other Society can so properly and so successfully fill. The next year the account as given by Dr. J. N. Brown shows that they carried out this purpose: The American Tract Society, in 1826, made a proposition to this Society that it should become an Auxiliary to that body. The Board of Directors considered the proposition; but decided that they “had no power under the present Constitution to become Auxiliary.” At the formation of the Philadelphia City Tract Society, however, about the same time, Rey. Messrs. Dagg, Brantly, and Ashton, were chosen among the Managers of the new Society, and cheerfully accepted the service, while holding the highest positions of responsibility in their own. [ 220 ] SsuIp[Ing sso1g uospne syT7, LNYNLYV dad ONTHOLLLS ¢ He f Per Hy} hy } Wace ’ i] i} ty (aes bat ti* HIDE un , } ] neh, : Ny y { 1 - ’ . Ty f SF ‘ n it flee ay ; ij He F] ¥ j eh : y eA ps ye ' - ' \ qs j P a4 + 9° —< es) MS atta De 4 Hw & a ie | { , i a 7 “r 4 Lrg 3 , oS fate,” nit = GAce! a) ve wy ‘ » 4s } 7 ; ; Wat tb | ie af 5 ‘iy “iby ey * . . a it; rit es i- - ‘ AAS ad j a s, * j : ; ° \ ; ’ 7 . =) j , ‘ ' ; ae » cs { i i 7 a F ghee if bs ~4 as day Pai ’ i oS P SE: + t » ae ) : y= Cee | . ’ ‘ Pas | i ; : Fi ’ ' _ ‘ i ‘ v.43 . 3 8 : ¥ T ¢ ' “ . ee , . . } a as : . ' . 3 5 Ps } - : F me UD } i } t ‘ ‘ ‘ Hi! | - ! ne - . } x Ain ‘ J 7 alae — =~ » | ' ped, + . 1! . 4 ’ d u . - : ia wn ‘ ae 4 an a i ‘ AS res , ADS "Tar ‘ ‘i * Mi : Ras ‘ 5 * Ay Hi | ; : 1 my 5 * { / ‘ “fy fl tye ” ¢ | | i : ‘ Ais » ‘ ‘oy . a : ’ 4 Cy ’ : } YY ~s sh q _ ri } ’ ‘ } ¥ iy’ ) Py hy Rye ‘ 4 : vv! 2 é ’ ‘ ASS ye} ; ; " i by & yt ‘ : - " r ‘, hey » ” ] et i 1 ™ * rf By - iJ ' , » : : ‘ : ¢ a YY 7 : A : as if * _ ’ 7 s ~ p lh é eer " ra at 4 7 ry? ¢ : . yan ce TOA ir earl : “7 ad ay Plo oe Ms ww oe | Ue ; ‘4 ir Dorey Mas ; 1% ; - ob FIELD CONTACTS The spirit at the outset was so characteristic of the whole century that another clear expression of it in 1828 should be noted : We are not ashamed to say for ourselves and our brethren, that whilst we feel unaffected respect and good-will toward those institutions which are designed to embody and harmonize the powers of several denomina- tions, we are bound by the feeling of honorable consistency to cherish a warmer approbation of those plans, which stand responsible for the protection of our peculiarities as a denomination. In this view we are certainly willing to concede to others what we claim for ourselves. We shall never think the less of any class of Christians, for watching with becoming circumspection the grounds upon which they stand as a separate section of the great whole. Let such a course be pursued with the meek- ness of wisdom, and with the charity which the gospel enjoins, and we shall see all denominations of Christians, not only loving one another with the affection of a common brotherhood, but a greater amount of good will be brought into the common treasury of the Lord. In token of the sincerity of these professions, as it were, the Tract Magazine in one of the issues of that year gave one- fourth of its space to an abstract of the annual report of the American Tract Society. Two years later at the annual meeting one of the Directors, Dr. R. W. Cushman, made an extended address on the sub- ject. Again in 1836 this live question was carefully treated: On motion of President Babcock, of Waterville College, Maine, Resolved, That while we continue to regard with paternal interest and cordial affec- tion the American Tract Society, and while we sincerely rejoice in its noble endeavors to furnish, both for our own and heathen lands, such evangelical publications as present the coincident sentiments of the several denominations represented in it, we feel ourselves solemnly called on by our allegiance to Christ, to aid this Society in supplying a series of tracts, which shall not exclude any portion of God’s revealed truth. In sustaining the Resolution, brother Babcock remarked that his early connection with the American Tract Society, his frequent endeavors to advocate its claims and promote its interests, both on its own platform and elsewhere, the undiminished confidence which he considered, in the integrity, zeal, and enterprise of its Directors, and in the worthiness and disinterestedness of its objects, must be his apology for introducing it by name, in this resolution. He adverted also with pleasure, to the good which it had indirectly accomplished, by carrying a more full conviction [221 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT to each branch of the great Protestant Christian family, that the points of agreement among them are numerous and immensely important, com- pared with those in which they differ. That—to a very great extent—they have a common cause, and contend against common foes. As different cohorts in the army of Immanuel, they have indeed their different ensigns; but over them all floats the common banner of the Cross. They obey one leader and have felt reassured in the ultimate success of their cause, by seeing with what facility. they can concentrate their forces on a common point, and press home the charge of truth, upon the consciences and hearts of men. The effect of this union, upon the unbelieving world around us cannot but be salutary. It has complied with the frequent, but he feared, hypocritical requirement of sceptical and captious men, who are incessantly demanding of Christians, “ First be united among yourselves before you attempt convincing us.’ Here we show them, in scores and hundreds of the Society’s publications that we are united; and if they had been honest in the requirement, they would now be constrained to consider our testi- mony. There is abundant evidence that eighty-five years ago our leaders were more alive to this question than they have been some of the time since then. Our own “ Sabbath-school Treasury,’ reviewing in 1838 a book on Christian Union by Harris, said: We are very glad to see books on the subject of Christian Union multi- plying. With regard to the importance and desirableness of union among those who love our Lord Jesus Christ there can be no question. One of those multiplying books was by Baron Stow, a founder of our Society. In 1840 the Board proposed among other things, That an amicable agreement be entered into with the American Tract Society, and the American Sunday School: Union, to obtain their publica- tions on the best possible terms, and that they be circulated by our agents, and sold at our Depositories, in connection with our own denominational publications, and at such prices as will enable us to cover contingent expenses on all sales. This has been the constant practise of the Society. A pro-- vision in the founding of the J. P. Crozer Memorial Fund by his family (1866) is perhaps unique in the history of denomi- national societies: [ 222 ] FIELD CONTACTS It is especially stipulated that the yearly income derived from one-eighth part of said MEMORIAL FUND shall be expended in the four different ways above designated, among needy applicants from evangelical churches irrespective of denomination. And this, in the opinion of the donor of this eighth part of the MEMORIAL FUND will accord with the views of the beloved parent, whose language on his dying bed was, ‘ How shall denomi- national differences appear on the threshhold of eternity! ” In the same decade a humble colporter on the frontier, A. D. McMichael, in Oregon, described in Baker’s “ Baptist His- tory of the North Pacific Coast,’ was doing good to all. ‘“ No Sunday school was left without help and libraries, if needed, these not always confined to Baptist Sunday schools.” An occurrence like that recorded in 1874 is not unique but it is a valuable waymark on the heavenly road: At this point Rev. A. D. Gillette, D. D:, stated that last year, at Albany, he was chairman of a committee appointed to convey to the General Con- ference of the Methodist Episcopal Church the congratulations of our Societies and our wishes for the success and prosperity of our brethren of the M. E. Church, and that he had done so and was received with expressions of warm Christian regard. He suggested as the Delegates from the General Conference were now present, and were compelled to leave this evening, that they be introduced to our Society at this time, which was agreed to; whereupon the President welcomed to the platform the Rev. C. D. Foss, D. D., of New York, and Rev. D. Stevenson, of Ken- tucky, in words of fraternal greeting. Doctor Foss and Mr. Stevenson made thrilling addresses, which were most cordially received. That same year the jubilee catalog of the Society names many Pedobaptist houses whose publications are furnished by us. In the last half of the one hundred years, we expect solid progress in interdenominational cooperation. We have else- where seen with what a noble part our workers are credited by others as taking in the great steps of general Sunday-school and religious educational progress. The Department of Social Education has very wide recognition as furnishing leadership among the foremost. On this whole vital matter our story must content itself with a glimpse of the trend of today through two paragraphs in the report of 1916: [ 223 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT The Sunday School Council of the Evangelical Denominations is per- haps the most important of the interdenominational organizations with which we are in cooperation. During the past year the Council, through chosen representatives, held several conferences with the World’s Sunday School Association, the International Sunday School Association, and several foreign mission boards or societies representing Sunday-school work on foreign fields. The result of these conferences was an agreement to reorganize the Board of the World’s Sunday School Association so as to admit upon its membership representatives of the foreign mission boards or societies, and of the Sunday School Council. This arrangement will tend greatly to enlarge and unify Sunday-school work on foreign fields. The Publication Society should feel a special interest in this matter, since its Keystone Graded Series of Sunday-school Lessons has been chosen as the very best to be adapted for use by the China Sunday School Union, representing all evangelical denominations in the Chinese Empire. Translations of this series are now being used in China by all denomina- tions. Apart from this ‘special matter, the Sunday School Council has been of the greatest value in improving Sunday-school methods and in outlining lessons for study. There is perhaps no organization in the country which has connected with it more possibilities of good to the millions of children in the Sunday schools and young people’s societies of the land. It is an occasion for gratitude and pride that The American Baptist Publication Society was the prime mover in the formation of this most important organization. Thus it is that close, practical, efficient cooperation is bring- ing to pass the spiritual realities which never were and never could be attained by the antique idea of organic church union. Spiritual unity being-the only secure foundation for organic unity, when the former is reached the latter follows. The most successful example of organic union in recent church history is that of Baptists and Free Baptists. The two, after sharp original differences, had come to see eye to eye on most things. Accordingly about 1910 one after another the various phases of activity of the two denominations were merged. The most conspicuous merger was in foreign missions. In the sphere of the Publication Society were two features, young people’s work and Sunday-school lesson helps. The former is considered in section 114. The latter is modestly stated by Dr. George F. Mosher as “ the turning over of the Free Baptist Sunday-school quarterlies and Lesson Leaves to the Sunday- [ 224 ] FIELD CONTACTS school Department of The American Baptist Publication DOCIeLy. For nearly a century and a quarter publication activities by Free Baptists had been large and varied. In 1787 they began the publication of anti-Calvinistic arguments. A sermon by Jeremiah Walker on “ The Fourfold State of Calvinism Ex- amined and Shaken ” was published in 1793 by the Edgecomb, Maine, Quarterly Meeting and was extensively circulated. The first periodical was “ Buzell’s Religious Magazine” in i811. The first hymn-book was issued in 1823. The “ Morn- ing Star” began to shine May 11, 1826, and was not merged in “ The Watchman” until 1911. It was a pioneer against slavery. In 1831 the General Conference established the Book Concern. This was incorporated as the “ Freewill Baptist Printing Establishment ’”’ in 1846. It had acquired (1844) ‘headquarters at Dover, N. H., which were enlarged and were occupied for forty-one years, when removal was made to its new commodious building at 457 Shawmut Avenue, Boston. In 1880 it was issuing 100 bound volumes and 570 smaller publications. For many years it turned over large profits to other benevolent organizations in the denomination, e. g., in: 1856, $21,006.71. The present section can be only a hint of the publication work of Free Baptists during the century we are reviewing. ‘The literary and other cultural contributions of Free Baptists in our denominational stream of life is a theme deserving a volume. [ 225 ] DIVISION FOUR GROWING SPHERES OF LIGHT XI CLASSES OF PEOPLE 111. Members and Ministers Light which is needed everywhere is indispensable in a democracy. A denomination which is democratic to the last degree possible, having no official rulers and no ceremonial s priesthood, all, in theory, being “an elect race, a kingly priest- hood,” must have wide-spread diffusion of light. This is the fact which was gripping the founders and fathers of the Publication Society. In the second annual report they said: Alas, many of our churches are destitute of pastors, enjoying only occa- sional opportunities of hearing the word of life dispensed; and many extensive portions of our Southern, and especially of our Western States, are seldom visited by preachers of the gospel. We cannot send them preachers, nor are they able to support them if sent. But can we not send them these silent, though efficient messengers of truth, which cost but little, and consume nothing? A comprehensive project is launched, as reported at the sixth annual meeting: ? At the monthly meeting of the Board in April, it was resolved to supply every Baptist church in the United States, that had not supplied itself, with tracts from No. 1 to No. 54, making 600 pages, gratis, on application of a minister or a deacon of each church, as specimens of our publications ; with the hope that they would so approve of them as to make efforts to obtain others—not only of those numbers, but of the whole series. It was believed that there are at least 4,000 Baptist churches in the United States and British Provinces, that had not seen our tracts; and although the effort [ 226 | “CLASSES OF PEOPLE appeared a great one for our means, yet in reliance on the favor of God and the aid of his people, the resolution was adopted. In July the Agent addressed a circular to all the Associations, requesting them to lay the subject before the churches, that they might order the tracts of the Agents of our Depositories. Many of them have passed resolutions ap- proving the plan and objects of the Society, and recommending the churches to receive our donation and form Societies for the further circulation of them. Four hundred and fifty churches have applied for tracts. The number of pages issued gratis to these is 270,000. That illustrious home-mission Pioneer of Light who was our Secretary at an early day, John Mason Peck, put it this way in the Board’s report of 1844: The circumstances of the great family of Baptists in North America are somewhat peculiar. In past years, with a ministry regarded by some Chris- tian sects as feeble and insignificant, they have increased in church commu- nicants in the ratio of doubling every twelve years. In half a century, from about 400 churches and 70,000 communicants, we have increased, in the regular connection, to about 9,000 churches and 750,000 members. Yet we have less than 6,000 ordained ministers and licentiates, including those superannuated, and those employed in other professional pursuits, or secu- lar labors for a support. A considerable proportion of our ministers are evangelists—deficient in qualifications for the pastoral office. Yet many of this class are peculiarly successful in publishing the elementary truths of the gospel to their fellow men. They are admirably adapted for the work of pioneers in the destitute parts of our country, and the Holy Spirit owns their labors in the conversion of great numbers annually, who, if it were not for their instrumentality, would be wholly destitute. These men are well fitted to perform the first branches of the Great Commission. They can teach the elements of gospel truth, so as to be instrumental in making disciples, and they can baptize the converts; but they cannot well carry out the Commission in teaching them to observe all things which Christ has commanded. They cannot train up the disciples and mould the churches so as to render them efficient, and infuse into them the spirit of a Christian enterprise. ‘‘ This state of things is not so much the result of neglect, as of the rapid increase of our churches and membership by the special providence of God. Hence the peculiar necessity in our denomination of the agency of a Publication Society.” The Society had voted (1843), “ That the project of provid- ing our destitute ministers and missionaries in the Western Valley with small libraries is an object of paramount im- portance.”’ [ 227 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT The next year Peck was able to report that “ thirty-four destitute ministers in the Western Valley received libraries.” Later, the illustrious layman Pioneer of Light, John P. Crozer, established a “ Ministers Library Fund” endowed with $5,000. His “widow, Sally L. Crozer, on herp seventictim birthday added another $5,000. The income of the still larger “Crozer Memorial Fund” of $54,000, established by his family, was specified to be used for four purposes, one-fourth of it in grants of libraries for needy colored ministers. All along the hundred years, pastors’ studies, and through them the members generally, have been illuminated by otherwise unavailable light. Instead of the four Baptist schools of 1824 there are in 1924 three hundred, fifteen of these being the- ological seminaries. ‘Thirteen of the latter are in the region of the Northern Baptist Convention, which has also three training-schools. But the enormous increase in the churches, the polyglot origin of the members, and the vastly advanced educational demands of today, leave the actual need far greater than at the beginning. Still a majority of our ministers are without college and seminary training, and a far larger ma- jority without adequate salaries for buying books. The ninety-ninth annual report says: An unusually large number of gifts has been made this year, and the Society has made glad hundreds of ministers and students, by providing literature for their studies and Bibles for their use. There is great need of enlarged funds for grant purposes. We could thus double our useful- ness. We have, in a number of instances, given to missionaries who are abroad. It has been a joy to send packages of books to pastors and mis- sionaries in France, Poland, Russia, and adjoining countries. Our Students’ Fund for graduating classes in our theological seminaries has been care- fully administered, and many students have been made rich in additions to their libraries. During the past year, 4,182 books were given to 512 ministers. Additional gifts for our Minister’s Library Fund would be a God-send to brethren like one who writes: “ My salary is very small. I have a good-sized family. I have honestly tried to save enough to get me some books to aid me in my work, but I simply cannot find the money to buy books, and I must make my appeal to the Publication Society for help.” [ 228 ] C. C. Birrrne, D. D., Missionary and Bible Secretary of the A. B. P. S. 1883-1896. Father of W. C. Bitting, D. D., Secre- tary of the Northern Baptist Con- vention composed of cooperating societies. Pastor Second Baptist Church in St. Louis, Mo. Joun P. Crozer, Esg., Vice-president of the Society 1851-1865, and Chairman of the Board 1861-1865. Father of Samuel A. Crozer, President of A. B. P. S. 1885-1911, Chairman of the Board of Managers 1872- 1873 and 1890-1912. iSeorcemic Wrozer ss ember ot sthe Board 1866-1920, Chairman of the Board 1912-1919. Robert Crozer, Member of the Board 1896-1918. BENJAMIN GRIFFITH, D. D., General Secre- tary of The American Baptist Publication Society 1857-1894. Hatnenoie |b sO rozer Grithithy Vin Ly, Ph. D., present Chairman of the Board of Managers. Noted author of medical works. Harry S. Hopper, Eso., on the Board 1885-1918, and Treasurer of the Society 1903-1918. Father of Mr. H. Boardman Hopper, of the present Board of Managers. Mr. Hopper is the grandson of Wil- liam H. Bucknell, one of the Society’s great helpers, and Chairman of the Board 1867-1871 and 1877-1889. OFFICERS AND WORKERS OF THE SOCIETY Who Bequeathed Sons to Continue the Work 4 ~ © we =) 7 PRS S|) a ea | d 5 y sl J} i] P| ‘ ~ a 7 Eas Use Maeaaae a be 7 1 Mi f 9 ita i wi! aM UF Peg 4 : ' haa | } vo : r | ] . . i* ¢ Veil taht AT a AO ; be \ r’. A f ’ i> eri vee Naat a . i? ra f. ri 4 i ey : * i ul ; UR ie , ay Wire yy b ‘ i fi)! ee rn —, | Der aay) : hy). : ‘ aE } d We 3 ny we, wes rou } 3 i as A + ths ‘ ¥i_< : , i j pe t J Pte (tid : 2 | i fan 1 oh , F wis ‘ ies 't f ’ f > 7 aad * a alae ti i oe + yA i04 # wi y hb ; ; ae } ‘ i A > . o > iy ; Rie - a ; T}) > th > a , F 4 ' { + i ¥ ‘ ‘ ( y « . tae i. i i f th Hi k i r vy bok ley ' ’ i —— ‘ - ~ § ' oe ‘ i 5 . ~ \ » t i ee 7 a sf hey ' Pama) ’ ‘ , p ‘ i ¢ y M , “ oa ’ ¢ 4 * ? t ’ + * ‘ ; ' a \ é ¢ ¢ A ' ‘ . Nae 74% uy 4 ; ’ i ey) : : ; } « ; , ¢ # - ’ | b »e ‘ vt « fe .. a i a ; e. r i ‘ ‘ 7 . f ry 5 +?¢ , ’ LAs ms oe, * b= a i i ; ' a ph ; At "if ‘ rn © *% i > - j d é & ; ( i“ ‘ ’ UJ 2 ~ ae - » an Pi ‘> ; ba i nas ‘<4 4 wy Pe ( : i ‘ 5 4 F tow! ‘ ‘ or } ‘ ‘ . aes { rab > *? % i a} q, j . se 4 ; ‘ " ' +r “al My. il Picea. Ws bo a? vert sf A) pleas mt’ a) : > / , ; sae at : a AEA. v! “ie ,, r 7, amas i P H de ‘ 4 I , ; at yo dn eae te ‘i ieut! ‘ed , rid ‘ “ ys me y a a é } — —_ P o4 ° i ; F 4 ba a MORRIE a ea eA se au 7 . S » / : i A itis At ee © ' / an, “af ; van % F - a : if : ' vt 7 y et ga ae q , 7 ; ; ‘ ‘ + oe d or : ; a u * 7” , , - s) ane y 7 ie j , A i - eC a? a ‘Ae ‘ ae te, . re ; , st ¥ £, ay at Evia call ae fae +¥* a 7 ot : an i - a 2 - CLASSES OF PEOPLE — In a recent year the Society distributed 3,271 books to 466 ministers. 112. Boys and Girls Boys and girls are the hope of the world and the hope ot the church. Consequently a very large part of the work of our century has been for them. ‘This great realm of light- giving has occupied our most important chapters, those on the Sunday school and religious education. 113. Young People A large part of the work of the Society for young people also, is in the realm of religious education. But its relation to what might be called institutionalized young people’s work deserves consideration by itself and belongs here. It is not to be forgotten that as long ago as 1830 the Tract Magazine had what was explicitly called the “ Youth’s Department ” which was to be “ put in covers by itself.’’ That did not last, however, beyond the time of Noah Davis. Fourteen years later the “ Young Reaper’ was founded, which afterward be- came our great organ, carefully presided over by Doctor Grif- fith. He came to feel that something more was needed. Dr. William M. Lawrence’ recalls the fact that Doctor Griffith asked him to stress this in arranging the program of the annual meeting of the Philadelphia Baptist Association in 1876. It will be noted that this was five years before the first Society of Christian Endeavor was organized. (1881.) Doctor Griffith said to Doctor Lawrence “in substance ”’: All of our churches have some sort of an organization for their young people, and have had for years. To a very large extent these are either social in their nature, or else a feeble imitation of the methods of the mother church. It seems to me that there is a special line of instruction for them apart from what they receive in the Sunday school. Now what I want you to speak about is the opportunity that the Publication Society affords for giving that instruction along the line of denominational polity and policy as regards local and missionary effort. 1In “ Benjamin Griffith,” chapter VIII, ‘“‘ The. Young People’s Movement.”’ [ 229 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT As usual the executive of the Publication Society was on the alert. In the eighties young people’s societies were multi- plying fast in all the churches under the stimulus of the United Society of Christian Endeavor, which was organized at Boston in the middle of the decade. The Epworth League took form at Cleveland in 1889. In 1888 the Kansas Baptist State Convention of which that vigorous missionary pioneer, D. D. Proper, was then Secretary, took the following action: Whereas, O. W. Van Osdel has prepared a course of Bible lessons for the purpose of instructing the young people of our churches in Baptist doctrine and the duty of proportionate giving, therefore, Resolved, That we commend the plan as wisely conceived, and as well adapted to make our young people intelligent and stalwart Baptists. Doctor Van Osdel, Pastor at Ottawa, Kansas, had two years earlier “ begun work on a comprehensive plan for the organization of our Baptist young people.” At the same time Dr. J. M. Coon was agitating the matter in the Wisconsin Convention and issued “The Self-help Handbook for Young People.” He and Doctor Van Osdel started a periodical, “‘ The Loyalist.” A national convention of Baptist young people was called to meet at Chicago in July, 1891. The further originative factors deserve unabridged record in the words of the historian of the Baptist Young People’s Union of America, Drs VW Gonleys Benjamin Griffith, D. D., secretary of The American Baptist Publication Society, had manifested a deep interest in the young people’s movement from the first. He saw clearly the educative possibilities, and planned a series of publications for the young people, and had favorably considered the publication of a young people’s paper. The reception accorded “The Loyalist” made evident the demand for an organ for the movement. Doctor Griffith took the matter up with the publishers of “ The Loyalist,” with the result that The American Baptist Publication Society, after eight issues of the above paper, purchased it, and at once began the issue of the “Young People at Work,” the first number appearing December 13, 1890. Dr. Philip L. Jones had editorial charge of the paper. His sympa- thetic appreciation of the movement, his remarkable literary ability, his self-denying application to and deep personal interest in the work, made [ 230 ] CLASSES OF PEOPLE it possible for the Publication Society to do through him what had been before impossible. The paper was adapted to the real needs of the young people of America; it was made strong in its purpose and character; and in less than a year’s time had gained a circulation of almost twelve thou- sand. Doctor Griffith entered heartily into the work of stirring up interest in the coming Chicago Convention. It was through his efforts and the financial support given by the Publication Society that that great meeting was a possibility. But there were differences of opinion among denominational leaders as to what should be sought in the convention. Should the new organization be strictly and uncompromisingly denominational? Should there be room in it for Christian Endeavor Societies in Baptist churches? Or should the aim be to control the organizations in all the churches? Doctor Griffith felt that there ought to be a conference of representative men to go over the entire situation before the meeting of the Chicago Convention. Such a conference was held in Philadelphia, April 22, 1891. The. following were its findings: “ The undersigned, cognizant of the fact that there is a wide- spread desire for a more thorough organization of the young people of the Baptist churches for indoctrination in distinctive Baptist principles and instruction in Baptist history; for more effective work in the local churches; for a better acquaintanceship among our young people; for the better pushing of all mission work—domestic, home, and foreign—suggest the following basis for organization: “1. That the Baptist national organization, when formed in July next, be on a basis broad enough to receive all Baptist young people’s societies of whatever name or constitution. “2. That no Baptist young people’s society now organized, be required to organize under any other name or constitution in order to obtain fellow- ship and representation in such a body, either State or national. “3. That such national organization adopt ‘The Young People at Work’ as the organ of the young people’s societies, with the understanding that the paper is to be impartially hospitable to all such societies, and that the paper shall especially devote itself to the indoctrination of the Baptist young people in the distinguishing tenets of Baptist churches. “4. That all young people’s societies in Baptist churches of whatever name or constitution be earnestly requested to cooperate heartily in Asso- ciational, State, and national Baptist organizations. “5. That each young people’s society shall be left to determine to what extent it shall participate in interdenominational societies. “6, That all societies of young people in Baptist churches be strenuously urged to subscribe for ‘The Young People at Work,’ and also to circulate other Baptist literature. “7. That while the national organization may recommend some model constitution for local societies, the constitution shall be entirely optional with all societies in affiliation with the body.” [ 231 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT This was signed by Wayland Hoyt, Albert G. Lawson, P. S. Henson, F. L. Wilkins, Benjamin Griffith, John H. Chapman, A. J. Rowland, C. R. Blackall, Alexander Blackburn, Joseph K. Dixon, Philip L. Jones, O. W. Spratt, O. W. M. Van Osdel, John T. Beckley, C. C. Bitting, A. W. Lamar, Charles H. Banes, Frank M. Ellis, William R. Harper, O. P. Eaches, and R. S. MacArthur. Doctor Smith in his History of Western Baptists says, “ It is questionable whether an organization really national could have been effected at ee had it not been for the Society’s advocacy and support.” There is not space for details as to the relation of the Publi- cation Society to the Baptist Young People’s Union for a third of a century since the organization of the latter. It is not too much to say that the Society repeatedly, as well as at the beginning, has been the refuge and strength of the Union. The Loyalist ” when taken over by the Society had less than one thousand subscribers. Eleven months later when it was given back to the Baptist Young People’s Union it had over eleven thousand subscribers. In 1908, the Society again came to the rescue and took over the periodical, now an excellent magazine, “ Service,’ and all the publications of the Union, including its Bible and mission study-books, “ The Old Testament and the Monuments,” by Ira 'M. Price; the “ Why Is Christianity True?” by Dro Hae Mullins, and the “Two Thousand Years of Missions,” by Dr. L. C. Barnes. The author of the last had suggested that the stirring word ‘ Conquest’ be used in the title of all the Union's mission study courses. The next year the educational and organizing work also was transferred to the Publication Society after careful negotiation and approval of all con- cerned. A Young People’s Department was established, and Dr. George T. Webb, continuing as Secretary of the Baptist Young People’s Union of America, became head of this Department. When Doctor Conley wrote in 1913 he added concerning 1909 and afterwards: [ 232 ] CLASSES OF PEOPLE A year later the Society created “ The Young People’s Department,” and undertook the support of the general secretary, office expenses, and the general cost of field work. Thus the Publication Society has carried almost the entire cost of the movement; at the same time the work is directed by the Baptist Young People’s Union of America. At no time during this period of cooperation has there been any friction between the two societies in their common. work, In 1913 the title of the Society’s special workers in the Sunday-school field was changed from ‘ Sunday-school mis- sionary ’ to “‘ Director of Sunday-school and Young People’s Work.” ‘The next year an elaborate “ Standard of Excellence in Young People’s Societies ’’ was adopted. After a few years regional Directors of Young People’s Work also were ap- pointed, Eastern, Central, and Pacific. In 1923 the Society reported four periodicals for the young folks, not counting mieiiiue Ones. nor the Junior World’: ~The Young People’s Service’ (112-page quarterly), “ Young People ”’ (8- page weekly), “ Youth’s World” (4-pages, four issues a month), ‘* Girl’s World” (4 pages, four issues a month), with a total circulation of 17,604,899 copies during the year. Thus, in addition to all the Sunday-school lesson helps, we are bring- ing constant uplifting Christian impulse to hundreds of thou- sands of young people. In its young people’s work the Society in cooperation with the Baptist Young People’s Union of America and the Mis- sionary Department of the Northern Baptist Convention Board of Education entered its hundredth year with an “ ex- planatory leaflet’ of sixteen pages of carefully wrought, sug- gestive stimulus, entitled “ All Baptist Young People United in a Christ-Centered Program, September 1923 to June 1924, material for Month by Month Activities.” One of the luminous items in the century is the young people's work of Free Baptists and its final merging with the work conducted by the Publication Society. Soon after the organization of the Christian Endeavor Society a Free Baptist Society was formed in Massachusetts under the name of the [ 233 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Advocates of Christian Fidelity. In due time a national con- stitution was drawn, and organization was perfected. At a meeting of the National Society held in Marion, Ohio, the name of the organization was changed to the United Society of Free Baptist Young People. This was due to the fact that about one-half of the Young People’s Societies of the Free Baptists were Christian Endeavor and B. Y. P. U. Societies, and that there were some of still other names, and it was felt that one national organization should embrace all. No at- tempt was made to influence a local church as to the name of its Society, and the Publication Society in Boston kept supplies for both Christian Endeavor and United Society on hand. This Society held annual meetings from 1888 to 19o1, but from that date on all of the Young People’s sessions were held in connection with the General Conference of the Free Baptist churches, and records of their programs are printed with those of the General Conference. The General Conference in 1910 voted to cooperate with the Missionary Forward Movement and instructed its secre-— tary to forward to Dr. John M. Moore, the Secretary of the Movement, a list of the Society secretaries that he might send them literature to further the plan. In July, 1911, the Conference Board authorized the proper union of the work of the Free Baptist Young People with the Baptist Young People. The final minutes of this Society read : Resolved, That Mr. Harry S. Myers be, and hereby is authorized to make necessary arrangements for the transfer of the block and gavel now the property of the United Society to the Young People’s Department of The American Baptist Publication Society at the next session of the Northern Baptist Convention at Des Moines, Iowa, May 22-29, 1912, and that when such transfer shall have been made the United Society of Free Baptist Young People shall be properly united with the Young People’s Department of The American Baptist Publication Society, and all Free Baptist societies are urged to make such union effective by fellowship and cooperation. [ 234 ] CLASSES OF PEOPLE This was done, Rev. George T. Webb, head of the Young People’s Department of The American Baptist Publication Society and Secretary of the B. Y. P. U. of A., publicly receiving at the hands of Mr. Harry S. Myers the minutes of the United Society of Free Baptist Young People. Previous to the actual turning over, statements had been made through the denominational papers and by letter to the Free Baptist Churches and Young People’s Societies that such transfer was to be made, and these Societies were urged to unite with Bap- tist young people’s organizations in their localities and so further the united work. The number of Free Baptist soci- eties was in the neighborhood of 1,600. 114. People at Large In the beginning the chief emphasis of thought, perhaps, was on those who were outside the immediate church life. Many of the tracts were-for the “ unconverted.” Not a few isenemewere tor . sceptics -and infidels’ In the list of - those published before leaving Washington were “ An Infidel SonvmceaspyrasCuiid: and) Death of an Infidel” | Much space was given in “ The Tract Magazine ”’ and even in annual reports for many years to stories of the convincing and con- verting efficacy of tracts. From the beginning tracts, pam- phlets, and books uncounted have been issued for the purpose of winning lives to Christ. Said Doctor Griffith in the report of 1863, “ We might fill a volume with the instances that have come to the knowledge of the Board, in which God has sav- ingly employed the publications of the Society.” After nam- ing twenty-four titles of which some very definite mention had been made as material of gospel efficacy, he continues: And many others have been indicated by grateful hearts as the means of God employed for their conversion. But these are only the known instances of good. The greater number are unknown. None but the recording angel above can tell in how many cases our tracts have been blessed to the good of men. [ 235 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT From the start, too, the printed pages have been regarded only as auxiliaries. The colporters and all other employees of the Society have been charged with the work of evangelism. There is no way of computing the number of lives won directly and indirectly by the press, preaching, and personal work of our century.’ From the nature of the Society’s work most of the resulting baptisms are performed by others. [ven so our employed workers reported from 1824 to 1919 baptiz- ing 57,487 people, twelve thousand five hundred in the first fifty years, and forty-five thousand in the next forty-five years. We are frequently reminded that the great majority of all the accessions to the churches come from the Sunday schools, and they are the special care of the Publication Society. In the early years of both Tract Society and Sabbath School Union, it was common to employ unconverted. teachers. Their conversion was one of the common causes of rejoicing. -For example, in 1832 the annual report of the Massachusetts Sabbath School Union said that by returns from 324 churches it appeared that 480 teachers had united with the churches that year as well as 2,314 scholars. 4 The central stream of hght from first to last has Neat for the sake of winning individuals and the whole world to Christ ; evangelism in its most specific sense and in its broader senses has been the main purpose of the Society. When thinking of people at large benefited by the Society we must remember also, that conversion is only the beginning of blessings. The illumination of human lives through churches and Sunday schools by means of light generated through the Publication Society is beyond measurement. For example, a United States Cabinet officer in our centennial year, though he has not yet united with the church, writes the author words of profound gratitude for the benefits of a Baptist Sunday school, which helped in shaping his character. [ 236 | XIT REGIONS OF EARTH 115. Aboriginal America The “First Americans” were soon looked after by the Society. Our tracts “can be circulated to great advantage from our missionary stations among the Indians” (1829). A donation was sent in the summer of 1832 to Mr. John Davis, a Creek Indian, a Baptist preacher among his country- men, west of the Mississippi. In reply, he writes as follows: Three weeks ago I received the tracts which you had the kindness to send me. I thank you for your kindness. Your publications I should be very thankful to receive, for I live in a country which affords no means of information. I would also ask you for some Sabbath-school books, for Brother Lewis and myself are about to open a Sabbath school, with very few spelling-books. However, we have been advised by Brother Mc- Coy to cut the leaves out of the spelling-books and give to the people, if we should have more people than books, and to teach on with those books until we can get a supply from some quarter. The second annual report of our American and Foreign Bible Society (1839), of which account has been given in - Chapter IV, says that American Baptist missionaries are now preparing faithful versions of the whole or portions of the Bible in Cherokee, Shawnee, Delaware, Otoe, Creek, Choctaw, and Ojibwa. 116. The Great Valley “The Great Valley’ was a current phrase on the lips of J. M. Peck who had gone into the Mississippi Valley in 1817, as the missionary of the Triennial Convention. In 1826 the Board of the General Tract Society said: Cast your eye over the wide fields of the South and the West. They are already white for the harvest, but where are the laborers? [ 237 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT In the “‘ Tracts for Every Church ” plan it was found by 1832 that the greatest demand was in the West (stimulated, doubt- less, by J. M. Peck). Eighty churches, more than half of these in Illinois, had availed themselves of the liberal offer of 1829 during this year, and had received 53,000 pages. Of the utility of this plan and its adaptation to the wants of the West, the Board had received the following testimony from an intelligent correspondent residing in that region: The plan of giving 600 pages to each church is an excellent one for this country, and the friends in the old States ought to help in this cause. It is very important for this country, for almost every expense of religion and benevolence falls comparatively on a few individuals, and most of these struggling with the difficulties of beginning a settlement in a new country. I think I can supply one hundred churches in this way, if allowed. I assure you that a portion of the Baptists in the West are in a deplorable condition; but we do not despair. We see that light, truth, and holy influence are spreading. The next year, in October, 100,000 pages of tracts were sent to Rev. J. M. Peck, of Illinois, for gratuitous distribution at the West. The following is an extract of a letter from him: I have just returned from a protracted meeting with a class of people, who never had such means as tracts before to any extent. I made procta- mation from the stand at the intermission to give every person a tract. About 300 were present, and the people pressed around with great earnest- ness. I had to give away, in many instances, two and three to an individual who would beg them for an absent friend. During the intervals of worship the people were busily employed in reading them; thus a double advantage was gained. About twelve persons were converted at the meeting and many more were anxious. Its great pioneer in the West led the Society to endeavor to set up this growing light as a lamp-stand in every household. He speaks of the Board having received communication from highly respectable sources, urging increased activity in circulating our publications in the Great Western Valley, and giving assurance of aid, should the Society endeavor to supply every accessible family in the Western States with a bound volume of our select tracts. [ 238 ] REGIONS OF EARTH ‘ That was a project of truly Western daring, “ every accessible family!” The Society voted to undertake it. Later there are frequent references to “The Valley Fund” for which special subscriptions were taken. The magnitude of the un- dertaking for those days is suggested by the record in 1839: “Amount received on the Valley Fund, $928.40; making in all, $3,778.65. Balance due the Valley Fund, $1,364.84.” It was a “ Five Year Program ”’ not without, some of the vicissi- tudes of such a program eighty years later. In 1840 the story ran: The Board in 1835 being deeply solicitous for the spiritual interests of the rapidly increasing population of our country, especially that portion residing within the extensive and fruitful Valley of the Mississippi, deter- mined, with a liberality becoming their station and their cause, to place a bound volume of their tracts in every accessible family residing within this interesting district. Consequently, the gratuitous distribution of tracts this year amounted to $1,196.21, an expenditure [which] though calculated to produce an embarrassed condition of the finances, was strictly within the provisions of their Constitution. In order to carry out this plan, a fund had been created by the Board, called the Valley Fund, by which it was contem- plated to raise annually $1,000 for five years. Before the middle of the nineteenth century the Western Valley was com- manding the Society’s best thought and endeavor. In 1848 the Board said: Two astounding facts, bearing directly upon this subject, appear in the statistical tables of the denomination for 1843. These are: (1) The great deficiency in the means of pastoral instruction—only 6,343 ministers, or- dained and unordained, to 9,000 churches. (2) These ministers are very unequally distributed. The deficiency in New England, New York, and the Middle States, is only about 100; in the Southern States, from Mary- land to Florida, it is about 1,500—although the number of Baptist commu- nicants is nearly the same in each of these three great divisions of our country. What shall be done? These destitute churches must be visited by colporteurs, supplied with books and tracts; and the best substitute for the labors of the settled pastor must be adopted. The population in the Western Valley doubles every ten years. In 1790, there were but 108,588 in all that region. In 1845, not less than 8,900,000. Now Baptists consti- [ 239 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT tute one-fourth of the evangelical professors of religion in that district. Consequently they have one-fourth of the religious work to perform. When will our brethren learn to provide for their spiritual household? To trace the expanding work of the Society in the Great Valley would be to retell in geographical frame-work a large part of the whole history. 117. Western Slopes As the frontier passed from the Western Valley to the Western Slopes, the work of the Society extended to the Pacific Ocean. In fact, the Society touched ‘“ The Coast ”’ at an early day. Let Doctor Blackall tell that story: A letter from San Francisco, dated September 1, 1847, reached the Society after being nearly one year on the way, requesting a donation of Sunday-school books. Books were at once granted, and sent around Cape Horn. They reached California just as gold was discovered, and formed the first Sunday-school library ever used in California. The wide spreading of our light from the Missouri River to the Pacific Ocean is of great historic interest as depicted in the Board’s report of 1865: Beyond us are new States and Territories: Decotah, nearly as large as all New England, New York, and Pennsylvania; Nebraska, large enough to make two States like Ohio; Idaho, itself larger than all New England, all the Middle States, and Ohio and Illinois combined; Colorado, equal to two States like Pennsylvania; Washington, containing as many square miles as New York and Maine; Oregon, as large as Ohio, Indiana, Massa- chusetts, Connecticut, and New Hampshire together; and Nevada, equal- ing in extent all New England and New Jersey. Into these regions popu- lation is pouring by thousands. They will, in a few years, constitute the homes of teeming millions. And how are these multitudes to be won to Christ? We, as a people, have at the present time, in all these States and Territories, but forty-eight ministers. And of these, thirty-five are in Oregon alone, leaving but thirteen in all the rest. These men need help, the help of good books and free circulation. Each one of these servants of Christ should be supplied at once, with a large box of tracts and books, to use according to his best discretion. And every year he should be sent a new supply—all that he can judiciously use. [ 240 | G. J. Jounson, D. D., Missionary Secretary Dae pelo sO-LoOs: Father of Gove G. Johnson, D. D., on the present Board of Managers, Pastor Roger Williams Memorial Baptist Church, Washington, D. C. WILLIAM WILLIAMS KEEN, Eso., Treasurer of the Society, 1837-1855, on the Board 1866-1871. Father of Dr. W. W. Keen, noted surgeon and author, on the Board of Managers 1872-1883. Rev. JoseEpH L. SAGEBEER, entered the ser- vice of the Society as a colporter at the age of twenty-three years. In 1883 took an active part in the Saratoga Conven- tion, when the work of the American and Foreign Bible Society was taken over by this Society. Patierote Osepnni ss pagebeer, ve ne D)., Member of the present Board of Managers, and its General Counsel, also Member of the Law Committee of the Northern Baptist Convention. Jacop G. Waker, D. D., on the Board 1872-1887, 1891-1915; Editor of the “Baptist Year-Book,”’ 1872-1884, 1897- 1914; Secretary of Board 1898-1914. Father of Rev. Charles A. Walker, present Editor of the “ Year-Book,”’ Pastor in Dover, Del. OFFICERS AND WORKERS OF THE SOCIETY Who Bequeathed Sons to Continue the Work REGIONS OF EARTH In 1875 Rev. J. C. Baker was appointed Sunday-school mis- sionary to have charge of the Society’s book, Bible, and periodical department on the whole Coast with headquarters at San Francisco. In some sections Landmarkism was rife, and the cause of Christ was greatly disturbed. The workers and publications of the Society were of great service to the churches in helping to clear their vision. A classmate of John E. Clough at Burlington, lowa, influential in the con- version of Clough, Rev. A. D. McMichael, was later one of the faithful colporters on the North Pacific Coast. During the last fifteen years of the century Rev. George L. White was the competent all-around representative of the Publication Society on the Western slopes. In 1920-21 the Society had thirty-four workers in the ten slope States, in cooperation with the State Conventions, one-half of them being engaged also jointly with The American Baptist Home Mission Society. 118. The Sunny South In the letter of George Wood, first agent of the Society, giving an account of its beginnings, we have seen that men of the South were among “its first and best friends.” In 1828 the record runs that The Charleston, S. C., Baptist Auxiliary Tract Society has recently resolved itself into the Southern Branch of the Baptist General Tract Society. Their plan of operation is well contrived and liberal, giving one- half of their receipts from subscribers and auxiliaries (after deducting the incidental expenses) to aid the operations of the parent Society and the other half to the contribution in tracts at 12pp. for one cent. The first large legacy noted is one of $500 (large for those days) from Deacon Josiah Penfield of Savannah, Ga. The next year a pastor in Alabama wrote: This country is filled with Baptist churches, but ministers of the gospel are scarce. The churches are in an inactive state at present, and much is needed to be done to break the lethargy which has long pervaded the [ 241 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT whole Baptist community, and awake us to a full sense of duty. Other denominations have become active in benevolent objects, and now the Baptists are of the opinion generally, that it is exclusively their work, and consequently sectarian. How can a benevolent spirit be produced with the most success, and this infatuation be exposed? My own opinion is that it must be done through the instrumentality of tracts—Baptist tracts— and Baptist missionary labor. But our denomination do not in this coun- try generally know that the Baptists issue tracts. We have no Depository in North Alabama. This is a wealthy country. There is much wealth among the Baptists; but public opinion must be much changed before it will be turned into its proper channel. If the resolution of the Tract Society, passed a year or two since (for every church to have 600 pages) could be realized by the churches here, it is probable that they might be attended with much good. We have upward of 20 churches in this, the Flint River Association. Doctor Brown adds, The Society responded to this call by an appropriation of 600 pages to each of these 20 churches, and to 63 others in Mississippi and Alabama. All the good anticipated has since followed. Although in 1847 the new Southern Baptist Convention formally committed its Bible work to its Home Mission Board and in 1851 appointed a distinct Board to care for that and Sunday-school work, the Publication Society continued to be relied upon by many in the South. ‘‘ During the later years of the war between the States hundreds of Baptist Sunday- schools in the South, impoverished by the war, were afforded help.” Let the next part of the story be'told by Dr. B. F. Riley, of Alabama, in his “‘ History of Baptists in the Southern States East of the Mississippi” : During the chaotic days subsequent to the close of the Civil War, when the Baptist denomination was seeking to rally its agencies, and when a new beginning was to be made in the reorganization of its work, the Publication Society came to its rescue. The work of the Sunday School Board of the Southern Baptist Convention during the war showed where means would accomplish the greatest good. The inability of the Southern Board to meet these demands left the South in greatest need of supplies for this important department of Christian labor. Sentiment in favor of Sunday schools had been rapidly growing since 1863. A most remarkable development of interest had been shown in this sphere during the ten years [ 242 | REGIONS OF EARTH following the period just named. But just where the interest was most intense, the source of supplies was cut off by the necessary extinction of the Sunday School Board. At that juncture, The American Baptist Publi- cation Society turned its attention to the cultivation of the Sunday schools in the South. It was a friend in need. With unstinted hand it gratuitously supplied hundreds of schools, both of the whites and of the blacks. Hun- dreds of Sunday-school libraries also were furnished in the same spirit. For more than fifteen years this work was prosecuted by the Society alone in the States of the South. Coupled with this was a colportage and mis- sionary system conducted under the auspices of the Publication Society. So great was the demand for Sunday-school and colportage supplies in the South, that it was determined in 1887 to establish a Branch House at Atlanta, Georgia. This was earnestly advocated by such men as Drs. Henry McDonald and H. H. Tucker. The enterprise was begun somewhat as a business venture, but when the receipts from sales for the first fiscal year amounted to more than thirty-two thousand dollars the experimental stage was passed, and Atlanta became the center of a great Sunday-school influence. A few years later, in response to a growing demand for the literature which the Publication Society was dispensing, another Branch House was located at Dallas, Texas, which, together with the one at St. Louis, constitutes the three in the States of the South. A fair estimate of the Society by Southern Baptists is expressed in an extract taken from an address delivered by Dr. J. B. Hawthorne at the opening of the new building of The Baptist Witness, at Ocala, Florida, in 1894: “The corrupting influence of the world’s bad books is opposed by the purifying and the ennobling influence of millions of volumes in which there is not a taint of impurity. In this connection it gives me great pleasure to say that among the institutions which are providing the world with a wholesome literature, there is not one that deserves higher esteem and honor than The American Baptist Publication Society. It is the one Baptist institution*of which every Baptist in the wide world can afford to be proud. Into every nook and corner of this great country its books and periodicals have gone to enlighten and elevate and save the people. With its magnificent facilities, directed by many of the brainiest and best men of the nation, and with the moral and material support of nearly four millions of Baptists, it is destined to accomplish transformations in this and other countries. Working harmoniously with kindred institutions, it will do much to emancipate this land from the dominion of an unclean and debasing literature.” It was a whole generation after the close of the war before the desire for a separate Southern Sunday-school and publish- ing society became dominant. The aim of the Publication Society was well expressed at the fiftieth anniversary in 1874 [ 243 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT by Noah K. Davis, LL. D., of the University of Virginia, illustrious son of our second general agent: Southern Baptists originated this Society, and were its chief support in its early days. The claims of the South upon it are the claims of paternity, and are inalienable, for the Corban is abolished. Its recent movements show that the Society has not forgotten, and does not ignore these claims, but purposes to justify and establish its title as The American Baptist Publication Society. To its honor, be it said, it is exhibiting a truly Chris- tian spirit of reconciliation. It purposes to be national in giving, before national in receiving. Only let there be persistence in love, and it will have done for the Baptists of this continent the greatest work now to be done, inspiring unity of spirit in the bond of peace. Then, might it take to its bosom the beatitude, “ Blessed are the peacemakers, for they shall be called the children of God.” It will teach us anew to answer the question, “And who is my neighbor?” by the blessed office of binding up the bleed- ing wounds, pouring in oil and wine. To fulfil this noble mission the Society will ignore, as entirely beyond its sphere, all past issues, political, social, denominational. It will treat with most respectful deference in its books, in its periodicals, by its agents, not only opinions—prejudices, if you please to call them so—but even the tastes of the people in every quarter where it proposes to work. It will not have two aspects, but be acceptable on every side, by every class, in every quarter. This is hard, but it so purposes, knowing it can never attain to national dimensions on other terms, and indeed any organization possessing any trace of a sectional spirit would be utterly unworthy of a national title. As late as 1898 Dr. W. C. Luther, of Georgia, speaking at the annual meeting said: Dr. H. H. Tucker—the lamented Tucker, formerly editor of the Chris- tian Index, Atlanta, Ga.—a giant in intellect, a great factor in our denomi- national work in the South in speaking of the Society used these strong words: “One thing to our mind is certain, and that is, that The American Baptist Publication Society is the greatest Baptist power in this world, and not only the greatest, but by far the greatest. If we err in this opinion it is not because we have formed it in haste. We know the force of what we have said, but we say it after a careful survey of the field. We say it deliberately, we say it with emphasis. The Publication Society is a stu- pendous engine under the control of our denomination. As such, every Baptist ought to know something of its history and present condition.” And even in that vexed question of Sunday-school literature there is the fullest recognition of the rights of the Society to publish and distribute in the South. The people of my section are not narrow. In 1891 in Birmingham, Alabama, the Southern Baptist Convention unanimously [ 244 | REGIONS OF EARTH adopted the following resolution relating to the literature question: “In conclusion, your committee, in its long and earnest consideration of the whole matter in all of its environments, have been compelled to take account of the well-known fact that there are widely divergent views held among us by brethren equally earnest, consecrated, and devoted to the interests of the Master’s kingdom. It is therefore recommended that the fullest freedom of choice be accorded every one as to what literature he will use or support, and that no brother be disparaged in the slightest degree by what he may do in the exercise of his right as Christ’s freeman.” This resolution was presented by a committee of representative men. The fol- lowing are the names of those who compose the committee: S. D. Mallary, Ala.; S. M. Provence, Fla.; F. C. McConnell, Va.; W. S. Ryland, Ky.; B. W. Bussey, La.; Joshua Levering, Md.; B. H. Carroll and J. B. Gam- brell, Texas; W. R. Rothwell, Mo.; L. L. Polk, N. C.; J. A..Munday, 5;C.; W. GC, Grace, A. J. Holt, and J. M. Frost, Tenn. At last, however, largely through the leadership of Dr. J. M. Frost, the Southern Baptist Convention was won to the united support of organizations of its own to take the place of the Publication Society. 119. The Colored South Before the Civil War ended the Publication Society was at work among the Freedmen. In 1863 the Board gives a touch- ing report of the work already undertaken. By 1865 its course is taking definite shape: The vast multitudes of colored people who have just emerged from slavery into freedom will necessarily, for many years to come, claim a large portion of the sympathy and effort of all our benevolent societies. We have been led to ask what portion of the mission properly falls to the Publication Society? What is their work among the freedmen? Not to send missionaries and teachers. The Home Mission Society is doing this. Our work seems to consist in preparing and supplying them with elementary religious publications. They must be taught to read. For this, books are needed. And the Board have issued the “ First Reader for Freedmen.” This work contains a picture alphabet, spelling lessons, and fifty-two short reading lessons, in simple style, on scriptural and moral subjects. It has been prepared with special reference to the great end of all instruction— the promotion of the spiritual welfare of those taught. It is largely illus- trated, containing eighty-six engravings. The converted freedmen, as soon as taught to read, will need to be instructed in the principles of the gospel. The Board have accordingly issued a little work for cheap circu- [ 245 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT lation, entitled “ The Freedman’s Book of Christian Doctrine.” This work is a brief epitome of gospel truths, presented in terms so clear, that even a little child may understand them. One missionary of the Home. Mission Society has been supplied with five hundred copies of this work. Others need it. Thousands upon thousands of colored children are being gathered into Sunday schools. Many are able to read already, and all will be in a little while. These must have library books and other Sunday-school requisites. How are they to obtain them? They cannot buy them. The Publication Society should be furnished with the means necessary to supply every such colored school with a small library. From that time on for more than forty years the annual meetings of the Society are often electrified by the reports of work done and by the eloquent addresses of the colored leaders raised up, as well as of their white friends. “ When thou sendest him out free thou shalt not let him go away empty ” was the text of a stirring address by Dr. J. C. Lorimer in 1876. In 1899 a special meeting in behalf of the freedmen was held. Sunday-school missionaries of and for the colored people were foremost measures used. The work of the So- ciety for Afro-Americans is one of the thrilling stories of the hundred years which cannot be condensed into a single section of one chapter. It deserves a whole book. Perhaps it will come jointly with the Home Mission Society at its centennial. In later years a process has been going on not unlike that with our white brethren in the South. The annual report of 1904 gives us a hint of it: The National Convention of Colored Baptists held its meeting last year in Philadelphia. At that meeting a conference was held by the secretaries and S. N. Vass, D. D., appointed for such purpose, with prominent repre- sentatives of the publishing interests of the national Convention looking to cooperation with the Convention on the lines of Sunday-school and the colporter work. There has been some correspondence during the suc- ceeding months growing out of this conference, but thus far no positive steps have been taken. In our judgment it would be wise for both races to enter into cooperation in Sunday-school and colportage work among the colored people, if arrangements mutually satisfactory can be made. We are now in cooperation with the boards of several Negro State Conventions, but this method lacks comprehensiveness. We shall continue our efforts [| 246 | REGIONS OF EARTH to secure an understanding with the National Convention. If these efforts fail it will be no fault of ours. One more glimpse of our continuing purpose must suffice. It is from the annual report of 1918: For a number of years the Society has maintained Negro Sunday-school workers. Dr. S. N. Vass has had a general responsibility for this work, assisted by State workers. Encouraging results are reported in teacher- training in the Negro churches and in the Negro schools. In 1917 more than seven hundred students followed a regular teacher-training course in a Negro Baptist academy or college under the teaching of a member of the faculty. A committee of the Board has arranged for a conference of our Negro workers in conjunction with the General Secretary and the Educational Secretary. It is the purpose of the Society to strengthen this work. 120. European America In early reports allusion to the influx of foreigners needing gospel light is frequent. In 1834 the Society having sent money for the work of Oncken in Germany received from him one thousand tracts in German which he had printed. This was a luminous reflex of missions abroad. In 1846 a very capable German in Ohio, David Rothen, became a col- porter among his fellow countrymen there in response to a warm appeal from the Secretary of the Ohio Convention. The Board took a comprehensive view of the situation. The emigrants from Germany into the United States within the last twenty years, with their children born in this country, who speak the same language, exceed 1,500,000. From various sources of information, and principally from Germans themselves, we learn that in a religious point of view they are about equally divided into three classes. One-third are Romanists, one-third are Lutherans, and one-third irreligious, if not en- tirely infidel in their views. Lutheranism in Germany has degenerated into formalism and superstition, as every state religion will in time. The mis- chievous dogma of baptismal regeneration lies at the foundation. The Roman Catholic Germans are more liberal and accessible to gospel truth than any other Catholics. After six years the report is most encouraging: [ 247 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT The German element in our population is worthy of especial attention; and the great success which has followed well-directed labor in their behalf, supplies abundant motives for increased diligence in the future. The first preaching among them, advocating our denominational views, was commenced by Rev. Mr. Fleischman, now of Philadelphia, in Newark, N. J., in the year 1839. His coadjutors have multiplied till the German Bap- tists in this country now number 12 churches and not far from 1,000 members. They have united in a regular Association, and are expecting soon to establish a monthly paper, as a substantial means of increasing the intelligence and strengthening the unity of their newly gathered member- ship. A large number of German colporteurs will prepare the way for numerous churches in the next generation. Three millions of German emigrants have found a home among us. The story of aid in German publications is a long and noble record. . Another early interaction of home and foreign missions was connected with the French: In answer to an appeal of the Corresponding Secretary for funds to publish “ Pengilly ” and other works in French, not only for circulation in France, but by the Grand Ligne Mission in Canada, a liberal amount was subscribed for these objects. The Swedes received a colporter in 1853. Fifty-seven years later The Publication Committee of the Swedish Baptist Gen- eral Conference of America, grown to a body of fifty thousand members (1910), was able to take over the entire publishing work which had till then been done for them by the Publica- tion Society. 121. Canada and Latin America As early as 1839 free grants were made in Nova Scotia, also in another British province—Jamaica. Later, colportage work in Canada West is reported. By 1884 the wants of Manitoba and British Columbia are presented. The same year also the needs of Mexico are urged at length. In the last ten years considerable work has been undertaken farther south in the West Indies—Cuba and Porto Rico—and in Central America. [ 248 ] REGIONS OF EARTH 122.. Classic Europe About the time of our organization we saw the eloquent collegian, Baron Stow, appealing for Greece. As early as 1826 the Publishing Committee of the Society reported action: The Committee has also appropriated 300 dollars to the Rev. Jonas King, to be employed in procuring translations of this Society’s Tracts into the language of modern Greece, to be distributed under his direction, in his contemplated mission to that suffering country; a number of such translations having already been printed at the American mission press at Malta. For five years (1872-1877) the Society did a most capti- vating work in the new Italy, under the leadership of Rev. W. C. Van Meter. He was previously widely known in this country as a worker for orphan children. ‘The country was electrified when the story was told of his entering the long- locked city of Rome, in the wake of Victor Emmanuel, with a dog-cart loaded with Bibles. Account of his work was the great popular feature at the Jubilee meeting in 1874. But it was soon relinquished for lack of funds. “ He retains the perfect confidence and undiminished affection of the members of the Board.” 123. Germany Germany made a tremendous appeal to our forefathers. The story is so momentous that we must let it be told quite as fully as in the original accounts. Mr. John Gerhard Oncken, of Hamburg, had received through a benevolent Philadelphian, Captain Tubbs, a few of the Society’s tracts. This German, himself not yet bap- tized because of being six hundred miles distant from a Baptist church, was so impressed with the value of the tracts that he writes in 1832: The publications of your Society on baptism are admirable. They were quite new to me, and have tended not a little to establish me in my purpose to comply with this part of my Saviour’s command as soon [ 249 J PIONEERS OF LIGHT as possible. I am very anxious that some of these excellent treatises should be translated into German, and be extensively circulated; for the views of baptism prevalent in this country are so injurious to the right understand- ing of the plan of salvation as laid down in the word of God, and to the spread of the gospel, that it is of the highest importance that they should be counteracted; and I think your tracts are admirably adapted for it. But alas! we have not the means to defray the expenses of printing them. It would therefore afford me unspeakable pleasure if your Society could extend its labors to infidel Germany. Thus began by the influence of some of our humblest tracts, under the mighty hand of God, the great work of Baptist evangelization in Germany as witness the following: The demand for tracts had become urgent, and the facilities for their circulation multiplied by the baptism of Mr. Oncken and six others, at Hamburg, in April last (1834), and their constitution into a Baptist church which called him to be its pastor. In a letter from him of September 30, he says: “ The English language is now much studied, so that I can always make good use of books and tracts in that language. The favorable oppor- tunities which now present themselves, ought not to be allowed to pass unimproved. The seed we sow cannot be lost; and I verily believe our little messengers and witnesses for Christ and his blessed ordinances will be instrumental in effecting a great change in this country. I pray that the great Head of the Church may direct my beloved brethren in America, and my unworthy self, to adopt such measures as he will own and bless in the extension of pure and undefiled religion.” This letter of Mr. Oncken led to the translation of Pengilly’s Scripture Guide, and the Memoir of Mrs. Judson, and their publication in German, at the expense of Chris- tians in this country, by the invitation of this Society. The results have justified the outlay. Twenty-two years have now passed since the first baptism in Hamburg, by Professor Sears, referred to above. The result is before us. According to the faith of Brother Oncken, it has been unto him. “Our little messengers” have been “instrumental in effecting a great change” in Germany-—a change glorious to God and to truth—a change fraught with the salvation of thousands already, and of tens of thousands yet unborn. But with the growth of opportunity came the need for still further assistance from the Society, so Mr. Oncken writes again in August, 1838: Our tract operations are in a state of great activity, and our fountain must soon cease to flow, if we do not receive more extensive assistance. We have distributed, since the formation of our Society, in September, 1836, between 90,000 and 100,000 tracts, and the demand is increasing; and so are our means for sending them into the heart of the country, through [ 250 ] REGIONS OF EARTH some of our brethren who from necessity lead a traveling life. The Lord bless you, and all the brethren who have already rendered us so much assistance; but I beg leave to stir up your minds by way of remembrance. We cannot do without you; and we feel confident you will do what you can. I hope soon to have a number of young men connected with us who will carry the truth into the most distant parts of Protestant and Roman Catholic Germany. Dear Brethren, send over and help us. Eighteen of my dear brethren in Hamburg are already engaged with me in distri- buting tracts. At Oldenburg the little Baptist interest is growing, and our brethren are active fellow laborers. Through them out publications can be circulated in every direction, in that dark region, and the adjoining parts of Hanover and East Friesland. In Mecklenburg, where there are hardly any witnesses for the truth, I have one or two friends, who are ever ready to every good work. In Prussia, Russia, and on the Rhine, as also in South Germany, and even in Switzerland, I stand connected with dear brethren who are anxious to cooperate with me in the work. From that cooperation the Board was able to report: The Baptist church in Hamburg has grown from seven to fifty. Churches have been formed in Oldenburg and Berlin, the capital of Prussia; a Tract and a Temperance Society have been formed. A neat pocket edition of Bunyan’s Pilgrim has been issued by Mr. Oncken, at his own expense. Mrs. Judson’s Memoir, in German, will be issued in July; for which there have been already contributed in this country $725.61, and $460.13 (including expenses), paid over; also $122.93 have been received for German tracts. Rev. Barnas Sears, D. D., of Newton Theological Institu- tion, Massachusetts, in appreciation of the work presented the following resolution to the Board: 3 Resolved, That a most interesting and important field is now presented in Germany, for the distribution of Christian tracts, which shall fully exhibit the truth of God in reference to the doctrines and ordinances of the gospel. We quote at length from the speech by which he sustained this resolution: The field we now contemplate has been opened to us by Providence. Of its importance I need hardly speak. It has a common language, spoken from the Baltic to the Alps, and from the borders of Holland almost to the Turkish dominions. The same tracts published for this extensive territory may also be circulated in the German colonies, so numerous and [251 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT large, both in America and Russia. Germany is the center of Europe; and in religion and philosophy is at this moment exciting a wider power than any other country in Christendom. Whatever acts upon Germany, acts upon all Europe. The present state of theology invites evangelical effort. Rationalism has had its reign; truth and nature are beginning to return, after the impulse which removed them has spent its force. The public mind is in agitation; and while its tendencies are toward sound religion, it is peculiarly open to impression. Revivals under young preachers of the new generation are becoming common in Pomerania, Silesia, and in the west of Germany. In such a crisis every effort is of great importance. As Baptists, we have fewer obstacles in Germany than at home. The opposition to our mis- sionaries is chiefly from the police, and that solely from the instigation of the interested clergy. Neither the police itself, nor the common people, have any hostility toward us. On the contrary, our missionaries are often welcomed by them with enthusiasm. Furthermore, the character of their religious books leaves us much unoccupied ground. Their books are, with the exception of elementary works, for their schools, either critical works for the learned, or merely sentimental productions, dealing only in the poetry of religion. Works on practical piety, combining solid argument with warm appeals to heart, are scarcely known there. Writings of such a cast as those of Andrew Fuller are not to be found at all. There is, therefore, an inviting sphere of action before this Society. It is interesting to note in this connection that Mr. C. C. Tauchnitz of Leipzig, who fell heir to his father’s business, at that time the greatest stereotype establishment in the world, had been baptized and ordained in England, and evidently, with “ other young men who are drinking in our views and who are in constant correspondence with our missionary,” had come under Mr. Oncken’s influence. Professor Sears closes with this fine tribute to the latter: Did Providence ever more unequivocally call upon us than in the origin of the German mission? What a man was given us at the very outset; what zeal and piety have marked his course; what success has attended his labors. It would be ungrateful to God not to acknowledge his goodness in this respect. Mr. Oncken was the first Christian I saw in Germany. I have spent weeks in his family; have traveled with him; have been with him to men in power, and in the abode of poverty; have heard him lift up the voice of ardent prayer in the house of nobility and in the house of affliction and distress; I have heard him exhorting in private, and preaching [ 252 REGIONS OF EARTH in public; and I feel called upon to bear this public testimony to his inesti- mable worth. Such men as these, who know the genius, and habits, and feelings of the people, both in its strength and its weakness, cannot be put down. They know how to make use of public sentiment, to which monarchs must listen. They often throw the police into a dilemma, from which it would gladly escape. They can pass from one petty state to another, and always find a place to labor, even if persecuted. The German mission has remarkable facilities for translating and circulating our best tracts. To Mr. Oncken both languages are almost vernacular. How easily can he, who is a printer and bookseller too, superintend both the printing and distribution of tracts. After forty years Doctor Oncken by the infirmities of age was compelled to retire. In 1876, the Publication Society sent Dr. Philip W. Bickel as General Manager of the German Baptist Publication Society, at Hamburg. In his eight years at that post the work took on renewed effectiveness. In due time it was handed over to the care of our Foreign Mission Society. But the great development of our cause in Central Europe has clearly had its roots in the work of the Publica- tion Society. 124. Sweden The history of the work in Sweden is closely connected with that in Germany and is quite as commanding, but for the sake of brevity we must be content with it in mere sum- mary as given by Doctor Griffith: The Society translated, stereotyped, and sent out several works in the German language; Pengilly on Baptism being one of the number. Among those who read this book was Andreas Wiberg, a converted Lutheran minister in Sweden. With God’s blessing it was instrumental in making him a decided Baptist. This man seems, to have been raised up for the special purpose of leading a great awakening in Sweden. He came to this country, and by careful study of our church policy, and the preparation of various books and tracts, fitted himself for his mission. In 1855, the Society was led by providences, that in authority were equiva- lent to a voice from heaven, to send Mr. Wiberg back to Sweden, to originate and direct a system of missionary colportage. While the strong arm of civil law was brought to bear against the public preaching of the gospel by dissenting ministers, missionary colportage was freely tolerated, [ 253 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT and God placed his seal of approval upon the work, in a most wonderful manner. Mr. Wiberg entered upon this work in Sweden, under the auspices of this Society, in November, 1855. When the Society transferred this Mission to the American Baptist Missionary Union, in May, 1866, there were in Sweden 176 Baptist churches, with an aggregate of six thou- sand six hundred and six members, and the work had extended into Norway and other surrounding countries. In 1882, a second call came from Sweden to the Society, to assist our brethren there in inaugurating and conducting a publishing and colportage work. In response to this call, Rev. Jonas Stadling, son-in-law to Mr. Wiberg, was employed for three years, during which time he laid the foundations of the Swedish Publication Society. 125. West Africa In 1834 the report says: The colony on the western coast of Africa will soon become a populous nation. The colonists are laboring to extend instruction to the tribes around them, and have applied to us for tracts that shall show them the way of salvation. The record twenty years later is both general and pictur- esquely concrete: Donations of books and tracts have frequently been sent to Africa, by the Society, especially to the various missionary stations of Liberia. From Brother Jacob Vonbrunn, of Bexley, Liberia, a letter has been received, dated September 15, 1853. Brother V. is a native African. He had charge of the mission of the American Baptist Missionary Union, before the arrival of Messrs. Shermer and Goodwin. He writes: “ We have but one school at the settlement of Bexley, which I had under my care at the time I received a donation of books, most useful books indeed. The Sunday school above mentioned is kept by myself, free of any other expenses; that is, the place where the school is kept was built free of any expense but mine, and now, to supply such needful articles for the use of the interesting little school, no aid has been received except from you. Though I have many other places to go through and preach, yet my interest is very bright, because it is immediately under my care, at my own place of residence, in a good size native town, where many, by my influence, have been brought to live together, with my late father’s family. Young men, women, and children, are attending this school. Some of them have adopted the habit of wearing clothes, which is an encouragement to them to attend the means of grace. I pray you could do all you can to assist me in such things that might encourage the poor natives to persevere.” [ 254 | REGIONS OF EARTH 126. South Africa A widely international situation of intense interest is indi- cated in the following report of the Board (1854): Burman missionaries, in passing through Africa to Asia, touch on the dark shores of Africa, and send us tidings of men who perish there through lack of knowledge. They ask us to appoint a colporteur to labor at Cape Town, and name a man well suited for the work. The following extracts from letters of missionaries will awaken sufficient interest, we hope, to induce some friend or friends to furnish the necessary means. Extracts from letters of Rev. E. B. Cross, missionary to Burmah, February 2, 1853: “On our way from Tavoy, in Burmah, we had occasion to stop a month at Cape Town, South Africa. While there I became acquainted with a number of Baptist families, and parts of families, and had the privilege of baptizing a man about the age of forty-five, who seems to be a man of respectability, and well reported of by the brethren. There is no Baptist church in the place, but I think that the measures that were set on foot while we were there will result in the organization of one. A gentleman from London, lately settled in this place, thinks he has a call to preach. He is a man about thirty-six years of age, and has a good character for faithfulness and piety. He is a warm-hearted, zealous man, quite familiar with the Scriptures, and of the right views on the doctrines of grace and communion. He would be willing to enlist as a colporteur under your Society. This would give him a good opportunity, in due time, to make his way to the ministry, on which his heart is exceedingly bent. He seems to feel, ‘Wo is me if I preach not the gospel.’ If you think it consistent with the character of your Society, you can correspond with him on the subject of his becoming a colporteur. His address is W. G. Rawbone, Esq., No. 7 Ziche Street, Cape Town. For further information I would refer you to J. T. Lawton, Cape Town. Mr. Lawton is a very wealthy man, and a man of great liberality. I feel a great interest in the establishment of a Baptist church at Cape Town; for this, among other reasons, that it would be a stopping-place for our missionaries in their passage to and from India. This would be very pleasant to the missiona- ries, and they would be of great use to the church.” He writes again from Georgetown, N. Y., August 29: “I received a letter not long since from Mrs. Bennett, whom you know as one of our best missionary ladies, dated at Cape Town. She says: ‘ Brother Rawbone (the gentleman I mentioned) has been in, and wishes me to write for tracts from The American Baptist Publication Society. If you can get them as grant very good, but if you cannot, he will be responsible to the amount of five pounds ($25). He wants a good and large supply. If you can send out a good supply as a grant, or to be paid for, you can do so through the agency of the firm of Seecumb & Taylor, Boston.’ With [ 255 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT many hopes of the great success of this feeble effort, in a direction where I know great things can be expected, I remain, affectionately, E. B. Cross.” Another point in South Africa has been touched recently. In 1917 Dr. E. M. Stephenson organized a teacher-training class by correspondence. Rev. W. H. Doke, a student at Crozer Seminary and later pastor at Saltillo, Pennsylvania, took with him to Port Elizabeth, South Africa, full notes of lectures by Doctor Stephenson given at Crozer and Saltillo. The result was that Mr. Doke became Teacher-training Secre- tary for all South Africa and organized the territory for that purpose. 127, Burma Asia through the Judsons and Luther Rice may be said to have brought the Society into existence. In the Fifth Annual Report we read: All the profits of the Tract Magazine were devoted to the publication of the Scriptures and tracts in Burman, etc. A beginning was made to- ward collecting funds for the publication of tracts in Burma, in the Burmese language, under the direction of the missionaries. “Tracts can go where Bibles and Missionaries cannot ” says the Report justly. And in 1832: The claims of Burma were enforced this year by an affecting letter from Mr. Judson at Rangoon, in which first recorded the memorable words now grown familiar with us all: “ The Great Annual Festival is just past. Dur- ing this festival I have given away nearly 10,000 tracts, giving to none but those who ask. I presume there have been 6,000 applicants at the house. Some come two or three months’ journey from the borders of Siam and China: ‘Sir, we hear that there is an eternal hell. We are afraid of it. Do give us a writing that will tell us how to escape it.’ Others come from the frontier of Cathay, a hundred miles north of Ava: ‘Sir, we have seen a writing that tells us about an eternal God. Are you the man that gives away such writings? If so, pray give us one, for we want to know the truth before we die.’ Others come from the interior of the country, where the name of Jesus Christ is little known: ‘ Are you Jesus Christ’s man? Give us a writing that tells about Jesus Christ.’ Brother Bennet works day and night at the press; but he is unable to supply us; for the sale is great at Maulmain and Tavoy, as well as here... [ 256 ] REGIONS OF EARTH A spirit of religious inquiry is extensively spreading throughout the coun- try; and the signs of the times indicate that the great renovation of Burma is drawing near.” More and more urgent came the call. Writing from Maulmain, Doctor Judson says, “ American Tracts are in such demand here, that I should distribute the whole package in a few days if I gave them freely.” Besides this grant of their own tracts, the Board paid over $418, received for printing others in the Burman language. It is said by missionaries that in their towns they find natives giving good evidence of piety who have never heard a living teacher but become acquainted with Christ through a tract. A letter from Mrs. Wade to Christian women in Philadelphia published in 1835 was irresistible: O my dear sisters, in all I have suffered in leaving my friends and my own loved country; in all the dangers and trials I have experienced among the barbarous, degraded heathen, nothing has wrung my heart with such bitter anguish, as to be obliged to deny even a single leaf containing the gospel tidings to a perishing fellow creature, who had heard that there is a way of salvation, and had come to inquire for it. And can you not willingly lay aside the superfluities and elegancies of life, that you may be enabled to give bountifully for the purpose of sending the bread of life to those famishing souls. How shall we meet them at the bar of God, if we have not used every effort in our power to give them His word? No wonder that “Tracts for Burma” became a slogan. 125:China It was in 1857 that we first responded to a ringing call from China. Missionary Shuck wrote from Macao: I have written a Christian tract in the Chinese language, of about sixteen pages, and it is now in a course of publication. The workmen have agreed to cut the blocks, and print and bind 500 copies, all for $15; furnishing paper and everything else. I shall have to advance the money myself. What do you intend doing toward publishing tracts in the Chinese language? Sixty-three years later the Society’s report declares: Ever since the formation of the China Baptist Publication Society, under the efficient management of Rev. R. E. Chambers, we have been greatly interested in its work and progress. Last year we agreed to set aside five [ 257 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT hundred dollars per year, or the interest on ten thousand dollars, for the support of colporters in the Chinese Empire. This year, your Board, at its meeting in December last, voted a donation of three thousand dollars from the funds of the Publishing Department, to assist the China Publica- tion Society in the erection and maintenance of a new printing-house, one thousand dollars of this amount being contributed by a member of our Board especially interested in the work in China. Again, two years later, During the past year we have given $500 to assist Doctor Ashmore, of China, in the publication of a Chinese Colloquial New Testament, and $500 to the China Baptist Publication Society to assist the organization in issuing Sunday-school literature. In 1915 the record 1s: During the past year we have responded to an urgent call from the China Baptist Publication Society, indorsed by the American Baptist Foreign Mission Society, for aid in stocking a book-store in Canton, China, with a donation from our own stock amounting to $1,000. This donation, we trust, will enable our brethren in China to make a worthy beginning of a new phase of their publication work, attractive as well to English-speaking residents of China as to the Chinese people themselves. This donation, added to those previously made, including the $500 dona- tion we pay annually for the employment of ten Chinese colporters, makes a total of $8,000 thus far given by our Society to the China Baptist Pub- lication Society. 129. The Seven Seas We have not been able to give space to all the countries mentioned in the records of one hundred years. MHayti and South America, France, Holland, Denmark, and Finland should be included, with old England itself and many others. Our leaves for the healing of the nations have been carried to the ends of the earth. They have sometimes done their re- demptive work on the high seas. Let this chapter on areas covered close with a quaint record in the report of 18290: An interesting young man, whose parents and a younger brother have recently become the disciples of Jesus, still remained himself indisposed to serious consideration of religion; and to the grief of those who knew and loved him manifested the alarming indication of growing skepticism. A mariner from his childhood, he was at this period the master of a [ 258 ] REGIONS OF EARTH vessel destined for a foreign port; and, on leaving home, he received, with a contemptuous sneer, the Bible which maternal affection urged upon him. To the intimation of his jesting companions, that he might soon follow the example of his parents and brothers, in their public profession of religion, he replied, with awful imprecations on himself if that should be. A few weeks bore him far away from those friends whose delusion he affected to despise. He was on the trackless ocean with no Christian near him. But God was there; and now, for the first time he became con- vinced of his power, and wisdom, and justice; and with this conviction came the overwhelming consciousness of his delinquency and danger. He opened the word of God, but it spoke of his condemnation. He fell on his knees before the Most High, but the imprecations of past years terri- fied his soul, and seemed to drive him from the mercy-seat. For five days his agony of spirit increased, and he was trembling on the borders of despair. At this critical period he found a small parcel of long neglected tracts. “The Great Question Answered” arrested his immediate and earnest attention. The first caution there given against some of the prin- cipal dangers of an awakened soul, exactly his own case, and the selection of Scriptures there adduced, kindled the first ray of hope in his darkened soul, that even for him there might be pardon; that pardon he sought, he found, and its peace and joy were shed abroad in his heart, - You can imagine with what feelings his father met him on his return; no more a scoffer, but a disciple of that faith which lately he despised. [ 259 | SUMMARY ) The Duke of Argyll in his “ Unity of Nature” speaks of light as that sweet and heavenly messenger which comes to us from the depths of space telling us all we know of other worlds and giving us all that we enjoy of life and beauty in our own... Light reveals to us the fact that we are united with the most distant worlds, and with all intervening space by some ethereal atmosphere which embraces and holds them all. Our Publication Society as Pioneer of Light is not like the Statue of Liberty enlightening the world, a mechanical crea- tion. It is a living, growing giant, with a flaming torch. Tracts and colportage are its hands and feet, the Bible and Sunday schools are its backbone and head, Baptist loyalty to Christ and his truth are its spinal cord and brain, love of little children and other undeveloped souls is its throbbing heart. For one hundred years the hands have never lost a day’s work, and the heart has never lost a beat. The striking thing, abundantly indexed in the Tabular Sup- plement, is that the Society grew, grew, GREW. Its flaming torch all the way has been the Word of God, translated, ex- pounded, distributed, instilled. But our study has been inductive rather than metaphorical. Though the data are so varied and almost innumerable. patient attention has shown that they fall into four classes, growing Supplies of Light, growing Transmission of Light, growing Production of Light, and growing Diffusion of Light. The long hundred years of manifold activities which appeared in advance to be a chaos have developed into a cosmos. Every one of the five thousand two hundred Sundays has shed a clearer light because of The American Baptist Publication Society, and the Sunday light has streamed more and more [ 260 ] SUMMARY through every one of the thirty-one thousand week-days. Not only the whole white light, but also our special portion of the spectrum has done its work—shall we call it the health-giving violet rays?—so that, while during the century the population of the United States has been multiplied by eleven, Baptists have multiplied by twenty-seven. If we were to make a chronological instead of a logical classification, the century might be related to the important fac- tor of headquarters occupied: (1) “ Columbian Star ”’ Office, Washington, two and one-half years; (2) rented quarters in Philadelphia, five places, twenty-five years; (3) Five-thirty Arch Street, twenty-six years; (4) Fourteen-twenty Chestnut Street, thirty years; (5) Seventeen-one Chestnut Street, six- teen years. It is not so easy to assign precise periods of developing work, because much of it was a continuing evolution, all parts of the body grew throughout the century. Tracts were in evidence from the first day to the last. Books after they began never ceased. The same is true of colportage and of Sunday-school promotion. With that in mind stages of prog- ress might be noted for catchword convenience: First period, 1824-1840, tracts outstanding; second period, 1840-1856, col- portage outstanding; third period, 1856-1890, Sunday-school “helps”? outstanding; fourth period, 1890-1908, chapel cars outstanding; fifth period, 1908-1924, religious education out- standing. ‘The simplest chronological division is by decades; though purely abitrary it is most convenient. A deeply vital and significant analysis would divide the century into three nearly equal parts: I. Before Griffith, 33 years. I]. With Griffith, 36 years. Piieeetter-Grithith, 27 years. The essential thing in any attempt to summarize the work of the century is to remember that men, not mechanisms, are the [261 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT dynamos of human enlightenment. It is men who invent the mechanisms, make them, use them, act by means of them. Tools, however, are an index and means of progress, often a decisive index and means. That is conspicuously true of the printing-press. No other thing has so completely marked and measured the advancing light of mankind. Before it a few literate; after it rapidly growing numbers of readers and thinkers. Before it almost universal darkness; after it swiftly spreading areas of light. There have been three supreme eras in the development of the mental life of the human race marked by the invention of language, of writing, and of print- ing. But even a Publication Society in which the press is pivotal has its main potency in the people who use it, giving it material, running it, and distributing the product. The chief part of the history is not that which has occupied the preceding chapters of this volume, but “ Part Two” concerning the fore- most personalities who have made the Society. | If a Part Three were possible concerning the vast multitude of Christ’s followers who have written the pages to be printed, who have handled them in office and pressroom, who have scattered them abroad and who have promoted the whole process, then would we have a complete picture of the Pioneers of Light. On a clear moonless night more illumination reaches the earth from the vast multitudes of stars which are invisible to the naked eye than from all those which are seen. This fact of the physical heavens is a far greater reality in the spiritual kingdom of heaven on earth where Christ has laid his hand on the lowly as well as the great. In the whole of its first century—as it will be to the end of its last century—The American Baptist Publication Society is composed of all the true-hearted who, loving God and neigh- bor, seek to serve them by this means of radiating near and far the Light of the World. The ultimate point in the story of the growing of this light of the Spirit among men is like the growing of the science and [ 262 | SUMMARY art of physical lighting, as they are depicted on the first page of “ Modern [luminants and Illuminating Engineering,” by Gaster and Dow: The most interesting history of illumination is now in the making; and recent developments, remarkable as they have been, will form but the prelude to even more striking progress in THE FUTURE. | 263 | Pr rh So i ee Se, rv Oa i er se ya rk 4 ; , . * +. 7 ' ee ae obs esl PART II CREATIVE PIONEERS By MARY CLARK BARNES be Yh) fie / et oon ' a 7, ? ~ . us" - * 1 ri } 7 , 4 . J ’ teed °? ne i ' hie J ae Oy iy it , . i | t iy ae es ‘ roy ij 4 ' ne j { , rr 7A / - : i t i) ) i + , ‘ i 5 ‘ i ) ‘ ‘ ' 2 a | Be tt * 7 ‘ . a = i j * ~ ? al . ’ a x 7 ¥ a ‘ l "s 1 *&% { 2 . ~ 2! cf Mae h re : F a -& — . ne i = - » | . . - ad ’ i ’ 4 i | qi: | ‘ ‘ i 4 . es es J . Pitat at ' j - »' v e ar P . : P ‘ ‘ ’ * is : : le - 7 Pp | ! } ‘ y : ‘ ’ a oy iY # if i ‘wr. ~ : ' ri .» nal i A aa ; ¢ " ) j ~ . ‘ ;f wv ot ; : ft Pa) a é , “ w ’ 7 ' . eee i , P ij Wis a” i ' 5 y ’ d = ab ~” j : ‘ ur Py 1% A ‘ ‘ i ; “we - oa fip eer i : - ve . . , ‘ ‘ ‘ : ' q iy [ . Obs bd al 2a FOUNDERS 1. Luther Rice Luther Rice, the first Treasurer of the Baptist General Tract Society, was preeminently a creative pioneer. He more than _any other man connected with the organization of the Society was the inspirer of the Christian and democratic ideal of re- ligious education for all people. He was born March 25, 1783, on his father’s farm in North-_ borough, Massachusetts, and attended the public school of that district. He expected to live the life of a farmer. At seventeen years of age he began to consider his relation to God as the chief concern of his life. In March, 1802, he united with the Congregational Church after so thorough a conversion from selfish aims that he spontaneously turned his efforts to the promotion of religious ideals among his neigh- bors and friends. Deciding to undertake preparation for the ministry, he spent three years in Leicester Academy and entered the sophomore class in Williams College in October, 1806. In 1809 he en- tered Andover Theological Seminary. He met the expenses of his student life by giving lessons in singing and by teaching school in his vacations. In Andover he participated with Adoniram Judson from Brown, Samuel Newell from Har- vard, and Samuel Nott from Union College, in organizing the “Society of Inquiry on the Subject of Missions,” Luther Rice was made president. The petition for advice and assistance presented by this organization at the meeting of the Bradford Association, led to the organization of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions in June, 18to. | 267 | of which PIONEERS OF LIGHT In 1812 the Board reported sufficient funds available for sending Mr. and Mrs. Judson and Mr. and Mrs. Newell to India as missionaries. Later, in response to the urgent and persistent appeals of Luther Rice, the Board voted his appoint- ment on condition of his securing funds to meet his own expenses. , He collected the necessary funds in nine days following this announcement, was ordained with the others in the Tabernacle Church, Salem, February 6, 1812, and sailed from Philadel- phia February 18, reaching Calcutta the following August. After careful study of the form and meaning of baptism as indicated in the New Testament, he was baptized November By eng) by the English Baptist missionary, William Ward, in Calcutta, where Mr. and Mrs. Judson had been baptized nearly two months earlier. The war then in progress between Great Britain and the United States affected the outlook for service on the part of American missionaries. Finding doors of opportunity closed against them in India by the British East India Company, Mr. and Mrs. Judson and Luther Rice sailed for the Isle of France where they arrived January 16, 1813. Although they had been strongly advised in Calcutta to leave missionary work in India to British missionaries and to devote their energies to Christianizing the Indians of America, they had not faltered in their conviction of duty to the needy millions of India. After earnest prayer and counsel together it was agreed by the three that Mr. and Mrs. Judson should remain in the Orient and that Luther Rice would return to America, “to adjust in a regular and proper way his relations with the Board which had sent him out and to try to engage American Baptists in missionary undertakings.” Expecting to return as soon as these projects could be ac- complished, he decided, in order to avoid loss of time, “ to study the Malay language en route.” He was “ to investigate South America as a missionary field,” in view of the possi- [ 268 ] LUTHER RICE Pioneer in Organization and Education Silhouette from the Original in the Library of the Virginia Baptist Historical Society FOUNDERS bility that India might remain closed to the efforts of Ameri- can missionaries. Incidentally, he was to seek to restore his health which had become seriously impaired in the experiences of the months since leaving America. He spent two months in South America, reached New York September 7, 1813, and was granted audience by the Congre- gational Board September 15. In their disappointment at the loss of their missionaries, members of the Board were unable to rise to a sympathetic attitude toward the experiences of the Judsons and Mr. Rice. A committee reporting at the next annual meeting the dis- solution of the relation which had existed between the Ameri- can Board and the two missionaries, Rev. Luther Rice and Rev. Adoniram Judson, added: The committee has no disposition to impeach the sincerity of these men, but they regret that the subject was not examined before so late a day. Nevertheless the foundation of God standeth sure. We repose our hopes on this in spite of the instability which we regret to record, but against which no human foresight could provide. So slow and uncertain were the mails at this time of war and embargo between America and British India that report of the action of the American Board, taken September 15, 1813, formally releasing the two missionaries from their em- ploy did not reach Mr. Judson until September 5, 1815. After his interview with the Board which had authorized his going to India as a missionary, Mr. Rice met and took counsel with Baptist leaders in Boston, then visited Baptist churches in New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Washington, Charleston, Richmond, Savannah, and other cities, spending the winter chiefly in the South. Everywhere, North and South, an enthusiastic reception was given to his message not only by Baptists but by Christians of other denominations. In Washington he was invited to preach before the Congress of the United States, and contributions for the work which he represented were given by various members. [ 269 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Through his exertions twenty local missionary societies were formed, more than $1,300 was collected for missionary work, and plans were made which resulted in the organization in Philadelphia, May 14, 1814, of the “ General Convention of © the Baptist Denomination in the United States for Foreign Missions.”’ When the organization had been effected Luther Rice was elected its first missionary appointee and General Agent and was instructed to continue his itinerant services in these United States for a reasonable time; with a view to excite the public mind more generally to engage in missionary exertions; and to assist in originating Societies or institutions for carrying the missionary design into execution. This commission was couched in terms so vague and gen- eral as to leave details to be worked out by Mr. Rice in the development of a type of service hitherto unknown by those who had commissioned him. It was interpreted by him as allowing full scope for employing to the utmost all his powers in the promotion of Christian service among the Baptists of America. His thorough education, coupled with wide observation and experience and supplemented by months of study and reflection on missionary problems, had qualified him to take a compre- hensive view of the needs and the opportunities of the denomi- nation in which he was enlisting for life service. At that time the entire population of the United States was less than the number of foreign-born residents in our country today. Except in limited areas public schools were in a rudimentary stage of development. Reaction against the ‘“ New England Primer” type of education which had prevailed in Colonial days, favored eliminating religious materials from their cur- ricula. The flame of democracy which had kindled revolu- tionary fires still burned brightly in the new Republic. In their eagerness to diffuse democratic ideals among the people, few educational leaders had learned to trace those ideals to [ 270 ] FOUNDERS their source in the heart of Jesus Christ, the Light of the’ world, the great Democrat of all the ages, who came that men “might have life and have it more abundantly.”’ Luther Rice, commissioned by God as well as by the Baptist General Convention, for missionary service, saw clearly the need for trained leadership and for general diffusion of re- ligious intelligence as essentials in “ carrying the missionary design into effective execution.” The Baptist General Tract Society, although entirely distinct and independent in its organization, was so closely associated with the General Convention of Baptists and, later, with Columbian College, through the personnel of its officers and directors, that no intelligent account can be given of its creative pioneers without reference to their work in connection with the two other organizations, and with each other. By the time of the meeting of the Board of the Convention in April, 1815, Luther Rice was in communication with one hundred and fifteen Baptist Associations in twenty States and Territories and had “ visited many of them personally.”’ His detailed reports to the Board of his activities in 1816 and 1817 form a chapter of thrilling interest in the missionary history of our country. In the second meeting of the General Convention of the Baptist Denomination in the United States for Foreign Mis- sions—its Triennial Convention, in 1817—strong appeals were made for educational work. An amendment to the constitution was adopted providing that, When competent and distinct funds shall have been raised for that pur- pose, without resorting to all mission funds, the Board shall proceed to institute a Classical and Theological Seminary for the purpose of aiding pious young men who, in the judgment of the churches of which they are members, and of the Board, possess gifts and graces suitable to the gospel ministry. The name of the “ General Convention of the Baptist De- nomination in the United States for Foreign Missions” was wan PIONEERS OF LIGHT elongated by the addition of the words, “and Other Important Objects Relating to the Redeemer’s Kingdom,” in order to fit it to the enlarged field of service designated by its amended constitution. The Board of the Convention at its annual meeting in April, 1818, voted unanimously to accept the offered cooperation of the Educational Society of Philadelphia and That a committee of five be appointed to make arrangements with the Education Society relative to the Institution contemplated, and to carry the intentions of the Board into full effect. In this same meeting it was voted unanimously That the Agent {Luther Rice] be authorized and instructed to press his solicitations for augmenting the special fund provided for in the Con- stitution, for this department; and at discretion request public contribution, and that wealthy and liberal individuals and the public at large be invited to aid this important design. It had been understood from the beginning that the location of the Theological Seminary in Philadelphia was temporary. Many considerations led to favorable consideration of the Dis- trict of Columbia as the place for the permanent establishment of an educational institution which was expected to be national in its constituency and its character. In 1819 Luther Rice, Rev. Obadiah B. Brown, Rey. Spencer H. Cone, and Enoch Reynolds united in buying a tract of land consisting of forty-six and one-half acres on a height overlooking the City of Washington and, with the help of other subscribers, proceeded to begin the erection of a build- ing 116 feet by 47 feet for the use of the college. The General Convention accepted the offer of this property, and in the report of the Board for 1821 we read: The committee appointed by the Board to procure an incorporation of the Convention endeavored at the last session of Congress to fulfil the duty assigned them. They have with much labor succeeded in obtaining a charter which completely covers the education concern. It imparts a full legal character to a College which shall embrace a classical and theo- [ 272 | FOUNDERS logical department; leaving room for arrangements which by the Trustees of the College have already been made, which place the whole institution, virtually and for ever, under the power of the Convention. The Board have since obtained an incorporation of the Convention from the State of Pennsylvania, which secures legal protection also to the missionary interests. In the Triennial meeting of the Convention, held in Wash- ington, in April, 1823, A resolution was adopted expressing gratitude for the generous devotion of the Agent to the College and other concerns of the Convention, mani- fested by the appropriation of his whole time and compensation to promote their interests. In the “ Address of the General Convention of the Baptist Denomination to their Constituents” published in “ The American Baptist Magazine”’ for September of that year we read: The Convention find pleasure in stating that their anticipations were fully equalled on visiting the College edifice, near the City of Washington, which, having been raised under their associated relations, becomes an object of their affectionate regard. .. They owe also a debt of thankfulness to their indefatigable Agent, the Rev. Mr. Rice, whose attention to missionary and collegiate concerns, has been steady and uniform, and who has obtained for the Convention a printing office, together with its furniture and two good dwelling-houses, which he has procured by the monies voted as a compensation for his services for several years past, and by the personal favors which, from generous individuals, he has had the pleasure of receiving. To this expression of gratitude to their Agent the writer of the “ Address” adds, “ Such will never ultimately suffer as wait for their recompense until the resurrection of the just.” This pious reflection characterized quite accurately the attitude of the Convention toward the financial aspects of their educa- tional enterprise. The address was signed by “ Robert B. Semple, President, Enoch Reynolds, Rec. Sec.” Luther Rice, then at the height of his power and influence, had been characterized as “a man of Herculean powers ”’ and as [ 273 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT possessing talents of the very first order, combined with sprightliness, wit, pathos, and a natural and vigorous eloquence—exceedingly felicitous and impressive in public address. In personal appearance he was described as being above the ordinary height, erect, well proportioned, of commanding pres- ence, and a peculiar dignity of appearance, with remarkable self-possession and readiness of utterance. His power as a preacher is sufficiently attested by the fact that Francis Wayland, when a young man of twenty years, in the last year of his medical studies, was converted under the preaching of Luther Rice and turned to the ministry and later to his great educational work as President of Brown Uni- versity. The Tenth Annual Report of the General Convention, pub- lished in the “ American Baptist Magazine” for September, 1824, reveals the stress of responsibility placed by the Conven- tion Board on their Agent, Luther Rice, for securing funds for the steadily expanding missionary operations of the Conven- tion and also the enormous pressure exerted on him for financ- ing the growing work of Columbian College of which he had been made Treasurer. | That in this same year he was made Treasurer also of the new Baptist General Tract Society can be accounted for only on the supposition that he had come to be regarded as possess- ing superhuman powers. At the second annual meeting of the Tract Society in Washington, January 4, 1826, After addresses from Messrs. Lynd, Cornelius, and Stow, the same directors and officers were reelected, with a single exception—Mr. Enoch Reynolds taking the place of Mr. Rice as Treasurer. In New England a seed of disaffection had been steadily growing since the publication in 1814 of the comments of members of the American Board concerning the change of denominational affiliation of Judson and Rice. | 274 | FOUNDERS The publication in Boston in 1817, by Lincoln and Edwards, of the sermon preached by Judson in connection with his bap- tism in Lal Bazar Chapel of Calcutta led to an outbreak of hostility among Congregationalists against both Judson and Rice. ‘The attacks were so severe that the missionary, Rev. Samuel Nott, who had been intimately associated with them both, in America and in India, but who had retained his con- nection with the American Board, wrote and published an open letter to Rev. Enoch Pond, a Congregational minister of Ward, Massachusetts, refuting the insinuations and charges which had been made against them. In the Library of the American Antiquarian Society in Worcester, Massachusetts, is a collection of addresses and letters giving vivid record of the fears then entertained that others of the Standing Order might follow the example of these missionaries in becoming Baptists. The volume of pamphlets, Number 862, is especially interesting in this con- nection, containing material more suitably housed in the library of an antiquarian society than elsewhere. Such publications were not limited to New England. So late as 1819, in Vol. II of “ The Quarterly Theological Re- view, Conducted by Rev. Ezra Stiles Ely, D. D., of the City of Philadelphia,” we read on page 94: Our respectable Baptist friends, surely, will not boast of the conversion of Mr. Judson; nor glory even in his best missionary labors, until he shall confess and forsake the sin of lying. On page 93 of the same article, following a statement of the fact that Luther Rice also had been baptized after reach- ing India, we read, Those who have any knowledge of the Rev. Luther Rice, and of his subsequent labors and thriving in the missionary cause, will not wonder at this. In the better day which has dawned since that time Congre- gationalists have joined with Christians of other names in [275] PIONEERS OF LIGHT extolling the virtues of these, “our first American foreign missionaries.’’ Even then, the Judsons, farther away, less in the public eye, were more easily forgiven or forgotten; but Luther Rice, present, active, aggressive in his efforts to arouse interest throughout the country for Baptist missions, rapidly awakening enthusiasm and securing contributions for mission work both in frontier America and in the Orient and for education, could not be forgotten and was not speedily for- given. The charge of “ mercenary motives” and of “ thriv- ing,’ made by Enoch Pond and repeated by the editor of the “Quarterly Theological Review,’ and echoed by many weaker spirits, persisted through all his years of heroic, self- denying service.’ 7 Meantime other influences were at work to create division in the constituency of the General Convention. Interest aroused by the trumpet-calls of Rice for an educated ministry for meeting the needs both of America and of the Orient, had begun to crystallize in the form of local education societies demanding local educational institutions. This resulted in diminished contributions for Columbian College from sections in which local education societies were securing funds for local educational work. Meantime, students were coming more rapidly than funds to Columbian College, and the problem of providing ways and means for those who were applying for admission became desperate. Baptists who from the beginning had been more interested in Oriental missions than in education, began to fear that sup- port for work in the Orient would be lessened by contributions for education in America. In 1825 a strong committee was at work among churches and individuals, especially in New England, to turn the tide of interest to the purposes for which the General Convention had been organized in 1814. On the other hand, a part of the constituency believed that Christian education in America was failing to receive the degree of support required to meet existing needs. [ 276 ] FOUNDERS In an article signed “ Vermont,” in the “ Christian Watch- man” of June 25, 1825, we read, Those institutions which now exist in a very imbecile state, at Waterville, Hamilton, and at Washington, should be merged in an institution having only one object in view, where donations and funds could not be diverted to any other then the defined purpose for which they were bestowed by the influence of other interests, opposing and conflicting with the purposes of theological instruction. In the constituency of the Baptist General Convention that “indefatigable activity’ of their Agent which had been so highly commended by the Board, aroused feelings of a differ- ent order in some of the members. Prof. E. B. Pollard, D. D., of Crozer Theological Seminary, in his able articles on “ Luther Rice and His Place in American Baptist History,’ beginning in the July number of “ The Review and Expositor” for 1913, mentions Dr. Henry Hol- combe—who had been engaged in educational work in Georgia and who was the immediate successor of Doctor Staughton in the pastorate of the First Baptist Church in Philadelphia from 1811, when Doctor Staughton became pastor of the Sansom Street Church in the same city, to 1824—as “a bitter antago- nist of Doctor Staughton ” and a severe critic of Luther Rice, impugning the motives of the latter in becoming a Baptist, and insisting that his salary, eight dollars a week, was “ too large.” At the meeting of the General Convention of the Baptist Denomination in the United States, held in New York in April, 1826, the Convention voted to request the Trustees of the Columbian College, who were originally nominated by the Convention, to vest the right of nomination in some other corporation. In the same Triennial meeting, The constitution of the Convention was so amended as to restrict its operations wholly to missionary exertions. [ 277 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT It was voted also, “ to remove the seat of the foreign missions from Washington to Boston.” ‘The name of Luther Rice was omitted from the list of officers of the Convention. In the “ Memoirs of Luther Rice,’ by Dr. James B. Taylor, page 220, we find in a letter from Baron Stow to Luther Rice, written February 27, 1835, the following sentences: I deeply felt at the time, and have so felt ever since, that in the un- . pleasant differences which occurred between us, I had unnecessarily in- jured you, and I then felt and still feel that I ought to acknowledge the wrong and solicit your forgiveness. . . I feel under obligation to you for many acts of kindness. I should be glad to have-it in my power to recip- rocate them. In May, 1835, Adoniram Judson wrote from Maulmein to Luther Rice in America: ) I confidently expect that a reaction will take place; and that when tem- porary and local excitement shall pass away, your name will be enrolled among the benefactors of our country, and of that denomination into which we were ingrafted together. The praise of man, however, is not the boon for which we strive. Our mark is higher, our crown incorruptible. And let us have faith to believe that we shall assuredly obtain. In his reply to Judson Luther Rice wrote, I hope that my powers will not quite decay till I have the happiness of seeing the prosperity of Columbian College—till from that institution some laborers shall have gone forth into some part of the heathen world to preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ. Rev. Jonathan Going, D. D., President of Granville Col- lege, 1837-1844, said of Luther Rice: For twelve years he labored incessantly and laboriously for the small pittance of $400 per annum. To meet the wants of the college he eventu- ally relinquished all his small savings together with some $2,000 or $3,000 which he inherited as a patrimony; so that in 1826 he was without a cent in the world. From 1826 to 1836 he continued, though without salary, to work for Columbian College and for missions. [ 278 ] FOUNDERS In 1864 at the Missionary Jubilee held in Philadelphia to commemorate the establishment of the American Baptist Mis- sionary Union, Dr. Alexis Caswell, D. D., LL. D., President of Brown University, who had been connected with Columbian College first as tutor, then as professor, during five years, and who, later, during thirty-five years, was Professor of Mathe- matics and Natural Philosophy in Brown University, made this statement: I knew Luther Rice, and owe it to him to speak a word for him. I was with him every day when at Washington. I was his successor as treasurer of the College. It was my duty to go over the books and examine all the receipts and disbursements. He has been aspersed. He has been accused of peculation. But he was never guilty of peculation. It is a grateful task to me to do such justice to my excellent friend. In powers of mind he was wholly unsurpassed. He was a marked man everywhere. He was beyond the charge of dishonesty. He never appropriated a dollar to his own use. He wanted simple food and raiment, and gave all the rest to open channels for a preached gospel. He preached like an angel. He had great weaknesses. One was excessive hopefulness; he had a poor horse and a poor gig, with which he performed his benevolent journeys. When he died, he said, “ This horse and gig belong to Columbian College and must be sent to it!” And they were sent. As a person of devoted, re- ligious character, no man went before him. In the fifty-nine years which have passed since Doctor Cas- well publicly and emphatically pronounced vindication of the character of Luther Rice, testimony to the value of his life and work has steadily accumulated. Today no intelligent person would venture to contradict Doctor Pollard’s estimate of Luther Rice’s contribution to American Baptists in leading them “ (1) To think in terms world-wide; (2) To think nationally; (3) To think in terms of leadership.”’ Columbian College, notwithstanding its rejection by the Bap- tist General Convention in 1826, had a continuous succession of Baptist presidents until 1910. Two presidents elected since that time are Episcopalians, and one, William Mather Lewis, A. M., elected in 1923, is a Presbyterian. [ 279 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT The tract of forty-six and one-half acres of land on College Hill, bought and paid for through the efforts of Luther Rice, and on which he erected the first college building, was sold (the last of it in 1873) for more than $200,000. In 1844 the College was moved down-town from College Hill. The name which had been changed to Columbian Uni- versity, was changed again in 1904 to George Washington University. The Department of Arts and Sciences of the University in- cludes today ‘ Columbian College,” ‘‘ Teachers College,” the “ College of Engineering,” and the “ Graduate School.” Who will erect Luther Rice Hall for Columbian College? At the Centennial Convocation of George Washington Uni- versity on February 22, 1921, William Bruce King, A. M., LL. M., a member of the Board of Trustees, in his convoca- tion address reported the enrolment of students in the Uni- versity for that year, 1921, as “‘ approximately 5,000.” In the same address he said of Luther Rice, “ We salute him today as our Founder.”’ 2. William Staughton Dr. William Staughton, who had been elected as the first Corresponding Secretary of the “ General Convention of the Baptist Denomination in the United States for Foreign Mis- sions,” was in thoroughgoing intelligent sympathy with Mr. Rice in his attitude toward educational work in relation to missionary efficiency. This was not Doctor Staughton’s first experience in connec- tion with a pioneer missionary enterprise. In 1792, the year of his graduation from Bristol College, . he participated in the formation of that first missionary society in England resulting from William Carey’s historic sermon with its ringing double challenge: “ Expect great things from God! Attempt great things for God!” After that sermon a resolution was adopted; [ 280 ] PAGE FROM JOURNAL OF LUTHER RICE Showing Receipts and Expenditures on a Trip from Washington to Philadelphia in 1820 i ‘ ° eye J al ¥; \ > ay vou’ = Maes 595 fe ae . AN OPA ey TWh ie DEG eS neh oe ve, v MF es NG Y 4 Ae ‘Pa! Piaf eli % Ray SO ; ee Tone. 4a YHOU MORN Bae earnest bo wae wareynibreyqad hiid abpiaap Hh qalwnd’ ; or sets : Y 4 4 ~ q Ziabeat FOUNDERS That a plan be prepared against the next ministers’ meeting at Kettering for forming a society among the Baptists, for propagating the gospel among the heathen. October 2, 1792, after the public services of the day were ended, the ministers retired to consult further on the matter and to lay a foundation at least for a society. In this after-meeting seven resolutions were drawn up and unanimously adopted, outlining a basis for such a society. The twelve names appended to these seven resolutions included John Ryland, Andrew Fuller, and William Staughton. These twelve men endorsed the movement not only by sub- scribing their names to the resolutions, but by contributing sums of money aggregating £13, 2s., 6d., as a fund for begin- ning the work. In the following year William Staughton came to America. At the time of the organization of the Baptist General Con- vention he was pastor of the Sansom Street Church, Phila- delphia. His missionary enthusiasm, awakened in England by Willliam Carey, was deepened and quickened by his associa- tion with Luther Rice whose zeal had been intensified by per- sonal contact with conditions among unchristianized people in the Orient. Rice and Staughton were a wonderful team—the General Agent and the first Corresponding Secretary of the Baptist General Convention, who were to become the first Treasurer and the first Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Bap- tist General Tract Society. At the meeting of the General Convention of the Baptist Denomination in April, 1818, it was voted unanimously that “the Rev. Dr. Staughton be appointed Principal’”’ in the Classical and Theological Seminary established in Philadelphia in that year. Doctor Staughton, in addition to his services as minister of the Sansom Street Church and as Corresponding Secretary of the Baptist Convention, was doing educational work in Philadelphia even before his election as Principal of [ 281 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT the Seminary. He was eloquent as a preacher, and efficient aS a missionary executive, but his highest qualities seem to have been enlisted in the work of teaching. Dr. Rufus Babcock characterizes him as the distinguished Doctor Staughton—than whom no man ever had more capability for bringing out and strengthening and polishing whatever there was in his pupils susceptible of improvement. The number of men who went out from his instruction to fill places of devoted and exacting service seems to justify this estimate of Doctor Staughton as a teacher. He was described by one of his pupils, the Hon. Josiah Randall, of Philadelphia, as being not tall but broad and commanding. He was athletic and fitted to com- mand attention. His voice was loud and sweet. The élite of the Philade!l- phia bar crowded every Sabbath to hear him. In eloquence he had no equal. ‘ Mr. Randall names himself as ‘“‘ one of the 150 pupils of Doctor Staughton.” He says, “ Luther Rice persuaded Doc- tor Staughton to leave Philadelphia and go to the Presidency of Columbian College in Washington,’ and adds this Edenic touch, “ He (Dr. S.) was influenced by his wife, a Goliath in intellect.” In the formation of the Baptist General Tract Society in February, 1824, Doctor Staughton, then President of Colum- bian College, presided at the meeting for organization and was elected President of the Board of Directors, with Luther Rice as Treasurer. 3. Irah Chase Dr. Irah Chase, who was elected in 1818 by the General Convention of the Baptist Denomination to the professorship of Languages and Biblical Literature in the Theological Semi- nary in Philadelphia, was a native of Stratton, Vermont, and a graduate of Middlebury College and of Andover Theologi- [ 282 ] FOUNDERS cal Seminary, “‘ there being no theological seminary among the Baptists at that time.” (1814. ) After being ordained he spent some time as an evangelist in Western Virginia. His vivid descriptions of conditions met in connection with missionary work in that period are found in the ‘“‘ American Baptist Magazine” for 1818. Coming from that work to his professorship in the new Baptist Theological Seminary in Philadelphia, he brought with him a fresh realization of the need of a general diffusion of religious intelligence among the people. Books were few and expensive. Public libraries were almost non-existent. News- papers had limited circulation. Churches were circumscribed in service and in influence not only by the lack of an educated ministry but, no less, by lack of intelligent acquaintance with religious principles on the part of members. Under such cir- cumstances the value of tracts in promoting religious intelli- gence was beyond the power of easy comprehension by us who today are oppressed by the flood of literature with which we are almost overwhelmed. One hundred years ago when ideas and ideals waited for means of communication, tracts could go where books could not be sent and where periodicals were unknown. In many communities tracts preceded churches, Sunday schools, even public schools. Before the Theological Seminary was moved to Washing- ton to become the Theological Department of Columbian Col- lege, the posibility of establishing a Baptist Tract Society in Philadelphia had been a subject of lively discussion by Luther Rice, Doctor Staughton, Professor Chase, and the group of young students in the Seminary who later, after the removal to Washington, became active in the organization and conduct of the Society. Doctor Chase’s immediate connection with the Society was for a brief period only; in 1825 he was called from Washing- ton to a professorship at Newton Centre. His great contribu- [ 283 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT tion to the denomination was through the schools he served— the Seminary in Philadelphia, Columbian College in Washing- ton, and lastly, and especially, Newton Theological Institution. It was his lot to be a founder wherever he went, and he was fulfilling a characteristic function when associated with Rice and Staughton in the beginnings of the General Tract Society. 4. John S. Meehan Mr; John S. Meehan, in a letter to Rev. By Ryloxtleyar Philadelphia, under date of September 27, 1855, writes: When I resided in Philadelphia I had charge of a class in the Sansom Street Sunday School and almost every month had a difficulty in dealing out tracts to the children on account of their anti-Baptist tendencies. [This was prior to 1820.] No Baptist tracts were then printed. I was the printer of the Baptist Board of Foreign Missions at the time and determined to propose the establishment of a Baptist Tract Society in Philadelphia with the intention of making it the commencement of a General Society. In compliance with this design, I had’two tracts set in type, as the first publications to be submitted to the society when formed. . . The subject was not matured in Philadelphia, owing to the determination of the Baptist Convention (in April, 1820) to found a college and Theological Seminary in Washington and to remove the publi- cations of the Board of Missions and the Board itself to Washington. This creative pioneer, John S. Meehan, persisted in his pro- phetic attitude toward the work until he had the satisfaction of seeing some of the first tracts printed in 1824 in Washing- ton under his direction, in the office of the ‘‘ Columbian Star.” Later, Mr. Meehan was appointed Librarian of Congress by President Jackson and served in this capacity during thirty- one years. 5. Obadiah B. Brown Rev. Obadiah B. Brown, D. D., Pastor of the First Baptist Church in Washington, who had shared with Luther Rice responsibility for the location of the College, was elected the first President of the Society. Doctor Brown at one time was head clerk in the Post Office Department. He was pastor of [ 284 ¥ FOUNDERS the First Baptist Church during more than forty years. In this period he repeatedly was appointed chaplain to Congress. 6. George Wood In Mr. Wood’s house in Washington the meeting for or- ganization of the Baptist General Tract Society was held. He was elected the first Agent—a choice that had already been agreed upon before the meeting, with his rather reluctant con- sent, for “it was seen that the agent of the society must bear the burden of it”’ and his “ health was very wretched at the time.’ But of all the circle of men deeply interested in the establishment of the Society there was no one but himself that was not already overburdened, and as he said, “‘ It seemed too ereat a matter to be delayed for want of any aid I could tender.’ Mr. Wood, who, by reason of his official position, had most intimate knowledge of the Society’s situation and needs, soon perceived the necessity of transferring the head- quarters, and made earnest endeavors to bring the other direc- tors to agree to this removal. At last, in 1826, he resigned, hoping to compel the change which he knew to be wise. Other happenings, concurrent with his resignation, presently helped to bring to pass the end he had been seeking. Mr. Wood’s story of the beginning of the Society is given in a letter written by him in March, 1853, and reproduced in full in the first chapter of this work. 7. James D. Knowles In studying the characteristics of those whose names were made prominent in connection with the early years of the Baptist General Tract Society, that which first attracts atten- tion is the fact that they were young men. Some who spent only short periods of time with the Tract Society, proved by their later service in other connections the wisdom of those who had elected them to official connection with this young organization. [ 285 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT James D. Knowles, who drafted the constitution which was offered, amended, and adopted at the meeting held for the purpose of forming the Society, was twenty-six years of age at that time. He had been a student in Philadelphia under the instruction of Doctor Staughton and Professor Chase, and resumed his studies under their direction in Columbian College on their removal to Washington. While there he edited the “ Columbian Star’ founded by Luther Rice. After his graduation he became pastor of the Second Bap- tist Church in Boston, and later was a member of the faculty of Newton Theological Institution until his death in 1883. He was editor of the “Christian Review” and author of Memoirs of Mrs. Judson and of Roger Williams. 8. Samuel Cornelius That Reverend Samuel Cornelius, whose habit of carrying tracts in his high hat and of dropping them occasionally at inopportune times led to serious consideration of the need of a more stable depository, had reached the venerable age of thirty years when the meeting was called in Washington for the purpose of securing such a depository, along with providing for the production of more tracts. Early in life he had been converted and led into the ministry under the influence of Doctor Staughton. In the year of the organiza- tion of the Tract Society he succeeded Dr. Spencer H. Cone as. pastor in Alexandria. In 1825 he was elected Vice- president of the Tract Society. Later he was pastor in Mount Holly, New Jersey. He died in 1870 in Ann Arbor, Michi- gan, where he had rendered pastoral service. 9. Baron Stow Baron Stow, a junior in Columbian College, succeeded Mr. Meehan in charge of the Depository of the Tract Society in the office of the “ Columbian Star.” At twenty-five years of age he was elected a member of the Board of Managers and [ 286 ] FOUNDERS later was made vice-president of the Society. His work in the ministry justified the brilliant intellectual promise of his youth. After a pastorate of five years in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, he went to Boston in 1832, becoming pastor of the Baldwin Place Church, where for sixteen years he was recognized as one of the able and successful ministers in the city. His later pastorate in the Rowe Street Church and his published writings gave evidence of unusual mental vigor and personal devotion to noble aims. 10. Noah Davis Noah Davis, who sometimes has been called the founder of the Baptist General Tract Society, was one of the group of young students under the instruction of Doctor Staughton and Professor Chase who had earnestly advocated the formation of such a society. He left Columbian College without graduating and was ordained in December, 1823, at Salisbury, Maryland, when he was twenty-three years of age. In the following February he wrote of his need of tracts to James D. Knowles, a senior in Columbian College and Editor of the ‘“ Columbian Star.” At the third annual meeting of the Society, which was held in Philadelphia, January 27, 1827, he was elected General Agent and gave himself eagerly to the work. George Wood, his friend and predecessor in office, characterized him as “a Mr. Greatheart in his day.”’ Volumes might be written in re- cording expressions of his indomitable spirit, his devotion to service, his influence extending beyond the reach of voice or pen. It has been said of him that, at his passing into the other life in 1830, at the age of twenty-eight years, he left the Society, and the denomination, all light, all on fire, by the potent contact of his own spirit. In the annual Report prepared and read by a member of the Board of Managers, Rev. R. W. Cushman, at the next [ 287 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT annual meeting, profound appreciation was expressed of the great loss which had been suffered by the Board, a loss “‘ which the Society too has felt through all its nerves of sensibility and strength.” The Report continues: Possessing a mind usually bold and practical; early formed habits of activity; a faith that unhesitatingly associated the especial guidance of Heaven with every event which concerned the welfare of Zion; a person and mien which challenged the attention and respect of strangers; while the openness and warmth of his heart was eminently calculated to convert acquaintances into friends, he seemed peculiarly fitted, by the “ Shepherd and Bishop of Souls,’ for the sphere which he filled. He was equally competent to be the Agent of the Society, and its Apostle: to superintend the numerous details of its business at home, and to go forth through the breadth of our land, among our churches, and arouse indifference to atten- tion; and approval, to cooperation. At the semi-centennial celebration, held in Washington in 1874, Noah K. Davis, LL. D., then Professor of Moral Science in the University of Virginia, gave a notable address on the origin and growth of the Society in whose establishing his father, Noah Davis, had borne so worthy a part. [ 288 ] I] BUIEDERS The majority of those who were most active in the organi- zation of the Baptist General Tract Society in Washington in 1824 had gone to that city in connection with the removal of the Theological Seminary from Philadelphia and its merg- ing in Columbian College. The transfer of the Society’s headquarters to Philadelphia in 1826 at the end of the second year of its existence, was a return to the city in which it had been germinated. The personality of Noah Davis, the first Agent in the new location, his youth and his contagious enthusiasm, awakened fresh interest for a time. After his passing it became clear that the organization must be built more strongly into the life of the denomination and of the time in order to abide. 11. Ira M. Allen Ira M. Allen, who became General Agent of the Tract Society in 1831, six months after the death of Mr. Davis, found a depleted treasury, an increasing debt, and a despon- dent Board of Directors. In the annual meeting of 1832, after reporting conditions as he found them at the base of supplies, he called attention explicitly to the needs of the West, designating those regions in which John Mason Peck was active at the time. Not limit- ing its field of operations to this country, but looking abroad, he reported, The most important fields of usefulness now open before the Baptist General Tract Society are the Great Valley of the Mississippi, the colony of free persons of color in Africa, and the Burman Empire. [ 289 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT In response to these appeals as presented by Mr. Allen, the Board voted an endeavor to secure $20,000 in the coming year for enlargement of the work. In 1834 Mr. Allen reported receipts of $6,000 instead of the hoped-for $20,000, but steady progress in the work which had made itself felt not only in the West, in the South, and in Burma, but also through Rev. J. G. Oncken, of Hamburg, in Germany! In 1839, after earnest, arduous service as General Agent during eight years, Mr. Allen resigned and accepted the office of Agent for the American and Foreign Bible Society, continuing in this service eight years. | 12. Benjamin R. Loxley Benjamin R. Loxley, “‘ the patient man of business,’ who had been appointed Assistant Agent in the previous year, suc- ceeded Mr. Allen and rendered valuable service during the time of early negotiations with the New England Sabbath School Union concerning an amalgamation of the two organi- zations with each other, and the reorganization of the Tract Society in 1840. Mr. Loxley was Depository Agent of the Society from 1844 to 1856 and Vice-president from 1857 to 1860. | 13. Morgan J. Rhees Rev. Morgan J. Rhees became Corresponding Secretary of the reorganized General Tract Society under the name of The American Baptist Publication and Sunday School Society, and began his work in this connection November 17, 1840. It is interesting to note the earlier experience of the new Corresponding Secretary in connection with the Sunday school. ‘The first Sunday school in Philadelphia was opened in 1791, “ for females exclusively.” Later, in 1815, a Sun- day school “ for boys and girls of the poor, ignorant, and degraded classes’’ was established by three women of the First Baptist Church. One of the founders, believing that the [ 290 ] BUILDERS presence of children of their own families would encourage the attendance of those whom they wished to benefit, took with her to the school her own son, Morgan J. Rhees, Jr., the first boy enrolled in a Baptist Sunday school in Philadelphia. Grown to manhood, he became first a lawyer, then a minister, and for two years a Secretary of The American Baptist Pub- lication and Sunday School Society. It was said of him that He had a fine intellect, the polish of a gentleman, the courage of a brave man, the piety of a saint, and the tenderness of a woman. He resigned the office of Corresponding Secretary to accept the pastorate of the Second Baptist Church of Wilmington, Delaware, in 1843. His last annual report as Corresponding Secretary of the Board of The American Baptist Publication and Sunday School Society, dated April, 1843, strongly emphasized the failure of financial support for the work. The receipts for the previous year from all sources had been $9,906.04; while the appropriations were $0,869.27, leaving a balance of only $36.77 on which to begin the work of the following year. Reviewing the opportunities for service pressing upon the Society and the inadequate response to appeals for funds, Mr. Rhees, in resigning the office of Corresponding Secretary, urged the employment of a traveling financial secretary to secure adequate funds for the prosecution of the work. On motion of J. S. Bacon of Charleston, Massachusetts, the Board was authorized and instructed to so arrange the editorial labors, as they might deem expedient, to enable the Corresponding Secretary to devote a por- tion of his time to traveling as General Agent. A final resolution bore testimony to the fidelity and zeal of the late Corresponding Secretary, Rev. Morgan J. Rhees, together with his uni- formly kind and Christian spirit. 14. John Mason Peck Rev. John Mason Peck, the intrepid pioneer missionary of the West, of whom it has been said that he ‘“‘ was himself a [ 291 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT whole missionary union,’ was elected Corresponding Secretary to succeed Mr. Rhees. A native of Connecticut, born October 31, 1789, he spent his boyhood on his father’s farm in the parish of Litchfield, South Farms. At the age of eighteen he began to teach, although himself “sadly deficient’? in “orthography and chirography,’ and making no pretensions “to correct gram- matical usages.” His conversion in December, 1807, awak- ened in him a strong ambition for service. At first he was a member of a Congregational church, but two years after his marriage in 1809, on his removal with his wife and child to Windham, Greene County, New York, he and his wife united with the New Durham Baptist Church, five miles from their home. A month later he was licensed to preach, in October, 1811, and in 1813 was ordained to the ministry. He devoted himself earnestly to study, to teaching and preaching; in 1814 he was reading the Greek Testament under the instruction of Daniel H. Barnes, Principal of Dutchess Academy in Pough- keepsie. In June, 1815, he met Luther Rice, heard his address at the Warwick Association, and entertained him in his home. As a result of their conference, Peck was engaged to do field missionary work in Central New York under the direction of Rice. While in this work he began to look forward to mis- sionary efforts in the ‘“ Missouri Territory,’ and upon the advice of Luther Rice went to Philadelphia to take a course of study under Doctor Staughton, beginning his studies early in May, 1816, and boarding with his fellow students in the family of his teacher. In May, 1817, in the triennial meeting of the General Mis- sionary Convention of the Baptist Denomination in the United States, Messrs. Peck and Welch, who had been for some time under the care of the Rev. Doctor Staughton, tendered their services to the Board, and were accepted. [ 292 ] BUILDERS They were instructed to proceed as soon as convenient, to the westward, with a view to commence their labors at St. Louis, or its vicinity, in the Missouri Territory. Following these instructions, Peck, with his wife and three little children in a small, one-horse wagon, left his father’s home in Litchfield, Conn., on Friday, July 25, 1817, beginning the long journey of more than twelve hundred miles to St. Louis, where they arrived on December first. The full story of conditions in that city and of the way the missionary met them belongs more properly elsewhere. It is important here to note, not simply the undaunted spirit and indefatigable energy of Mr. Peck, but the wisdom of his many-sided en- deavors and the fruitfulness of his ability as an organizer. He and his colaborer, Welch, were teachers as well as preach- ers, maintaining a day-school and giving courses of popular lectures. Obtaining subscriptions, they built a church, and opened a Sunday school—believed to be the first Sunday school established west of the Mississippi River. In October, 1818, Mr. Peck organized in the Illinois and Missouri Asso- ciation “ ‘The United Society for the Spread of the Gospel,” to aid the “ Western Mission” in spreading the gospel and promoting common schools in the western parts of America, both amongst the whites and the Indians— “the first society,’ as Peck records, “ever organized west of the Mississippi for philanthropic and missionary purposes.” The anti-mission party among Western Baptists was so ageressively active at the time, and so successful, that in 1820 the General Convention of the Baptist Denomination in the United States, having listened with concern to some anti-mission complaints from the West, proceeded to direct the Board to discontinue the missions at St. Louis. News of the decision reached Mr. Peck when he was criti- cally ill. Sickness and death in his family exhausted his [ 293 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT funds. None the less he wrote the Board he would not aban- don the field—a decision which did not shake their own. However, the Massachusetts Baptist Missionary Society com- missioned him to continue, appropriating five dollars a week for the time actually spent in their services, and notifying him that he would be expected to raise as much as practicable of this amount on the field of his labors, and to make regular returns of his labors and receipts. He now established himself on a half-section of unimproved land at Rock Springs, Ill., which henceforth became his family residence. With energy unabated he continued in the ways he had already proved wise. Everywhere he was distributing Bibles and Testaments, with missionary pamphlets and tracts, organizing Bible societies and Sunday schools, and whenever practicable, introducing the New Testament as a class book in public schools. In April, 1824, he recorded in his journal: It is my intention to found a number of county societies and then con- centrate their efforts in a general union of Sabbath schools. These with the Bible instructions may be employed to exert a most powerful influence through this Western country, and will silently undermine the prejudices against missions more than anything else. Always deeply interested in Christian education, he planned the establishment of a school in Illinois for the education of teachers and ministers, and in 1826 was commissioned by the Massachusetts Baptist Missionary Society to secure the neces- sary funds. This school, the Rock Springs Seminary, was later moved to Upper Alton and consolidated with Shurtleff College. His greatest contribution to Baptist organization in America was shared with Jonathan Going, with whom he was associated in a missionary tour of three months in the summer of 1831. As the outcome of their long-continued conference came the plan of The American Baptist Home Mission Society. It is no matter of surprise, then, that the Baptist General [ 294 | BUILDERS Tract Society, through its General Agent, I. M. Allen, re- quested this far-seeing, vigorous worker to become its superin- tending agent for the valley of the Mississippi. While Mr. Peck did not feel he could render that service, the Society had occasion, in 1839, to make grateful acknowledgment of the valuable services of Brother John Mason Peck, by whom many Manuals and thousands of pages of tracts have been distributed in Illinois, Missouri, Wisconsin, and the Iowa Territory. In June, 1841, he was instrumental in organizing the West- ern Baptist Publication and Sunday School Society, “in strict cooperation with that in Philadelphia,’ and in September can- celed all other engagements to give himself wholly to the work of this new organization, with headquarters at Louisville. In 1842, while attending the Baptist Anniversaries in New York, he gave an address at the meeting of the Publication Society. Later he met the Board in Philadelphia and by their request gave them, at full length, his impressions of what ought to be done by them, and how to do it. Doubtless this increased the high esteem in which he was already held. For in the annual meeting of 1843, in which Mr. Peck was introduced as the new Corresponding Secretary, the following was adopted : Resolved, That the project of providing our destitute ministers and mis- sionaries in the Western Valley with small libraries is an object of para- mount: importance in the operations of the Society, and deserves the cor- dial cooperation of the benevolent. Under date of July 10, 1843, the new Secretary issued a circular “calling attention to certain salient points of the Society’s operations, past, present, and future.” In this cir- cular he declares the “ paramount object of the Society ” to be to make all the members of our churches, and all other persons over whom our ministry has influence, a reading, thinking, working, and de- voutly religious people. This great end to be obtained in humble reliance on the blessing and Spirit of God, through the instrumentality of the press. [ 295 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT At the next annual meeting, 1844, Mr. Peck reported send- ing out 840 circulars, more than 500 letters (not typewritten), and various other activities including traveling 8,863 miles. Dr. J. Newton Brown, in his “ History of The American Baptist Publication Society,’ records: It appears that the operations of the Society had been increased about one-third; not so much by enlargement of funds as by effecting more rapid sales—turning the small and utterly inadequate capital to better advantage. In attendance at the last meeting of the Triennial Conven- tion, in Boston, November, 1845, when he was Secretary of The American Baptist Publication Society, it remained for him to become a member of the committee which framed the constitution of the Mis- sionary Union. He took active part in the debate of the question of its adoption. He was the chairman of the committee on missions in India. His personal pledge of one hundred dollars was the first to be made in the long list of subscriptions which resulted in the cancellation of the debt of $40,000 which had crippled the energies of the Foreign Mission Board.’ In 1853 he, with Heman Lincoln and H. G. Jones, Jr., drew up and presented a plan for the organization of a Historical Department of The American Baptist Publication Society. The plan was unanimously adopted. Later The American Baptist Historical Society was launched as a separate and per- manent organization. In September, 1845, Mr. Peck resigned the office of Corre- sponding Secretary, his resignation to become effective at the next annual meeting. He named as reasons for this action, “the encouraging prospects of the Society on the one hand, and his own age, distance, and absence from his family.” At the time of his resignation he was fifty-seven years of age. By one who knew him he was characterized as Robust in intellect, strong in purpose, positive in his opinions, and bold in their advocacy, a born missionary and a thorough-going Western man. 1 Austin Kennedy de Blois, “‘ John Mason Peck.” [ 296 | BUILDERS On returning to his home after resigning the secretaryship of the Publication Society, he again devoted himself to mis- sionary, educational, and literary work in the West. Doctor Jeter characterized him as not only a pioneer, but a master-spirit among the pioneers. Perhaps no man of the class did more than he to guide the thoughts, mold the manners, and form the institutions of the West. 15. Thomas S. Malcom Thomas S. Malcom was elected to succeed John Mason Peck as Corresponding Secretary of the Publication Society. In his six years of service, beginning in 1846, he seems to have succeeded in inspiring interest in the work among an in- creasing number of people. It is recorded that eight hundred persons shared in “ making up ” a fund of $10,000, the income from which was to be used “ perpetually, for the gratuitous distribution of books and tracts.” It is interesting to note that members of the Board contributed $2,325 of the $10,000 fund. Members of the Finance Committee, in those days, devoted one hour every week to the Society, meeting at seven o'clock in the morning, before attending to their own business. The annual reports of the Society show steadily growing enthusiasm in regard to all its lines of work. Deficits were met. Old debts were paid. Funds were secured for new work. Publications were increased. Additional colporters were engaged. Gratitude instead of complaint characterized the communications sent to the constituency. Of the person- ality of the man under whose guidance these changes were wrought, we have been able to learn very little. In the report of the Board of Managers for 1853, presented by Rev. Heman Lincoln, we read, “the year, just ended, has been marked by peculiar trials.” After naming the loss of Dr. G. B. Ide, Mr. G. Kempton, and Mr. A. D. Gillette through their removal to “other fields of labor” the report continues: [ 297 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT The Corresponding Secretary, Rev. T. S. Malcom, whose zealous and efficient watch-care has nurtured the Society from youth to manhood, whose enthusiasm, tempered by prudence, has commended it to the favor of the churches, and lifted it from a state of weakness and depression to a condition of eminent prosperity and usefulness, has suffered during the year from impaired health, and announced to the Board, several months. ago, his purpose of retiring at the present anniversary from the post he has so long and so ably filled. Rev. Kendall Brooks, elected by the Board shortly after the last Anniversary, to lighten the labors of Brother Malcom, and fill the place of Associate Corresponding Secretary, entered upon his duties in September last, but after four months of service, in which the Board learned to esteem him as a brother beloved, and peculiarly fitted for the duties assigned him, he was induced to accept a professorship in Waterville College to which he had been unanimously elected. Rev. Heman Lincoln, at the solicitation of the Board, consented to fill the vacancy occa- sioned by the resignation of Bro. K. Brooks till the annual meeting of the Society, and he has accordingly discharged its duties to the present time. These successive and rapid changes in the Board and the executive offices of the Society, have occasioned much perplexity, and have interfered seriously with the efficient prosecution of the great interests of the Society. But the Board would gratefully acknowledge that, in the midst of numer- ous hindrances, God has been their helper, and has enabled them to attain greater prosperity than in any former year. ‘ Doctor Eddy characterized Mr. Malcom as industrious, fertile in expedients, ever working. Knowing him only by the results of his work, we, in accor- dance with the resolution adopted by unanimous vote of the Society at the annual meeting in 1853, ‘indefatigable, 3) desire to express our high appreciation of eminent services performed by him in contributing to raise it to its present position of importance and usefulness. His name will ever be identified with the history of the Society, as one of its truest benefactors and greatest blessings. 16. Kendall Brooks Rev. Kendall Brooks, D. D., who resigned the office of Associate Corresponding Secretary of the Publication Society in September, 1852, at the end of four months of service to become Professor of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy in Waterville College, Maine, later, after an interval of twelve years in which he was pastor of the First Baptist Church of [298 J BUILDERS Fitchburg, Massachusetts, again entered the service of the Publication Society as Editor of the National Baptist. He became President of Kalamazoo College, Michigan, in 1868 and there rendered the crowning service of his life as an educator of young men and women to whom he personified their highest ideals of scholarly Christian manhood. 17. Heman Lincoln Rev. Heman Lincoln, D. D., in the few months of his ser- vice as Associate Secretary, so manifested his ability to bring things to pass that he was strongly urged to accept the office of Secretary of the Publication Society in 1853, but the Bap- tist church in Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts, whose pastorate he had accepted, refused to release him for that service. After six years in this pastorate and eight years as pastor of the Central Baptist Church in Providence, Rhode Island, he nobly completed his life service as a professor in Newton Theologi- cal Institution, admired and loved by all who knew him. 18. William Shadrach Dr. William Shadrach, elected Corresponding Secretary in June, 1853, began his work for the Publication Society in Sep- tember of that year. He came from Wales to America in 1819 at fifteen years of age. Having been baptized in 1825, and ordained in 1828, he served as pastor of several churches in Pennsylvania during brief periods. For three years he was Agent of the Pennsylvania Baptist State Convention. He de- voted untiring energy during six years, 1847 to 1853, to secur- ing funds for the university at Lewisburg. From 1853 to 1856 he was Corresponding Secretary of The American Bap- tist Publication Society. He was Special Financial Agent of the Publication Society from 1857 to 1861; Special Financial Agent for Lewisburg University, 1862 to 1863. He did pas- toral work with various churches from 1863 to 1890, then— HOME. E2993} PIONEERS OF LIGHT This honorable record of what he did will seem inadequate and unsatisfactory to all who knew him. What he was so far surpassed all his doing, that words fail to express the most salient characteristics of the man. Doctor Shadrach possessed a vivacity of spirit, a power of adaptability which readily lent itself to itinerant life, to public speech, to personal influence over others. His dislike of uniform programs, of conventional procedure, made office life uncongenial to him. In the Annual Report of the Board in 1857 we read: At your last anniversary, it was stated that your Corresponding Secre- tary, William Shadrach, D. D., had already tendered his resignation to the Board, and that he*declined a reelection. Unwilling, however, to lose his valuable services as the Board had been, he was reelected, but only to present again his resignation at the first meeting of the Board. He closed his labors as Corresponding Secretary with the month of June. The Board looked on this as an event greatly to be deprecated. He was familiar with the history, the work, and the necessities of the Society, and enjoyed, to an unusual degree, the confidence of the Board and of the churches in the field of our operations. While retiring from this office, we are happy to say, that his interest in the Society has not diminished. He has accepted and already entered upon the duties of another appointment from the Board, for the completion of a work that shared largely his attention as Secretary. This new “ appointment ” was to the office of Special Finan- cial Agent to secure the sum of $100,000 for enlargement of the Society’s capital. On October 30, 1857, Doctor Shadrach reported “ pledges written and unwritten ”’ for ‘‘ about $60,000 toward the desired $100,000.” A certain combination of candor, directness, genial com- radeship, and tact, made him a welcome guest, a popular speaker, a valued friend, to young and old, on the frontier, in the city, wherever he came in contact with human life. Speaking of the reverent attention with which Lewisburg students habitually followed Doctor Shadrach in prayer, when he was with them, Doctor Loomis said, “‘ It was because we were convinced that he who was acting as our leader was [ 300 ] BUILDERS himself beloved of God.” That conviction was not limited to Bucknell students. It was shared by those who best knew Doctor Shadrach. 19. John Newton Brown Rev. John Newton Brown, D. D., appointed in 1849 as Editor, “to supervise all the publications”’ of the Society, was the first of that line of able men whose editorial work has contributed to the standing among publishing houses which now is universally accorded to The American Baptist Publication Society. He was born in New London, Con- necticut, in 1803. He was baptized in Hudson, New York, in 1817, graduated in Hamilton in 1823, ordained in Buffalo in 1824. After pastorates in Buffalo, in Providence, in Malden, and in Exeter, he became Professor of Exegetical Theology in the New Hampton Literary and Theological Institution. -As edi- tor of the “Encyclopedia of Religious Knowledge,” and author of various works he was widely known and honored. He has been characterized as “ one of the purest spirits earth ever knew.” His “singular simplicity of character’ was joined with a “rare persistency of purpose” and “power to work with cheerful diligence.” In connection with his regular duties he did a large amount of editorial work for the “ Christian Chronicle” and the “ National Baptist.” During the ten years of his connection with the Society in his official relation the efficiency of its publication work was ereatly advanced. His appreciation of literary values and his respect for the integrity of an author’s work are clearly manifested in his Introduction to “ Bunyan’s Experimental Works” published under his supervision in 1852. [ 301 J PIONEERS OF LIGHT In 1859 he retired from the editorial office on account of failing health. Doctor Cathcart, in his “ Baptist Encyclopedia,” says of him: Doctor Brown had poor health most of his life, but it was the only poor thing about him; he had great faith; he was never angry; he loved every one; he was the meekest man the writer ever knew; he walked very closely with God. He fell asleep in Jesus, May 14, in Germantown, Pa. | 302 | Il Hi CNS igi OES 20. Benjamin Griffith Rev. Benjamin Griffith, D. D., Pastor of the New Market Street Baptist Church in Philadelphia, was elected a member of the Board of Managers of the American Baptist Publication Society in 1852. In the words of his friend, Charles H. Banes, he was recognized as a man among men, far-sighted, forceful; clear and decided in his convictions, courageous, but calm in his expressions. To this same friend, Colonel Banes, we are indebted for the little information available concerning the early life of Benjamin Griffith, the “ flaxen-haired boy ” of Welsh parent- age, motherless from infancy, who was wholly orphaned at eleven years of age by the death of his father. After two years of life with his uncle in Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania, where his time had been divided between his uncle’s country store and the country school of the district, he mounted a colt provided by this uncle and started alone on his long ride to Baltimore, ‘to make his own way in the world on his own account.” In Baltimore he became a member of the Sunday school of the First Baptist Church and formed friendships there which were dear to him to the end of his life. Here was germinated what became his life-long devotion to Sunday-school work, illustrating a paragraph in his report for the missionary department in 1871: A Sunday school is organized. It becomes the center of a quiet but mighty influence; through it impressions will be made upon hundreds, _ shaping them for eternity, and they in turn will mold other minds. Scores [ 303 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT may be gathered to Christ by means of its instrumentality. But at the time of its organization, the only report that could be made was “one Sunday school established.” Finding employment as clerk in a store he spent six years in Baltimore, chiefly in mercantile work. Colonel Banes writes of him, His life was chaste and pure, but his love for gaiety, and especially dancing, interposed for a time between the church and the world. Finally in November, 1839, at eighteen years of age, he was baptized in the First Baptist Church where he had become a member of the Sunday school soon after going to Baltimore. In the following year, 1840, he entered Madison (now Col- gate) University, as a student in preparation for the ministry. Not content to wait until the end of his period of preparatory study before passing on to others something of the benefit he was receiving, he looked about for opportunity to render needed service. [Finding an unoccupied field two miles away, he gathered the children of the neighborhood, organized a Sunday school and “ became about everything for it—super- intendent, teacher, and burden-bearer.” After his graduation from the University in 1848 he became missionary pastor in Maryland with salary of $400 a year. He left this work in 1851 to accept the pastorate of the New Market Street Baptist Church in Philadelphia. In personal appearance he was described by one who knew him at that time as a youngish-looking man—he was in his thirtieth year—of medium height and rather slim, with frank open features bronzed by exposure to the sun; quiet of demeanor and graceful in movement, with a sweet, clear, pene- trating voice, enunciating every word distinctly. In September, 1854, after the erection of a more commodi- ous building in a location more favorable for efficient work, at the corner of Fifth and Buttonwood Streets, the name of [ 304 ] RECONSTRUCTORS the church was changed to the Fourth Baptist Church of Philadelphia. Not only did Doctor Griffith secure generous financial con- tributions for the Publication Society from the church of which he was pastor, even during the time when it was building the new house of worship, but he gave unstinted personal ser- vice as a member of its Board of Managers. In October, 1854, the month following the dedication of the new church, he married Elizabeth C. Crozer, a daughter of John P. Crozer, of Upland, Pennsylvania, a woman sympa- thetic with his highest ideals of life and service. To her he wrote, concerning his work as a member of the Committee on Publications : I went to the rooms and remained in committee meeting till half past six o’clock. This kind of work is very taxing, not simply on time, but on mind and body. I came home completely jaded. And now, what do you think I have been doing? Reading another book manuscript, three this week. I expect another one shortly. Doctor Blackall has written of him, From the very beginning of his membership in the Board, his capacity for leadership was shown, in the wisdom of his practical suggestions and his eminent executive ability. His first year as a member of the Board of Managers was the year in which had occurred the resignation of Thomas Malcom as Secretary, the election of Kendall Brooks as Asso- ciate Secretary, his resignation at’the end of four months to accept a professorship in Waterville College, and the appoint- ment of Heman Lincoln to fill the office for the remainder of the year, succeeded by his election as Corresponding Secretary and the unsuccessful effort to secure his release from the pas- torate of the Jamaica Plain Baptist Church to enable him to accept the secretaryship. In addition to these changes, the Board, in the same year, lost three experienced and valuable members by their removal to other fields of labor. [ 305 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT ee See In this time of swift and bewildering changes in the staff of workers the practical sagacity, wise discrimination, and judgment of this new member of the Board of Managers soon became evident. The Board’s appreciation of these qualities was shown in their appointment of Mr. Griffith as chairman of important committees, appointments which he thoroughly justified by the service which he rendered in such connections. His discretion and tact were especially demonstrated in his work as chairman of the committee appointed in 1853 to “designate the duties of the secretaries ”—a subject which had become of delicate and urgent importance in the stress of frequent changes of personnel in the staff of workers. That the matters under discussion in this connection were not all adjusted in a moment is indicated by the following extract from a letter written by Mr. Griffith under date of June 29, 1856: This committee on depository agent and help, which has had so many meetings, will have another meeting on Monday, nine o’clock, probably all day. The business is very important. I ought to be there. As Chairman of the Committee on the Publishing Fund he reported at the Annual Meeting in 1854: Your Committee speak in soberness when they give it as their calm and | deliberate judgment, that $20,000 additional to the Publishing Fund are not only desirable, but imperatively demanded. The field before us is widening on every side. In 1856 Mr. Griffith was entrusted with many of the details of negotiations which finally resulted in merging the New England Sabbath School Union into the Publication Society— a transaction which ultimately was satisfactory to all con- cerned. Doctor Blackall records that in this same year, 1856, Mr. Griffith was a member of a committee to revise the anniversary minutes and prepare them for publication; and also one of a committee “to prepare a suitable [ 306 ] -RECONSTRUCTORS testimonial on the resignation of the Corresponding Secretary, William Shadrach, D. D.” His name appears as author of several important reso- lutions, proving that every department of the work of the Board came under his notice and awakened his interest; and during the fiscal year he was present at twenty-one of its twenty-five meetings. When in May, 1857, he accepted the secretaryship of The American Baptist Publication Society, he brought to the work not only intense interest in and devotion to the causes which it represented, but also personal experience in some of the leading lines of service which were to come under his adminis- tration. Moreover, he entered upon his new responsibilities with the practical assurance that funds would be available for carrying out his ideals for the promotion and expansion of the work. In its history of thirty-three years the Society had had a - succession of agents and secretaries, including some of the noblest spirits known in all history. ‘Their terms of office had been brief, averaging less than three years each. Among the managers and other officers in that time had been men of exceptional ability who had come and gone in a constantly changing procession. Funds had’ been collected where they could be found with no stable source of supply. Yet, notwith- standing all uncertainties and all vicissitudes, the work had grown and developed marvelously. The time at which Doctor Griffith accepted the office of Corresponding Secretary of The American Baptist Publication Society, May, 1857, was a time of change within the ranks of the Society. The resignations early in the year of the Treasurer, Charles B. Keen, because of a prospective absence of several months in Europe, and of the Depository Agent, Mr. Loxley, on account of impaired health, after many years of laborious, faithful service, brought a strong sense of loss in the working staff. Two members of the Board, Rev. M. G. Clarke and Rev. A. C. Wheat, for reasons of health and absence from the city, had resigned. The death of William Colgate, of New York, a Life Manager, [ 307 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT an early and staunch friend of the Society, was deeply felt not only on account of his generous contributions but also because of his strong outspoken denominational loyalty, espe- cially in the matter of Bible translation. Another Life Manager, Rev. J. G. Collum, of New Jersey, and two Life Members, Rev. Lovell Ingalls, of Burma, and A. M. Beebee of New York, died in this year. The Business Department of the Society was embarrassed by advances made for missionary work, and liabilities had been increased by purchasing the assets of the New England Sab- bath School Union. In addition to change and losses within the Society, the cloud of possible civil war loomed vaguely in the national horizon, bringing uncertainty and gloom in the general out- look. In the face of this combination of circumstances, his comment on his election was: ‘ Whether I can do any portion — of what is required remains to be seen. I-shall try, and try hard.” That pledge was kept through all the thirty-six years which followed to the end of his life of devoted service. The centralization of power in the early years of his occu- pancy of the secretaryship is impressive: The Corresponding Secretary was made also editor, publishing agent, depository agent, and assistant treasurer. .. At his suggestion, the varied work of the Board was rearranged and a “ Standing Business Committee ”’ was formed, of which Mr. John P. Crozer was made “ Permanent Chair- man.” By-laws were at once adopted for its guidance; auditors were named; reports were required monthly from each department; the agency system was revised; the colporters were held to a more strict account of their sales, inevitable losses being charged up to profit and loss account; and the whole system of colportage was revised, the details being carefully worked out by the Secretary. . . The “ one-hundred-thousand-dollar fund” effort was temporarily suspended. . . The Secretary was asked to raise fifteen hundred dollars “to meet the present exigencies of the times,” and temporary loans from banks were authorized and arranged, but no promise went unpaid, and never was a single note in bank protested. In all this reefing of sails before impending storm, so graphi- cally described by Doctor Blackall in his memorial article on [ 308 ] RECONSTRUCTORS Benjamin Griffith in relation to the Publication Society, from which the above quotations are made, Doctor Griffith’s “ cour- age never faltered and his faith never wavered.” Other co- workers nearer than Doctor Blackall was at that time to Doctor Griffith, were ready to confirm this testimony to the character of the man who had come to the secretaryship for such a time as that which immediately followed his election, and for all the later time during which he was spared to serve. A part of his power in service was faith in his coworkers allied with faith in God, and supplemented by his power to arouse and to hold the confidence and cooperation of others in his own plans and purposes. One phase of the readjustments made in the early part of Doctor Griffith's work as Corresponding Secretary had been the complete separation of the Missionary and Business De- partments of the Society. Each was given its own set of books, and accountings were kept entirely separate from each other, although the Corresponding Secretary was executive head of both as of all other departments of the Society’s work. Able leaders were given responsibility for certain departments of work but “ They were held responsible to him, for in every matter of importance he formed the final court of appeal.” Not only was Doctor Griffith strong and courageous; he was gentle. One who spent years in his employ said of him, “He could move and overcome obstacles in the most gentle way without making enemies of those he felt obliged to oppose.” Another said of him, “ In every difficulty he would listen patiently and always decide kindly but justly.” Dr. J. N. Murdoch, Corresponding Secretary of the American Baptist Missionary Union during many years, said of Doctor Griffith : He was always transparent, direct, and sincere. His sense of honor was keen and exacting, making him scrupulous in his intercourse with his friends. He was a man with whom one could afford to differ. I never [ 309 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT saw him ruffled or impatient in the sharpest discussion on points of difference. At the end, in 1893, when the thirty-six years of service which Benjamin Griffith had given to the Secretaryship of The American Baptist Publication Society were finished, a chorus of eulogy from every side testified the universal appre- ciation of his life and work. Could he have spoken, it would have been like him to call attention to his coworkers and to claim for them credit for a portion of the success which was being attributed to him. His organizing ability seems to have been one of his greatest assets in connection with the work of the Society. It was said of him by one who was a prominent member of the Board of Managers during twenty-one years, When it came to the marshaling of forces and organizing for work, his superiority was felt and cheerfully conceded by his associates rather than asserted by himself. All who have had experience in executive work realize how much depends on the quality of the forces EN EAHA Ks for mar- shaling and organizing. 21. John Price Crozer One name which instantly suggests itself in connection with the work of Doctor Griffith is that of John Price Crozer, Vice- president of the Society from 1851 to the end of his life in 1866. It would be interesting to trace the parallel between the development of The American Baptist Publication Society and the experiences of the man whose name in later years came to be so indissolubly linked with that organization. Dr. William Staughton when at the height of his power as. pastor of the First Baptist Church of Philadelphia, where “ he was recognized as the leader of his profession and invariably preached to crowded houses,’ went one day to Springfield, ten miles west of Philadelphia, to preach the funeral sermon [ 310 ] RECONSTRUCTORS of a young girl, a farmer’s daughter. John Price Crozer, then a boy fourteen years of age, whose home was with his parents on an adjoining farm, was in the little company of neighbors and friends seated on chairs and benches in a room of the low-ceilinged farmhouse in-which the service was held. In the following April, 1807, John and his sister Sarah were baptized by Doctor Staughton, in the ~ Schuylkill at the end of Spruce Street, and united with the First Baptist Church of Philadelphia. . . At Marcus Hook, eight miles off, there was stated preaching once a month, which John always attended, and once a month, or oftener he attended divine service in Philadelphia; sometimes taking one or both of his sisters, and at others going alone on horseback. For several years following this time, until after the death of his invalid father in 1816 and of his mother in the follow- ing year, John had the entire management of the farm. Then came a period of change, after the farm had been sold and its proceeds divided among his two sisters, two brothers, and himself. - Until 1824 he steadily felt the stress of poverty, of toil, of rigid economy, of disappointment, of vicissitude. In 1824 when he had just passed his thirty-first birthday and was emerging from poverty to competence, Doctor Staughton, who had exercised so potent an influence over him in his adolescent boyhood, was advising with the group of gifted students under his care in Columbian College in their efforts to establish The Baptist General Tract Society. In this Same year, 1824, Mr. Crozer, having established himself in business, married the noble woman whom he had loved since his early manhood. The beginning of his home life with her coincided with a renewal of the intensity of the early religious aspirations in- spired in him by Doctor Staughton. After many years of hard work and strict economy Mr. Crozer’s business became prosperous. In 1839 he purchased more property. “learing away an old paper-mill, he erected a new factory and moved his residence to Crozerville, a larger, [311] PIONEERS OF LIGHT finer establishment. Business having become lucrative, he took life more easily. Later he records in his diary, When I think of the responsibility, the requirements, the stewardship, it is then that I feel, and desire to feel, that special blessings are not given for naught. January 1, 1847, having received his son Samuel into part- nership in business with him, and had his books written up and the balance-sheet opened before him, he wrote, I feel the utter worthlessness of riches, and yet all the time to be making haste to be rich is a strange feature in human nature, or at least, in mine. In that year, 1847, while retaining possession of his previous residences at West Branch and Crozerville, he erected and moved into “a spacious mansion at Upland as a home for his family.” On January 13, 1848, his fifty-sixth birthday, he records in his diary: I must needs have employment. Would to God I might be directed to some field of enlarged usefulness, in which no self-interest could ensue! . . O my Lord, if it is Thy righteous pleasure, direct me clearly and decisively to some path of duty and of usefulness, apart from the absorbing influence of wealth and worldly-mindedness. Another entry in his diary records: I have learned the art of making money, but of how small account is this! sordid gain—accumulation of one kind of dust, no better, in reality, than the clay of the fields around me. Oh, that I could do a little for my Lord and Master! A little for my friends and neighbors! A little for the dying multitudes about me!—before I go hence to be no more on earth. The sequel to such self-appraisal, to such prayers, is found in his growing devotion to the work of Christian education and of many types of philanthropic service. In 1851 he be- came Vice-president of The American Baptist Publication Society. [ 312 ] RECONSTRUCTORS Through his contributions new fields were entered, new workers were secured, new life was given to department after department of the Society's work. Mr. Crozer’s official connection with the Publication Society antedates by one year that of Doctor Griffith. His interest in the work naturally was intensified by the close family relation- ship which developed in the marriage of his daughter to Doctor Griffith in 1854, and the acceptance of the Secretary- ship of the Society by Doctor Griffith in 1857. His zeal and generosity for the work, however, had their spring in experi- ences more intimate even than these. His personal diary, written as an outpouring of his own growing experiences, gives the secret of that zeal for service which communicated itself to his son and to other members of his family who, after his passing, in 1866, sought not only to complete what he had begun, but to enlarge his plans and to broaden the flow of his beneficence. 22. William Bucknell The second name which suggests itself in the list of recon- structors with Doctor Griffith is that of Mr. William Bucknell. Mr. Bucknell was born April 1, 1811, in Delaware County, Pennsylvania, near Marcus Hook. He came to Philadelphia at sixteen years of age, and learned wood-carving. He fol- lowed that occupation until by industry, skill, economy, and rigid punctuality in his business he had acquired a small capital which he employed in brokerage and real estate transactions and was steadily successful. Later he engaged in the construction of water and gas works in several cities. “It was his pride always to comply in full with his contracts and punctiliously on time.” He was a member of the Board of Managers of The Ameri- can Baptist Publication Society during forty-nine years, beginning with 1841, and Chairman of that Board during twenty-three years, beginning with 1867. [ 313] PIONEERS OF LIGHT It is said that he was one of the most earnest advocates of the movement changing the Society from simply a tract and Sunday-school organization to a publishing society of more general character. At the time of his death in 1890 it was recorded of him that he was “ the largest single giver to The American Baptist Publication Society.” | He was baptized by Dr. Rufus Babcock of the Spruce Street Baptist Church, Philadelphia, when he was twenty-five years of age. _ From the beginning of his business career he regu- larly reserved a part of his income for beneficence. In his life he gave more than $1,000,000. During several years his benefactions averaged more than $1,000 a week. His benefactions were distributed over a wide area, includ- ing not only the Publication Society, but also the American Bible Society, the American Sunday School Union, and many hospitals and institutional homes. In the time of the Civil War he made large donations to the Sanitary and Christian Commission, and, later, gave large sums to aid the depleted South. | Many academies and colleges were helped by him. His generous gifts to Lewisburg University led the trustees to change the name of that institution to Bucknell University. He erected Pearl Hall at Crozer Theological Seminary in memory of his wife, Margaret Crozer, stocked it with a library, and provided for its increase. He gave large sums of money for foreign missions and churches and also for the building of churches in Philadelphia, and for the payment of church debts. It is said that the last words of his life were: “ Grace! Sovereign grace! ”’ 23. George W. Anderson A steady recognition of the importance of the Book Pub- lishing Department has prevented the lapsing of the office of [ 314] WILLIAM BUCKNELL Board Member for Forty-nine Years RECONSTRUCTORS Book Editor in all the changes which have come since 1849, when Dr. John Newton Brown was elected “to supervise all the publications of the Society.” In 1864 Rev. George W. Anderson, D. D., became Acting Editor under the direction of Doctor Griffith who, until that time after the resignation of Doctor Brown, had carried the editorial work in addition to his regular duties as Correspond- ing Secretary. Later, Doctor Anderson was elected Editor and rendered excellent service during the twenty-seven years of his connection with the editorial department of the Society. He was a native of Philadelphia, a graduate of Madison Uni- versity in 1844, and of Hamilton Theological Seminary in 1846. In the same year, 1846, he became editor of the “Christian Chronicle.” In 1849 he was elected to the chair of Latin Languages and Literature in Lewisburg University. Later he was ordained to the ministry and spent some years in pastoral work before coming to the editorial department of The American Baptist Publication Society. 24. Philip L. Jones Rev. Philip L. Jones, D. D., elected Book Editor in 1880, succeeding Doctor Anderson in office, served in that capacity during more than twenty-four years, resigning only a few months before his death in 1913. He was a man of keen observation, and unusual tact. His just estimate of literary values and his skilful management of business details made his editorial work invaluable to the Society. In addition to his work as Book Editor he was editor for a time of “ Young People at Work,” the name of which was changed later to the ““ Young People’s Union.” He was a writer of some note. His “ Restatement of Baptist Principles’ was translated into Japanese and also into some other languages. The last work of his pen, written only a few days before his death, was a rhymed version of the Twenty-third Psalm. [ 315 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT 25. Charles H. Banes Colonel Charles H. Banes, a member of the Board of Managers of The American Baptist Publication Society since 1873, was elected its Treasurer in 1883. Ten years later he was elected to the office of Corresponding Secretary after the death of Doctor Griffith. Dr. Philip L. Jones has left for us this description of the new secretary : A man tall, straight, with iron-gray hair, but not past the prime of life; a man prompt, direct, and yet always courteous; a man equally at home in a manufactory, a counting-room, a bank, or on a public platform; a man clear-eyed and clean-handed; a man who can do much because he can place responsibility upon others; a man who has achieved distinction as a soldier, and is not without experience in political positions; a man who knows good literature and collects it, nor is devoid of skill to write; a man loyal as a friend, incorruptible as a citizen; and humble and active as a Christian. Because of the pressing nature of his other engagements Colonel Banes declined the secretaryship except for a few months following the lamented death of Doctor Griffith. Ac- cording to the record of the Board he filled this office with signal ability, and to the entire satisfaction, not only of the Board, but of the denomination at large. His resignation was reluctantly ac- cepted, and he was again appointed treasurer, which position he held to the hour of his death. He was characterized in the record of the Board as wise in counsel, prompt and decided in administration, with a cultivated mind and taste, and a quick appreciation of the needs of the situation. He was a man to whom they constantly looked for leadership. His in- terest took hold of every phase of the Society’s work. All departments found in him a sympathetic friend and helper. 26. Adoniram Judson Rowland Rev. Adoniram Judson Rowland, D. D., who became Gen- eral Secretary of the Publication Society in 1895, rendered [ 316 ] RECONSTRUCTORS earnest service in that capacity during twenty-two years and has left a lasting impress on the work. His official connection with the Society dated from 1875 when he became a member of its Board of Managers. From that time on his relation to the work was marked by a series of promotions. In 1887 he was made Editor of “ Young Reople sineioo4, of Lhe Senior Quarterly,” In 1890 he was made Recording Secretary of the Society, and in 1895, General Secretary; in 1917, Secretary Emeritus’ with full salary for life. Doctor Rowland’s generally recognized executive ability had abundant opportunity for exercise in the time of his secre- taryship. In 1896, soon after his acceptance of the office, the Society’s building at 1420 Chestnut Street, with its contents, was destroyed by fire. At this time the new printing-house was in process of building. | Men who were members of the Board at the time speak with gratitude and pride of the versatility of thought, the keen judgment, the admirable discretion which he manifested in meeting emergencies so suddenly thrust upon the Executive Committee of the Society. His “ business judgment and his executive ability ’ impressed those who shared responsibility with him during the time of building the new publication house at 1420 Chestnut Street, and no less in the reluctant decision later to sell this and to erect the Roger Williams Building at Seventeenth and Chestnut Streets. Dr. Gilbert N. Brink, worthy successor of Doctor Row- land, writing of this time of sudden testing says: The severe test of managerial capacity was admirably met by the General Secretary, nobly aided by the Board of Managers and the Administrative Staff. Within forty-eight hours the process of restoration in temporary quarters was well under way, the new printing-house building being partly utilized; stock was called in from branch houses; contracts were made with business firms; every department was brought into full cooperation. All this involved an immense amount of detail work by the General Secretary in rehabilitating the departments as well as in settling questions of values, [ 317 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT insurance, etc. With commendable quickness a new, larger, and more costly building, built on the old site, was made ready for use. The Board recorded officially that “‘ at the very outset Doc- tor Rowland proved the mental and moral grasp which dis- tinguished his administration.”’ They paid him glowing tribute as “ably representing the Society in decades of change in the denomination’s policy and organization.” They add: We one and all have admired his personal qualities, his engaging manners, his characteristic courtesy and kindness, his strong personal convictions, his broad sympathies, his consideration for the other man’s point of view and claims for attentfon. We have honored him for his active mind, his fund of knowledge, his fine power of expression, his ready command of wide fields of fact, and his thorough devotion of all his noble powers to the service to which the Master and the churches had called him. ‘ Those who knew him intimately speak of his “ flashes of humor,’ of his “ winsome personal charm.”’ Ernest L. Tustin, then a member of the Board of Managers of the Publication Society and also Director of Public Welfare of the City of Philadelphia, after speaking of the serious problems met and solved by Doctor Rowland in his executive capacity, added: Doctor Rowland proved more than a business man; with competent head and heart of unspotted integrity he brought the pastoral mind and spirit into his dealing with the Society’s employees, and lonély workers far away were cheered by letters in the handwriting: of their most brotherly chief. To the end he worked. The Sunday before his going, he preached morning and evening in a Philadelphia pulpit. In 1920, near the Christmastime, Dr. Samuel G. Neil, Bible and Field Secretary of the Society, wrote of him: We saw the valiant pilgrim making his entrance into the City Celestial. So he passed over, and all the trumpets sounded for him on the other side! [ 318 ] ADONIRAM JUDSON ROWLAND, D.D., LL. D. General Secretary, 1895-1917 oe « hd - %) + bre ce iP igt ws. ¢ My | ‘es “fae ay ede 0 ee ’ Pry » . Pet j eae + . y ‘ “erly “er + 1 Fi . a . ' ‘ a 1a)%, : : D ve’ a Dt po fa a ‘ ; . yall 7 i ie , i] } ; ~ ae te fa : - . 1 - . : . hehe vy, ait é i ivy ' ‘ : 7 ’ y ‘ r: a8 4 ie ; “ } aly me ! : Re . 4 cn £ , =f } a : ¢ _ i ' - 4 bis _ ‘ i '. ; 7s j t Ma A; : ee " e? 7 r J, ¥ Zs - ae - J i " ( J i t ] . we — ae 4 « < : -* é- " r , a i , a a 3 ‘7 ° 2 H pe yt ao chs ‘ - ‘ 3 t see ends ‘ : q ’ — ¥ ( 4 ae ‘ ts 4 . ee dite ‘ , ‘ 4 j ; ; ' i , ema i , 1 1 i Ally / * x) mH La : t i 2 ry “9 ; s aed 04. et Wee ie af ' i... iy — - 4 ne ae Bras Va Anes | - ; Jo Tea af 4 ; ; pal re ‘ ‘oe "1 m ; , : ea ' os f ot ‘ 4 ee =/* 7 2 ' ; J F ie eee ~ A vea's Tin: é , ie breil | a > we / P 9 Ae ; OLN ast i ee ., ‘ . ut dibs J *5 tad! pane ae val i é AD ues eh eee a7 ’ ro. wpe a i ys iW, a ix; Sind. OS ae Ua ‘i / ii bY by a TT Se oe } : ‘ my a a saan) Lae ¢ ' t ds d= : A ec’ ze 4 ec Alpe 7” eee | ae. vf 7 =< b i ] 7 > tn, Ores “ ot : w + ‘V4 - - Fj - a : : ' 4 ’ - Moe. Ma, \ j ; Va bats 75 q ‘ ' > ’ 1 2th Ad9 a* miss Pa) " F ’ : : : * IV EXTENSION WORKMEN The remarkable team-work accomplished between 1857 and _1866 by Doctor Griffith as Corresponding Secretary, Editor, - Publishing Agent, Depository Agent, and Assistant Treasurer, and John P. Crozer as Vice-president of the Society, Chair- man of the Board of Managers, Permanent Chairman of the Business Committee, and Generous Contributor, resulted in so large an increase in the Society’s operations that some dis- tribution of responsibilities at headquarters finally became inevitable. 27. S. W. Marston Rev. S. W. Marston, D. D., chairman of a committee on Sunday-school work which had been appointed in the morning of the first day of the annual meeting of the Society, May 19, 1871, reported in the afternoon session of the same day, the following resolutions: Resolved, That in order to the more efficient service in the Sunday-school work in our country, we recommend our Board of Managers to appoint a standing committee, to be known as the Committee on the Sunday-school Work. Resolved, That a general Sunday-school Secretary be appointed, whose duty it shall be to secure, as far as possible, uniformity and efficiency in State and Associational organizations, and to instruct the churches and Sunday-school officers and teachers in the practical work of the Sunday school. After full discussion this report was adopted. Doctor Marston, whose prompt report for the committee of which he was chairman in that Chicago meeting was so comprehensive in its grasp of fundamental needs, was no novice in educational work. As Secretary of the Sunday [ 319 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT School Convention of the State of Missouri, in the two years previous to 1871 he had increased the number of schools in that State from 74 to 603, with 5,094 teachers and officers, and 38,182 pupils. He had organized in each of the 59 Associations in the State a Sunday School Convention aux- iliary to the State Sunday School Convention. After three years of service in this connection he was ap- pointed by President Grant as United States Agent for civil- ized Indians in the Indian Territory and, later, in 1879, by The American Baptist Home Mission Society as superin- tendent of work among the freedmen of the South. 28. Warren Randolph Rev. Warren ‘Randolph, D. D., was appointed Sunday School Secretary, in accordance with the resolutions adopted in the annual meeting of 1871, and began his work in that year. His duties as outlined to Doctor Randolph were to develop Sunday-school benevolences; to organize the Sunday-school force; to extend Sunday-school missions; to educate Sunday-school workers, and to secure the Sunday-school book patronage. After graduating from Brown. University in 1851, Doctor Randolph had filled important pastorates in Providence, Phila- delphia, and Boston until 1870, when he spent nearly a year traveling in Europe and the Fast. In accepting the office of Sunday School Secretary for The American Baptist Publication Society he saw the work of the Society as related to the Sunday-school work of the world. In the following year, 1872, he was chosen a member of the first lesson committee of the National Sunday School Conven- tion, and also as the first secretary of the International Sun- day School Lesson Committee. He filled this office during twenty-five years. In all that time he missed only one session of the Committee. It is recorded of him that he did “ more work for the International Lesson Committee than any other member of any Committee,” and that he worked [ 320 ] EXTENSION WORKMEN in the love of a strong, sweet spirit that saw with a prophet’s vision the millions of Sunday-school teachers and pupils to whose service he gladly gave himself. Doctor Randolph resigned the secretaryship in The Ameri- can Baptist Publication Society in 1877 to return to pastoral work, holding charges first in Indianapolis and later in New- port, Rhode Island. After his death in 1899, the Board recorded of him, No little of the success of the Society in its Sunday School Department in more recent years is due to the foundation work done by Doctor Ran- dolph during his term of office. No immediate successor was appointed in this department. Years after his resignation, Doctor Randolph had said of Doctor Griffith after the close of his labors: He had no hobby. He was simply set on doing well whatever he under- took. He moved forward the various departments of his work as a skilful general moves forward his men. Had it been possible to think of Doctor Griffith as having a ‘‘ hobby,” perhaps the Sunday school would have been sug- gested first in that connection. To him Sunday-school work was missionary service of the highest order. 29. George J. Johnson Rey. George J. Johnson, D. D., became Missionary Secre- tary in 1878. ‘The thirty years previous to this appointment since his graduation from Hamilton Theological Seminary had been spent in missionary work in the West and the South- west. In his first pastorate in Burlington, Iowa, where he organized a church of twelve members, and saw it grow to 318 members under his leadership, John E. Clough, who later became missionary to the Telugus in India, was one of his converts. Resigning pastoral work for service with The American [ 321 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT Baptist Publication Society he labored as District Secretary first in the Northwest, where his District included Michigan, Illinois, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri, and “all the regions beyond’’; and later in the Southwest, with head- quarters in St. Louis, and a field including the southern half of Illinois, all country west of the Mississippi River, and the States south to the Gulf of Mexico. His earnest work in these connections led to his appointment as Missionary Secretary of the national Society and his transfer to the home office in Philadelphia. His success in this broader field of service abundantly justified his appointment. In 1881 the receipts for missionary purposes, for the first time in the history of the Society, included contributions from every State and Territory in the nation, and made an aggregate larger than ever before; and a small balance remained to the credit of each department. 30. C. C. Bitting Rev. C. C. Bitting, D. D., was appointed Bible Secretary in 1883, in accordance with “ Resolution 7” adopted at the Bible Convention at Saratoga in that year. Doctor Bitting resigned his successful pastorate with the Franklin Square Baptist Church in Baltimore in order to undertake this work. His ‘* Bible Societies and the Baptists,” published in 1897, by the Publication Society, records the steps leading to and through the Bible Convention of 1883. On the retirement in October, 1884, of Doctor Johnson from the office of Missionary Secretary, the Board committed the executive work of the Missionary Department as well as that of the Bible Department to Doctor Bitting. He was con- nected officially with the Society until his death, December 24, 1898. His tireless energy and large executive ability were of great service in both the Bible and Missionary Departments during the term of his secretaryship. His passing brought loss to the Society and bereavement to a multitude of personal friends. [ 322 ] EXTENSION WORKMEN 310.De CoHuches Rev. D. C. Hughes, D. D., was elected a representative of the American and Foreign Bible Society in the Board of Man- agers of The American Baptist Publication Society in accor- dance with “ Resolution 8” in the agreement made at the Saratoga Convention in 1883. He had been a strong advocate of The American Bible Union, and he “took no inconsiderable part in the work of translating the Word of God undertaken by that organi- zation.” Doctor Hughes was a native of Wales. He came to this country in his early manhood and was an earnest and success- ful pastor in some of our best churches. He was Vice-president of The American Baptist Publication Society in 1900, and was a member of the Board of Managers from that time until his death in 1910, at the home of his son, the Hon. Charles Evans Hughes, then Governor of the State of New York, now Secretary of State for our Federal Government. 32. Spencer H. Cone Of American Baptists engaged in activities connected with the work of the Bible Societies before the incorporation of that work in the Publication Society two were especially prominent—Doctor Cone and William Colgate. Rev. Spencer H. Cone, D. D., one of the first Life Members of the Tract Society, was elected in 1833 as one of the Corre- sponding Secretaries of the American Bible Society. He was one of the leaders in the formation of the American and Foreign Bible Society in 1837, and was President of that organization until 1850, when he resigned that office and united with others in the formation of The American Bible - Union of which he became the first president and continued in that office until his death in 1855. [ 323 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Doctor Cone became a minister of the Oliver Street Baptist Church in New York in 1823, and served there during eighteen years, resigning in 1841, to become pastor of the First Church in the same city. He has been described as being gifted with “a brilliant, creative mind, and an impulsive, impatient temperament,” yet he seems to have done excellent work in these two metropolitan pastorates during a period of thirty- four years. In personal appearance he was described as being “ tall, erect, graceful,” and as having “a melodious voice and ready speech.” It is said of him, further, that “he had marked ability as a presiding and executive officer.” “The volun- tary principle in whatever pertains to religion’ was the key- note of his life and work. His biographer says of him that In The American Baptist Publication Society from its first organization in Washington under the name of the Baptist General Tract Society to the close of his life, he took a lively interest. .. The last monies contributed to the cause of benevolence, through him, were for this society. 33. William Colgate Mr. William Colgate, a Life Manager of The American Baptist Publication Society, was recorded in the Annual Re- port for 1857 as “ an early and reliable friend of this Society.”’ The same phraseology might be used truthfully in regard to his connection with the work of the Bible Societies and of other denominational organizations. He was not of the type of men who watch the direction of the tide of sentiment and influence before deciding to embark in an enterprise. More than once in his life he proved his power to turn the tide into constructive channels of Christian activity. He was born of Kentish stock, in Kent County, England, and lived at Shoreham until his twelfth year. His father, Robert Colgate, was a leader among the people seeking reform in England and deprecating severity toward [ 324 ] ~~ WILLIAM COLGATE “ Early and Rel iend ” iable Fr P r . ‘ ; Le \ t/ ? 4 . eet 1 ‘ vit “ | ¥ eb ) Me ge ay, ; i he) g i J / Ae { i’ j } / Lar | ) : + J n - ' 2 { n , \ + ' - t 4 t ~ i / ‘ i 5) * ra ! . os - i : - q os = eee j . 1a ‘ j * ; bed 8). a oben . : ve . é q ¢ that | : " ; st | 4 f : ’ Pa Y ; f ed | p oe ¢ Th? - la : t — 5 4/) P » Ly hides a A : . ae ay Sala yes ey Fi il ey X A ' 6 : ' TU onh q . hee aL ee er Me ie Pe a op Pie q ane Ptah kt Ol ad Py ~J aa oy + To. sr | b Le piuls a is ale ju te an we F ee an o* ; 4 4 Tv ef Ohi! g tad ki . ; : ¢ i i Ve > \ - _ i. Pere ye gay { : . ei” a ae “ a ie ". ’ +e) Py - L's . t J ; : j P a3 Ky ; ; : i ‘ ; ‘ "als wt ~ \ bs at oy : 4 ‘ ‘ Ant a <>; ’ ane i rf at ' 4 - ee A s. ; i, y 7 " , i : os + iA « 7 re eee e > i? * J 4 ‘ft 4 ’ s, arr wy E ’ ' ‘ Te z ee i ; ie i i jay oa o¢ ‘ “ ts 7 > > “4 ‘ * 4 r' i ‘se ind 1% Sead . r q es ei a ae Ad: Py Tie by j ; j rit he Sea) i Ay 5 ae ‘ ? ic 6 y y ’, F - <4 tr ~ & 7 +4 ; 2 4) 4 7°. @ any ai ‘ pa, ’ a : a) 5 ) p ae nk : 2 he ,. 4 £ a bs aa en iv”. : f Pattie, Pure 5 A : 4 7 pie no : rs ~ } if. ve ee. ee r \ ms f ov iy gs ace i* f ee AP ee | of Sig i b a \~ WA y i t Q ed | P 5 eo * 2 y ran a s : i. er aad , , a iv ‘ ee rent Viet yp j i : al ¥ nl ak om ’ rae a * ss J -#) 4 ¢ ¢ _ = ans a nina? vd ba Anca! aie HY > Po eae a ;' i i . oat 7 jive oa! 4 fe gy ‘ PS ee aes SD) re i. ve ay hes roa ai DI aS mae D y vs i -% > A} a7 em ° del : A? hs é vl i i ba) } : wa bal EXTENSION WORKMEN the American colonists. Warned by the younger Pitt, the “Great Commoner,” a friend of schoolboy days, who knew that plans were laid against his safety, he sailed with his large family for America, in 1795. He went first to Maryland and established his family on a farm in the vicinity of Baltimore. From the age of twelve to fourteen years, William Col- gate, the oldest son, attended one of the best schools in Balt1- more. At fifteen years of age he began to work. Through fraudulent title the farm which his father had bought near Baltimore was lost. William, then seventeen years old, paid his father’s debts, and supported the family, eventually buying a farm for them in Dutchess County, New York, where his father lived during the remainder of his days. While working to free his father from financial embarrass- ment he became conscious of so strongly vindictive a feeling against those who had impoverished them, that he was unable to overcome it. Then he sought and found that Divine Help which alone could enable him to for- give as he would be forgiven. .. He became known as a peace-maker between alienated parties and individuals. In business he was described as being “alert, vigilant, shrewd, diligent, courteous, systematic, and persistent.” He was married in 1811 to Mary Gilbert, of English descent, and lived at 43 John Street, New York. In the words of his grandson, James C. Colgate, Sometime after that he moved up-town to Chambers Street, where he lived for some years, and later made his friends think he had lost his reason by moving way up to 22 East 23rd Street. “In his home,” we are told by his biographer, Dr. William W. Everts, Wit, humor, business, politics, general news, all found place, but not denunciation, even of bad men. .. He had a large Bible class in the Mul- berry Street Tabernacle. . . He was constantly watching for young men with ministerial gifts. Soon some ten or twelve of them were studying [ 325 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT at Hamilton. . . He formed “The Young Men’s Bible Society of New York.” This was a chief factor in the formation in 1816 of the American Bible Society. In the controversies which arose later in that organization he was quoted as saying in public address: The Baptists, sir, are a peculiar people. No man can lead them, no man can drive them. Their churches are all independent and each one will think for itself, acknowledging no master but one, Jesus. William Colgate was in close cooperation with Doctor Cone, Doctor Kendrick, Mr. Maclay, and others in the formation of the American and Foreign Bible Society, in 1837. It was in his home, 128 Chambers Street, New York, that the historic prayef-meeting was held in May, 1850, when The American Bible Union was conceived, to be organized a few days later in the Baptist Tabernacle on Mulberry Street. He was a generous and enthusiastic friend as well as Treasurer of the Bible Union during the remainder of his life. From the beginning of the organization of The American Baptist Home Mission Society, he was its Treasurer, with Heman Lincoln as its President, Jonathan Going, Secretary, and Doctors Kendrick, Bramley, Irah Chase, and John M. Peck in the Board of Directors. He was one of the earliest and largest contributors to the Triennial Convention. He was one of the earliest friends of Hamilton Theological School, now Colgate University. Mr. Colgate had that energetic type of piety which made him a natural leader of men in good causes. His courage, candor, and truthfulness coupled with charity and fidelity made him a powerful advocate for Christianity. In the progress of special evangelistic services in the church of which he was a member he employed extra help in his office during several months in order to be able to give more time to personal work with inquirers and to other services for the church. [ 326 | EXTENSION WORKMEN His pastor recorded that No member of the church was more active and enthusiastic than William Colgate. He was at the door to greet strangers, and in the inquiry meet- ing. He visited’ in homes, and assisted at the baptistry. It was said of him that “ His industry was consecration, and his work, worship.”’ 34. Robert Gillen Seymour Rev. Robert Gillen Seymour, D. D., was elected Missionary Secretary in 1898, and in 1899 after the death of Doctor Bit- ting, the supervision of the Bible Department was added to his work. His service in both departments was enthusiastic and whole-hearted. His address on “ Personality in Missions,” delivered at the Missionary Mass Meeting in San Francisco in May, 1899, found illustration in his own life and work. A brief extract may be suggestive: It is by the contact of person with person that the kingdom of God progresses. The great reservoir of life is the Eternal God; the personality of man is the conduit which leads the water of life to men. It is for this divine-human touch that the world awaits. 9 Referring to Elisha’s experience he added: The kingdom of God goes not out with staves, even if gold be the staff. Even a prophet’s staff cannot work the cure. .. Our staves may be helpful to us and be symbols of power, but they cannot take the place of ourselves. Doctor Seymour’s genial spirit made friends everywhere. It was easy to realize in his sudden passing from this world in September, 1912, that it was not death, but transition which removed him from labor here to find new activity in a higher sphere. In his last Annual Report, presented in May, 1912, Doctor Seymour announced, We have thirty-four Sunday-school missionaries who are scattered over the country. Over two hundred new schools were organized last year, and over a thousand institutes were held. [ 327 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT 35. Charles H. Spalding Rev. Charles H. Spalding, D. D., who served as District Secretary for New England during twenty-five years, was one who gave himself to the work. He was called “ The best- known and best-beloved man among the Baptists of New England.”’ One who knew him well, said when he had gone in December, 1921, “ A bit of the world’s sunshine is lost in Doctor Spalding’s going home.” The Board recorded of him: His work was marked by conspicuous devotion, ability, and success. He was much more than a representative of the Publication Society. Every interest of the kingdom of God enlisted his active sympathy and support. In 1888 Doctor Spalding reported: The Publication Society is preeminently a Sunday-school society. .. An average of three hundred Sunday schools a year during the last twenty years or more—one year 636, every one of these schools a spike of gold making more secure and rapid the moral tread of generations. Nearly 7,500 Sunday schools formed during a half century and out of these schools eight hundred churches constituted ! 36. Boston W. Smith Many of the “ Sunday-school missionaries scattered over the country ” mentioned by Doctor Seymour were true exten- sion workmen. * Uncle Boston,” as he was affectionately named by chil- dren and other friends, recorded in his little volume “ Spicy Breezes ’’ many incidents typical of the life and work of a Sunday-school missionary on the Western frontier of thirty years ago. Those who knew Mr. Smith in the time of his work in Minnesota, where he spent fifteen years as Sunday-school mis- sionary, cannot forget his appearance as the embodiment of enthusiastic energy. He was short, plump, jocund, with dark eyes, hair, and beard. He was equally welcome on the field [ 328 ] P] EXTENSION WORKMEN and in the city churches. In 1888 he reported victoriously : “Nearly two hundred Sunday schools in Minnesota. Not one of them now closes for the winter.” After fifteen years of service as Sunday-school missionary and ten years in chapel car work, he continued lecturing and soliciting funds for the Society until he was called home, September 10, 1908. 37. David P. Ward Rev. David P. Ward, the veteran Sunday-school missionary of California, whose address on “ Sunday School Work on the Pacific Coast,’ delivered at the annual meeting in 1899, was a revelation to many of his auditors, rejoices in his record of forty-seven years in service. His home is in Pasadena, California. 38. E. B. Edmunds At the opening of the twentieth century, in the annual meeting of 1900, Rev. E. M. Stephenson, then of Illinois, Rev. Charles Rhoads, of Missouri, and Rev. E. B. Edmunds, of Wisconsin, all spoke on the topic “ The Sunday School in the Nineteenth Century.”’ Those who heard the testimony of this notable trio of Sunday-school workers concerning the work with which they had been so intimately associated cannot for- get the needs which they vividly portrayed. In 1908 the resignation of Mr. Edmunds, after a service of thirty-nine years, was accepted regretfully with the comment concerning his personality and his work that his influence during his years of service ‘ cannot be measured.” 39. Charles Rhoads Rev. Charles Rhoads, sent in 1888 into Oklahoma and Indian Territory, “to lay foundations for future work,” later rendered excellent service in Ohio before his appointment to [ 329 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Missouri. In the report of his transfer to this new field he is characterized as “‘ one of our best workers.” 40. E. M. Stephenson Rev. E. M. Stephenson, D. D., began his work for the Society as Sunday-school missionary in Michigan, maintain- ing his office in a colportage wagon during several summers. In the Annual Report of the Board for 1900 we find this entry: The Society, believing in promotion of its faithful servants, has appointed Rev. E. M. Stephenson, who lias been the Sunday-school missionary of Michigan, to be the District Secretary of the Northwest. His headquarters during the time of this secretaryship were in Chicago. Later he went to Colorado as Sunday-school mis- sionary, beginning his work there in 1906, and remaining there five years. After spending ten years in service in Pennsylvania as Sunday-school and young people’s leader, he came to Phila- delphia in 1921, to become a member of the headquarters staff in the home office. 41. Wilbert R. Howell Rev. Wilbert R. Howell, as missionary-captain of the ‘Gospel Cruiser Robert G. Seymour,” rendered notable ser- vice in two counties composed of islands in Puget Sound. ‘ Many a lonely family in their isolated homes looked forward with eager anticipation to the recurring visits of the missionary boat.” 42. George L. White Rev. George L. White, the Publication Society’s repre- sentative on the Pacific Coast, is becoming to the West what Doctor Spalding was to the East. Mr. White was born in Hlinois and educated in the University of Chicago. He was ordained in 1900. He has served in pastorates in [ 330 ] EXTENSION WORKMEN McCook, Nebraska, and in Harvey, Illinois. He was Super- intendent of Missionary Work in Utah and Wyoming from 1907 to 1911. Then he was made superintendent in the Western States, later, a Joint Division Secretary for the Pub- lication Society and the Home Mission Society, and now is Western Representative of the Publication Society. 43. Henry Stevenson Washburn Although the title ““ Sunday School Secretary ” disappeared from the list of officers of the Publication Society after the resignation of Doctor Randolph in 1877, the work which had been indicated by that title did not lapse. Inthe Report of the Board of Managers for 1912, following a statement of the Society's responsibility for educational work in connection with Sunday schools, we read, “ Until recent years this educa- tional work has been done by the Editorial and Book Publish- ing Departments.” In the light of this statement we cannot be unmindful of the inheritance of “ The Young Reaper,’ which came to our Society as one of the chief assets of the New England Sab- bath School Union. Henry Stevenson Washburn, founder of “The Young Reaper,’ manufacturer, legislator, poet, was born June 10, 1813, in Providence, R. I. Through his own exertions he received a thorough education at Worcester Academy and Brown University. During several years he was Executive Agent of the New England Sabbath School Union. For fif- teen years he was engaged in the manufacture of wire in Worcester. He laid the corner-stone of Mechanic’s Hall in that city, and delivered the dedicatory address at its com- pletion. In 1852 he declined the nomination for Congress, and during the Civil War he was in charge of clothing and hospital supplies for the Union Army. For a dozen years he was manager of the Shawmut Wire Works in Boston. During seventeen years he was a member of the Boston School [ 331 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT Committee. In 1871-72 he was a member of the Massa- chusetts House of Representatives, and in 1873 and 1874 was a member of the State Senate. For several years he was President of the Union Mutual Life Insurance Company, and subsequently traveled in France and Germany in its behalf. He is the author of “* [he Vacant Chair, and! Other Poents:~ a volume of strong, earnest, and tender poetry, published in 1895 when he was eighty-two years of age. ‘‘ The Vacant Chair ”’ was set to music by G. T. Root in 1861, and since has been produced on victrola records with some of Mr. Wash- burn’s other poems and songs. His poetic work links his name in our thoughts with Dr. W. H. Doane, Robert Lowry, Dr. C. R. Blackall, and others who have sung their way into the hearts of the constituency of the Society. Since 1857 the number of Sunday-school publications has steadily increased, enlisting the services of a large number of able contributors. 44. Mrs. M. G. Kennedy Mrs. M. G. Kennedy, whose connection with the Society began in 1875, became widely known by her work in connec- tion with Primary and Intermediate Helps, and through other contributions from her pen. 45. Miss May F. McKean Miss May F. McKean, succeeding Doctor Blackall as Editor of “* Our Little Ones,” in 1883, became known and loved in many households. She and a host of others have worked steadily supplying needed inspiration and guidance to the growing army of pupils, teachers, and officers in Sunday schools throughout the country. 46. Poindexter S. Henson Rev. Poindexter S. Henson, D. D., was a writer for the Baptist Teacher’ during nearly fifty years, and its Editor [ 332 ] EXTENSION WORKMEN during thirty-seven years. He was writing an article for the “ Teacher” the day before his death, in April, 1914, at eighty-three years of age.’ Born in Virginia, December 7, 1831, he was graduated with the first class of Richmond Col- | lege in 1848. After teaching one year in his native county, Fluvanna, he spent two years studying in various departments of the University of Virginia, then, in 1851, at twenty years of age, became principal of the Milton Classical Institute in North Carolina. In the two years spent in this position he was studying law and editing the * North Carolina Democrat’ in addition to teaching. He had been converted in 1846, while a student in Richmond College. In 1855 he abandoned law and devoted himself to the min- istry of the gospel. He was ordained in 1856, and settled as pastor of the Fluvanna Church. In 1860 he went to Philadelphia. His pastorates there, in Chicago, and in Boston, and his varied services rendered the denomination and the world by voice and by pen form an imperishable part of the history of this time. . A platform speaker of unusual gifts, quick and keen in per- ception and in expression, no man of his day could more effec- tually sway an audience than he with his combined powers of logic, wit, and sympathetic appeal. | 47. Henry G. Weston Rev. Henry G. Weston, D. D., LL. D:, President of Crozer Theological Seminary, was Editor of the “ Baptist Quarterly ” from 1869 to 1877. His scholarly ability gave the ‘‘ Quar- terly ’ high rank among church and Sunday-school publica- tions. Doctor Weston was an honored member of the Board of Managers of the Society from 1868 until his death in 19009, a period of more than forty years. In 1872-1873 he was President of the Missionary Union. From 1859 to 1868 he was an “ active and influential member [ 333 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT of the Executive Committee of The American Baptist Home Mission Society.”’ His creative talent revealed itself not only in connection with executive work but in his literary output. He was recognized as one of the leading scholars and thinkers of his time. He rendered invaluable service not only to the denomi- nation but to the world in his exegetical work with Biblical material, especially as a translator of the New Testament in collaboration with President Alvah Hovey of Newton and President John A. Broadus of the Southern Theological Seminary. Yet, notwithstanding his erudition, his greatness as a scholar, freely conceded by all, he is remembered chiefly by those who knew him best by his characteristics as a MAN. During the forty years of his presidency of Crozer The- ological Seminary he gave himself to the students as a father gives his best self to his children; but his talent as a teacher and inspirer of the noble art of Christian living was not held in reserve for theological students only. During fourteen years “his Saturday mornings were spent in the classroom ” of the Baptist Institute for Christian Work, teaching the New Testament. Officers of the Institute record, The best intellectual treasures of his life-long gathering, the rich graces of his consecrated personality, as given at Crozer Seminary and at North- field, were not held too costly to be dispensed with equal fulness in our small classroom to its group of girl learners. : His companionship was not reserved exclusively for stu- dents of any class or school. He knew the conductors and the motormen of the street-cars in Upland. He knew the chil- dren in the streets, and they loved him. The character which steadily grew and matured during the eighty-nine years of his life in this world had been enriched by a great variety of experiences. Born in Lynn, Massa- [ 334 ] EXTENSION WORKMEN chusetts, in 1820, of good New England stock, baptized at fourteen years of age, he entered Brown University at six- teen and graduated in 1840. In 1842 he graduated from Newton Theological Institution. To those who remember his robust physique it will be inter- esting to know that at this period of his life he had developed alarming symptoms of consumption, and physicians gave little hope of recovery. As the course that promised best, he went to Kentucky, where in a dryer climate he could live an open-air life... He recovered his health, and was never again sick until his last brief illness, sixty-seven years later. In 1843, the year following his graduation from Newton, he was ordained to the ministry in Frankfort, Kentucky. He spent three years as a missionary in Illinois, preaching “ in school-houses and barns, and wherever an audience could be gathered.” In 1846 he became pastor of the Baptist church in Peoria at a salary of three hundred dollars a year, part of which was paid by the Home Mission Society. Here he remained for thirteen years, building up one of the strongest churches in the State, and making himself felt in all the denominational enterprises of that time. In 1859 he was called to the pastorate of the Oliver Street Church of New York and continued in that pastorate until he went to Crozer Theological Seminary in 1868. President John Howard Harris said of him: Like his Master, Doctor Weston went into the next towns and preached there, whether the center of his activity was at Peoria, New York City, or Upland. In the churches of Delaware County, of Philadelphia, of New Jersey and Pennsylvania, of New York and Maryland, of New England and the South, and of the Middle West, his was a figure familiar to many a pulpit, to many an Association, to many a Biblical assembly, and wherever he came, his mere presence was an inspiration. The Ministers’ Conference of Philadelphia recorded of him: [ 335 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Living in our sight he never failed to help and cheer and inspire; living now out of our sight he still speaks and will speak until we, as he has done, shall enter into rest. 48. Christopher Rubey Blackall The record of Christopher Rubey Blackall, D. D., spans a greater number of years of active service for the Publication Society than that of any other man. Huis invaluable little hand-book, ““ A Story of Six Decades,” reveals his acquain- tance with the history of the work from its beginning. In 1882 he was called to Philadelphia to become Editor of the Society’s Sunday School Periodicals, remaining in this service until December 1, 1916, when he asked to be relieved of the duties of his office in order that he might give himself unre- servedly to preparing a history of the Sunday-school move- ment in America. His request was granted, and at the time of his retirement he was elected Editor Emeritus for life. He died in Philadelphia, January 25, 1924. Doctor Blackall was born in Albany, September 18, 1830. He was educated for the medical profession and was Assistant Surgeon of the Thirty-third Regiment of Wisconsin Volun- teers in the early part of the Civil War. He abandoned medi- cine in I&64. In 1865 with B. F. Jacobs, William Reynolds, D. L. Moody, John H. Vincent, and others he was actively interested in Chi- cago in the Cook County Sunday School Union of which he was Secretary. In 1866 he became Superintendent of the Union and Editor of the “ National Sunday School Teacher.”’ In 1867 he became District and Sunday School Secretary of The American Baptist Publication Society for the Northwest. In the first ten months of that service he opened correspon- dence with every Baptist church and school in the district. Early in the following year, largely as a result of Doctor Blackall’s initiative, Doctor Rowland’s ‘‘ Bible Lessons from the Pentateuch” were issued by the Publication Society and [ 336 | EXTENSION WORKMEN met immediate welcome from teachers and pupils. ‘ Four- teen Lessons on the Lord’s Prayer, Ilustrated,’’ were pub- lished on his suggestion. In 1869 when the Society opened a branch office in Chicago, Doctor Blackall was made its Manager. In 1873 he became Editor of “ Our Little Ones.” In 1879 he was transferred to New York to become Manager of the New York office. He filled that position until his re- moval to Philadelphia to become Editor-in-chief of Sunday ~ School Periodicals in 1882. When he retired from the edi- torial office in 1916, it was said that all but seven or nine of the thirty-three periodicals being issued by the Society at that time were begun under his supervision and largely by his initiative. Doctor Blackall, during all the years of his service, could not grow old because he was continually growing. In addition to his editorial service he was making notable contributions to Sunday-school literature as an author of hymns, cantatas, Bible stories, and books on practical work. His appreciation of the importance of adapting to the grow- ing ideals of modern educational life was manifested in his advocacy of a system of graded lessons for the Sunday school when the time came for that development, although he had been one of the strong advocates of uniform lessons in the late sixties and early seventies, when even that system marked a great advance from the chaotic conditions of preceding years. His comment on the graded lessons when they were produced was, “ No claim is made of their absolute perfection, hence modifications are likely to be made, but there will be no retro- gression.’ He was named our “ Grand Old Sunday-School Man ”’ as well as “ The Dean of All Sunday-school Editors ”’ and preeminently the “ World’s Sunday-school Statesman.” Attention has been called to his ‘immense vitality which is ever a source of wonder, not less than his breadth and large- ness of heart.” One of his coworkers in the editorial office in the time of his executive activity says of him: [ 337 ] ‘ PIONEERS OF LIGHT Surrounded by timid critics on one side, who as zealous Baptists owned the Society, and by the insistent tide of widening knowledge on the other, which threatened the Society’s prestige, Doctor Blackall wisely maintained the balance in Sunday-school teaching between trembling safety, which is ineffective platitude, and straying audacity, which is wandering from the dauntless safety of true exegesis. .. Vigorous, enthusiastic, decided, genial, he seemed to be on fire for the Sunday-school work. Another said of him: He has been a tower of strength all these many years. It has been no easy task to keep in the channel of usefulness amid the drifting tides of change. One closely associated with him said on his ninetieth birthday : He has the spirit,,optimism, and enthusiasm of youth. Any one who has enjoyed his friendship or who has been associated with him in any kind of work cannot see an old man, but a virile, strong, modern man of today. . . Hail to the Nestor of the Sunday-school world, with his stalwart and sturdy personality. He was a pioneer with a “punch.” He drove ahead, made progress, made friends, made a few enemies, made some mistakes of course, but always kept driving. . . Doctor Blackall is a man of rare> spiritual vision, keen intellect, courageous, fearlessly defending what he believes to be right. With his passing at the unusual age of ninety-three years and four months, there was loosed the last living link with the headquarters staff of nearly two generations ago. 49. Howard Malcom In scanning the creative work of the century one is im- pressed by the number and variety of gifts which have con- tributed to the sum total of results. Sometimes the sounding of a clarion call like that of Dr. Howard Malcom at the annual meeting in 1853 has aroused the whole constituency to new effort. Key. Howard Malcom, D. D., LL. D., had been baptized by Doctor Staughton in the Sansom Street Church of Phila- delphia in 1816 when he was seventeen years of age and was licensed to preach in the following year. [ 338 ] Li Mh Yh HOWARD MALCOLM, D.D. Vice-president, 1851-1854 f wis W eeite ¥ eh ve se eat) + aa at hae : ry i Milles 4 a hela) FT ives . ( u e i ae : va i | Le ET aN ea Vas deo Fe ERE sith Berohan ye en aan HI pet ae oF Nhe Fu pe ” Se f cate siva Af { a ee 1 Sure | yf a ity y. ry re yo © \ i ; : is een! af ; . } fly ® A“ ee . bh gt er SUN LES eS Pe ae 748 Ls te , i psi wi . 7. es: : Mi} $7 7 ry sy Ya? vr it fh: i ‘v, . Py RaMe f(s cutees 1 Ta : 9 7 ae eX 4 pd x 7 2 «3 ‘> ' : - | , i - ‘ 4 pi aati ‘ a “« é Yo 7 \ a oe y re ; ; 2 ‘ f- { ‘ kr i ‘ i = ‘ is 2 i 7 ; : 4 ‘ 1 5 ‘ i ui i a 4 ie A “sy : ‘a ¢ : 4 ¢ 4 + ‘ \ ‘ ve oe ee a) ’ ve oT aeal ps ‘ F on bat ‘ 7 5 t. . + rita Sy y ' | per 4 ‘Goa ‘ ; ( : \ 4! a ; - ine hee - é * i 5 Foe, Wi ey i) - i Won es i : : ¥ ¢ 4 * \¥ 4 i ‘ d - | . ii“ . . pip ; et Pe bd * Hm : aad Me dp , aa . SNES, ae ha As Paine hy! COS 4 AE AED eee 2 A a aa io _ ba ol ) ae 7 : : Fi ee \ Pe EXTENSION WORKMEN He was elected a member of the Board of Managers of the Tract Society at the third annual meeting held in Philadelphia in 1827 and reelected to that office in 1850. He was twice elected Vice-president of the Society, serving in the later period from 1851 to 1854. During six years he was pastor of the Baptist church in Hudson, New York, which later be- came a center for the strong movement in favor of enlarging the work of the Tract Society and which resulted in its re- organization as The American Baptist Publication Society and its taking over the work of the New England Sabbath School Union. Doctor Malcom became the first General Agent of the American Sunday School Union and served in that capacity nearly two years, visiting the principal cities in the country to awaken popular interest in Sunday-school work. In 1835 he was appointed by the Triennial Convention to visit foreign-mission stations and spent two and a half years under that commission. After two years in the Presidency of Georgetown College he became pastor of the Sansom Street Church in Philadel- phia. In 1851 he resigned the pastorate to become President of the University at Lewisburg. For many years he was President of The American Baptist Historical Society. He was well known in the literary world both as an author and as editor of standard works including “ Law’s Call,” “The Imitation of Christ,” by Thomas a Kempis, and Butler’s “ Analogy.” 50. Joseph H. Kennard Sometimes the steady persistent service of a genial person- ality is needed to supplement effectively the versatile gifts of prominent workers. A name which comes to mind instantly in this connection is that of Joseph H. Kennard, D. D. [ 339 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Doctor Kennard was elected a member of the Board of Managers in 1827. He was Vice-president of the Society from 1837 to 1843 and President from 1844 to 1854. In 1855 he again was elected Vice-president and served in that capacity until 1866. He served also as Chairman of the Board in 1856, and from 1858 to 1860, and was reelected to that office again in 1866 to succeed Mr. John P. Crozer. He lived to preside at only one meeting of the Board, then sud- denly passed from earth. Doctor Kennard’s period of service included those strenuous years of the secretarial work of John Mason Peck and of his successor, Thomas S. Malcom, and later, of Doctor Shadrach. After his death the Board recorded of him that he was ever ready for labor, ever wise in council, and ever earnest in prayer. . . He made the Society’s interests his own and in every way sought to further them. His loss was deeply deplored. Of other Presidents who have rendered large service to the Society we find special record of 51. William T. Brantly Doctor Brantly was President from 18320 to 1837. In that troubled period following the death of Noah Davis, when the very existence of the Society trembled in the balance, President Brantly gave himself unweariedly to the work, cooperating in every possible way with the new Agent, Rev. Ira M.° Allen, to secure support, both moral and financial, for the undertak- ings imperatively demanded at that time. 52. James L. Howard The Hon. James L. Howard, of Connecticut, President in the Jubilee Period from 1873 to 1877, was a generous con- tributor not only of money but of time and talent, not only through the years of his presidency but to the end of his life. [ 340 ] GILBERT N. BRINK, D.D. Corresponding Secretary of the Society and General Secretary of the Board iI Ti! j aH Hb ; | aa\} rl rt, — peat ae EXTENSION WORKMEN 53. Samuel A. Crozer One family name, “ Crozer,” has not been absent from the list of men rendering official service in any year since 1850. It was in 1851 that John Price Crozer was elected Manager and Vice-president, Samuel A. Crozer was elected to the Board of Managers in 1862. In 1866 he was made Vice-president. He was elected President in 1878 and again in 1885, serving faithfully in that office during twenty-five years, and as a Member of the Board of Managers during forty-nine years, and as Chair- man of the Board from 1872 to 1876, and from 1890 to 1912. Mr. Crozer was said to have inherited a large portion of his father’s earnest and conscientious spirit, but his spirit found his own way of self-expression. Mr. Crozer had creative power. He left nothing as he found it. His use of money in promoting religious and philanthropic work attest spiritual imagination that sees the invisible in regenerated characters. . . He was not satisfied in merely giving money for the erection of buildings, although he gave hundreds of thousands of dollars for buildings; he gave himself in thought, and time, and labor in helping lives to reach larger propor- tions. Fie was President-of the Board of Trustees of Crozer Theological Seminary. Not only did he give generously to needy students in prepa- ration for the ministry, he helped in. providing funds for worthy projects which they initiated in churches to which they ministered. He contributed funds for the Extension Course of Study established for the benefit of pastors who had not received theological training. Finding’ that some pastors were unable to buy the books required for this course, he gave a check for $10,000, with a note saying, ‘‘ No pastor must be denied the privilege of study for lack of books.” From 1865 to 1910 he was Superintendent of the Bible school in his home church in Upland. He considered this as the most influential and honorable of all the positions of trust ever occupied by him. [ 341 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT He was President of the Board of Directors of the Penn- sylvania Training School for Feeble-minded Children, accept- ing the office when seventy-eight years of age, at a time of life when one might naturally be declining such responsibilities. He led a strenuous life to the last. He was asmansot marked business talent. ‘‘ His factories operated continu- ously. Even in 1907 and 1908 his employees had steady work.” His thoughtful interest in their welfare and in the welfare of their families is remembered gratefully by them today. 54. William Howard Doane Dr. William Howard Doane was the immediate successor of Mr. Samuel Crozer in the Presidency of the Society in 1912, and was made Honorary President for Life. From the time of his conversion at sixteen years of age he was an active worker in the Sunday school. In early life he began musical composition. His first book, ““ Sabbath School Gems,” was published in 1862. This was followed by “ Little Sunbeams,’ “Silver Spray,’ and “Songs of Devotion.” Working in cooperation with Dr. Robert Lowry and others, he greatly enlarged the list in later years. Among his songs which are popular today are “ The old, Old Story,’ “ More Like Jesus,” ~ Neansthe sroscuaene “What Shall the Harvest Be?” 55. W. G. Brimson Mr. Brimson will long be remembered as presiding officer during the time of negotiations which resulted in closer co- operation between The American Baptist Publication Society and The American Baptist Home Mission Society. He served as President of the Society in 1919, as Vice-president from 1904 to 1910, and as a member of the Board of Managers in 1918. A business man with wide experience in railroad mat- ters, he has rendered long and very valuable service to the [ 342 ] WILLIAM H. MAIN, D.D. Recording Secretary of the Society and Associate General Secretary of the Board Se yt saan ha liae nee it higeay v4 § 5 i ry \ i) ; 4 i 4 pO ye = 3 b, iif f * ie a A . if} J, y Ff , ‘ ' ay c \ : 1 [ iN VEL | , a ‘ ch eet . . ie ; of ee ae a a oe oe i ¥e nh wm,’ iv 7 WL, Oke ey ' De ie . 4 ae weit - 1 “7 .] L A } i‘ ' j ri J ik | F a) Va ae , Ce Be € “ ‘Mel ie J as fil : : : te SWtT rae WT eit im Hebi 14} dvi ‘ i] - " ' , { > in ' Wy 4 ft g ‘ + ) - ; ° ‘ j 4 ’ ‘ {ee : i -* + i\ « ‘ i. ; ! i ‘ ; ‘ : \ of » v a { M4 ce — > ; we . J ~ ’ 3 ’ 4 7 i ‘i ' «- j , my bea , r ' ! - \ ¥ j . 4 "A: AA } \) ‘ eer ‘taal : : ‘ ai *y 0 Dt ‘" a j i a, bs 4 4 ¥ iL é . . . ; i" wy aye t ; a, ia : A ee ; ' ‘ ry, rie Rate une oh ; - : vee ad se - ot EXTENSION WORKMEN denomination as Transportation Manager of the Northern Baptist Convention. | 56. Frank H. Robinson Mr. Robinson belongs to that group of laymen to whom business means the service of Christ. Active in city and State denominational affairs, he has not stinted the devotion of time and thought to the Society's work. He has been a member of the Board of Managers since 1917, and served as President of ieecocieryi 1020. sinway, 1916; in a Stave emergency, the Board selected Mr. Robinson to serve as Corresponding Secretary pro tem., and at the close of the period recorded of him that at great sacrifice of time and energy, and with no pecuniary reward, he served during six months with wisdom, fidelity, whole-hearted devotion, and large ability. 57. Ernest Leigh Tustin By a wise provision of the laws of Pennsylvania, under which the Society was chartered in 1845, it is necessary that a majority of the members of the Board of Managers shall be laymen, residents of the State. Not a few of the men who have been members of the Board have been citizens of Phila- delphia. Conspicuous among their names is that of Ernest Leigh Tustin, LL. D. Mr. Tustin gave to the Society more than twenty-five years of unstinted service, becoming a mem- ber of the Board in 1896, and continuing in that relation until his death in December, 1921. In 1908 he was elected a mem- ber of the Executive Committee of the Board. In roto he became the Society’s legal adviser, succeeding Mr. J. Howard Gendell, and generously gave the Society, as he gave other denominational organizations of which he became counsel, the benefit of his fine best in legal care for its interests without remuneration except for the deep satisfaction he had in having a part in this service with his brethren and his Master. It [ 343 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT fell to him to help steady the fortunes of the Society in some seasons of severe crisis. Deeply concerned for the good of his city, he accepted a high office in the public welfare service, and took upon himself a burden of responsibility, not simply for classes and masses, but for persons, especially the stranger, the foreigner, giving free legal advice to many who came to him in their perplexities. Northern Baptists who attended the session of the Northern Baptist Convention at Des Moines in 1921 will remember the fine spirit and wise control of Mr. Tustin who, presiding over the meetings of this national organization in a time of disturbing theological debate, sought ever the things that make for brotherly unity and strength in the denomination’s work. Such was the measure of the man concerning whom the Board, lamenting their loss at his de- parture, recorded itself as rejoicing for the large heart and the generous hand, the able mind, the fraternal spirit, and the finely matured manhood of this busy Christian, who amid the multitude of engagements as a lawyer, a citizen, a holder of important public office, was so wisely willing to invest the capital of his personality in the interest of the kingdom of God. 58. Jacob Garrett Walker In the Society's employ is place for men with a wide diver- sity of gifts, for brains keen to plan and for hands capable of works of strength and skill, for masters in executive position and for those who can control a host of details, for makers and for writers of history. A master of detail, a doer and a recorder of Christian deeds, was Jacob Garrett Walker, D. D., Pastor of the Mantua Baptist Church, of Philadelphia, nearly forty-two years, Recording Secretary of the Publication Society for eighteen years, Recording Secretary of the Board during twenty-six years, and Editor of the American Baptist Year-Book for more than thirty years. (1872-1884, 1897- 1915.) This statement in itself suffices to tell the nature of the man whom his brethren found “ faithful to every obliga- tion and true to every trust.” [ 344 J W. H. Getstweit, D.-D. Hon. Levi S. CHapmMan C. N. ArsBuckte, D. D. President Vice-President Vice-President Ohio New York Massachusetts GEORGE L. ESTABROOK Treasurer Pennsylvania Dr. J. P. Crozer GRIFFITH JosepH E. SAGEBEER, Ph.D. Harry BAINBRIDGE Chairman of the. Board General Counsel Pennsylvania Pennsylvania Pennsylvania OFFICERS OF THE SOCIETY AND MEMBERS OF THE BOARD In 1924 7 nets CPAP i a - ry 4 i { RS wy s Pe 5 7 a 9 PORTO MIA. Ata ok Bok Sarna, Ara. y ah, rt CORAL HA Net haalie “ en Se ae ey ii is + ia ; , R ¥, H * . La hs ify ¥ by Mane ‘ = Mshiast th A : a 8) eur 4 Live t f : j | iat 4 ; A ‘ é ai ive ‘a rt é ‘ H ; hh - . \ A ‘ * ‘ pile ion a4. « 9 j ye! * \ « Taw UA Mae ag oT i jl AA bon abe |) : , ‘ ; WO. ae 1) GTRASG; My! “aged he i ‘ Tiare ee, Ve eh & Oo : ¥, ' a aU Ni hte nr a vig q 6 pistes | 4 | i " e ; Te Pek ' vey ‘ ; 4 7 i bald af ak aad ee | g . t\ :) ey y od, J y Ly Vy Y , =e af Wn) Oe ’ #) ‘ My) : ui Dy i poh ve { , ~ n ay i H ' t * ye i. > Si nh wt . ; ; A a rs Fide fold | | a art , J Ap fet Ot ' ane | } ' { * Be . j iy : : hie oF oe ’ P PAS, ‘ - J . ty if y “4 ™ y - r ; fi } Pid ee at Patiyee : F 4 4 yy a i ! v, ' ’ } y ' i Pe ' 4 i - Ws ‘ ’ . Hi he y 2 hT) ' 4 i a i . - / } “4 4 Pie i j 7 § ‘oe, : it ~zi i Salt hl ia ; rv y ip i ” , » 5 , F ‘ , - as ag @ Ey Pills aa wy ad a b. i - =: ' + | ; 4 im) ' i { 2 Fi \ aie E , a. ay ’ 9 7 7 * lot | 4 } 4 rs of Em 7 ; . - 74 é oa) =e j : we ‘ rf 3 ; 4 ; ‘ ‘ ‘ .. ; _ oot : “a sé ; du. i ? fs } ‘ @ 4 ius 2 i ‘ 3 ’ ' b « : z ¢ ; : ‘ , : ge Sed j " ; d _ve j j ‘ * ‘ ; dts aa iW sf 4 J ) aut. ae i bo aw ¥ i title i ; r t rn ¥ \ & 5 i ; L ' ; Me had ; : , Tee 1 Fi fi 2 a) * ‘ y ; ees " 4 ; ' ‘ Shea | Ti : ‘ : t , o. > i ; > j re “4° « ah } (? i wae p Tye tyecunane § NP bar ‘2 PA 4 Ji » "4 Os : pce ’ 7 ¢? are ae + a ee 7 s f ; i 4 ‘y 7 EXTENSION WORKMEN 59. William Williams Keen Again and again in reading the story of dark days in the history of the hundred years we have found the proud record, “ By the blessing of God, not a note has been protested, nor a promise dishonored.” Is it so well known that this “ bless- ing of God ” was made available through the almost incredible work of quiet, patient, earnest men, presiding over the treasury, enlisting contributors, guarding investments, regu- lating expenditures? ‘The Society’s honor has been kept by honorable, generous men. Among the names of unsalaried officers who have served the Society that of William Williams Keen has a noble eminence. Mr. Keen came of stock remarkable for robust religion that expressed itself in characters of integrity and generosity, and the best family traditions were exemplified in his own life. Born in Tacony, near Philadelphia, in 1797, he was associated with his father in business at the age of nineteen, and became himself one of the most prominent men in his branch of trade —the wholesale leather business. He was devoted to his church, the old First Church, of Philadelphia, to which he was bound by family as well as by personal ties, his father having been a deacon for nearly twenty-two years, and his brothers also serving, the one as deacon, the other as trustee, for long periods. He too became trustee and deacon, and proved in financial crises the great measure of sacrifice he was willing to make, at one time selling his horses and carriages, curtailing family expenses in every direction, often at personal discomfort, and making his garden and his grapery aid in the work of building the Lord’s house. When he retired from business in 1851 he resolved never to lay up another dollar. Frequently he gave away more than half his income. Such was the caliber of the man whom the Society was able to call to serve as treasurer from 1837 to 1855, in the days of its weakness, when it struggled along without endowment, with- [ 345 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT out any adequate income, rich only in opportunities for work and in the hearts and hands of officers and workers, such as Mr. Keen, who made the Society their cherished field of larger denominational. service. With time and money, as with counsel and cheer, he stood ready to help in those years of trial, drawing largely on his own private funds to maintain the credit of the Society. Moreover, facing urgent needs in the work, he withdrew from his will the bequest of $5,000 which he had made payable to the Society on his death, and gave the amount in yearly instalments while he lived. After retiring from the treasurership he served as vice-president in 1856 and 1857, and from 1859 to 1865, and as a member of the Board of Managers from 1866 to 1871. 60. Harry S. Hopper. Another Pennsylvania layman remarkable for long, faithful service was Mr. Harry S. Hopper, for thirty-four- years a member of the Board, and for fifteen years treasurer of the Society. A sincere Christian, humble in spirit, loving toward others, much beloved, courteous and gentle always, with broad sympathies and a generous hand, never forgetful of the little wayside kindnesses he might minister, but seeing and planning and doing larger works to bring in the kingdom, Mr. Hopper was prized as much for his character as for any contribution he might make of deed or gift. His deeds and gifts were in accord with his nature, friendly, unostentatious, generous. His community, his church, the Publication Society, and indeed all Christian interests at home and abroad were matters of daily concern to him. To have such a man on the Board for so many consecutive years was in itself a help of inestimable value to the Society. As the Board recorded on its minutes when informed of his passing in January, 1918: To his faithful and gratuitous labor on the Executive and Missionary Committees, and as Chairman of the Finance Committee, much of the present strength and condition of the Society is due. Not only did he [ 346 | WERRETT W. Cuarters, Ph.D. JoHN W. CLEGG Henry F. Coie Pennsylvania Pennsylvania Pennsylvania E. B. CoLLMER E. Leroy Dakin, D. D. H. BoarpMAN HopPper Pennsylvania New York Pennsylvania Gove G. Jounson, D. D. Harry L. JENKINS ALBERT G. Lawson, D. D. District of Columbia Pennsylvania New York MEMBERS OF THE BOARD In 1924 ee E eth) . ice . lef ie aes <¢ ahs : EXTENSION WORKMEN contribute generously of his time and substance, but he was also instru- mental in securing contributions from others, and followed his contribu- tions with his prayers and deep personal interest in all the workers in the field. 61. Veterans of the Service Of not a few officers and others connected with the Society’s work who served for many years, extended mention has already been made. It is no small proof of the worth of these men in technical ability and in character that for such long periods they continued at their posts of labor. Mr. Hiram F. Reed, described by Dr. P. L. Jones as the presiding genius of all the mechanical processes of book- and pamphlet-making, . . entered the employ of the Society in 1852, starting its first printing-office at 530 Arch Street, and continuing in charge until his death in 1899. His work as superintendent of the printing-plant was so essen- tially a labor of love that his familiarity with the details of the Society's operations enabled him to be of large service to those engaged in other phases of the common task of creating and sending forth Christian literature for the world. His faithful service of forty-seven years has been equaled by few but is worthy of emulation by many; and the fine tradition of loyalty to which he contributed has been maintained by men who have succeeded him as well as by his colaborers in other departments. For nearly forty years Mr. George H. Springer was Man- ager of the Society’s Boston Branch, and rendered invaluable service in that connection until his death in 1908. Mr. Harry Windisch, Superintendent of the Periodical Mail Order Department was mentioned in 1922 as beginning his forty-second year of continuous service. Mr. Hilmar Schneider has spent over forty-one years in positions of in- creasing responsibility, and now occupies a very high place of duty and trust as Superintendent of the Printing-house, in the honorable succession of Mr. Hiram F. Reed and Mr. Joseph [ 347 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT C. Kauffman, both of whom interpreted their work for the Society as Christian service. Mr. W. L. Broomell, now in charge of the Periodical Shipping Department, entered the Society’s employ in 1882, and Mr. Thomas J. Stratton, the present head of the Merchandise Shipping Department, has served with recognized fidelity since 1898. In 1923 the Business Manager made report that, There are in all thirty persons who have been in the Society’s employ a total of twenty-five to forty years each. Such long terms with the Society are the finest evidence of loyal service. [ 348 | H. Kinc MacFarlane Rost. F. Y. Pierce, D.D. Joun D. RHOADES Pennsylvania New York Ohio FrANK H. ROBINSON W. Quay Rosse te, Ph. D. Levi L. RvE Pennsylvania Massachusetts Pennsylvania R. W. Swetianp, LL. D. Epwarp L. TAyLor SmitH G. YOUNG New Jersey Pennsylvania Michigan MEMBERS OF THE BOARD In 1924 \e Oa) ‘ ‘ ~—-\9 a yee eA 4 \. : aS ' Msety.) | “eS ye ' ae - eh ale ‘ Ww ? 7 ' i : ) 7 1° ee i‘ re ion i” i a) tiny (} Miites ge hil 1 ! ya! an ; : a i : Heat ou | ' % Aa | Per 4 ‘ ‘k Ha fu} ¥} f | fi ! 7 f ; fyi aus Hi) ae \ hi as 1 Wie ' aa] ! a ty =? as F an ON THE CENTURY DIVIDE is a graduate of the University of Kansas, Phi Beta Kappa honor student, and also a graduate of the Kansas City Baptist Theological Seminary, with first honors of her class. If time and space would permit mention of all who have served nobly in the century now closing we should have an enumeration not less impressive than that given in the letter to the Hebrews. 64. Pioneers of Today Facing the new century we may say with Doctor Blackall, ‘“ Modifications are likely to be made” in the methods of work, but “there will be no retrogression.” The list of Officers of the Board published in 1923, the closing year of the old century, begins with J. P. Crozer GrirFITH, M. D., Chairman. No man could be better quali- fied by heredity, birth, and training than this “ beloved phy- sician ’’ of children to enter into the spirit of the Society’s work. His name recalls the family traditions of direct per- sonal interest and of generous investment of time, money, and energy in the Society’s work by his father, Dr. Benjamin Griffith, and his grandfather, Mr. J. P. Crozer. Representa- tive of the third generation in this succession of service, Doctor Griffith, combining fine qualities of manhood with pro- fessional abilities of a very high order, has filled a place of no small value, not simply as the courteous, tactful Chairman of the Board, but as a member of important committees, the Executive and the Book Publishing Committees. A doctor of medicine, a well-known specialist, the author of several well-known medical works, he has the scientific knowledge and the literary skill which make his opinions of great value in the judging of manuscripts submitted to the Society. GILBERT N. Brink, D. D., General Secretary, was born in Ohio and bred in the Far West. He was educated in Pomona College and Pacific Theological Seminary, and took post- graduate work in the University of California. [ 351 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT He was Superintendent of Schools in the Philippine Islands from 1901 to 1904, and Assistant Director of Education in the Philippines from 1904 to 1909. He returned to California and was Principal of Berkeley High School from 1910 to 1912, and Assistant Head Master of Belmont School for Boys from 1912 to 1914. From 1915 to 1918 he was Superintendent of Education for The Ameri- can Baptist Home Mission Society, having charge also of Latin-American work. As a member of the headquarters council of the Home Mission Society and of committees com- . posed jointly of members of that Society and of the Publica- tion Society he had acquired a helpful acquaintance with many phases of the work of the Publication Society before accept- ing the office of General Secretary, to which he was elected in 1918. Wittiam H. Main, D. D., Associate General Secretary, was born in New York, and in his youth studied law, but, later, entered a course of preparation for the ministry. After eraduating from the theological seminary he was ordained at Waterford, N.Y. Doctor Main has had pastorates in the Emmanuel Baptist Church, Buffalo, N. Y., Central Church, Syracuse, N. Y., South Church, Hartford, Conn., two pastor- ates in the Memorial Church, Philadelphia, and one in the First Church, Chicago. He was a member of the Board of the Publication Society during’ twelve years, and served on many committees of this Board and on committees of the Northern Baptist Convention before his election as Associate General Secretary of this Society in 1922. Mr. Georce L. Estasroox, of Philadelphia, the Treasurer of the Society, serving, like all his honored predecessors, with- out remuneration, discharges the duties of his position with care and efficiency begotten of thorough technical knowledge and a keen sense of Christian responsibility. The highest business wisdom of the Treasurer and of his associates on the [ 352 ] ELV ee ARRASS: Da): PARKER C., PALMER Harry WINDISCH Supt. Sales Promotion Field Representative Supt. Periodical Dept. W. K. BLEssInG J. P. HucuHeEs TuHomAS J. STRATTON W. L. BrooMELL Supt. Merchandise Manager Head of Merchandise Head of Periodical Mail Orders Philadelphia Store Shipping Department Shipping Department E. M. STEPHENSON, CuHarLEs L. Mayor WiLey J. SMITH Mark W. ADAIR DoD: Manager Manager Manager Librarian Chicago Branch Kansas City Branch Boston Branch E. S. JoHNnson Deh Reh ArT ebeD: Mrs. A. H. Howetu Manager Manager Asst. Manager Los Angeles Branch Toronto Branch Seattle Branch PERSONNEL OF THE BUSINESS DEPARTMENT In 1924 1 4) ius ith Pe Wy) ted ake Ay ¥? - 4 ‘c 2 ae Eanes 7 7 i aa * A oe ore y DR iira ta ae \ } 1 f 5 iA) tty . ee 2. } - ’ . : 4 . i] wn Ps ’ Gt ALE Mie Ard, : i} i peer tet ! a Th = ka 1) fel i pes ie ae % MH a HiQK, an . oh ui / . f Mifcs ty i bf, f 5 ce (4 - Weenie ye Ms hi i ‘ = i if ) 2 " Poa he ry ! , : ' ay i : ; - ; . a | hy ‘ 4 ‘ hy Le : : ey > [i 5 ry ie 1 i rn © Lag nj j aan i vibe ; J - i “se y é i] y } a) | : 1 i : ‘ | 1 an | ; . _ ‘ . Py —< ; = ca a y sé : . ' i ' ' ‘ _ a re a iP si ; Liye + il : | 7 > uJ ms ri | ; } j ; ad > a cy ' ' Ny 7 We, ta ; | - ‘ ’ e# 4 ane ' =¥ 7 i ‘ ‘ c * ae S 9 4 r * L y V. 7 bi f 2 er ' A , 4’ ; | ‘ fap a: By | ane : rey cP . : ed 4 ON THE CENTURY DIVIDE Finance Committee is always given to guard the funds of the Society from loss, and business integrity joins hands with Christian conscience to keep the Society’s new record in per- fect harmony with its honorable name. SAMUEL G. Netz, D. D., Bible and Field Secretary, having served four years as pastor of the Second Baptist Church, Philadelphia, Pa., five years as chapel car missionary, and twelve years as a District Secretary in the Middle West, ‘brought to the general work of Bible and Field Secretary in 1918 a wealth of experience gained through practical service with the Society’s agencies. In regard to his work as District Superintendent he reported, we are a kind of clearing-house for all that touches directly or indirectly the Baptist church life of the nation, and often great interdenominational interests are superadded. WitiiamM E. Cuatmers, D. D., Religious Education Secre- tary, was born in New Jersey, educated in Brown University and the University of Chicago, was ordained to the Baptist ministry in 1897, and has served as pastor of the Parmly Memorial Church of Jersey City, N. J., of the West End Church, Brooklyn, N. Y., of the Waukesha Church, Watkesha, Wis., and of the Morgan Park Church, Chicago, Ill. He was General Secretary of the Baptist Young People’s Union, and became Educational Secretary of the Publication Society after the educational work of the Young People’s Union, within the territory of the Northern Baptist Conven- tion, was transferred to that Society. Combining that work with teacher-training has greatly enlarged the scope of the service which had been contemplated in connection with the old title of Sunday School Secretary. Doctor Chalmers is author of “‘ The Coming School of the Church,” and of “ Church School Objectives.” SAMUEL ZANE BatTTEN, D. D., Social Education Secretary, is a creative pioneer in a type of service as old as the first [ 353 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT century of the Christian era, a type which has been strangely neglected in the centuries intervening since that time, but greatly needed in this hour of the world’s travail. The key-note of his “ Building a Community” may be found in these suggestive sentences : Spirituality is not a zone of life but an attitude of soul. . . To the religious man all life is religious, the man who is religious in a part of his life is not really religious at all. DANIEL G. STEVENS, Ph. D., Th. M., Recording Secretary of the Board and Book Editor, is a graduate of Johns Hop- kins University and of Crozer Theological Seminary. Like his predecessors in office, he has had that acquaintance with human nature which is gained through practical work in the ministry, having served as pastor of churches in Xenia, Ohio; Bryn Mawr, Pa., and in Bordentown, N. J. His “A Service of Parental Duty and Purpose” was pre- pared as a result of his own experience in pastoral work. His “ Critical Commentary on the Songs of the Return ” from the Captivity, published in 1895, in Volume Eleven of ‘“ Hebraica,”’ gives evidence of linguistic as well as of critical ability. The character of the output of the Book Publishing Depart- ment in the ten years during which he has been its Editor, is the best criterion of his work. W. Epwarp RaFFety, PH. D., D. D., Editor-in-chief of Sunday School Publications, was born in Illinois, educated in Shurtleff College, William Jewell College, the University of Chicago, and Rochester Theological Seminary. He has had experience as pastor of Calvary Church, Erie, Pa., Head- worker of Association House Settlement, Chicago, IIl., Proba- tion Officer of the Juvenile Court, and Professor of Sociology and Religious Education in Kansas City Baptist Theological Seminary. He was the first General Superintendent of the Daily Vacation Bible Schools of the Northern Baptist Conven- [ 354 | SAMUEL ZANE BatTTEN, D.D. SAMUEL G. Nett, D.D. A. R. MatrHEews Social Education Bible and Field Accountant, General Secretary Secretary Field Department W. E. Cuatmers, D.D. Rev. S. L. RoBERTS io VOUNG SOL: Religious Education Director Teacher- Director C. V. S. and Secretary Training Week-day Rel. Ed. Harry V. MEYER Miss Meme Brockway Mrs. E. M. FINN Special Represen- Director Children’s Special Field Worker tative Work Miss E. M. WEAVER Miss M. M. Love Geo. L. WHITE, B. D. S. S. Advisor S. S. Advisor Western Representa- tive PERSONNEL OF SOCIAL EDUCATION, BIBLE AND FIELD, AND RELIGIOUS EDUCATION DEPARTMENTS In 1924 ON THE CENTURY DIVIDE tion. His “ Guide to Church History ” was published in. 1912, and his “ Bible and Social Living” in 1916. In his “ Brothering the Boy” Doctor Raffety names “ Knowledge, appreciation, cooperation, confidence, and love ” as the five essentials in “ brothering.”’ Following this list of “ Officers of the Board” in the Ninety-ninth Annual Report of the Society are two pages of members of ‘‘ Committees of the Board,” every name worthy of special mention. If we may say of each one as was said of William Colgate, “ His industry is consecration, and his work, worship,” what a chorus of adoration is embodied in their service, ushering in the Second Century of The American Baptist Publication Society! [ 355 APPENDIX By EDWARD M. STEPHENSON THE CORPORATE TITLES OF THE SOCIETY FOR ONE HUNDRED YEARS 1824-1840. THE BAPTIST GENERAL TRACT SOCIETY. 1840-1844. THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION AND SUNDAY SCHOOL SOCIETY. 1844-1870. THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY. 1870-1873. THE BIBLE AND PUBLICATION SOCIETY. 1873-1924. THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY. a) \) ri’ urs i ri ¢ ; 5 Aish Ah 7 “*) ey ye. enemaaye | tie ay Ae iat @ u if 1 Wa i" Hi Thay fa . { \) a) Nel ; ca ' F ms sf ; hee rites 4 j La i ‘ | et ; r ays 4 a opt ‘ a i Deo (i te 4 _! “ a 1 + ' qe u # i - j “ Ay a () n} ' ' . : oy ya } hy ty vars 1 Dt, ee ~i4 bret), a) | AP is i * Shi ‘ + RAT : a ot el + 4 t \ r ey : ‘ , ‘ ’ nN ? sf *~ ¥ ‘ ‘ \ ‘ } , - ra! ae fds ” 1 I 2 a: rT eh F : : ‘ uP J : t= tye ‘ “ oy ® ‘ a ? 4 ey * X © - ) - 4 F ‘ . ‘ 4 1 i t¢ é 5 i = i eo £5 J + p ily z a sa ‘ ey 14 7. t ' - M Ore: i + . ’ i 7 a" =. , i 4 a i +5 prs - 4 ‘ f 4 4 ; ‘ ate tf , feat - 7. i A ive . ‘ ; ‘ { i H j * Fe ; ‘ 2 ih ¥ ¥ z . ; J = N bf ‘ ve “I ‘ * ‘ J . hég Ma) = at ‘ 4 | i oe +2: ) } . “ « : i" bs ‘ d 4 ' at - - 3 +o" é 44 Pa ' ‘ ve oJ 6. - 1 j : , ve p-'4 Py +e \ hy ‘ x ue ie ‘i * Peas j V ia é >) ; a ' ‘ ety + caf r ‘ tre « 7 ; « ~ ; ' :. . Vz ; 7 ? +, x Te ee, i me 7 part’ Rapes : | Bi ne ate ‘ j ' ‘ id ‘ 4 . } Ag i aa “ aN, $8) -% Pi iS aa rey " | A io) j ! ‘ = u a ad | ae ye i : pa 3 Pan : , a’ i> : ~*~ id ® a i ! =—y ! ‘ ¢ wre ~ wth ¥ i 7 » b » a4 . 4 , "2 | ‘ ; } , ba 7: 25 See P ‘ > a sy ad) i] { . . ss “a q : x et . ~ O .* \ > | \ oe Y , eh Set | ' ne 7 ] - ' ; ~# & By 7 ry Pre - >) 2 { b | a vee ne hi “ Se Py ee e =<§' § i rn Ace <7" ‘ a 7 : - 2 : - ' eal a ‘ P . . 3 A > 4 - 1" | 0) Se . z “se = « re Q i a, + ou Py aha ai Y Mavi: iat y CONSTITUTION OF THE BAPTIST GENERAL TRACT SOCIETY February 20, 1824 Art. I. The name of this Society shall be “The Baptist General Tract Society.” Its sole object shall be to disseminate evangelical truth, and to inculcate sound morals, by the distribution of tracts. Art. II. Any person may become a member of this Society, by paying the sum of one dollar annually. The payment of ten dollars at one time, shall constitute a person a member for life. Art. III. There shall be an annual meeting of the Society on the last Wednesday in February, when the following officers shall be chosen by ballot, viz.: A President, Vice-president, Agent, Recording Secretary, Treasurer, and a Board of Directors, consisting of the President, Vice- president, Agent, Recording Secretary, and Treasurer, who shall be Directors in consequence of their office; and seven members of the Society. Five Directors shall constitute a quorum for business. The Board shall have power to supply any vacancy that may occur in its own body. Art. IV. The Directors shall superintend the publication and distribu- tion of such tracts as they shall approve; the appointment of subordinate agents; the establishment of depositories; the formation of auxiliary societies, etc. They shall hold frequent meetings, under such regulations ~ as they may adopt, in conformity with the general provisions of the Con- stitution. They shall appoint the place and the hour for the annual meeting of the Society; and may, if they think proper, make arrangements for an annual sermon, or public addresses, and a collection for the benefit of the Society. The Directors and the Treasurer shall make an annual report of their proceedings. Art. V. The Agent shall conduct the correspondence of the Society, and shall carry into effect the measures adopted by the Board of Directors. Art. VI. The Recording Secretary shall keep a record of the proceed- ings of the Board of Directors, and of the Society. He shall receive all moneys, keep a record of them, and pay them over to the Treasurer. Art. VII. Every member shall be entitled to receive three-fourths of the amount of his subscription in tracts, at cost. Auxiliary societies shall be entitled to the same privilege. [ 361 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT Art. VIII. Any person, by paying twenty-five dollars at one time, shall be a Director for life.. The Presidents of auxiliary societies shall be ex- officio members of the Board of Directors. Art. IX. The President shall call a meeting of the Society, at the re- quest of a majority of the Board of Directors. Art. X. Any alterations of this Constitution may be made at an annual meeting by the concurrence of two-thirds of the members present. [ 362 | CONSTITUTION OF THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION AND SUNDAY-SCHOOL SOCIETY Adopted in 1840 Art. I. The name of this Society shall be “The American Baptist Pub- lication and Sunday-school Society.” Its object shall be, to publish such books as are needed by the Baptist Denomination, and to promote Sunday- schools by such measures as experience may prove éxpedient. Art. II. Any person may become a member of this Society by paying, annually, the sum of one dollar or more; a Life Member by the payment, at one time, of twenty dollars; and a Life Director by the payment, at one time, of fifty dollars. Art. III. There shall be a public Anniversary Meeting of the Society at such time in the month of April or May of each year, and at such place, as shall be appointed by the Board, when the following officers shall be chosen by ballot, viz: a President, one Vice-president from each of the States, a Corresponding Secretary, who shall be the Editor of the Society’s Publications, a Recording Secretary, a Treasurer, and twenty-one other Members, all of whom shall be members of Baptist Churches, who, to- gether, shall be a Board of Directors for the management of the concerns of the Society, of whom five shall constitute a quorum. The Board shall have power to appoint Agents; a Committee of Publication, of not less than five, whose duty it shall be carefully to examine all works proposed for publication by the Society, preparatory to their being committed to the Editor; and to fill any vacancy which may occur in its own body. Art. IV. The Directors shall superintend the publication and distribu- tion of such Books, Tracts, and Periodicals, as they may approve—the establishment of Depositories—and the formation of Auxiliary Societies, etc. They shall hold frequent meetings, under such regulations as they may adopt, in conformity with the general provisions of this Constitution. They shall appoint the place and hour for the Annual Meeting of the Society. The Directors and the Treasurer shall make an Annual Report of their proceedings. Art. V. Any Sunday-school Union, or Society, or any Tract Society, by forwarding to the Corresponding Secretary a copy of their Annual Report, with their Constitution and list of Officers, shall be considered an Auxiliary. The Board may grant special privileges to other Societies, if | 363 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT they deem it expedient. Auxiliary Societies shall be allowed, and are requested, to send one delegate to the Annual Meeting of this Society, to represent them, who shall have the privileges of a member. Art. VI. Life Directors, Life Members, Annual Subscribers, and Auxiliary Societies, shall be entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at reduced prices. Art. VII. The Corresponding Secretary shall conduct the correspon- dence of the Society—shall superintend its publication, under the direction of the Board, and perform such other duties as appertain to his office. Art. VIII. The Recording Secretary shall keep a record of the pro- ceedings of the Society, and of the Board of Directors. Art. IX. The Treasurer shall receive all moneys intended for the So- ciety, and shall give to the President, for the time being, satisfactory secur- ity for the safe keeping of the funds committed to him. Art. X. The President shall call a meeting of the Society at the request of a majority of the Board of Directors. Art. XI. Any alterations of this Constitution may be made at an Annual Meeting, by the concurrence of two-thirds of the members present. [ 364 ] CONSTITUTION OF THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY As Adopted in 1845 Art. 1. The name of this Society shall be—‘‘ The American Baptist Pub- lication Society.” Art. 2. ‘The object of this Society shall be to publish and circulate such religious works as, in the judgment of the Board of Managers, may be required by the cause of Truth and sound piety, and by the interests of Sabbath-schools. Art. 3. Any person may become a Member of this Society by paying, annually, the sum of Two Dollars or more; a Member for Life, by the payment at one time of Twenty Dollars; and an Honorary Manager for Life, by the payment at one time of Fifty Dollars. Art. 4. There shall be a public Anniversary Meeting of the Society, at such time, in the month of April or May of each year, and at such place, as shall be appointed by the Board of Managers, when the following officers shall be chosen by ballot, viz: a President, Vice-presidents, Sec- retaries, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, and twenty-one other Members, all of whom shall be members of Baptist Churches, who, together, shall be a Board of Managers, for the direction of all the concerns of the Society, of whom five shall constitute a quorum. A majority of the Board shall be laymen. Art. 5. The Board of Managers shall have power to fill any vacancy which may occur in its own body; to make its own by-laws; to appoint Agents and Colporteurs; to appoint a Committee of Publication, of not less than five, whose duty it shall be carefully to examine all works proposed for publication by the Society, preparatory to their being committed to the Editor; to appoint a Committee of Finance, who shall superintend the Depository, direct all purchases, take charge of the Society’s property, devise and execute plans to increase the stock, and to superintend all agencies;' and to appoint ‘a Committee of Accounts, who shall examine and correct all bills and accounts, previous to their being submitted to the Board; examine and audit all the account books, and perform all other duties as the Board may direct. Art. 6. The Board of Managers shall superintend the publication and distribution of such Books, Tracts and Periodicals as they may approve— the establishment of Depositories—and the formation of Auxiliary So- cieties. They shall hold frequent meetings, under such regulations, as they [ 365 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT may adopt, in conformity with the general.provisions of this Constitution. The Board of Managers and the Treasurer shall.make an Annual Re- port of their proceedings. Art. 7. Any Sunday-school Union, or Society, or any Publication, or Tract Society, by forwarding to the Corresponding Secretary a copy of their Annual Report, with their Constitution and List of Officers, shall be considered an Auxiliary. The Board may grant special privileges to other Societies if they deem it expedient. Auxiliary Societies shall be allowed, and are requested to send one delegate to the Annual Meeting of this Society, to represent them, who shall have the privilege of a member. Art. 8. Honorary Managers, Life Members, Annual Members, and Aux- iliary Societies, shall be entitled to purchase the Publications of the So- ciety, at reduced prices. Art. 9. The duties of the Secretaries shall be assigned to them by the Board of Managers. Art. 10. The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer shall give to the Presi- dent, for the time being, satisfactory security for the safe keeping of the funds committed to them. The Assistant Treasurer may receive funds and pay the same to the Treasurer, and shall be Depository Agent to the Society. The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer shall be under the direc- tion of the Board of Managers, who shall have power to displace either or both if necessary, and appoint a new Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer to fill a vacancy in either office. Art. 11. The President shall call a meeting of the Society at the re- quest of the Board of Managers. Art. 12. Alterations of this Constitution proposed at a previous Annual Meeting, or recommended by the Board of Managers, may be made at the Annual Meeting by the vote of two-thirds of the Members present. [ 366 ] CONSTITUTION OF THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY As Amended in 1855 ARTICLE I, The name of this Society shall be “ The American Baptist Publication Society.” OBJECT Art. II. The object of this Society shall be to promote the interests of evangelical religion by means of the Printing Press, Colportage, and the Sunday School. Art. III. This Society shall be composed of Annual Members, Life Members and Honorary Life Managers. Any person may become a member of this Society by paying annually the sum of five dollars: or any regular Baptist Church, or Auxiliary Society may appoint a member by the an- nual contribution of five dollars, and an additional member for each additional twenty dollars. Twenty dollars, paid in sums of not less than five dollars, shall be requisite to constitute a member for life; and fifty dollars paid at one time, or a sum which in addition to any previous con- tribution, shall amount to fifty dollars, shall be requisite to constitute a Manager for Life. Art. IV. The officers of this Society shall be a President, Vice Presi- dents, Corresponding Secretary, Recording Secretary, Treasurer, and twenty-one Managers, who shall be elected annually by ballot, and who together shall constitute a Board of Managers; one half of whom may be Ministers of the Gospel. Art. V. The Board of Managers shall have power to appoint its own meetings; elect its Chairman and Secretary; appoint an Editor or Editors; Standing and Special Committees; also, its Agents and Colporteurs; fill any vacancy which may occur in its own body, or in the Office of Cor- responding Secretary or Treasurer; enact its own By-Laws, provided, always, they conform to this Constitution; assign the duties of the Cor- responding Secretary; superintend all publications of the Society; estab- lish Depositories; aid in the formation of Auxiliary Societies, and define their relations; and in general to watch over the interests and transact the business of the Society. Five members shall constitute a quorum. The Board shall make an Annual Report to the Society. Art. VI. The Treasurer shall give bonds to such amount as the Board may appoint; shall be under the direction of the Board; and shall make an Annual Report to the Society. [ 367 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT Art. VII. The Society shall meet, annually, at such time and place as the Board of Managers may appoint. Special meetings of the Society may be called by the President or Corresponding Secretary upon applica- tion of the Board of Managers. . Art. VIII. All the Officers, Managers, Agents and Colporteurs of the Society shall be members in good standing in regular Baptist Churches. Art. IX. Alterations of this Constitution proposed at a previous An- nual Meeting, or recommended by the Board of Managers, may be made at the Annual Meeting by a vote of two-thirds of the members present. In 1871 the Constitution was amended so that Articles I and II were to read: ArtTIcLE I. The name of this Society shall be the “ Bible and Publication Society.” Art. II. The object of this Society shall be to promote evangelical religion by means of the Bible, the Printing Press, Colportage, and the Sunday school. But in 1873 Article I was again changed to read: ArTICLE I. The name of this Society shall be the “ American Baptist Publication Society.” [ 368 ] CONSTITUTION OF THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY As Amended in 1889 Art. I. The name of this Society shall be the “ American Baptist Pub- lication Society.” Art. II. The object of this Society shall be to promote evangelical re- ligion by means of the Bible, the Printing Press, Colportage, and the Sunday-school. Art. III. This Society shall be composed of Delegates, Annual Mem- bers, Honorary Life Members, and Life Managers. Any Baptist church, in union with the denomination, and contributing to the Society, may ap- point one annual delegate. If the sum contributed during the fiscal year amounts to one hundred dollars, the church may appoint a second dele- gate, and an additional delegate for every one hundred dollars contributed. Any District or State Association reporting contributions of one hundred dollars, or upward, to the Society, during its last fiscal year, may appoint one delegate. Each delegate must present to the Secretary of the Society a certificate df appointment signed by the Clerk of the Church or Asso- ciation appointing him. Any member of a regular Baptist church may become a member of this Society by paying annually the sum of fifty dollars. One hundred dollars, paid in sums of not less than twenty dol- lars yearly, shall be requisite to constitute a member for life; and two hundred dollars paid at one time, shall be requisite to constitute an Hon- orary Manager for life. The sum named, in the case of the Church, Association, Annual Member, Life Member, and Manager, must be paid during the fiscal year ending the 3lst of March next preceding the meet- ing of the Society. Art. IV. The officers of this Society shall be a President, four Vice- Presidents, Secretary, Recording Secretary, Treasurer, and twenty-five Managers, who shall be elected annually by ballot, who together shall constitute a Board of Managers, one-half of whom may be ministers of the gospel. | Art. V. The Board of Managers shall have power to appoint its own meetings; elect its own Chairman and Secretary; appoint an Editor or Editors; Standing and Special Committees; also, its Agents and Col- porteurs; fill any vacancy which may occur in its own body, or in the office of Secretary or Treasurer; enact its own by-laws, Provided, always, they conform to this Constitution; assign the duties of the Secretary; [ 369 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT superintend all publications of the Society; establish depositories; aid in the formation of Auxiliary Societies, and define their relations; and, in general, to watch over the interests, and transact the business of the So- ciety. Five members shall constitute a quorum. The Board shall make an annual report to the Society. Art. VI. The Treasurer shall give bonds to such amount as the Board may appoint; shall be under the direction of the Board; and shall make an annual report to the Society. Art. VII. The Society shall meet monthly, at such time and place as the Board of Managers may appoint. Special meetings of the Society may be called by the President or Secretary, upon application of the Board of Managers. Art. VIII. All the Officers, Managers, Agents, and Colporteurs of the Society shall be members in good standing in regular Baptist Churches. Art. IX. Alterations of this Constitution proposed at a previous An- nual Meeting, or recommended by the Board of Managers, may be made at the annual meeting, by a vote. of two-thirds of the members present. [ 370 ] BY-LAWS OF THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY Adopted at Chicago, May 11, 1910 With Amendments Adopted in 1914 and 1919 ARTICLE I. MEMBERSHIP SectIoN 1. The membership of the Society shall be composed as follows: (1) Of all persons who are now life-members or honorary life-members : (2) Of annual members appointed by Baptist churches. Any church may appoint one delegate, and one additional delegate for every hundred members, but no church shall be entitled to appoint more than ten delegates ; (3) Of all missionaries of the Society during their terms of service; _ (4) Of all accredited delegates to each annual meeting of the Northern Baptist Convention. Sec. 2. No member shall be entitled to more than one vote. ARTICLE II. OFFICERS SEcTION 1. The officers of the Society shall be a President, a First Vice- president, a Second Vice-president, a Treasurer, one or more Secretaries, and a Recording Secretary. They shall be elected by ballot at each annual meeting. Sec. 2. The President shall preside at all meetings of the Society. In the case of his absence or inability to serve, his duties shall be performed by the Vice-president in attendance who is first in numerical order. Sec. 3. The Treasurer, the Secretaries, and such officers as the Board of Managers may appoint, shall be subject to the direction of the Board, and shall discharge such duties as may be defined by its regulations and rules of order. Sec. 4. The Treasurer shall give such security for the faithful perform- ance of his duties as the Board of Managers may direct. Sec. 5. Each officer shall serve from the close of the annual meeting at which he is elected to the close of the next annual meeting, and until his successor is elected. ARTICLE III. Boarp oF MANAGERS Section 1. The Board of Managers shall consist of twenty-seven per- sons, viz., the officers named in Art. II, Sec. 1, and twenty-one other per- Laval PIONEERS OF LIGHT sons, elected by ballot at an annual meeting. At the meeting at which these by-laws shall be adopted, one-third of the twenty-one persons shall be elected for one year, one-third for two years, and one-third for three years, to the end that thereafter, as nearly as practicable, one-third of the whole number shall be elected at each subsequent annual meeting to fill the vacancies caused by the expiration of terms of office. As many more shall be elected also as shall be necessary to fill any vacancies in unexpired terms. Sec. 2. The Board of Managers shall meet at the principal office of the Society to organize as soon as practicable after the annual meeting. Sec. 3. The Board of Managers shall have the management of the affairs of the Society; shall have the power to elect its own Chairman and Recording Secretary, and to appoint such additional officers and such committees as to it may seem proper, and to define the powers and duties of each; to appoint its own meetings; to adopt such regulations and rules as to it may seem proper, including those for the control and disposition of the real and personal property of the Society, the sale, leas- ing, or mortgaging thereof, provided they are not inconsistent with its Act of Incorporation or its By-laws; to fill all vacancies in the Board of Managers and in any office of the Society until the next meeting of the Society; to establish such agencies and to appoint-and remove such agents and missionaries as to it may seem proper, by a three-fifths vote of all members present and voting at the meeting when said vote is taken; to fix the compensation of officers, agents, and missionaries; to direct and instruct them concerning their respective duties; and to make all appro- priations of money. At the annual meeting of the Society, and at the first session of each annual meeting of the Northern Baptist Convention it shall present a printed or written, full and detailed report of the pro- ceedings of the Society and of its work during the year. Sec. 4. The Board of Managers shall appoint annually one of its members whose term does not expire the current year to act as an addi- tional member of the Committee on Nominations without the right to vote. ARTICLE ITV. ELIGIBILITY TO APPOINTMENT All officers, all members of the Board of Managers, and all missionaries must be,members of Baptist churches. ARTICLE V. ANNUAL AND OTHER MEETINGS The Society shall meet annually on the third Wednesday in May, unless for some special reason another time shall be fixed by the Board of Managers on conference with the Executive Committee of the Northern Baptist Convention and with representatives of its other cooperating organizations. The meeting shall be held where the annual meeting of the Northern Baptist Convention shall be held. Special meetings may be held at any time and place upon the call of the Board of Managers. [ 372 ] APPENDIX ArTICLE VI. RELATIONS wiITH NoRTHERN BAPTIST CONVENTION SEcTION 1. With a view to, unification in general denominational mat- ters, the Northern Baptist Convention at each election may present nomina- tions for officers and for the Board of Managers. Sec. 2. The persons elected each year as the Committee on Nom- inations of the Northern Baptist Convention shall be for that year the Committee of this Society on Nominations for officers then to be elected. Sec. 3. The Annual Report of this Society, as soon as is shall be prepared, shall be forwarded to the officer or committee of the Northern Baptist Convention authorized to receive it. ARTICLE VII. AMENDMENTS These by-laws may be amended by a two-thirds vote of the members present and voting at any annual meeting of the Society, provided written notice of the proposed amendment shall have been given at the preceding annual meeting of the Society, or such amendment shall be recommended by the Board of Managers. [ 373 | CHARTER AN ACT TO INCORPORATE THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY AND SUPPLEMENTS THERETO Section 1. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in General Assembly met, and it is hereby enacted by the authority of the same, That the persons belonging to or composing the Society now called “The American Baptist Publica- tion and Sunday School Society” be, and they are hereby created a body politic and corporate in law, by the name, style, and title of “ The Ameri- can Baptist Publication Society,” and by that name shall have perpetual succession, have a common seal, make contracts, may sue and be sued, plead and be impleaded, in any Court of record, or in any other place whatever; and may also hold any real or personal estate conveyed to them by gift, grant, bargain and sale, devise, bequest, or other alienation what- soever, and sell and convey the same: Provided, That the clear yearly value of the lands, tenements, or other real estate of said Corporation shall not exceed the sum of two thousand five hundred dollars. (By an act approved July, 1874, this sum was increased to twenty thousand dollars. See Supplement No. 3.) Sec. 2. The object of this Corporation shall be to publish such works of a religious character as shall be approved of for that purpose by the Board of Managers. (By an act approved in 1871 this clause was amended to read as follows: The object of this Corporation shall be to promote evangelical religion by means of the Bible, the Printing-press, Colportage, Sunday schools, and other appropriate ways. See Supplement ING ez.) Sec. 3. Its Officers shall be a President, two or more Vice-presidents, a Recording Secretary, a Corresponding Secretary, a Treasurer, and twenty- one other members who, together, shall constitute a Board of Managers, and any five of them shall form a quorum. They shall be elected by ballot at the yearly meeting hereinafter provided for; and until the first election shall be held in pursuance hereof, the officers of the present Society shall be officers of this Corporation; and no failure to hold an election for, or to elect any of said officers, shall be deemed a forfeiture of any of the corporate privileges hereby conferred, but the same shall continue* unim- paired thereby, and on such failure, or failures, the officers of the preced- ing year shall continue in office until their successors shall be duly elected. [ 374 | APPENDIX Sec. 4. A meeting of this Corporation shall be held each year, and at such time and place as the Board of Managers may appoint, for the elec- tion of officers, and for such other business as it may be necessary for the Society to transact. Sec. 5. Other Associations for a similar object may be made auxiliary to this Corporation by such means, and in such manner, as may be directed by the Board of Managers, and have the privilege of representation in its annual meetings. Sec. 6. The Board of Managers shall have power to appoint such other officers not hereinbefore provided for, as may be necessary to provide for, and to regulate the admission of persons, being citizens of the United States, as Corporators; and to make all other laws and regulations neces- sary for the good government of the Corporation, and not repugnant to the Constitution and Laws of the United States or of this Commonwealth ; and the said Corporation shall continue ten years and no longer. (By an act approved April 14, 1851, the charter is made perpetual. See Sup- plement No. 1.) The original charter was approved March 20, 1845, published in Pamphlet Laws of 1845, p. 194. SUPPLEMENT No. 1 To an Act ENTITLED “ AN Act To INCORPORATE THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION Society,’ APPROVED MArcH TWENTIETH, ONE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED AND ForTY-FIVE. SecTION 1. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of Pennsylvania in General Assembly met, and it is hereby enacted by the authority of the same, That the limitation contained in the following words “and the said Corporation shall continue ten years and no longer,” as found in the Sixth Section of an Act entitled “An Act to Incorporate The American Baptist Publication Society,’ approved the twentieth day of March, Anno Domini, One Thousand Eight Hundred and Forty-five, to which this is a Supplement, be, and the same is hereby repealed, and the Charter of the said Society made perpetual. Approved the fourteenth day of April, A. D., One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty-one. Published in Pamphlet Laws of 1851, p. 585. SUPPLEMENT No. 2 To aN Act ENTITLED “ AN Act to INCORPORATE THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PuBLICATION Society,” ApproveD MArcH TWENTIETH, ONE THOUSAND E1cHt HuNDRED AND FORTY-FIVE. Section 1. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in General Assembly met, and it is hereby enacted by the authority of the same, that the name, style, and title [ 375 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT of The American Baptist Publication Society shall be, and the same is hereby changed and altered to “ The Bible and Publication Society.” Sec. 2. The object of this Corporation shall be to promote evangelical religion by means of the Bible, the Printing-press, Colportage, Sunday schools, and other appropriate ways. Sec. 3. That all the privileges, franchises, rights, estates, and powers granted by the said Act to which this is a Supplement shall issue to and be enjoyed by the said Corporation under its name of The Bible and Publica- tion Society. Sec. 4. That all legacies or devises heretofore made, or that may here- after be made to The American Baptist Publication Society, shall issue to and be enjoyed by the said “ The Bible and Publication Society,” their successors or assigns. Published in Pamphlet Laws of 1871, p. 649. SUPPLEMENT No. 3 Early in May, 1874, application was made to the Court of Common Pleas, asking that the Society's charter might be amended as follows: 1. That the name, style, and title of “The Bible and Publication Society’ be changed to “ The American Baptist Publication Society.” 2. That the said Corporation may hold real estate to an amount the clear yearly value or income whereof shall not exceed “Twenty Thousand Dollars.” In the month of July, 1874, the Court granted the above petition in both particulars. For the details of this application and order of Court, see Records of the proceedings recorded in the office of the Recorder of Deeds of Phila- delphia, in Charter Book No. 1, p. 338. . [ 376 ] BY-LAWS OF THE BOARD OF MANAGERS OF THE BAPTIST GENERAL TRACT SOCIETY As Published in 1836 ARTICLE [| The Board shall meet as soon as practicable after the annual meeting of the Society, for the purpose of electing, by ballot, the following stand- ing committees: Ist. A Selecting Committee; 2d. A Depository and Book Committee; 3d. A Committee of Ways and Means; 4th. A Committee of Accounts. ArtIcLE II The Board shall hold a regular meeting on the 2d Friday evening of each month, at the Depository. "The President or the Committee of Ways and Means, may call special meetings, whenever, he or they shall deem it expedient. ARTICLE III Each of the Standing Committees shall keep a book, in which it shall record all its proceedings; and at the stated meetings of the Board, re- port by reading the same. ARTICLE IV DUTIES OF OFFICERS President.—It shall be the duty of the President, or in his absence, of the Vice President, or of a chairman pro tempore, to preside at all meet- ings of the Board; to enforce the by-laws, preserve order, and to decide on all questions of order, without debate, subject to an appeal to the Board by any two members; to give a casting vote when the Board is equally divided. Treasurer—lIt shall be the duty of the Treasurer to receive and hold the moneys, obligations, or certificates of stock, the property of the So- ciety—to pay all orders which shall have been approved by the Board, and signed by the presiding officer for the time being, and by the Secretary. His books shall be open to the inspection of any member of the Board; ke shall present, at the stated meeting of the Board, in each month, a [ 377 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT statement of the receipts and payments for the preceding month; and prepare, annually, an account of receipts and payments of the Tract Society, and of the book concern; which shall be examined and audited by the Committee of Accounts, to be presented to the Society at the an- nual meeting——He shall also give security in the sum of one thousand dollars. Secretary.—It shall be the duty of the Secretary to keep a record of all the proceedings of the Board, and of the Society, in a book for that pur- pose, and attest the same by his signature. He shall notify members of the Board of their election, and of the time and place of their meeting. He shall notify the Chairman of any standing or special committee, of its appointment, and furnish him with a list of the names which compose it. He shall furnish to the committees a copy of all resolutions referred to them; he shall lay before the presiding officer, at every meeting of the Board, a list of all committees which have not reported and been dis- charged. General Agent.—The General Agent shall keep an account of all Tracts issued from the Depository, and keep the accounts with the Branches, Auxiliary Societies, Agents and individuals doing business with the So- ciety. He shall publish, (under direction of the Board) an account of the moneys received by the Treasurer, and whatever relates to the So- ciety’s operations. He shall be authorized to make collections, solicit dona- tions and subscriptions, and form Auxiliary Societies; and it shall be his duty to do all in his power to extend the usefulness of the Society. He shall pay over all moneys coming into his hands for the Society, and for che book concern, to the Treasurer, stating particularly from what sources they have been received. ARTICLE V DUTIES OF COMMITTEES Selecting Committee—The Selecting Committee shall consist of at least five members whose duty it shall be to procure suitable Tracts for publication, which, after they have been examined and approved by a majority of the committee, shall be put into the hands of the agent to be printed. Depository Committee-—The Depository Committee shall consist of five members who shall have the general superintendence of the Depository, and the diréction of all the business which relates to the purchase of paper, contracts for printing and stereotyping, and whatever relates to conducting the publications of the Society, they shall have charge of all the Society’s property in this city, and shall attend particularly to its preservation.—This Committee shall present the annual account of stock, up to the 3lst December in each year, at the last regular meeting of the Board preceding the anniversary. | 378 APPENDIX Committee of Ways and Means—The Committee of Ways and Means, shall consist of five members, whose duty it shall be to attend to the pecuniary concerns of the Society; particularly to the appointment of travelling agents, and the direction of their labors; and to the establish- ment of Depositories: they shall devise means of increasing the funds of the Society, and direct the General Agent in all operations which relate to this object: they shall also consider and dispose of applications for donations of Tracts. Committee of Accounts—The Committee of Accounts, shall consist of five members, in addition to-the Treasurer, who shall be an ex officio member.—They shall examine and correct all bills and accounts previous to their being submitted to the Board for approval; they shall fully examine the account books of the Society, and report the result of their examination to the Board, at the regular meetings in March, June, Sep- tember, and December; they shall direct the manner in which the ac- counts of the Society shall be kept. They shall examine and audit the Treasurer’s account, so as to present it at the last meeting of the Board. preceding the anniversary. ARTICLE VI The following shall be the order of Business: Ist. The meeting of the Board shall be opened with prayer: 2d. The roll shall be called: 3d. The minutes of the last meeting shall be read: 4th. The committees shall report in the following order: The Selecting Committee; The Depository Committee ; The Committee of Ways and Means; The Committee of Accounts; 5th. The Treasurer shall report: 6th. The General Agent shall make his report: 7th. Special Committees shall report: 8th. New Business: Oth. The meeting shall be closed with prayer. | 379 | BY-LAWS OF THE BOARD OF MANAGERS OF THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY As Published in 1859 ARTICLE I. Boarp oF MANAGERS I, The Board shall meet as soon as practicable after the Annual Meeting of the Society, for the purpose of electing, by ballot, a Chairman, Record- ing Secretary, an Editor or Editors, a Depository and Publishing Agent, a Business Committee, and a Committee of Publication. At this meeting, the Board shall determine the salary of the Corresponding Secretary, Editor or Editors, and Depository and Publishing Agent. II. The Board shall meet bimonthly, on the third Thursday of June, August, October, December, February, and April, to review with care the action of the Committees, and to give them instructions. III. The Chairman, or the Business Committee, may call a special meet- ing whenever he or they shall deem it expedient. ARTICLE II. OFFICERS I. Chairman. The Chairman, or in his absence a Chairman pro tem., shall preside at all the meetings of the Board, preserve order, and see that the By-laws are faithfully observed; decide all questions of order without debate, subject to an appeal to the Board by the request of any two members; give the casting vote when the Board are equally divided, and appoint all special Committees, unless otherwise directed. II. Corresponding Secretary. The Corresponding Secretary shall con- duct all correspondence of the Society, relating to Agents, Colporteurs, Grants, and its general interests, except as hereinafter provided; prepare intelligence for the public journals; employ means to interest pastors and churches, and to assist Agents in the prosecution of their work, and call forth general cooperation in the work of the Society. He shall make a monthly report of his labors to the Business Committee, and prepare the Annual Report of the Board. III. Editor or Editors. The Editor or Editors shall receive all suitable works for publication in the Volume, Sunday School and Tract Depart- ments, and present them to the Committee of Publication for examination and approval; superintend the revision and stereotyping of whatever shall be recommended by the Business Committee, be responsible for their mechanical execution, and present a monthly report to the Business Com- mittee. [ 380 | APPENDIX IV. Treasurer. ‘The Treasurer shall give security in the sum of five thousand dollars, for the faithful discharge of his duties; receive and hold all money and obligations, belonging to the Society; pay all orders which shall have been approved by the Business Committee, and signed by their Chairman and Secretary; open his books to the inspection of any Member of the Board; present at the first stated meeting of the Business Committee in each month, a statement of the receipts and payments of the preceding month; acknowledge all receipts, donations, or legacies made to the Society, and prepare annually an account of all receipts and pay- ments, designating the objects for which they were received or paid. V. Depository and Publishing Agent. The Depository and Publishing Agent shall have charge of the stock and books of the Society; have a fair supply always in binding, keep a correct account of the books, tracts, etc., received and sold, or distributed gratuitously; keep the accounts with individuals, agents, auxiliary societies, and branches doing business with the Society; pay over to the Treasurer all money coming into his hand in favor of the Society; make monthly reports of the business to the Business Committee, prepare annually an account of the receipts and payments, designating the objects for which they were received and paid, and conduct all correspondence relating to his own department. VI. Recording Secretary. The Recording Secretary shall keep the minutes of all the proceedings of the Board in a book for that purpose, and attest the same by his signature; notify the Chairman of any Stand- ing or Special Committee of his appointment; furnish him with a list of the names of those who compose the Committee and a copy of all reso- lutions and business referred to them, and lay before the presiding officer at each meeting of the Board, a list of all Committees, together with the unfinished business on the minutes. ARTICLE III. Business CoM MITTEE 1. This Committee shall consist of not less than seven, nor more than nine members. Four shall be a quorum for business. The Corresponding Secretary, Treasurer, and Depository and Publishing Agent, though not members of this Committee, shall attend its meetings and communicate any information in their possession pertaining to their respective depart- ments, and aid the Committee in its deliberations. The Committee shall cause a full record of all their proceedings to be kept at all times, in the rooms of the Society, and open to the inspection of any member of the Board. Any vacancy in this Committee shall be filled by the Board. 2. It shall be the duty of the Business Committee to carry into effect all the orders of the Board, to appoint, subject to the approval of the Board—Agents, Colporteurs and Helps in the Depository; designate their duties and fields of labor, to direct the Corresponding Secretary, Treasurer, Editor or Editors, and Depository and Publishing Agent in the discharge of their duties, to make all appropriations to be paid out of the Treasury, [ 381 J PIONEERS OF LIGHT to publish all works approved by the Board, to make all needful purchases and contracts, to take charge of the Society’s property, to devise and execute plans for increasing the funds of the Society and meeting its pecuniary obligations, to determine the manner in which the accounts of the Society shall be kept, to cause those accounts to be thoroughly exam- ined and audited by at least two competent persons, once every month, and to present to the Board at its last regular meeting before the anniversary an audited Treasurer’s account, together with a full statement of the financial condition of the Society. 3. All powers not expressly conferred upon the Business Committee in these By-laws are hereby retained to the Board. 4. It shall be the duty of the Business Committee, to present to the Board at each regular meeting a full statement of their doings, giving the Board reliable information upon the condition and prospects of every department of the Society’s operations, also their plans for the future, and in general to submit.to the Board all such facts and statements, in their possession, aS will enable the Board to judge correctly of their past action and to give them future instruction. ARTICLE IV. COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION The Committee of Publication shall consist of not less than seven, nor more than nine members, who shall examine all works presented for pub- lication, and if approved, classify them according to their character; de- termine the size of the page and type on which they shall be printed, and, when informed by the Business Committee of their ability to publish, recommend them to the Board for publication. The Corresponding Sec- retary, Editor, Depository and Publishing Agent, though not members, shall meet with the Committee and communicate any information that will aid its deliberations. Three of the Committee shall be a quorum. ARTICLE V. ORDER OF BUSINESS The following shall be the Order of Business: 1. The roll shall be called. 2. The meetings shall be opened with prayer. 3. The minutes of the last meeting shall be read. 4. First, report of the Business Committee; Second, Committee of Publication; Third, Special Committees; Fourth, new business; Fifth, the meeting shall be closed with prayer. [ 382 ] BY-LAWS OF THE BOARD As Adopted in 1871 ARTICLE I. BoArD oF MANAGERS I. The Board shall meet as soon as practicable after the annual meeting of the Society, for the purpose of electing, by ballot, a Chairman, Record- ing Secretary, Editors, a Business Committee, a Committee of Publication, and a Committee on Bible and Sunday-school Work. At this meeting, the Board shall determine the salary of the Secretary and Editors; and hear read the provisions and limitations of all the Society’s permanent and invested funds. II. The Board shall meet bimonthly, on the third Thursday of June, August, October, December, February, and April, to review with care the action of the Committees, and to give them instructions. III. The Chairman, or the Business Committee, may call a special meet- ing whenever he or they shall deem it expedient. ARTICLE IJ. OFFICERS I. Chairman. The Chairman shall preside at all the meetings of the Board, decide all questions of order without debate, subject to an appeal to the Board by the request of any two members; and appoint all special committees, unless otherwise directed. II. Secretary. The Secretary of the Society shall conduct all the cor- respondence; prepare intelligence for the public journals; employ means to interest pastors and churches; direct and assist all the appointees of the Board in their work; have charge of the stock of the Society; keep a fair supply always in binding, and a correct account of the books, tracts, etc., received and sold or distributed gratuitously; keep the accounts with individuals, agents, auxiliary societies, and branches doing business with the Society; pay over to the Treasurer all money coming into his hand in favor of the Society; make a monthly report of his labors to the Business Committee, and shall read to the Board, at its first meeting in each year, the provisions and limitations of all the permanent funds. Ill. Editor. The Book Editor shall receive all suitable works for pub- lication in the Volume, Sunday-school, and Tract Department, and present them to the Committee on Publication for examination and approval; superintend the revision and stereotyping of whatever shall be ordered by the Board; be responsible for their mechanical execution; and _ shall present a monthly report to the Business Committee. IV. Treasurer. The Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, as may be determined by the Board, shall give security in the sum of twenty thou- [ 383 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT sand dollars for the faithful discharge of his duties; receive and hold all money and obligations belonging to the Society; pay all orders which shall have been approved by the Business Committee and signed by their Chairman and Secretary; open his books to the inspection of any member of the Board; acknowledge all receipts, donations, or legacies made to the Society; present at the first stated meeting of the Business Committee in each month a statement of the receipts and payments of the preceding month; prepare annually an account of all receipts and payments, desig- nating the objects for which they were received or paid, also a statement of the nature and condition of the investments of all the permanent funds. V. Recording Secretary. The Recording Secretary shall keep the minutes of all the proceedings of the Board in a book for that purpose, and attest the same by his signature; notify the chairman of any standing or special committee of his appointment, furnish him with a list of the names of those who compose the committee and a copy of all resolutions and business referred to them; and lay before the presiding officer at each meeting of the Board a list of all committees, together with the unfin- ished business of the minutes. ARTICLE III. Business COMMITTEE I. The Business Committee shall consist of not less than seven members, four shall be a quorum for business. The Secretary and Treasurer, though not members of this Committee, shall attend its meetings, and communicate any information in their possession pertaining to their respective depart- ments, and aid the Committee in its deliberations. The Committee shall cause a full record of all their proceedings to be kept at all times, in the rooms of the Society, and open to the inspection of any member of the Board. Any vacancy in this Committee shall be filled by the Board. II. It shall be the duty of the Business Committee to carry into effect all the orders given them by the Board; to appoint, subject to the ap- proval of the Board, all necessary Secretaries, Editors, Agents, Sunday- school Missionaries, Colporteurs, and Clerks, designate their duties and fields of labor, and direct them in the discharge of their duties; to make all appropriations to be paid out of the treasury; to publish all works ordered by the Board; to make all needful purchases and contracts; to take charge of the Society’s property; to devise and execute plans for increasing the funds of the Society and meeting its pecuniary obligations; to determine the manner in which the accounts of the Society shall be kept; to cause those accounts to be thoroughly examined and audited by at least two competent persons, once every month; and to present to the Board at its last regular meeting before the anniversary an audited Treasurer’s account, together with a full statement of the financial con- dition of the Society. III. It shall be the duty of the Business Committee to present to the Board, at each regular meeting, a full statement of their doings, giving the [ 384 ] APPENDIX Board information upon the condition and prospects of every department of the Society’s operations; also their plans for the future; and in general to submit to the Board all such facts and statements in their possession as will enable the Board to judge correctly of their past action, and to give them instructions for the future. ARTICLE ITV. COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION The Committee of Publication shall consist of not less than seven members—three shall be a quorum. They shall examine all works pre- sented for publication, and if approved, classify them according to their character; determine the style in which they shall be published; indicate the copyright to be paid; and recommend them to the Board for publica- tion. The Secretary and Editor, though not members, shall meet with the Committee, and communicate any information that will aid its de- liberation. ARTICLE V. BIBLE AND SUNDAY SCHOOL COMMITTEE The Committee on Bible and Sunday-school Work shall consist of not less than seven members—three shall be a quorum. They shall devise the best methods of awakening an increased interest in the circulation of the Holy Scriptures; of developing and securing Sunday-school contribu- tions; of establishing new Sunday schools; of organizing the Sunday- school forces; of obtaining the book patronage of Sunday schools; and of elevating the standard of Sunday-school instruction. They shall present to the Board at each regular meeting a full statement of their proceedings. ARTICLE VI. OrbDER OF BUSINESS The following shall be the order of business: 1. The roll shall be called. 2. The meeting shall be opened with prayer. 3. The minutes of the last meeting shall be read. 4. First, report of the Business Committee; second, Committee of Publication; third, Bible and Sunday-school Committee; fourth, Special Committees; fifth, unfinished business; sixth, new business; seventh, the meeting be closed with prayer. NEW ARTICLES ADDED TO THE BY-LAWS OF 1871 ArTIcLE IV. THE SUNDAY-SCHOOL AND PUBLICATION COMMITTEE Added in 1874 The Committee shall consist of not less than seven members—three of whom shall be a quorum. They shall seek the establishment of new Sunday schools; the organization of our Sunday-school forces ; the eleva- “[ 385 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT tion of Sunday-school instruction; the development of Sunday-school benevolence; and the circulation of the Scriptures and Sunday-school publications. They shall also examine all works presented for publication, and, if approved, classify them according to their character; determine the style in which they shall be published; indicate the copyright to be paid; and recommend them to the Board for publication. The Secretaries and Editors, though not members, shall meet with the Committee, and com- municate any information that will aid its deliberation. The Committee shall present to the Board, at each regular meeting, a full statement of - their proceedings. ARTICLE III. BIBLE COM MITTEE Added in 1881 The Bible Committee shall consist of not less than seven members—three of whom shall be a quorum for business. It shall be the duty of this Committee to push with vigor all departments of Bible-work—including the raising of funds for the free circulation of the Scriptures, the making of new and pure translations in so far as money given specifically for that purpose will enable the Society to make them. It shall be the further duty of this Committee to see that all the funds coming to the Society for any of the afore-mentioned purposes are faithfully applied in accordance with the designation of the donors. The Secretaries, Editors, and Treasurer shall meet with the Committee, and aid them in their delibera- tions. The Committee shall submit to the Board for consideration, at each regular meeting, a full statement of its proceedings. © ARTICLE V.. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE Added in 1881 I. The Executive Committee shall consist of not less than seven mem- bers—four shall be a quorum for business. The Secretaries and Trea- Surer, though not members of this committee, shall attend its meetings, and communicate any information in their possession pertaining to their respective departments, and aid the Committee in its deliberations. The Committee shall cause a full record of all their proceedings to be kept at all times, in the rooms of the Society, and open to the inspection of any member of the Board. Any vacancy in this Committee shall be filled by the Board. II. It shall be the duty of the Executive Committee to carry into effect all the orders given them by the Board; to appoint, subject to the ap- proval of the Board, all necessary Secretaries, Editors, Agents, Clerks, Colporteurs, and Sunday-school Missionaries, designate their duties and felds of labor, and direct them in the discharge of their duties; seek the establishment of Sunday schools, the organization of Sunday-school forces, the elevation of Sunday-school instruction, the development of Sunday- school benevolence, and the circulation of Sunday-school literature; to [ 386 ] APPENDIX make all appropriations to be paid out of the treasury; to publish all works ordered by the Board; to make all needful purchases and con- tracts; to take charge of the Society’s property; to devise and execute plans for increasing the funds of the Society and meeting its pecuniary obligations; to determine the manner in which the accounts of the Society shall be kept; to cause those accounts to be thoroughly examined and audited by at least two competent persons once every month; and to pre- sent to the Board, at its last regular meeting before the anniversary, an audited Treasurer’s account, together with a full statement of the finan- cial condition of the Society. III. It shall be the duty of the Executive Committee to present to the Board, at each regular meeting, a full statement of their doings, giving the Board information upon the condition and prospects of every depart- ment of the Society’s operations; also their plans for the future; and in general, to submit to the Board all such facts and statements in their possession as will enable the Board to judge correctly of their past action, and to give them instructions for the future. ARTICLE V. MISSIONARY COMMITTEE Added in 1894 I. The Missionary Committee shall consist of not less than twelve members, five of whom shall be a-quorum. The Secretaries and Treasurer shall attend its meetings and aid in its deliberations. The committee shall keep a full record of its proceedings, which shall be open to the inspec- tion of any member of the Board, and shall make a full report to the Board at each regular meeting. II. It shall be the duty of the Missionary Committee to carry into effect all the orders given it by the Board; to appoint, subject to the approval of the Board, all necessary Colporters and Missionaries, designate their duties and fields of labor, and direct them in the discharge of their duties; seek the establishment of Sunday schools, the organization of Sunday-school forces, the elevation of Sunday-school instruction, the development of Sunday-school benevolence, and the circulation of Sunday- school literature; to make all appropriations in the Missionary Depart- ment to be paid out of the treasury; and to devise and execute plans for increasing the funds of the Society and meeting its pecuniary obligations so far as they relate to this department. III. No grants or gifts of money, books, or literature shall be made, except in case of immediate need, until the applications have been ap- proved by at least three members of the Committee. [ 387 | BY-LAWS OF THE BOARD OF MANAGERS OF THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY Adopted in 1919 with Amendments up to 1924 ARTICLE I. BoarpD oF MANAGERS Section I, Meetings. The Board shall have regular meetings bimonthly, on the fourth Wed- nesday of January, March, May, July, September, and November, unless otherwise voted by the Board. The Chairman, a majority of the Execu- tive Committee, or seven members of the Board may call a SPECIAL MEETING whenever it may be deemed proper and expedient upon notice sent out either by mail or telegraph at least one week in advance. No business shall be transacted at special meetings other than that mentioned in the call. At all meetings five members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Section II, Order of Business. The following shall be the order of business: ARON Gall ierayer: . Reading of Minutes of last meeting. . Report of the General Secretary. Report of the Business Manager. . Reports of other Secretaries. . Report of the Treasurer. . Reports of Standing Committees: (1) Executive Committee. (2) Finance Committee. (3) Business Committee. (4) Printing-house Committee. (5) Book Publishing Committee. (6) Sunday School Publications Committee. (7) Bible and Field Committee. (8) Religious Education Committee. (9) Social Education Committee. 9. Special Committee. 10. Unfinished Business. 11. New Business. 12. Adjournment, with prayer. [ 388 | ON AMAR wWN APPENDIX Section III. Organization. 1. The Board at its first regular meeting after the Annual Meeting of the Society shall organize for the ensuing year by electing by ballot a Chairman, a Vice-chairman, the Corresponding Secretary of the Society to be the General and Corresponding Secretary of the Board, and a Trea- surer, each of whom shall hold office for one year, or until his successor is appointed. It shall also at this same meeting elect a Business Manager, an Assistant Treasurer, a Bible and Field Secretary, a Religious Education Secretary, a Social Education Secretary, and a Recording Secretary, who shall be chosen by ballot, and each of whom shall hold office for one year, or until his successor is appointed. 2. The following shall be the Standing Committees of the Board, which shall be chosen in such manner as the Board may determine from time to time: a. Executive Committee. This committee shall consist of the chairman of the Board, a representative of each standing committee, and three others to be elected by the Board, and shall have the power to adopt its own rules of order. . Finance Committee. . Business Committee. . Printing-house Committee. Book Publishing Committee. . Sunday School Publications Committee. . Bible and Field Committee. . Religious Education Committee, which may contain men and women not members of the Board, but selected for their special qualifica- tion in some branch of religious education. i. Social Education Committee. Mmennde — ~ 3. The Board shall appoint such other officers, including editors of pub- lications, as the work of the Society may require, and fix their salaries. 4. The General Secretary, the Business Manager, the Secretaries who are Heads of Departments, the Book Editor, the Editor-in-chief of Sun- day School Publications, and the Treasurer shall constitute a Headquarters Council. The General Secretary shall be the chairman. It shall elect a secretary who shall keep a record of its proceedings. 5. At the first meeting after the Annual Meeting of the Society, the Board shall have read to it for its guidance and information the pro- visions and limitations of the Society’s invested and permanent funds. ARTICLE II. OFFICERS Section I. Chairman. The Chairman, and in his absence the Vice-chairman, shall preside at all meetings of the Board; decide all questions of order, subject to an [ 389 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT appeal to the Board at the request of any three members; appoint all special committees unless otherwise directed; and do and perform such other duties as may rightfully pertain to the office. Section II. General and Corresponding Secretary. The General and Corresponding Secretary shall be the executive officer of the Board, and shall have general charge and oversight of the work of the Society; all departments shall report to him for instruction and advice, and he shall be constantly kept informed by the business manager and the treasurer of the work and financial condition of the Society. He shall be ex officio a member of all committees and shall, at each meeting of the Executive Committee and of the Board of Managers, report on the general condition of the Society and on all matters to which he wishes to direct their special attention. Section III. Associate General Secretary. The Associate General Secretary shall be the Society’s representative on the Conference Committee of Secretaries of all the Societies and Boards on annuities and legacies; he shall be Chairman of the Publication So- ciety’s Headquarters Council Committee on annuities and legacies; he shall promote interest in annuities and legacies through addresses, correspon- dence, conferences, and through special literature; he shall have primary responsibility for all real estate belonging to the Society; he shall be ex officio a member of all committees of the Board, and shall at each meeting of the Executive Committee and of the Board report on the general condition of the Society so far as it lies within his supervision; he shall share with the General Secretary the responsibility for represent- ing the whole work of the Society, and in the absence of the General Secretary he shall perform the duties which otherwise belong to that office. Section IV. Recording Secretary. The Recording Secretary shall keep the minutes of all proceedings of the Board in a book for that purpose, and attest the same by his signature; shall notify the chairman of any standing or special committee of his ap- pointment and furnish him with a list of the names and addresses of those who compose his committee, and shall refer to him from time to time copies of all resolutions and business necessary and pertinent to said committee; shall furnish at each meeting of the Board minutes of the preceding meetings; shall present to the presiding officer a list of all com- mittees with the chairmen thereof, certify all unfinished business, and do and perform such other duties as may pertain to the office. Section V. Business Manager. The Business Manager shall have charge of the commercial business conducted by the Society; the purchase and sale of books; the conduct of [ 390 | APPENDIX. the printing-house and the mechanical execution of all published works of the Society; he shall have charge of the stock, keep a proper supply in binding and a correct account of the publications received, sold, or dis- tributed gratuitously; he shall have general charge of the branch houses of the Society, and from time to time visit the same, oversee, superintend, and consult with the managers thereof, and report thereon with his recom- mendations to the General Secretary and through the Printing-house Com- mittee to the Executive Committee. Section VI. Treasurer. The Board shall elect the Treasurer of the Society to be the Treasurer of the Board. He shall give corporate security in the sum of $20,000 for the faithful discharge of his duties and shall have the custody of the seal of the Society. He shall receive and deposit all moneys and obligations be- longing to the Society; pay or cause to be paid all orders which shall have been approved by the Executive Committee; acknowledge or cause to be acknowledged all receipts, donations, or legacies made to the Society; pre- sent at the first stated meeting of the Executive Committee in each month a statement of all receipts and payments of preceding months; prepare or cause to be prepared annually an account of all receipts and payments, designating the object for which they were made; shall render to the Executive Committee and bimonthly to the Board of Managers a financial statement approximating the nature and condition of the investments of the Society and financial standing thereof; his books shall at all times be open to the inspection of any member of the Board. Section VII. Assistant Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer shall give corporate security in the sum of $20,000; he shall keep or cause to be kept accounts of individuals, agents, auxiliary societies, and branches doing business with the Society, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned him by the treasurer, in whose absence he shall transact and perform the duties of the treasurer’s office. Section VIII. Bible and Field Secretary. The Bible and Field Secretary shall be the administrative officer in charge of the work assigned to the Bible and Field Department. He shall report to the Bible and Field Committee at each regular meeting upon the condition of the work in the department and present such recommenda- tions for action as to him may seem wise, and shall carry out such instruc- tions as the committee or the Board may from time to time give. Section IX. Religious Education Secretary. The Religious Education Secretary shall be the administrative officer in charge of the work assigned to the Religious Education Department. He [ 391 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT shall report to the Religious Education Committee at each regular meeting upon the condition of the work in this department and present such recom- mendations for action as to him may seem wise, and shall carry out such instructions as the committee or the Board may from time to time give. Section X. Social Education Secretary. The Social Education Secretary shall be the administrative officer in charge of the work assigned to the Social Education Department. He shall report to the Social Education Committee at each regular meeting upon the condition of the work in this department, and shall present such recommendations for action as to him may seem wise, and shall carry out such instructions as the committee or the Board may from time to time give. Section I. ARTICLE III. Enpzrors The editors shall be chosen as the Board may direct, and shall have gen- eral charge of the publications of the Society in their several departments. Section II. Book Editor. The Book Editor shall receive and examine all manuscripts presented for publication in the Book Publishing Department and present them for consideration to the Book Publishing Committee; shall employ such assis- tants as the Book Publishing Committee and the Board of Managers shall authorize; shall superintend the revision and stereotyping of such matters as shall be approved by the Publication Committee; and shall present a monthly report to that committee. Section III. Editor of Sunday School Publications. The Editor of Sunday School Publications shall under the direction of the Sunday School Publications Committee receive and examine all manu- scripts presented for publication in the Sunday school literature of the Society; shall determine the kind of publications and what material is suitable to appear in them; and shall employ such assistants as the Sunday School Publications Committee and the Board of Managers shall authorize. Section I ARTICLE IV. DEPARTMENTS The administrative work of the Society shall be distributed among the following departments: 1. Finance Department. 2. Business Department. 3. Book Publishing Department. 4. Sunday School Publications Department. 5. Bible and Field Department. 6. Religious Education Department. 7. Social Education Department. [ 392 ] APPENDIX Section IT, Each department shall be charged with the administration of the work assigned to it, as follows: I. THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT. Lis 1. The receiving, disbursing, investing, and accounting for all funds of the Society. . The auditing of the accounts of all subagents. . The bonding of agents as may be required. The care and insurance of properties. on f w DN . The execution of contracts and other financial documents as author- ized by the Board. 6. The custody of securities and other financial documents as author- ized by the Board. 7. The auditing of the treasurer’s books each year, and the presenting to the Board of Managers at their last regular meeting before the Annual Meeting of a full statement of the financial condition of the Society. THE BUSINESS DEPARTMENT. 1. The commercial business conducted by the Society. 2. The purchase and sale of books. 3. The conduct of the printing-house. 4. The mechanical execution of all published works of the Society. 5. The merchandise stock, branch houses and agencies, and rental of properties. III. THE BOOK PUBLISHING DEPARTMENT. IV. 1. The examination of all books presented for publication, classifying those that are approved according to their character, and deter- mining the style in which they shall be published. 2. Indicating the royalty to be paid, and presenting their decisions to the Board for final action. 3. Recommending such changes in matter and form as may be deemed wise and proper. PiopesN Aye sCHOOL PUBLICA TIONSIDEPARTMENT 1. General oversight of all the Sunday school publications issued by the Society. 2. Recommending from time to time such changes in matter or form as may be deemed wise and proper. [ 393 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT V. THE BIBLE AND FIELD DEPARTMENT. 1. The-.organizing and establishing of Bible schools. 2. The promotion of the circulation and use of Bible school literature. 3. Stimulating all Bible school benevolence. 4 _ The distribution or sale of Bibles, tracts, and other Christian literature through its workers. Sal . To secure, subject to the approval of the Board, properly qualified Bible and Field workers, to recommend to the Board their salaries, and to designate their fields and to direct them in their work. 6. The extension of the general work of the Society in all practical and necessary ways. 7. The promotion of interest and beneficence along the lines of the general work of the Society. VI. THE RELIGIODS EDUGADION DEPARTMENT: 1. To develop and define a general policy and program for the religious — education work of: the Society. 2. To secure, subject to the approval of the Board, properly qualified religious education workers, to recommend to the Board their salaries, and to designate their fields and to direct them in their work. 3. To devise means for increasing the efficiency of churches, Sunday schools, young people’s societies, and other church groups in their work of religious education. VII. THE SOCIAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT. 1. To develop and define the general policy and program for the Chris- tian Social Education work of the Society. 2. To cooperate with the other departments of the Society in securing Christian Social Service material in teacher-training manuals, in institutes, and in the general educational work of the Society. 3. To submit for publication material for lesson courses and literature in social study and service for all departments of the Sunday school and ¢hurch, as well as general literature dealing with special phases of the study of Christian Social Service. ARTICLE V. DutTIFS oF COMMITTEES Section I. It shall be the duty of each standing committee to consider matters relating to its department and to keep a record of its proceedings. It shall report thereon in writing to the Board and present for action all matters requiring Board approval. [ 394 | APPENDIX Section II. Executive Committee. It shall be the duty of the Executive Committee to carry into effect all orders given it by the Board; to appoint, subject to the approval of the Board, agents, clerks, and other employees; to make all appropriations to be paid out of the treasury except grants of “missionary” and Bible funds; to make all needful purchases and contracts; to consider, de- vise, and recommend plans for increasing the funds of the Society and meeting its pecuniary obligations, and generally to advise with and assist the secretaries. It shall be the duty of the Executive Committee to present to the Board at each regular meeting a full statement of all its transactions. During the interim between the meetings of the Board, the Executive Committee shall have full power to act for the Board. Five members of this committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The secretaries, business manager, and treasurer or assistant treasurer shall attend its meetings and aid in its deliberations without voting. Section III. Finance Committee. The Finance Committee shall have general supervision of the Depart- ment of Finance and of the legal business of the Society, and shall receive funds and property upon such terms and conditions as the Board may from time to time approve. Two members of this committee shall be appointed who, together with the treasurer, shall form an Investment Committee, with the power to invest funds in accordance with the rules of the Board concerning investments. All investments shall be reported to the Board at its next regular meeting. Section IV. Business Committee. The Business Committee shall be a committee advisory to the business manager, and shall perform such special duties as shall be committed to it by a vote of the Executive Committee or of the Board. Section V. Book Publishing Committee. The Book Publishing Committee shall examine all works presented for publication by the Book Publishing Department; classify those that are approved according to their character; determine the style in which they shall be published; indicate the copyright to be paid, and recommend their decisions to the Board for final action. The general secretary, busi- ness manager, and editors shall attend the meetings of this committee and aid in its deliberations. The committee shall present to the Board at each regular meeting a full report of its proceedings, with such recom- mendations for action as it may deem advisable. [ 395 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT Section VI. Sunday School Publications Committee. The Sunday School Publications Committee shall have general over- sight of all the Sunday school publications issued by the Society, and shall recommend from time to time such changes in matter or form as it may deem wise and proper. The general secretary, business manager, and editors shall attend the meetings of the committee and aid in its delibera- tions. The committee shall present to the Board at each regular meeting a full report of its proceedings, with such recommendations for action as it may deem advisable. Section VII. Social Education Committee. The Social Education Committee shall examine and supervise the policies and methods of the department and consult with the secretary of this department concerning lesson courses and literature. The secretaries, busi- ness manager, and editors shall attend the meetings of this committee and take part in its deliberations. The committee shall present to the Board at each regular meeting of the Board a full report of its proceedings, with such recommendations for action as it may deem advisable. Section VIII, Each committee shall meet at the call of its chairman or of the General Secretary. Section IX. Headquarters Council. The Headquarters Council shall meet at the call of the General Secre- tary, or, in his absence, at the request of any member of the Council, to consider such matters as may properly come before it. While in routine matters the head of each department will act in accordance with his best judgment, it is expected that matters of special importance shall be brought before the Headquarters Council for consideration in order that the committee having cognizance of the matter and the Board may have the benefit of the Council’s judgment. ; ARTICLE VI. FINANCIAL Section I, All investments of the Society’s funds shall be made by the Investment Committee upon the approval of the Finance Committee, in accordance with the following rules: 1. Loans of the United States ‘of America. 2. Loans of the State of Pennsylvania. 3. Loans of the county, city, borough, township, or school district in the State of Pennsylvania and such other States as the Finance Committee shall deem advisable. 4. Bond and first mortgage on real estate situated in the State of Pennsylvania, upon a basis not to exceed sixty per cent. of the market [ 396 ] APPENDIX value thereof, except in the case of guaranteed mortgages, and except purchase-money mortgages received in part payment of real estate sold by the Society. No mortgage (except purchase-money mortgage) shall be accepted on unimproved land or on farm properties. No mortgage shall be accepted on buildings in process of construction; on building operations covering a number of houses, whether completed or otherwise, known as “ blanket mortgages ”’; on buildings which have never been rented; on industrial plants; on religious or educational institutional buildings; or on places of amusement. All real estate mortgages, of whatsoever character (except purchase- money mortgages), in excess of $10,000 shall be submitted to the Board of Managers of the Society for their previous consideration and approval or otherwise. 5. Bonds of railway companies, which shall be secured by a first or prior lien mortgage upon their respective roadbeds or sections thereof; railway terminal company first mortgage bonds; car trust or equipment trust bonds or certificates, provided always that in each and every instante all the capital stock of the respective railway companies shall have been upon a dividend-paying basis for at least three years prior to the date of purchase of the respective securities aforesaid. The Finance Committee with approval of the Board shall be authorized to agree to exchanges of securities which may be necessary because of reorganizations or refunding of the securities which may be owned by the Society, and the restrictions above mentioned, with reference to the investment of moneys, shall not be applicable to the new securities which may be received in such reorganization or refunding exchanges. 6. Under no circumstances shall any of the funds of the Society be loaned to any officer, employee, legal adviser, or member of the Board of Managers, or to any private corporation or business enterprise in which any of them is personally interested. Section II. Signatures. 1. All annuity contracts by the Society shall be signed by the Treasurer or the Assistant Treasurer, and countersigned by the General Secretary or the Associate General Secretary. 2. All checks, drafts, and other commercial paper shall be signed by the Treasurer, or by the Assistant Treasurer, and countersigned by the Gen- eral Secretary, or by the Associate General Secretary, or by the Record- ing Secretary of the Board, or by a member of the Finance Committee designated by said Committee. Section III. Investment Securities. Unless otherwise ordered, all investment securities of the Society shall be registered in the name of the Society, and shall be deposited [ 397 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT for safe-keeping in a reliable safe deposit vault in the City of Phila- delphia designated by the Finance Committee. Access to the safe- deposit box ot the Society shall be had by any two of the following officers together: Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer (or Acting Assistant Treasurer), and General Secretary; or by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer (or Acting Assistant Treasurer), or General Secretary, when accompanied by such member of the Finance Committee as may be designated by the Board. ARTICLE VII. VACANCIES A vacancy in the Board may be filled until the next annual meeting of the Society by ballot’ only. ARTICLE VIII. AMENDMENTS These by-laws may be amended by a two-thirds vote at any meeting at which a quorum is present and voting, provided the amendments shall © have been: submitted to the prior regular meeting and a copy of the same sent to each member of the Board at least ten days prior to the meeting at which the same shall be presented for adoption. [ 398 ] OFFICERS, MEMBERS OF THE BOARD, AND OFFICERS OF THE BOARD PRESIDENTS Obadiah Brown, D. D., 1824-1826. fonn LL aDaceeD. 1827 Elisha Cushman, D. D., 1828-1829. William T. Brantly, D. D., 1830-1837. George B. Ide, D. D., 1838-1841. Rufus Babcock, Jr., D. D., 1842- 1843. Joseph H. Kennard, D. D., 1844- 1854. Hon. Mason Brayman, 1855-1856. Hon. James H. Duncan, 1857-1860. William Phelps, 1861-1871. SatsOnlel al Dotwl) Die lo/z. Hon. James L. Howard, 1873-1877. Samuel A. Crozer, 1878. George T. Hope, 1879-1881. E. L. Hedstrom, 1882. John H. Deane, 1883-1884. Samuel A. Crozer, 1885-1911. W. H. Doane, 1912. J. W. Brougher, D. D., 1913-19 W. B. Riley, D. D., 1917. W. G. Brimson, 191971 4'9 F. H. Robinson, 1920. Levi S. Chapman, 1921-1922. W. H. Geistweit, 1923. VICE-PRESIDENTS Adams,. Seymour W., D. D., 1861- 1864. Alderson, L. A., 1864. Anderson, Martin B., D. D., LL. D., 1854. Arbuckle, C..N., D. D., 1922-. Armitage, Thomas, D. D., 1860-1895. Babcock, Rufus, Jr., D. D., 1840- 1841. Bailey, A. S., 1840-1841. Bailey, Silas, D. D., 1856-1865. Baker, Hon. A. L., 1856, 1858-1860. Barton, David R., 1848-1850. Batcheller, J., 1851-1854. Beebee, Alexander M., LL. D., 1843. Bellows, A. J., M. D., 1853-1854, 1856-1859. Benedict, D., D. D., 1861. Bleeker, Garret N., 1851-1853. Boardman, George Dana, D. D., 1864-1865. Boone, Levi D., 1859-1860. Booth, John, 1840-1844. Brantly, William T., D. D., 1827- 1829. Brimson, W. G., Esq., 1904-1909. Brown, Joseph E., 1883-1884. Bryce, John, 1824. Buck, William C., D. D., 1840-1843. Caswell, Alexis, D. D., 1856-1865. ‘“Ghapman, Wevi S.,/ 1823. Charlton, Rev. Frederick, 1856-1858. Cheney, David B., D. D., 1859-1865. Gharchy Hon’; G.,31912: Clarke, Miner G., D. D., 1857-1860. Colby, Hon. Anthony, 1856-1861. Colver, Nathaniel, D. D., 1860. Conaut, John A., 1840-1844. Cornelius, Samuel, D. D., 1825-1826. Cornell, Thomas, 1875-1877. Corwin, R. G., 1853-1854. Crane, James C., 1840. Crane, William, 1840-1844, 1852-1854, 1864-1865. [399 ] PIONEERS Cresswell, Samuel J., 1840-1844, 1852-1854, 1864-1865. Croskey, Henry, 1862-1865. Crowell, William, D. D., 1861. Crozer, John P., 1851-1865. Crozer, Samuel A., 1866-1867, 1879- 1884. Cinimins tee aL S50) Cuthbert, James H., D. D., 1860. ager a) Onrieice see pool) oO: 1840-1843. Davies, J. M., 1859-1865. Davis, George F., 1865, 1876-1878. Davis, Hon. Isaac, 1840-1849, 1857- 1865. Davis, Mial, 1873-1874. Davis, S., 1862-1865. _ Day, Albert, 1850-1854. Day, Larkin B., 1878. Deane, John H., 1882. Doane, W. Howard, Mus. 1879, 1901-1911. Dowling, John, D. D., 1852-1854. Draper, L. C., 1861-1865. Duncan, Hon. James H., 1850-1856. Dunlevy, A. H., 1856-1860. Eddy, Daniel C., D. D., 1860-1861. Eddy, Herman J., D. D., 1861. Edwards, Benjamin F., 1840-1841. Ellyson, Hon. H. K., 1882. Everts, William W., D. D., 1860- 1868. Ewart, Hon. Thomas W., 1855-1861. Fleischmann, Rev. Konrad A., 1859- 1861. Fletcher, Hon. Ryland, 1859-1865. Ford, J. M., 1859-1860. Foster, Thomas S., 1853-1854. Frost, James M., 1844, Gardiner, Richard, M. D., 1856-1860. Gillette, “A. D., D. D., 1852-1854, 1861. Gillmore, Hon. Joseph A., 1864-1865. Gillpatrick, J., 1860. Goodman, Edward, Esq., 1880-1899. Doce OF LIGHT Going, Jonathan, D. D., 1840-1844. Green, T. P., 1841. Greene, Prof. Samtel S., 1859. Greenough, B., 1840-1844. Gregory,, John’ M.,. LL Die 18/62 1874. Griges, J. W., 1864-1865. Grow, Fred A., 1921. Hague, William, D. D., 1851-1854. — Hatris-sLion:- dita. elas, Harrison, John C., D. D., 1842-1859. Hart, H. B., 1862-1865. Haskell, Samuel, D. D., 1856-1865. Heck, J. M., 1875. Hedstrom, E. L., 1880-1881. Hinckley, F. E., 1875-1877. Hiscox Hal De ooens Holden, Charles N., 1869. Hope, George T., 1878. P Horr, George R., D. D., 1894-1898. Howard, Hon. James L., 1872. Hoyt, Col. J. A., 1890-1893. Hughes, D. ¢€, 1D. D.; 190031902 1909, Humphrey, Friend, 1853. Ide, George B., D. D., 1850-1854, 1858-1860. Jayne, David, M. D., 1854. Jewell, Wilson, M. D., 1859-1860. Johnson, G. G., D. D., 1920-1921. Johnson, George J., D. D., 1856-1864. Jones, E. D., 1870-1872. Jones, William G., 1840-1842. Keen, William W., 1837-1855. Keller, Luther, 1918. Kempton, George, D. D., 1854. Kendrick, S. N., 1850-1854. Kennard, Joseph .H., D. D., 1837: 1843, 1855-1865. King, E. D., 1844. Kingsley, Hon. Chester W., 1900- 1903. LaCoste, A. P., 1840-1844. Lee, Franklin, 1854, 1859-1860. Lemen, James, 1842. | 400 | APPENDIX Levering, Joshua, Esq., 1885-1909. Lincoln, Heman, D. D., 1860. Linnard, Hon. James M., 1850-1854, 1856-1861. Loxley, Rev. Benjamin R., 1860. McDaniel, James, 1840-1844. McKean, Rev. John A., 1860-1865. McPherson, William M., 1853-1854. Malcom, Howard, D. D., 1851-1854. Malcom, Rev. Thomas S., . 1853, 1857-1860. Marshall, J. H., 1840-1845. Mason, J. M., 1841. Matick vie W.. le. DD. 1913-1916. Merrill, J. Warren, 1866-1871, 1878- 1881. Meyers, H. S., 1918. Miter, M., 1856-1857. Morgan, Ebenezer, 1883-1884. Murdock, James N., 1856-1861. Nichols, F. C., 1920. Orr, David, 1840. Owen, Ezra D., 1842-1844. Pattison, kobert E., D.D., 1840. Peck, John M., D. D., 1848-1854. Peddie, John, D. D., 1879. Perkins, Aaron, D. D., 1861-1863. Perkins, J. C., 1842-1844. Pettit, William V., 1860-1861. Phelps, Sylvanus, D. D., 1859-1865. Phelps, William, 1856-1860. Pratt, J. C., 1852-1854. Quincey, Josiah, 1840-1844. Randall, James, 1872-1874. Rhees, Morgan J., D. D., 1843-1844. Rider, Hiram, 1840-1843. Riley, W. B., D. D., 1915-1917. Robinson, Ezekiel G., D. D., 1850- 1852. RGSS?) 8c cle Ds 1922: 1857- Runyan, Hon. Peter P., 1843, 1850- 1861. Searles, J. W.,.D. D., 1896-1899, Shadrach, William, D. D., 1844. Shailer, William H., D. D., 1856- 1861. Shepherd, J. H., 1846-1847. Sherwood, Adiel, D. D., 1843-1844. Simmons, James B., D. D., 1861- 1865. Smith, Eli B., D. D., 1856-1860. Smith, J. B., 1840-1844. SHinsOletl:. Ko DD, 1) 21865: Stow, Baron, D. D., 1851-1854. Strong. Urank.1.L. Ds 1910: aviomecisian alee aloo: Thomas, Rev. Archibald, 1840-1844. Toebit, Rev. A. M., 1856-1858. Tackeoalic ris DD: Lieb 1885- 1890. Turpin, Rev. William H., 1840-1849. Upham, James, D. D., 1861. Wattson, Thomas, 1845-1854, 1857- 1865. Wayland, Francis, D. D., 1840-1844, 1850-1854. Welch, James E., D. D., 1840-1844, 1860. Westover, Rev. J. T., 1865. Willet, Rev. C., 1863. Williams, Hon. J. M. S., 1857-1865. Williams, William R., D. D., 1842- 1844. Williamson, W. J., D. D., 1913-1915. Wilson, D. M., 1856-1865. Wilson, Franklin D., 1866-1871. Wilson, James, 1848-1850. Winter, Thomas, D. D., 1852-1854. Withers, John, 1852-1854. Woolsey, Rev. James J., 1844. Wording, J. E., 1860. { 401 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT GENERAL SECRETARIES George Wood, 1824-1826. Rey. Noah Davis, 1827-1830. Rev. Ira M. Allen, 1831-1838. Morgan J. Rhees, D. D., 1840-1842. John M. Peck, D. D., 1843-1845. Rev. Thomas S. Malcolm, 1846-1852. Kendall Brooks, D. D. (Associate), 1852. Heman Lincoln, D. D., 1853. William Shadrach, D. D., 1854-1856. Benjamin Griffith, D. D., 1857-1893. Col. Charles H. Banes, 1894. A. J. Rowland, D. D., LL. D., 1895- 1916. Guy C. Lamson, D. D., 1917-1918. Gilbert N. Brink, D. D., 1919-1923. William H. Main, D. D., Associate General Secretary, 1922-. RECORDING SECRETARIES Isaac G. Hutton, 1824. Joseph Thaw, 1825-18206. Philalogus Loud, 1827-1828. Morgan J. Rhees, D. D., 1840-1842. Wilson Jewell, M.-D., 1831-1832, 1841. William Ford, 1833-1840. A. P. Drew, 1842. Levi Knowles, Jr., 1843-1845. Clement A. Wilson, 1846-1853. John Hanna, 1854. George C. Baldwin, D. D., 1855- 1862. Rev. James Cooper, 1863-1869, 1878- 1879. Horatio Gates Jones, 1870-1877. J. Howard Gendell, 1880-1888. A. J. Rowland, D. D., 1889-1894. J. G. Walker, D. D., 1895-1913. B. D. Stelle, 1914-1917. W. S. Bauer, 1917. Wm. H. Main, D. D., 1922-. ORCAS i i Rev. Luther Rice, 1824-1825. Enoch Reynolds, 1826. Samuel Huggins, 1827-1836. William W. Keen, 1837-1855. Charles B. Keen, 1856. James S. Dickerson, D. D., 1857- 1859. Washington Bucher, 1860-1861. William V. Pettit, 1862-1882. Charles H. Banes, 1883-1897. B. F. Dennison, 1898-1902. Harry S. Hopper, 1903-1918. George L. Estabrook, 1918-1923. CHAIRMEN OF THE BOARD Joseph H. Kennard, D. D., 1856, 1858-1860, 1866. Wilson Jewell, M. D., 1857. J. P. Crozer, 1861-1865. William Bucknell, 1867-1871, 1877- 1889. S. A. Crozer, 1872-1874, 1890-1912. George K. Crozer, 1912-1919. J.. P.. Crozer, Grithth pM Deeiaie 1923. SECRETARIES OF THE BOARD John Baumgartner, 1887-1892. O. W. Spratt, 1893-1897, J. G. Walker, D. D., 1898-1915. B. D. Stelle, 1915-1916. Daniel G. Stevens, Ph. D., 1916-. [ 402 ] APPENDIX MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF MANAGERS Abbott, Hon. Charles F., 1853-1897. Adams, Geo. D., D. D., 1913-1921. Aldrich, Rev. J., 1842-1843. Anderson, George W., D. D., 1847- 1892. Arbuckle, Charles N., D. D., 1922-. Armitage, Thomas, 1883- 1895. Ashton, Rey. W. E., 1827-1828, 1830- 1834. Ashton, George H., 1865. Babcock, Rufus, D. D., 1837-1839. Bailey, W. A., 1908-1909. Bainbridge, H., 1918-. Ballentine, William, 1828-1832. Banes, Col. C. H., 1873-1894. Banes, Mirs. C. H., 1900-1909. Bauer, W. S., 1917-1919. Baumgartner, John, 1887-1892. Beckley, J. T., D. D., 1887-1894. Beebe, G. W., 1841. Beidleman, R. A., 1841. Bennett, E. A., 1843. Bitting, C. C., D. D., 1883-1890. Boardman, G. D., D. D., 1866, 1868- 1874. Brantly, William T., D. D., 1854, 1857-1861. , Brimson, W. G., 1919, Brink, Gilbert N., D. D., 1919-. Brougher, J. W., D. D., 1913-1916. Brower, D., 1845-1850. Brown, Daniel, 1826. Brown, Thomas, 1829. Brown, T. Edwin, 1889-1890. Bucknell, William, 1841-1889. Bucknell, William Rufus, 1870-1874. Burnett, E. S., 1850-1854. Burrows, J. L., D. D., 1841-1854. ‘Bussier, D. P., 1844. Butcher, Washington, 1869. Callaghan, George, 1868-1884. DoD. 1904-1909, 1918- 1859, 1868- Cassady, P. H., 1847-1874. ia Sten [ate Ln Loo glo 2. Caswell, Alexis, D. D., 1825-1826. Cathcart, W., D. D., 1860-1883. Cawood, Daniel, 1825-1826. Chapman, Levi S., 1921-. Charters, W..W.;, Ph.D; 1921-. Charlton, F., 1854. Chase, W. T., D. D., 1893-1896. Ghase@iran,.Ws D:.1825; Cheney, D. B., D. D., 1853-1858. Clark, David, 1840-1841. Clark, M. G., D. D., 1851-1856. Clegg, J. W., 1920-. Glinch= Honi-Bi'S,, 1912. Cole, H. F., 1918-. Collmer, E. B., 1922-. Cooper, Rev. George, 1875-1880. Covel, Rev. E., 1843. Cowe, Joseph, 1830. Cresswell, Samuel J., 1884. Cresswell, S. J., D. D., 1842-1849, 1855-1857. Croskey, Henry, 1866-1867. Crozer, G. K., 1866-1920. Crozer, J. P., 1851-1865. Crozer, Robert, 1896-1918. Crozer, Samuel A., 1862-1911. Cushman, Elisha, D. D., 1827. Cushman, Robert W., D. D., 1828- 1838. Cuthbert, J. H., D. D., 1855-1859. Dagg, J. L., D. D., 1828-1829. Dakin, E. Leroy, 1923- Davis, John, 1827-1845. Davis, J. C., 1836-1855, 1857-1865. Day, Henry, D. D., 1855-1859. Dennis, Rev. William L., 1848. Dennison, B. F., 1884-1902. Dickerson, Miss Grace, 1913. Dickerson, J. S., D. D., 1860. Dickinson, E. W., D. D., 1842, 1844, 1846. 1846- [ 403 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT Doane, W. H., Mus. Doctor, 1901- 1915. Dodge, Rev. Daniel, 1839-1844. Dorman, William, 1827. Dowlingiize Da Dios: Drake, H. C., 1913-1915. Eddy, D. C., D. D., 1863-1864. Eldridge, James H., 1867-1869. Ellis, John, 1837. Estabrook, G. L., 1915- Evans, Frederick, D. D., 1890-1892. BvanseeMiltorny Gretel) lcs 2 1909-1917. Everts, Rev. J. B., 1842. Fendall, Rev. E. D., 1863-1864. Fener, R., 1838-1840. Ferris, G. H., D. D.," 1907-1911. Fleischmann, Rev. K. A., 1854. Fletcher, Rev. Leonard, 1833-1834. Folwell, Rev. J. N., 1895-1909. Ford, Isaac, 1844-1851, 1855-1863. Ford, William, 1841. Foster, T. S., 1851-1852. Galusha, Elijah, 1845. Gamble, John K., 1846-1847. Gardner, Richard, M. D., 1839-1841. Garrett, W. E., 1835-1839. Gaskill, J. H., 1886-1895. Gendell, J. H., 1888-1911. George, Charles, 1844-1845. Gibson, Joseph, 1824-1826. Gillette, A. D., D. D., 1836-1851. Gillette, Rev. P. D., 1836. Goodman, M. Edward, 1880-1900. Gordon, John, D. D., 1893-1913. Gray, Rev. Isaac, 1861. Green, Rev. H. K., 1826. Griffith, Benjamin, D. D., 1852-1893. Griffith, J. P. Crozer, M. D., 1912-. Grifhth, Rev. T. S., 1865. Griswold, Rev. R. W., D. D., 1843- 1845. Grow, Fred A., 1921. Gubelmann, Rev. J. S., 1870-1884. Hacker, George, 1827. Hall, Edwin, 1866-1867. Hansell, WE, Do. Di Es547a1s5s 1862-1871. Hansell, W. S., 1827-1834, 1837-1842, 1853, 1856, 1864. Harrison, John C., D. D., 1845-1848. Hasilam*) ] Eb Doe 904 1 ie Hayhurst, Rev. I. W., 1840-1841. Henson, P.SiiD..De 1861s iss Hewson, John, 1841-1842. Higgins, Rev. George, 1840-1842, 1845-1848. Hillegas, J. K., 1830. Hinman, D. B., 1833-1837, 1854. Hires, W. D., 1849. Hiscox, E. T., D. D., 1896-1902. Hopper, Boardman, 1922- Hopper, H. S., 1885-1918. Hormbercer LC. y PR. alee 1884. Horr, G. C., D. D., 1894-1898. Hoskinson, J. B., 1873-1895. — Hoskinson, T. J., 1873-1884. Hoyt, Col. James A., 1890-1893. Hoyt, Wayland, D. D., 1883-1889, 1896-1911. Huggens, Rev. Samuel, 1837. Hughes. D. Gr Gai anu Hutten, Isaac G., 1825-1826. Ide, G. B., D. D., 1842-1849. Irving, James, 1879-1886. Jacob, Robert U., 1893-1894. James, Israel E., 1835-1836. Jarman, Reuben, 1828-1829. Jayne, David, M. D., 1841-1849. Jeffrey, R., D. D., 1858-1860, 1862- 1865. Jenkins, Harvey L., 1922- Jewell, Wilson, M. D., 1830, 1836, 1838-1840. Johnson, G. G., D. D., 1921- Johnson, G. J., D. D., 1878-1885. Johnson, James, 1824-1826. Johnson, Reuben, 1824. Jones, Rev. David, 1827-1833. 1871- | 404 | APPENDIX Jones, Hon. Horatio Gates, 1860- 1892. Jones, John, 1837-1841. Keen, C. B., 1878-1886. Keen, W. Williams, 1866-1871. Keen, W. W., M. D., 1872-1883. Keller, Luther, 1909-1910, 1917-1918. iennards )Os,, tt. 1)1),, lb2/=1026, 1832-1836, 1866. Kennard, Rev. J. S., 186.7-1871. Kempton, George, D. D., 1845-1852. Ketcham, Rev. F. W., 1842, 1848. Keyes, Rev. C. B., 1838-1840. Keyser, Charles, D. D., 1870-1872. Kitts, Rev. Thomas, Jr., 1827-1828, 1830-1832. Knowles, J. D., D. D., 1824-1825. Knowles, L., 1838-1842. Lawson, A. G., D. D., 1893-1895, 1919- Leas, D. P., 1887-1913. Lee, Franklin, 1836, 1843-1844, 1846- 1853, 1857-1858. Lee, George, 1841-1842. Been vee) 1916. Levering, Joshua, 1885-1909. Levy, E. M., D. D., 1850-1858. Levy, John P., 1859-1867. Lewis, S. G., 1869. Lincoln, Heman, D. D., 1850-1852. Lincoln, H. E., 1862-1863. Lincoln, T. O., D. D., 1842-1844. Linnard, James M., 1836, 1839-1843, 1846. Lisk, Rev. G. James, 1913-1918. Loud, Philologus, 1829. Loxley, Rev. B. R., 1839. Lyle, J. W., D. D., 1906-1922. Lynd, Samuel W., 1824-18206. MacArthur, Robert S., D. D., 1883. MacFarlane, H. K., 1918- MacKay, R. M., 1912-1918. Main, W. H., D. D., 1908- Malcom, Howard, D. D., 1827, 1850. Mann, William, 1864-1866. Mauck, J. W., LL. D., 1912-1914. Maylin, Jos., 1827-1833. McCloud, George, 1850. McKean, Rev. J. A., 1849-1853, 1856- 1859. McKinney, H. N., 1897-1899, Meehan, John S., 1825-1826. Miles, Rev. George I., 1847-1853. Milford, H. J., 1867-1885. Miller, E. W., 1857. Morgan, Ebenezer, 1883-1887, Morgan, Rev. C. T., 1893-1895. Moss, Lemuel, D. D., 1873-1874. Mir) 2)) ts D018897191321918: Mulford, H. J., 1867-1884. Mulford, John, 1830-1838. Mustin, John, 1850. Myers, Thomas A., 1844. Norton Ge @. ul) De 806: Nugent, George, 1861-1883. Outlaw, George, 1825. Palmateer. GAs 71921: Parmley, W. H., D. D., 1892-1894. Patton, W., 1859. Peacock. ie) le, 1915-1918: Peddie, John, D. D., 1871-1878. Peltz, G. A., D. D., 1867-1870. Pendleton, J. M., D. D., 1866-1884. Perkins, D. W., 1903-1916. Perry, Rev. G. B., 1831-1832. Peters, Rev. L. E., 1857-1859. Pettit, W. V., 1852-1858. Phiups: J. GCG. Ph. D.-1919. Pidge, J. M. B., D. D., 1887-1888. Pierce, Robert F. Y., D. D., 1912- ’ Poteat, E. M., D. D., 1899-1903. Price, O. J., Ph. D., 1912-1914. Randolph,Warren, 1859-1862, 1871- 1877. Rannels, Rev. C. H., 1914. Reed, Enoch S., 1843. Reed, G. W., 1849. Reed, Isaac, 1833-1854. Reed, Jacob, 1835-1840, 1844. Rees, G. E., D. D., 1884-1909. | 405 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT Remington, Rev. S., 1852-1853. ~ Reynolds, Enoch, 1824-1825. Reynolds, Jos., 1831-1838. Rhees, Morgan J., D. D., 1831. Rhoades, J. D., Esq., 1916-. Rice, Rev. Luther, 1826. Richards, William H., 1828-1837. Riley, W. B., D. D., 1915-1918. Robinson, Rev. W. H., 1884-1887. Robinson, Frank, 1917- Roe, C. M., 1907. Rossin) lle ey Rosselle, W. Q., Ph. D., 1910- ROWiaud ssn ele lem hehe rte 1919. Rue, L. L., 1903-1905, 1915- DAE wea ness aee 18OU: sagebeer, J. E., Ph: D., 1898- Sanford Revs bebe Olde 912: Schulz, Rev. Henry, 1888-1891. Search, Henry, D. D., 1889-1898. Searles, J. W., D. D., 1888-1899. Sexton, J. W., 1859-1860. Sexton, Silas W., 1827. miadtachi Mavi ately sae 1841, 1845-1847. Sheppard, Joseph, 1837. Sherborne, F. P., 1835-1838. Shoemaker, Robert, 1857. Shoemaker, W. M., 1875-1877. Simmons) jy Ba Des 1866, Smith, John H., 1829. smith, Rev. 1). Hyatt, 1825,.1860- 1866. Smith, J. Wheaton, D. D., 1854-1881. Snyder, W. F., 1875-1887. Staughton, James M., D. D., 1825- 1826. Staughton, William, D. D., 1824- 1826. Steinmetz, Adam, 1856. Stelle, D. B., D. D., 1913-1920. Stevens, John S., 1878-1905. Stewart, David T., 1839. Stout, J. W., 1870-1877. 1838, Stow, Baron, D. D., 1826. Strong, Frank, LL. D., 1910-1911. Swartz, James, 1891-1903. Swetland, Roger W., LL. D., 1922- Swope, George, 1835, 1839, 1840- 1843. Taylor, E. L., 1919- Taylor, Joseph, 1836. Taylor, Rev. R. T., 1850-1853. Thaw, Joseph, 1824. Thomas, B. D., D. D., 1873-1891. Thomas, Erasmus, M. D., 1827-1832. Thomas, Rev. Jesse B., D. D., 1883- 1889. Tolman, Thomas, 1858-1865. Trevor, John B., 1834-1838, 1842. Tucker, Rev. C., 1850. Tucker, H? H.,-D. D.; LE) Dy 4335- 1889. Tucker, Levi, D. D., 1834-1835. Tupper, Kerr B., D. D., 1896-1905. Tustin, Honi KE, (Ee eae ieeo. 1921. Ustick, Stephen, 1825-1826. Wait, Samuel, 1825-1826. Walker, J. G:,;’ Day Dif 1885-18873 1891-1914. (Editor ‘“ American Baptist Year-Book,” 1872-1884, 1897-1915.) Walton, Charles S., 1900-1915. Walton, J., 1848. Warne, J. A., D. D., 1838-1839. Wattson, T., 1843-1844, 1855-1856, 1866-1871. Webb, G. S., D. D., 1845-1846. Webster, P., 1833-1834. Welch, J. E., D. D., 1847-1848. Weston, H. G. DED, LEY DA tas 1908. Wheat, Rev. A. C., 1855-1856. White, Thomas, 1844. Whitman, B. L., D. D., 1903-1907. Wilder, Rev. William, 1855-1868. Williams, Rev. C. C., 1843-1844. Williamson, W. J., D. D., 1913-1914. [ 406 ] APPENDIX Wilmarth, J. W., D. D., 1890-1903. Wilson, C. A., 1845. Winter, Rev. Thomas, D. D., 1850- 1851. Wood, Byron, D. D., 1893-1907. Woolsey, Rev. J. J., 1836-1837. Wynne, Isaac C., D. D., 1833-1884. Young, Smith G., 1914- BIBEE AND ‘MISSIONARY SECRETARIES C. C. Bitting, D. D., 1883-1895. Robert G. Seymour, D. D., 1896- 1912. Guy C. Lamson, D. D., 1913-1915. Samuel Graham Neil, D. D., 1918- IOS PRU ein DART ES Rev. Francis Smith, 1864-1865. Rev. Silas Illsley, 1864-1870. Rev. Sidney Dyer, Ph. D., 1864-1880. A. J. Johnson, D. D., 1864-1876. Rev. J. W. Stone, 1865-1868. Rev. J. N. Sykes, 1866. C. R. Blackall, M. D., 1867-1869. Rev. W. C. Van Meter, 1869. Rev. H. Daniels, 1869. Rev. W. C. Child, 1870-1872. Rev. F. G. Thearle, 1870-1880. Rufus Babcock, D. D., 1871-1872. Rev. D. C. Litchfield, 1873-1874. Andrew Pollard, D. D., 1874-1886. Rev. S. T. Levermore, 1874. Rev. James Waters, 1874-1876. Revi be K./Stimson; 1875. fee ei acipeese LD): DD. 18/6, Rev. D. T. Morrill, 1876-1877. Rev. Frank Remington, 1879-1882. M. T. Sumner, D. D., 1879-1880. G. M. Vanderlip, D. D., 1880-1883. Rey. A. H. Lung, 1882-1885. James Lisk, D. D., 1883-1884. Charlies tl. >palditizy atl), 1685- 1914. James B. Simmons, D. D., 1886-1904. S. T. Clanton, D. D., 1891-1896. E. M. Brawley, D. D., 1892-1896. J. W. Harris, D. D., 1893-1896. O. F. Flippo, D. D., 1895-1904. W. C. Luther, D. D., 1896-1900. S. N. Vass, D. D., 1896-1918. Rev. E. S. Stucker, 1897-1900. Rev. Harvey Hatcher, 1897-1904. E. M. Stephenson, D. D., 1900-1902. T. J. Walne, D. D., 1901-1904. Rev. T. L. Ketman, 1903-1919. Rev. C. H. Rust, 1906. S. G. Neil, D. D., 1906-1917. Wo WePratt, DD 1907-1915; Rev. J. M. Robertson, 1907-1908. Rev. J. P. Jacobs, 1907-1915. Rev. Guy C. Lamson, 1912. Rev. G. L. White, 1913-1919. Rev. J. C. Robbins, 1913. Rev. P. H. J. Lerrigo, 1914-1916. MANAGERS H. V. Meyer, 1917-1920. H. E. Cressman, 1921- BOOK EDITORS J. N. Brown, D. D., 1850-1859. G. W. Anderson, D. D., 1864-1892. P. L. Jones, D. D., 1894-1913. Daniel G. Stevens, Ph. D., 1913- EDITOR-IN-CHIEF SUNDAY SCHOOL PUBLICATIONS C. R. Blackall, D, D., 1883-1916. W. E. Raffety, Ph. D., 1916-1924. [ 407 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT SECRETARY OF RELIGIOUS EDUCATION YOUNG PEOPLE AND TEACHER-TRAINING W. E. Chalmers, D. D., 1912- SECRETARY OF SOCIAL EDUCATION Samuel Zane Batten, D. D., 1912- DIRECTOR OF VACATION AND WEEK-DAY SCHOOLS Thomas 'S, Young, D7 D.192)- DIRECTOR OF ELEMENTARY WORK Meme Brockway, 1916- [ 408 ] HEADQUARTERS OF THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY IN THE ONE HUNDRED YEARS WAS ELING DONS ac a, 1—-1824-1826. Office of “ Columbian Star,” 925 E St., N. W. PEIVADE CEE Avs RA 2—1826. Front St., west side, few doors below Market, second floor. (Rent $100 per year.) January to September 20, 1827. 3—1827-1829. 118 North Fourth St. (A few shelves with David Clark.) September 20, 1827 to June 26, 1829. 4—1829-1833. Northwest corner Fifth and North Sts. (Rent $200 per year.) June 26, 1829 to February 8, 1833. 5—1833-1844. 21 South Fourth St. February 8, 1833 to April 1, 1844. 6—1844-1850. 31 North Sixth St. (Rent $550 per annum.) ~ April 1, 1844 to April, 1850. 7—1850-1876. 530 Arch St. (Earlier number, 118 Arch St.) April 1, 1850 to 1876. 8—1876-1896. 1420 Chestnut St.* 1876-1896. 9—1896-1898. 1632-4 Chestnut St. (Temporary 1896 to 1897.) 10—1898-1906. 1420 Chestnut St.* 1898 to 1906. 11—1906-1908. 1630 Chestnut St. (Temporary 1906 to 1908.) 12—1908. 1701-1703 Chestnut St. 1908- 1896. 1329 Lombard Street, the PrintiNG-HousE, dedicated October 12. 18 and to have the same site. [ 409 | THE DATES AND PLACES OF HOLDING ANNUAL MEETINGS OF THE SOCIETY 1824. 1825. 1826. 1827. 1828. 1829. 1830. 1831. 1332, 1833. 1834. 1835. 1836. 1837. 1838. 1839. 1840. 1841. 1842. 1843. 1844. 1845. 1846. 1847. 1848. 1849. 1850. 1851. 1852. 1853. 1854. 1855. 1856. 1857. 1858. February 25. February 28. January January January January January January January January January January January January April April April April April April April May April April April April May May May May May May May May May SEE eal lel eh oe teak nd ya Washington, D. C., at residence of Geo. Wood, 923 Biota Nw: Washington, D. C. Washington, D. C. Philadelphia, Sansom Street Church. Philadelphia, New Market Street Church. Philadelphia, First Baptist Church. Philadelphia, First Baptist Church. Philadelphia, First Baptist Church. Philadelphia, Fifth Baptist Church. Philadelphia, First Baptist Church. Philadelphia, First Baptist Church. Philadelphia, First Baptist Church. Philadelphia, Spruce Street Church. Philadelphia, Sansom Street Church. New York City, Oliver Street Church. Philadelphia, First Baptist Church. New York City, Tabernacle Church. Baltimore, Md., Sharpe Street Baptist Church. New York City, First Baptist Church Albany, N. Y., Pearl Street Church. Philadelphia, First Baptist Church. Providence, R. I., First Baptist Church. Philadelphia, Pa., First Baptist ‘Church. Philadelphia, Eleventh Baptist Church. Philadelphia, Tenth Baptist Church. Philadelphia, First Baptist Church. Philadelphia, Eleventh Baptist Church. Philadelphia, Fifth Baptist Church. Philadelphia, First Baptist Church. Philadelphia, Spruce Street Church. Philadelphia, Fifth Baptist Church. Chicago, Ill., First Baptist Church. New York City, Oliver Street Church. Boston, Charles Street Baptist Church. Philadelphia, First Church. [ 410 ] APPENDIX 1859. May 16.° New York City, Tabernacle Baptist Church. 1860. May 21. Cincinnati, Ohio, Ninth Street Church. 1861. May 27. New York City, Strong Place Baptist Church. 1862. May 30. Providence, R. I., First Baptist Church. 1863. May 23. Cleveland, Ohio, First Baptist Church. 1864. May 23. Philadelphia, Pa., Spruce Street Baptist Church. 1865. May 21. St. Louis, Mo., Second Baptist Church. 1866. May 20. Boston, Mass., First Baptist Church. 1867. May 22 eChicaco-. Wie Fiests Church, 1868. May 24. New York City, Madison Avenue Baptist Church. 1869. May 20. Boston, Mass., Tremont Temple Baptist Church. 1870. May 25. Philadelphia. 1871. May 19. Chicago, Farwell Hall. 1872. May 22. New York City, Calvary Baptist Church. 1873. May 228 albany, Ni Ye 1874. May 22. Washington, D. C., Calvary Baptist Church. 1875. May 28. Philadelphia, First Church. 1876. May 25. Buffalo, N. Y., Washington Street Church. 1877. May 25. Providence, R. I., First Church. 1878. May 28. Cleveland, First Church. 1879. May 28: Saratoga, N. Y., Pirst* Church: 1880. May 27-28.. Saratoga, N. Y., First Church. 1881. May 18. Indianapolis, First Church. 1882. May 27. New York City, First Church. 1883. May 23-28. Saratoga, N. Y., First Church. 1884. May 21-22. Detroit, Michigan, First Church. 1885. May 30. Saratoga, N. Y., First Church. 1886. May 29-31. Asbury Park, N. J. 1887. May 25-29. Minneapolis, Minn., First Church, 1888. May 20-21. Washington, D. C. 1889. May 19. Boston, Mass., Tremont Temple. 1890. May 22. Chicago, Immanuel Church. 1891. May 22. Cincinnati, Ohio. 1892. May 29. Philadelphia, Pa., Grace Temple. 1893. May 24. Denver, Colorado, First Church. 1894. May eo weraritocaeN., \- 1895. June lop yatatoras Ne oy: 1896. May 20. Asbury Park, N. J. 1897. May 21. Pittsburgh, Pa. 1898. May 21. Rochester, N. Y. . 1899. May 24. San Francisco, Calif., First Church. [ 411 | 1900. 1901. 1902. 1903. 1904. 1905. 1906. 1907. 1908. 1909. 1910. 1911. 1912. 1913. 1914. 1915. 1916. 1917. 1918. 1919, 1920. 1921. 1922. 1923. 1924. May May May May May May May May May May May May May May June May May May May May June June June May 25. Vay 22. 24. 19. eas 17. 18. Ze. 28. rf Ly Hs, 24. IVE 24. 17; 16-22. 15-21. 21-27. 24-28. 25-27. 16. 25-29. PIONEERS OF LIGHT Detroit, Michigan, Woodward Ave. Church. Springfield, Mass., First Highland Church. St. Paul, Minn., First Church. Bitalo Nay. Cleveland, Euclid Ave. Church. St. Louis, Mo., Third Church. Dayton, First Church. Washington, D. C., Calvary Church. Oklahoma City, First Church. Portland, Oregon. Chicago, Univ. Campus. Philadelphia, Grace Temple. Des Moines, Iowa. Detroit, Mich., Woodward Ave. Church. Boston, Mass., Tremont Temple. Los Angeles, Calif. Minneapolis, Minn. Cleveland, Ohio. Atlantic City. Denver, Colorado. Buffalo, N. Y. Des Moines, Iowa. Indianapolis, Ind. Atlantic City. May 28—June 3. Milwaukee, Wis.* 1 Appointment made. [ 412 | SUMMARIES OF ACHIEVEMENTS AND STATISTICS These summaries are made up of facts and figures given in the sources and are in no case derived from “estimates” of ours. In the summary called “Annals” it has seemed best to regard the year as the time between the annual meetings rather than the calendar year. In the chart showing the output of the Society in the issues of the last decade periodicals only are included. If the books and pamphlets and tracts for this decade were added the total would be considerably above two billion copies, fifty billion pages, and one hundred seventy million volumes. It should be said also that in no decade do the figures here given represent more than half of the actual distribution of religious literature, in libraries and Bibles and tracts. Following the excellent custom established in the days of Prof. Hiram Reed, the master of statistical summaries, we have reduced all pages to royal octavo used in this volume. ee [ 413 | : : itd hae a Pay 5 Pi | | ‘ Perec, ANNALS OF THE GOLDEN CENTURY 1824-1924 CLEAR THE WAY There’s a fount about to stream, There’s a light about to gleam, There’s a flower about to blow, There’s a warmth about to glow, There’s a midnight blackness changing into gray. Men of thought, men of action, clear the way. Aid its dawning, tongue and pen, Aid it, hopes of honest men, Aid it, paper, aid it, type, Aid it for the hour is ripe, For our earnest must not slacken into play, Men of thought, men of action, clear the way. —McKay. Pen MEN, tt! Shea! ' i ee} ‘ YEAR BY YEAR 1824-1834 1824.—* The Columbian Star” of February 21, 1824, contained a call for a meeting in the home of George Wood, to consider the formation of a Baptist Tract Society, Wednesday evening, February 25. Pursuant to the call twenty-five persons, eighteen men and seven women, met, and selected as chairman Dr. Wm. Staughton, the president of Colum- bian College. By unanimous action the Baptist General Tract Society was organ- ized, a constitution adopted with a full list of officers. 1824-1825.—Mr. J. D. Knowles reported the publication of 85,500 pages of nineteen tracts. 1825-1826.—Mr. George Wood and Mr. Noah Davis made.a special appeal for the removal of the Headquarters of the Society to Philadelphia so as to facilitate transportation and save expense. 1826-1827.—Noah Davis being persuaded to accept the agency of the Society at a special meeting of the Managers, the transfer to Philadelphia was ordered, November 26, 1827. Mr. Simmes, an apothecary on Chestnut Street, received boxes, pack- ages, and letters at Philadelphia dock, reshipping to their destination for two years without compensation. 1827-1828.—The first periodical issued was “ The Baptist Tract Magazine,” July, 1827. Receipts for the year, $3,158.04. Tracts issued, 1,346,024 royal octavo pages. Mr. N. R. Cobb, of Boston, proposed to give $500 on condition that the Philadelphia brethren give a like sum. This was done, and $1,000 added. 1828-1829.—Population of the U. S. 11,000,000 souls. One in 46 a Baptist. Inquiries come in for “‘ Sunday-school statistics” occasioned by quite a number of adventurous churches having sent in full accounts of their schools and teaching activities to their Associations in the church letters. 1829-1830.— Youth’s Magazine,” a section of “Tract Magazine,” issued separately for 25 cents a year. The Society’s first legacy $20 from a “Sister in the Lord” in Connecticut. “The time may come when the number of schools in our denomination will be so great as to require the Society to publish a series of Sabbath-school books suited to their needs.” From last report of Noah Davis. 1830-1831.—The President of the Board, Dr. W. T. Brantly, served as Agent the first half of the year until the arrival of a successor to Noah Davis, Rev. Ira M. Allen. [417 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT 1831-1832,—Doctor Judson, of Burma, made a strong plea for tracts as the new press of Doctor Bennett, of Rangoon, could not supply the de- mand. It was proposed that the Society raise “’$10,000 for tracts here and $10,000 for there.” 1832-1833.—Captain Tubbs of Philadelphia placed some of our tracts in the hands of Mr. J. G. Oncken, Hamburg, Germany, which led to Baptist work in five European countries. J. M. Peck called for tracts for his large field in the West. A missionary in Sault St. Marie, Canada, Rev. E. Cameron, read one of our tracts and became con- vinced, and was baptized according to the New Testament with three of his Indians. 1833-1834.—The Rev. Levi Tucker and Mr. John B. Trevor were added to the Board. Dr. Nathaniel Colver and R. W. Cushman from New York spoke to the report of the Board. 1834-1844, 1834-1835.—The Board received a strong appeal for a library for Sunday schools and for a Sunday School Union to issue literature suitable to our convictions. A bound volume of our own tracts under the title of “ Baptist Manual” proved a great power in explaining our position. A fund was opened to give the Baptist Manual to every family in the Mississippi Valley. 1835-1836.— The Tract Magazine” was superseded by the “ Monthly Folio.” Reports speak of great interest in Germany. Doctor Judson wrote of the popularity of American Baptist tracts in Burma and made a plea for another grant. Triennial Convention urged the Society to enlarge its work and issue bound.volumes. 1836-1837._Joseph Kennard, Jacob Reed, and W. Williams Keen were added to the Board. 1837-1838.—Dr. Barnas Sears urged advanced work among Germans in America. A letter from Germany records an interview which the King of Prussia sought with our brethren Oncken, Lehman, and Schauffer to learn the meaning of the Baptist principle. The date of holding annual meeting changed to spring. One thousand five hun- dred copies of Baptist Manual sold. 1838-1839.—The Board in its report urged the request of the Triennial Convention that the Society issue bound books which would set forth our peculiar doctrines, and to publish Sunday-school books, biographi- cal, historical, and doctrinal, suited to the understanding of the schol- ars. The names of G. B. Ide and B. R. Loxley added to the list of managers. Baron Stow moved that the report of the Board proposing enlarged work of the Society be carried out. Motion carried. [ 418 | APPENDIX 1839-1840.—The name of the Society changed to American Baptist Pub- lication and Sunday School Society. It became the first Colportage Society in the world. B. R. Loxley became General Agent. Bound volumes begin to come from our press. G. B. Ide, President. W. Williams Keen, Treasurer. 1840-1841.—-Annual report read by Morgan J. Rhees, Corresponding Sec- retary. The “ Baptist Record,’ which had superseded the “ Monthly Folid,” becomes a weekly. The Society asked by the Triennial Con- vention to publish a denominational hymn-book. 1841-1842—The Board planned a “ Family Library” and a “ Sunday School Library.’ Ten thousand copies of Baptist Almanac sold. Record 3,300 weekly. 1842-1843.—J. M. Peck elected Corresponding Secretary, succeeding Doctor Rhees. The Board called for two copies of minutes of all associa- tions. 1843-1844.—The Society issued the new hymn-book, the Psalmist, and sold more than 30,000 copies. Twelve thousand copies of the Baptist Almanac sold. The words ‘“ Sunday School” were dropped from the name but not from the work of the Society. The Society called for a capital fund of. $50,000. 1844-1854 1844-1845.—The population in the West doubling every ten years. Our colporters bestow special attention on Sunday schools, temperance, and missions. Complete works of Andrew Fuller to be published. 1845-1846.—Stereotyped edition of Howell’s “ Scriptural Communion” and “Deaconship.” The Society offers to place a colporter in a destitute region for $100 a year. Thomas S. Malcom succeeds J. M. Peck as Corresponding Secretary. 1846-1847.—A bound volume of our tracts entitled ‘ Reign of Grace” from the initial tract. One hundred dollars sent to Holland through Doctor Oncken in response to a call for aid of a convert to our faith, Rev. Mr. Feisser. Twenty missionary-colporters at work in eleven States. 1847-1848.—New editions of Carson’s works, Howell on “ The Deaconship,” Bunyan’s “ Pilgrim’s Progress,” Baptist Manual, Pengilly in French. Eighteen colporters at work in ten States, three Germans, one of them a converted Romanist. 1848-1849—The new publications numbered fifteen. The $10,000 fund completed. The building fund is now $1,659.07. 1849-1850.—J. Newton Brown began work as Book Editor. The Society en- tered its new building at 530 Arch Street, and Doctor Brown read his paper on the history of the Society. Twenty-one colporters in eleven States. The second Sunday in June set apart as a day of prayer for the Society. [419 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT 1850-1851.—The Charter of the Society made perpetual by the Legislature of Pennsylvania in virtue of the act of April 14, 1841. 1851-1852—The number of missionary-colporters has reached 34. Two brethren set apart $2,500 each as a permanent fund for this work. The Society asked that the second Sunday in June be set apart perma- nently as a day of prayer and offerings for the work of the Society. Oncken having translated Pengilly on Baptism into German, asked for $1,000 to publish it. The money was gathered and sent. 1852-1853.—The first number of the “ American Baptist Register” gives the number of churches of our faith in the U. S. as 10,000, and gives the names of pastors and their addresses. The Historical Society was formed as a Department of The American Baptist Publication Society with Dr. Wm. R. Williams, of New York, President. 1853-1854.—A depository opened in Chicago with Leroy Church in charge. Rev. Wm. Shadrach chosen as Corresponding Secretary succeeding T. S. Malcom. The first annual report of the Historical Department was read and printed. A group of women set about to raise a fund for a new home for the Society. Before the Arch Street property was bought and paid for 1,000 women had given $10 each. 1854-1864. 1854-1855.—First meeting of the Society to be held in Chicago, J. P. Crozer presided. Justin T. Smith made district agent for Chicago. Rev. C. F. Hejdenberg, a Swedish pastor, became converted to our views and went to Hamburg to be baptized, and on his return baptized many converts and organized four churches. 1855-1856.—The Society bought out the New England Sunday School Union for $6,715. “The Young Reaper” which had been published by the Union was issued in improved form with an edition of 30,000. The first Sunday-school question-book for Baptists issued this year. 1856-1857.—Dr. Benjamin Griffith was elected General Secretary to suc- ceed Doctor Shadrach. Depository enlarged. Sixty-eight colporters laboring in 17 States. 1857-1858.—All operations and industries feel the clogging of financial depression all over the land. “The $50,000 capital fund should be made $100,000 for the needs of the Baptists are strongly felt.” 1858-1859.—Missionary-colporters instructed to constitute Baptist Sunday schools as well as union schools. The Board by unanimous reso- lution voted to ask the denomination for an enlargement fund of $100,000. 1859-1860.—The Society began a series of Sunday-school question-books suitable for Baptist schools. During the year the colporters of the Society organized 34 churches, baptized 722 converts, | 420 | a ee APPENDIX 1860-1861.—‘‘ The Children’s Choir,” a new Sunday-school song-book, is issued and is meeting a large sale. Wm. Phelps elected President of the Society. 1861-1862.—Brethren Crozer and Bucknell agreed to enlarge the building to relieve the crowded condition if the friends would add an equal sum to the working capital. Conditions met and the addition made, with no debt save one of gratitude. 1862-1863.—Jonathan Davis gave his $2,500 fund for colportage work, and John P. Crozer his library fund of $10,000. 1863-1864—Dr. George W. Anderson appointed Book Editor. Fifty col- porters at work, and fifty more needed at once in the growing West and among the freedmen in the South. 1864-1874 1864-1865.—* National Baptist’? founded; 50 men contributing the neces- sary fund. ‘“ First Reader for Freedmen” and “ The Freedman’s Book of Christian Doctrine” issued. 1865-1866.—A missionary Memorial Fund in honor of John P. Crozer, $50,000. Samuel Patten left a colporter fund of $2,000. By mutual agreement the Swedish work was committed to the Missionary Union. 1866-1867.—The Society was requested to issue a “ Year-Book” and a new _ Baptist Hymnal. The field men requested to constitute new schools and improve old ones. 1867-1868.—The Society more and more generally acknowledged as the Sunday-school Society of the denomination. The first Year-Book issued with the purpose to make of it an annual publication. 1868-1869.—The Board asked the Society to consider the appointment of a Sunday-school superintendent for the whole country. The Society began issuing Lesson Helps in advance of the International System, and gained a subscription of 10,000. The first Baptist National Sun- day School Convention was held in St. Louis in November through the efforts of Dr. C. R. Blackall of the Chicago House, and largely directed by Mr. E. D. Jones of St. Louis. 1809-1870.—The St. Louis Convention led to the publication of the “ Baptist Teacher” and the appointment of Dr. Warren Randolph as Sunday School Secretary. 1870-1871.—The Society brought out a new hymn-book. “ Young People” has reached a sale of 2,294,288 copies; “ Baptist Teacher,” 300,000 copies; “Macedonian and Record,” 125,000 copies; “ Bible Lessons,” 1,000 copies. [ 421 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT 1871-1872——The Second Baptist National Sunday School Convention held in Cincinnati, under the direction of Doctor Randolph. Doctor Black- all read a paper advocating the suggestion of B. F. Jacobs favoring Uniform Lessons. 1872-1873.—‘‘ Our Littie Ones” entered on its career, a worthy competitor for public favor. - Doctor Blackall, at the suggestion of Mr. Jacobs and Edward Eggleston, prepared a prospectus covering a whole year and took it in person to show Doctor Griffith who accepted the sug- gestion in full. 1873-1874.—Bible Lessons and Primary Lessons issued. Hovey-Gregory “Normal Class Manual” published, which antedated by two years Doctor Vincent’s ‘“ Normal Class” a high-grade publication. 1874-1884 1874-1875.—Baptist question-bookon the International Lessons. One hundred new Sunday schools organized. Thirty thousand Bibles sold by colporters. Dr. J. Hatcher Smith laid the corner-stone for a new building, 1420 Chestnut Street. 1875-1876.—The Society moved into its new building on Chestnut Street. A complete commentary on the New Testament with Doctor Hovey as Editor-in-Chief is a project of the Society. ) 1876-1877—The Third National Baptist Sunday School Institute held in Boston. Dr. Warren Randolph closed his secretarial work to reenter the pastorate. 1877-1878.—Dr. G. J. Johnson appointed Missionary-Secretary. Dr. P. W. Bickel selected. by the Society to establish a Publication House in Germany, accepted the work, and left Cleveland for that post. Ques- tion-books superseded by graded quarterlies. 1878-1879.—An encouraging word comes from the work of Doctor Bickel in Germany. Five new missionaries employed. 1879-1880.—The Board projected, and the Society executed a centenary celebration of Robert Raikes founding a Sunday school in Gloucester, England, which netted the Society for Sunday-school extension the sum of $10,000. 1880-1881—“ Advanced Quarterly,” the “Intermediate Quarterly,” and Picture Lesson Cards now reenforce the list of lesson helps, and the “ Sunlight ” has been put into the field to reenforce “ Young Reaper.” 1881-1882.—Rev. Benjamin Griffith, D. D., this year rounds out twenty-five years of service as General Secretary of the Society. 1882-1883.—This year was the memorable Bible Convention at Saratoga when the Bible Work of the denomination was committed to the So- ciety. The Baptist Hymnal appeared and met with an enormous initial sale. } [ 422 ] APPENDIX 1883-1884.—Interesting instances of cooperation of Southern brethren in the Society’s work for Negroes in the South, Dr. C. C. Bitting appointed Bible Secretary. 1884-1894 1884-1885.—Doctor Bickel reported his work completed, and the German Publication Society. established and self-supporting. Dr. G. J. John- son retired as Missionary Secretary, and his work was united with Bible work under Doctor Bitting. “Senior Quarterly” and “ Baptist Super- intendent ”’ added to the list. 1885-1886.—By agreement of the Societies all Bible money to be gathered by The American Baptist Publication Society. 1886-1887.—The total issuance of the Society from the beginning to the present 330,087,724 copies of tracts, books, and periodicals, an average daily output of 1,483,000 pages for the entire period. 1887-1888.—The Society established a Depository in Atlanta, not for finan- cial reasons, but as a necessary method of business for a denomina- tional Society. 1888-1889.—A resolution favoring advanced work in Bible translation and urging the Society to undertake it. Great need of the distribution of the Scriptures mentioned in the reports from the field. 1889-1890.—The Society is employing 132 workers in 37 States. The yearly increase for the last 40 years has been 410 ordained ministers, 645 churches, 61,108 members. 1890-1891.—The first chapel car was dedicated at Cincinnati, May 23, 1891. 1891-1892.—The completed revision of the Bible Union Version of the New Testament was announced, and the books on sale. Dr. C. C. Bitting made a plea for chapel car No. 2 and received $3,071. 1892-1893.—Chapel car Evangel in its first year visited 88 places, held 424 sessions, 474 sermons, 400 conversions, 4 Sunday schools organized, and 8 churches. The Young People’s Union sold to the organization in Chicago. Chapel car No. 2 completed, and a friend in New York agrees to build No. 3 if other will build No. 4. 1893-1894.—Doctor Griffith’s departure, October 24, 1894. The Board chose Col. C. H. Banes to the office of Secretary. Chapel car No. 3 dedi- cated and car No. 4 nearing completion. 1894-1904 1894-1895.—Dr. A. J. Rowland of Baltimore, Recording Secretary of the Society, becomes General Secretary, February 24, 1895. Eighty-five missionary-colporters besides Sunday-school missionaries at work in the States. [ 423 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT 1895-1896.—February 2, 1896, the fine building on Chestnut Street de- stroyed by fire. October 12 marked the completion and the dedication of the new Printing-house on Juniper and Lombard Streets. A satisfactory trial with a hired wagon in the woods of Michigan by the Sunday-school missionary, assisted by Robert Bailey, pastor at Pentwater. 1896-1897.—The Board decided to rebuild on the Chestnut Street site, and reported the building well under way. “ Sunlight” gives way to “ Boys and Girls,’ May 27, 1897. First wagon dedicated at Plainwell, Michi- gan. The wagon given by Dr. J. Fletcher, and equipment and team by other friends and Sunday schools. 1897-1898.—The completion and formal opening of the new Headquarters in place of the one destroyed, November 17, 1897. “ Sursum Corda,” a book of praise for the congregation, issued from the Society’s press. A new covered wagon fitted for living replaced the missionary wagon and was dedicated in Jackson, Michigan, in April, 1898, as Colportage Wagon No.1. Wagon No. 2 sent to Utah, gift of Mr. Crozer, Jay Pruden in charge. Wagon No. 3, gift of friends in Michigan, dedi- cated in Grand Rapids for work among the Danes; J. Larson in charge. 1898-1899.—-For the first time the Society has employed women in co- operation with churches in Spokane, Wilmington, Philadelphia. The experiment is a success. 1899-1900.—The Society has now 11 wagons and 5 chapel cars. The Busi- ness Department from 1824 to 1874 gave the Missionary Department $250,000. The Norwalk Baptist Church of Ohio, Rev. Herbert Agate, pastor, made a gift of wagon No. 13 for Nebraska. 1900-1901.—Modahl Memorial Wagon dedicated to go among the Swedes in Minnesota. Miss Augusta Soderburg.appointed a missionary among the Finns in Finland. The Society has sold more books from our own presses than in any former year. 1901-1902.—The Martin J. Lewis Memorial Wagon dedicated by South Dakota Convention for work in the Dakotas. A new wagon has been sent to Arizona, and one to East Washington, gift of friends of the McMichaels who retire from a long service. 1902-1903.—Dr. A. J. Rowland at the Convention in Buffalo offered the following resolution: ‘“ We request the committee of reference on ap- pointment to take into consideration the possibility of such affiliations of the several societies as will secure their annual assembling not simply as separate organizations, but as one council or body.” 1903-1904.—On, the Committee of Reference, Dr. H. G. Weston and Dr. Emory W. Hunt will act for the Society. The new “ Story Quarterly ” launched. [ 424 | APPENDIX 1904-1914, 1904-1905.—A new emphasis being laid on teacher-training. A few States are beginning to feel a larger responsibility for more effective work in Sunday schools. 1905-1906.—The sale of the Crozer Building one of the events of the year. Rev. S. G. Neil becomes District Superintendent succeeding Doctor Flippo. The First Colportage Cruiser, The Mamie Beal, Captain D. W. Townsend in charge, is operating on the Columbia River. 1906-1907.—Rev. C. H. Rust after many years of service with the Society, reenters the pastorate. The O. F. Flippo Memorial Wagon dedicated for work in Delaware placed in charge of Mr. Stewart. 1907-1908.—Announcement was made of a new site for the Headquarters of the Society, 1701-1703 Chestnut Street, and a seven-story building well on the way to completion. A new missionary periodical, “ World- Wide,” has been added to our list, and “Our Boys and Girls” has been superseded by “ Girl’s World” and “ Youth’s World.” 1908-1909.—At an expense of $20,000 the Society took over the burdens and risks of the B: Y. P. U. of A. January, 1909. C. M. Roe, long connected with the Society, resigned as Business Manager. Harry V. Meyer from the Philadelphia House became Manager in Boston. 1909-1910.—A good beginning has been made in “ Keystone Graded Les- sons,’ the new International Lesson Courses. C. M. Phillips was called from Indiana to reenforce the editorial staff. 1910-1911.—One of our colportage wagons and its missionary accom- panied by Doctor Seymour and Rev. Joe Jacobs, entered the famous Jackson’s Hole in Wyoming. George L. White appointed District superintendent for the Pacific Coast. Twenty-five denominations united in forming the Sunday School Council of Evangelical Denominations. 1911-1912—The United Society of Free Baptist Young People, through Harry S. Meyers, consummated the Union with the Young People’s Department of The American Baptist Publication Society. The com- bination of the young people’s work and the teacher-training work into the Educational Department, with Rev. W. E. Chalmers as Secretary, marked an advance. 1912-1913.—Rev. Daniel G. Stevens, Ph. D., becomes Book Editor suc- ceeding Dr. P. L. Jones. In Doctor Chalmers’ Department the old title, “ Sunday School Missionary,” gives way to that of “ Director of Religious Education.” 1913-1914.—A second cruiser for the Netherlands of California dedicated at Suisum Bay, while a third is being constructed as a memorial to Dr. Robert G. Seymour and named for him. [ 425 | PIONEERS OF LIGHT 1914-1924 1914-1915—The last report of Dr. Adoniram Judson Rowland consisted of a resumé of “ Two Decades” and the ‘“ Pupil’s Work Exhibit.” The award went to the First Church of Denver. Great stress was laid on the work of religious education in the report. 1915-1916.— Harry V. Meyer brought from Boston to be Business Manager at Headquarters. All evangelical denominations approve the New Standard Teacher-training Course of 120 lessons. In twenty States Miss Meme Brockway, Director of Children’s Work, reports directors of children’s work free of salary. 1916-1917.—Dr. Christopher R. Blackall, after fifty years of responsibility as Editor-in-Chief of Sunday School Publications, laid down the task, and W. Edward Raffety, Ph. D., was called to that important work. 1917-1918.—The year marked by great advance in the Department of Re- ligious Education and that of Sunday-school courses and periodicals. The Society more and more a cooperating force in assemblies, Con- ventions, and city institutes,’ through its departments of Religious Education and of Social Education. -1918-1919.—Early in the Convention year Mr. Frank H. Robinson was chosen Acting General Secretary. The Bible and Field Department reorganized with Dr. S. G. Neil as Superintendent. In December, 1918, Gilbert N. Brink, D. D., was elected General Secretary of the Society. Doctor Chalmers instituted an annual Directors’ Conference at Strontia Springs, Denver. 1919-1920.—A new set of By-laws approved and adopted by the Society. Rev. Seldon Roberts called to the Division of Teacher-training. Mr. George L. Estabrook was elected Treasurer of the Society, and H. E. Cressman Assistant Treasurer. Mr. Albert Hughes becomes Manager of the St. Louis House. 1920-1921.—The publication of a series to be known as Judson Training Manuals was authorized. The Keystone Series of lesson courses com- pleted. A Joint Bureau of Architecture formed, with Mr. Merrill for the Home Mission Society, and H. E. Tralle for the Publication So- ciety, is announced. Dr. Samuel Zane Batten has reorganized his Division with the title of Department of Social Education. 1921-1922.—Branch house established at Los Angeles. Harry Windisch of Periodical Department has rounded out 40 years of service. Mr. H. E. Cressman became Business Manager. Joseph E. Sagebeer, Ph. D., became legal advisor of the Society. Rev. W. H. Main, D. D., becomes Associate General Secretary of the Board. [ 426 | APPENDIX 1922-1923.—Dr. Samuel Graham Neil reports automobile chapel car named “Crawford Memorial” to work at present in Southern California and Mexico. He also announced a new Russian Bible from our press, of one volume of 1,527 pages, the first edition costing $36,000. Summer Assemblies reported in all States in the Northern Baptist Convention except two. Doctor Raffety delivers the Yale Sunday School lectures through the year. Dr. Daniel G. Stevens, Ph. D., the Book Editor, represents the Society in the Baptist World Alliance. [ 427 | | | = | | | | | 1: Ibg‘grlbheb grig¢|€1Z 665/229 ‘21|92Q‘E| 200‘ 69/196 SESS ‘bl izh Lee 088 ‘gtg ‘1 |Szz‘oSo0‘SZ|g6€ ‘o1b|So0'zSe1 061 ‘€gS 6£|996 ‘60g 1|zg0%gi***** eo], | | | | | | | | | | | | | 988 ‘z sears eae zZS _ |z€1Soz|/gtZ oss ‘1/ Pre ‘go1|gZQ‘Qre ieee ee ee zo0*ZShSE1|9S1 ‘664 | | | PII“ S|< =" Vz6I-Fror | | | | | | | | | 196‘z |g1g‘gg |giS‘11/SSS‘z |goh |Loo‘Zr|gre*Shr‘1lofz‘€g |gSt‘ogz lo1g‘ob1‘6 |ge1‘06 |o6E‘Eor |zor‘org‘Z |66E‘ozh |zoS‘i]**: t161-F061 | | ral. | 096‘z |111‘1z |66g‘g |géz‘e |PZ€ |61S*Z jov€‘z1g |1Z0‘%€9 |S11‘061 |6g6‘ogg‘g |ghz‘6€ |Zog‘ézz |066‘6g6‘S |€Z1‘1gz eis bob61-r6gI | | | | | | | OiL 22 -\105 Ss |4z1°S |Lg6‘E |ogh |go06‘Z |g60‘EgE |FEL‘or |€z6‘1S1 [€gg‘EErSo€|LyEsz€ |SEo%goe |Z19‘g9g‘°Z |gez‘gez Beal te F6gI-Fggr | | | | | | | | SIE*P |696‘org [EFL |1€6°S |S1g jIFhSoI|6gE‘zgg |zto*gg |tgh‘Zgq |196‘ gf *zr|rzbéz11 6Z4g°1SE |6zo‘6z2hsb jooof1ZE |zErszl*°° bggrI-o”gr | | | | | | | | | | ene eee Se Ge tee he eon | ae ae CE pg ee Senta es Ge Se see as ses oa 8 oe i a ae rie an O @ 08 30 ae) oe a gs PEM Eee erst oe tne | ee gE | Ss a Za & nad Ss | ge pr ae =e Rates lavee mle a or ao 7 ns Tato oO Sate) a 2 ee ra o° aa = epg | envio wo S Do eon a Fh = ae 7 ow op) - Beppe aw ay =: oe a } SUVHA ne So & to S| | ® 3 a | Fh ea | 8 Ee ES = - | a D AS a 5 | HOTAYWHS SUVAA ALHOIA AO AUVIWIANS V ALHIVOS NOLLVOITHOd LSLLIdVa NVOIMANV AHL eqiges [hae | | eee Pe eae Be | | Ree Poe. fz |€z1 |6 [gr |€z |Z |1Z [061 |Zor [49 |6€ [1b [zh |ZE (€6E Re ie z i [SES | gor (Sy [gtr (69) [x Eze jer’ spice £e fees sieht e Tese Ys | | | | | | | | | (eo | Ste eo = ee on | | eed ed eed Ghd Pena gor? baie | eh =e eyo en ee te ON Oca Pe CIES. (Orv lOE-|S2 (Gr a| Vero it [re "9" |S Pol SS te lOle (eon Aeme PT Ie Oeil Some ene OCH TOL On ie Pee OTe Tee htt OL OS ete ce | oeat GtatG Or ste l= (SOL Ph Ice Nyt wg Over tgtas \feeifem igen ePoee 1ONMer ecu bees "t+" 0161-0061 ee Ve ee otc ke oe Es oe (Ou Toke ivi he ee (Shs Cre Ceniee. oe sh Ore Tre, | kT corsa G See oes es eee s*29* 0061-06g1 OR eRe te: SPC ROSONE Gat a Olle dee ah rei Poe hes 1Soyc ~ pole Ocal ee io cee |S sacha PT EQ fPECPry SO Vee gem cate. | eee 72" O6QI-0ggI evele o. oer Peake sae apes tp eutee (19 |o1 |I I |1 I CaO sg ¢£ oe lity z |g |Z real OE arn RO ca FS j= teh E eeeee ooeere OggI-oZgI OS fae eee ceelp BSE Aa |6 ceetecs Spseeie ss ceele OI [shor jie (Hee |9 eee Cy CN ES I Way Seca es <6 ase ee eee OLgrI-0ggI s°°lCp fe 6 --*l6r Cy Le eeelpg ie a. ee ee el TT Sa Ie v [ieee ea |zs i Sonia bh ae Pea ae ee jsacieasit ee eee oggtI-oSgI Cz Re lhe ae esi {atch I eS CS gl WOE SC Ae CES CN [aC te ZI ed ae e pease o- ee se lee ee eee oSgI-orgi | be | = | | | | eee | [aleeshles: es ee Pe Hl atalalta | ae ae ese) uF bas pes bese 1 Sal nih bayer ll oe lee ie ome bewe male | muse | suleo: je auieeutee —t oO va feo ae ll = | 8 “< | Dw 2 3 ia] i) tel =) for) ary ° =) oO — = + 3 = Ee = a ot Me ates OE fr Stes Let patent Q ee es wet sb S/F] Pe eae cue Geol aS cc Utd | alle ct oll ch ae kona © (&@)5 | 8 = a oe eifaiehe ips, eo a eae er, Ge e a sre jes Kl elo fe aah 2 "Je/E) a | S| 8] Be 18 @)5/O)m| = 5 sl ale) ms SUVAA Hs S| og me) id bene ene Less % = at mw | Al oe me | 5 Cuheeies A Ke e |< ) | 5 oqudt ot So \;/=)s8 aS So a Sy / Db Si ° » 5 | Qu bab) S =" | SS ites ae | & | ad eae pie ee Bee | ae | | [=e | Liat | z€ |6z |oor |oZ |€bvz (gS |zoz |goz |46 |$g [go |S€ {zS [gz |€g1 [1S |oz1 Be 99 |ze |€z |1€ |6S {fa |64 |og1 |1g |€€ |z6 |- Mh yi As hg Pia SRE ae SS ae ae ed Sl Das Been Pema oe te Poe Ba et Clee ee ea oe =| tee Pi} | ieee eye? | pect te a ae ed Pee ei Se Lair Tec mee yal cote epee Comet |(O Smee Olen OTaslOcm erin tm VG ee lec tT tent cme St ef eee ee, OE MOT TIF (OS) PEC TSS tomas Sie SOc O t=O UGE II 1 TE ea Okey omen |e. Gericom |IZeIOEN Pe 19 SIO ISe A Seo los er elOrs 192 a(S oer fOl eit ht Sto las Sa OTRO Lars "s*+* OT61-0061 Mode olka Kone | WA OW JTomeereisar tet 168 [Rot (leo pee Sor hig sion or Her Jor 4zZ iE SecPr- Te: |e Preece rat. “"** 0061-06g1 Dei Ae LOSee |oe Oe eee OMe ae 4 fT TOI, (WER els IGT PY 169 = (Geo frtolZrolSy P= Sites 846" Tet er Zas eae eaeis "*+** O6gQI-OggI eerlerelc e**lze Jor 8 OL Ig I |Z |S eC) oI sy eitei|ogasstio | CC I a fisiens coels re cs 6 7 a z . senor OggI-oZgI x see lG eeelos |r Zz Iz I |z 8 t I gi lob cee ly c¢ seele eteae: seele eeelc sae) lis ss aeele se eee OLgI-0ggI ¢£ eee as ES ale 62 Poe a |1€ |e1 S Ji oe | Qt o- ‘|P1 5 ha Ae |Z fesse ad ates coelp |7 ceoerlesesloyz lca Pe ea eee ee OggI-oSgt eee 3 ee aes oe 8 am ig 7 |z ay a este |gt ees o. elo |z [ . Aire ie eee pha be shee oSgi-orgr | | | faba | | | toed eed et ee, Ligrlieti ey | \ Jel eIS| BBLS BIBIB BIS Se 21S |B) RB) Ble PB el ele/o] 2 lela le Hie fete] ere Bot Bet eer aea Be Bole) Pete Re (oR fod alc eee tent omtneneL Rogen ber 5 ah B 8 . a o el ee eee = 5 & e = E bees ast = | 2 . 8 - £1 8 5 SUVAA x | aie S leis 7 ad 2 pe be Bs = Sava z ar ale Gere cls Ble | 6 5 |< = of e7e eo dee | & & = =< o a | = i=l mt A ct om wn | | | 1 SHUVHA ALHOM Oc6L-OP8T qYOd SHAMHOM HO NOLLAETELSIG HHL ONIMOHS LYVHO V A CHART EXHIBITING TOTAL ISSUES , ‘ Equal to 2 Equal e Years Separate Copies Pages Crown 8vo Markers eh 1824-1834 2,291,744 ZUCELUAD 70,703 1834-1844 | 1,962,789 22,556,743 ip vA 1844-1854 2,999,802 94,214,745 314,049 1854-1864 | 9,682,413 126,609,927 422,033 1864-1874 | 46,643,059 1,746,043,995 5,820,145 1874-1884 | 153,365,771 3,081,671,763 10,272,239 1884-1894 _ 298,816,719 6,520,576,071 21,735,250 1894-1904 | 438,592,121 11,841 ,303,876 29,471,013 1904-1914 | 520,639,477 12,939,496,540 43,131,655 1914-1924 * 480,517,603 12,852,409,486 | 42,841,314 1,955,511,498 49,246,094,216 | 154,153,524 1 Books and tracts not included. This is a summary of the issues of The American Baptist Publication Society, by decades, and is exclusive of what the Society distributed of stock from other publishers, which if added in these tables would nearly double the totals. This statement often accompanies the report as pre- sented by the Board.. RECEIPTS Years Business Missionary | Bible | Totals 1824-1834 $33,961.73 $7A0 S/o ei OS een $34,702.30 1834-1844 83,720.09 L,O2A SAA tee eed 91,544.43 1844-1854 263,381.94 Fide wae RUA ne ed ve: 287,230.94 1854-1864 502,236.02 L63:87 7:15) Se Yaa 666,113.17 1864-1874 2,276,158.56 583 JZ LO0F i a, oe 2,864,680.52 1874-1884 3,503,453.15 820, 014. 4.1esle. > ae eee 4,324,067.56 1884-1894 4,829 908.79 1,242,400.41 $230,533.73 6,302,842.93 1894-1904 6,462,008.12 | 1,167,463.98 141,618.07 —7,771,090.17 1904-1914 7,211,554.90 | 1,710,541.95 82,862.67 — 9,004,959.52 1914-1922 8,202,964.26 | 1,814,553.34 102,895.53 10,120,413.13 $33,369,347.56 $7,540,387.11 $557,910.00 $41,467,644.67 1023— 1924— [ 430 ] GRANTS MADE 1865-1923 ig CES > A oe i ae $209,672, NC WOM EXICO stm is oo. SGN Gish ae I Se ae Pe 4 ee MING We V Ol Rn eae. ed AME yop ce) Ee at re ESOL COMMEN OF tle Carolia svi, oc ace PY SiksaG mewn bee ot ons 4 DAG OT PE NOT Wakotay acu ae cu CeO Lia ek ay PERTINALED. 6 ah O) AY 0 Sk ah PR Cae ee BOIOTAGO (aalihe deldeia'a s § Sip eee ok lanoiiage teen. oe: eOHICCICIIUME cae. oc a: A442 eee OTECOUE Legian te os ers: SGT ART Cueto hi site 5 ay « PASO Cony ee CuaSViIVaniawi ee es waves District of Columbia . AOS hele KRhedeslsland ier ....'. ge. Ieee Mig UE? iy a eae ios Gari oOltil WarOlitial en. ova. Crecviagee eer ees 2794 OO ME SOY WAR OtAI ee sake mes EGS ae Merete. eee y/ OU lass Lennessecima, wtrren gst ni HER teyli: I 6 ooh ee 25 100G 0 Amt CX See eat ais alae as ‘eitatl: Webi #2 ASO eens 2 10-042 (omen taliaeeey: ete, ae cur. Midianeermtorys 5s... O15 55a MeV Ermontir a. ce weee Ste aoe Wah Se ee ee PZ OU AmemEN IE SUT ee a he eye oie oe ae SeVES TA i a 21-974.85.." Washington East ....... Reomebia se 13,868.80 Washington West ...... PPG tsIat Ae Anco... «,. % 719) | Game este Vit cinias..s wea WEN” ga OP ee LL Oj mV ISCOUSINI geeks ft cee AU EM AUCLM ee halen sas 5s CEL MeV MOLIICIG esgic us tes Massdclusctise. ts... .c... 15,844.08 Armenia iitel het 2 14,634.11 Cuba itthiiect \ .o\ 15,551.86 Germany \ Foreign ... ESE SDE she ne 11,364.65 Sweden DETBSOUITU Semis ee. oi asked 21,685.54 Turkey Montane. Gah? Pens ke. SUEY Cranbe eh IN GIT ASA Aa ase cies aie 11,886.65 Training Camps ...... OPA OR seen ie. eas 986.85 Miscellaneous .......0-« New Hampshire ........ 1,880.47 Items from burned INOW I CLSCYawis fc as bs.. s 13,524.39 FECOLUS Soke eee ee [ 431 | ft 3, 150/57 31,085.02 28,080.30 6,368.04 13,022:2/ aoa PAY he 10,037.45 45,915.59 1,855.81 21,296.20 6,283.10 12,494.87 23,406.44 2,497.18 2,555.61 29,619.98 12,875.85 12,934.68 £272.00 3,403.83 21,384.83 500.00 5.231676 12,668.16 $655,133.39 PIONEERS OF LIGHT JON $7992 001'F | | | | | | | | 66°9F0'0ET'Z ben ay _ RRA PANE : : : ) ae OS'STO'OLS'T {SURI PLR ESTA : hoot ee 96 £68°216 ee Sng ae ) 3 se 16686 P62 1 Bi ees set oe Ge, rae nes a S ooroze‘ers ie a 7 2 RRA SSRIS eo 00 000'0sz = a Scorer ated ee = rbsl r9'so¢$ | | 4 PooL-Pesl SHdVOUd AW ALADOS AHL 40 SLASSV SSOYHD * THE CHARIOTS OF THE LORD ” DEDICATION NAME Donor PLACE DATE Evangel Chapel Car Cincinnati, Ohio May 23, 1891 Syndicate Emmanuel The Denomination Denver May 24, 1893 Glad William Mills - Saratoga Springs May 25, 1894 Tidings Memorial to Mrs. Mills Good-Will Free-will Saratoga Springs June 1, 1895 Offerings Messenger Seventy-five Rochester May 21, 1898 Of Peace Baptist Women Herald Young Men Detroit May 27, 1900 Of Hope Grace Friends in Los Angeles May 21, 1915 California COLPORTAGE WAGONS From first to last there were about one hundred of these evangelizing vehicles, drawn by horses, given to the Society for colportage work. For the most part they were memorial gifts in honor of some worthy servant or in memory of departed friend. It is doubtful if any of the various devices or instrumentalities through which the Society has sought to dis- charge its whole duty to the unreached world have been regarded with greater favor than this one. When the chapel car went into the frontier it was dependent on the “two streaks of rust,” but the wagon was in- dependent and traversed the country at will. As a supplement to the chapel car it was superior to the bicycle. COLPORTAGE AUTOMOBILE The Rev. J. S. Collins, of Michigan, was the first one of the colporters ~ to ask for an auto-truck to take the place of the horses and wagon. The first subscription taken for such a vehicle was in Colorado, when over $300 were pledged. Mr. E. M. Stephenson communicated with Doctor Sey- mour who reported the Board unwilling to undertake the matter just then. However, not long thereafter Mr. Treat, of Pennsylvania, made it possible [ 433 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT financially for the Society to introduce this new mode of travel for the colporter, and the Society has commissioned since then 42 automobile-col- porter-missionaries. THE AUTO CHAPEL CAR The New Automobile Chapel, a memorial car named “ The Crawford Memorial,” has been dedicated and designated to service among the Spanish-speaking people in Southern California and Mexico. Of this sort of approach to the people who are in need our Society should be authorized to place 100 at the earliest moment. THE COLPORTER ON WINGS For twelve years E. M. Stephenson has been prophesying that some day the airplane would be an instrumentality in common use in evangelizing distant areas impossible of access at present, and a number of offerings have been privately given for the énterprise. The total for this is above $40.00. [ 434 | BAPTIST CHURCHES IN THE UNITED STATES Year | Churches Ministers Membership 1784 471 424 | 35,101 1792 891 PeiS5 | 65,345 pO NS ee Rn Le nt, eae a ek 0 rs 1812 2,164 1,605 172,972 1832 wera) 3,018 384,926 1840 1/71 5,208 571,291 1851 9,552 7,393 770,839 1860 12,279 7,773 1,016,134 1871 18,397 12,013 1,489,191 1873 20,520 12,598 1,633,939 1874 Zies 10 13,364 1,701,161 1876 22,924 13,779 1,932,385 1877 23,908 14,659 2,024,224 1879 24,794 15,401 2,133,044 1880 26,060 16,569 2,296,327 1881 ZO;O73 16,574 2,336,022 1882 26,931 17,090 2,394,742 1883 2A913 Weve 2,474,771 1884 28,596 16,677 2,507,703 1885 28,539 16,191 2,07 L200 1886 BU;90Z 1 Wassieee 2,732,570 1887 31,891 20,477 2,917,315 1888 31,900 21,420 2,997,794 1889 33,588 PAW We 3,070,047 ee ed ae Ts er a ee | ee ear eee aid ie ne Pre oer et A eee Leer ar CE OI SS Eo a mn ita hy Pe nee oe PR | 1893 36,793 24,798 3,383,160 PE Pe Pe) te Fat at ee ON oe cathe are cr) aie wes a | Pk, ree EE rs re Ma RN A eee Sy) 4 a eee AE Se 1897 40,658 IN EE Aa 3,824,038 1898 43,397 27,355 4,055,806 1899 42,893 28,409 4,141,995 1900 43,427 29,473 4,181,686 1901 43,959 29,810 4,233,226 1902 44,453 30,561 4 269,063 1903 44,829 30,809 4,330,462 [ 435 ] BAPTIST CHURCHES IN THE UNITED STATES (Continued ) Year | Churches Ministers Membership 1904 | 45,727 31,895 4,506,747 1905 45,927 32,344 | 4,600,799 1906 46,583 32,849 | 4,709,311 1907 47,852 : 33,230 | 4,812,653 1908 47,409 34,038 | 4,969,524 100g 48,302 34,132 S Ibo i¢e 1910 49,045 33,909 | 5,266,369 ILI are 49,753 35,368 5,283,944 19120) ae 49,780 35,175 | 5,454,198 1913 50,188 36,027 5,529,573 1914 51,997 | 36,109 5,799,253 1915 52,410 37,371 5,932,364 1916 51,258 36,926 6,107,686 1917 57,734 43,911 6,534,132 1918 59,059 45,239 7,246,525 1919 58,625 43,052 7,044,097 1920 58,692 | 48,007 7,085,867 1921 59,901 | 45,995 7,825,598 1922 60,598 42,583 7,966,837 1923 57,888 44,565 | 7,774,862 [ 436 ] BIBLIOGRAPHY The General Convention of the Baptists of the United States (“ Trien- nial Convention”) ; official accounts in the “ American Baptist Magazine.” The Baptist General Tract Society and The American Baptist Publica- tion Society; annual reports. Except 1845-1852. The Massachusetts Sabbath School Union, the New England Sabbath School Union, the American and Foreign Bible Society, and The Ameri- can Bible Union; annual reports. The American Baptist Magazine, The Columbian Star, The Latter Day Luminary, The Christian Watchman, and The Baptist Tract Magazine for early days. The Sabbath School Treasury and other periodicals later. The Baptist Almanac and the Year-Book for figures. Official summaries of periods. First sixteen years by Wilson Jewell, M. D. (Board member), An. Rep’t., 1840, pp. 3-17; “ History of the First Thirty-two Years,” by Secretary J. Newton Brown, 1856, p. 275; The First Fifty Years, by several, An. Rep’t., 1874, pp. 7-192; Review of Twenty Years (1857-1877), by Secretary Benj. Griffith, An. Rep’t., 1877, pp. 63-82; “A Story of Six Decades,” by Secretary C. R. Blackall, pp. 143, 1885; “Sixty-one Years,” by Secretary Griffith, pp. 20, 1885; “The A. B. P. S. History, Sphere, and Work,” by Secretary Philip L. Jones, pp. 45, 1895; Review of Three-quarters of a Century, by Secretary A. J. Rowland, An. Rep’t, 1899, pp. 44-52; “ After Eight Decades,” by John H. Bentley and Geo. W. Graeff, 1908. pp. 50; “Two Decades,” (1895-1915), by Secretary A. J. Rowland, An. Rep’t., 1915, pp. 22-37. “Life of Luther Rice,” by James Barnett Taylor. Volume of Pamphlets “ No. 862” (1817-1818), in Library of American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass., by A. Judson, Enoch Pond, Samuel Nott, and others. Editorial concerning Judson and Rice by E. S. Ely, in the “ Quarterly Theological Review,” 1819. “Luther Rice and His Place in American Baptist History,” by E. B. Pol- lard, in the “ Review and Expositor.” “Luther Rice, Missionary and Educational Pioneer,” an unpublished manuscript by Rev. Charles Stanley Pease, Northborough, Mass., August, 1909; pp. 105, typewritten. “Memoir of Wm. Staughton,” by S. W. Lynd, 1834. “Memoir of the Life and Correspondence of Baron Stow,” by John C. Stockbridge, Boston, Lee and Shepard, 1894. [ 437 ] PIONEERS OF LIGHT ‘Memoir of Adoniram Judson,” by Francis Wayland, pp. 1064, Boston and London, 1854. “Life of Adoniram Judson,’ by Edward Judson, pp. 601, A. B. P. S., 1883. . “Memoir of Francis Wayland,” by his sons, 1867. “Samuel Mills,” by T. C. Richards, 1906. “Memoir of John Mason Peck, D. D.; Forty Years of Pioneer Life,” by Rufus Babcock, 1864, 360 pp. Philadelphia, A. B. P. S. “John Mason Peck and One Hundred Years of Home Missions,” by Austin Kennedy de Blois and L. C. Barnes, pp. 112. New York, A. B. H. Mio.) 1917, “ Sketch of the Life of Rev. William Shadrach, D. D.,” by Rev. John ‘Thomas Grifhth, D.-D,,'32 pp» Philadelphia "AB bas eole “The Life of John!P. Crozer,* bysJ- Wheaton Smith, Dip eecomote Philadelphia, A. B. P. S., 1868. “Benjamin Griffith; Biographical Sketches Contributed by Friends,” edited by Charles H. Banes, A. M., 296 pp. Philadelphia, A. B.'P. S., no date given. “Christian Manhood: In Memory of Col. Charles H. Banes,” by W. T. Chase, 45 pp. Philadelphia, 1897. . “ Adoniram Judson Rowland, D. D.,” pp. 98-105. Sunday School Worker, March, 1921. Philadelphia, A. B. P. S. “C. R. Blackall, D. D. Ninety Years Young,” pp. 98-105. Sunday School Worker, September, 1920. Philadelphia, A. B. P. S. “Some Account of the Life of Spencer Houghton Cone,” by Edward W. Cone and Spencer W. Cone, 484 pp. New York, Livermore and Rudd, 1856. “The Funeral Sermon on the Death of Rev. Spencer Houghton Cone, D. D.,” by Rev. Thomas Armitage, D. D., 56 pp. New York, Holman and Gray, 1855. “William Colgate, the Layman,” by H. W. Everts, D. D., 274 pp. Phila- delphia, A. B. P. S., 1881. “In Memory. of Henry G. Weston,” 104 pp. A. B. P. S., 1909. “Struggles and Triumphs of a Long Life,’ autobiography of G. W. Glarky192*ppro Anas 2 seo lt “The Missionary Jubilee,’ Fiftieth Anniversary Baptist Foreign Mission Society (A. B. M. U.), 1864. Sheldon and Company, 1865. “ Baptist Home Missions,” Jubilee Volume, H. L. Morehouse. A. B. H. M. S., 1883. “ Memorial Volume of the First Fifty Years of the American Board of Commissioners of Foreign Missions.” Boston, 1861. [ 438 ] APPENDIX “The Story of Our Chapel Car Work,” by Boston W. Smith. Philadel- phia, 1896. “A Church on Wheels,” by C. H. Rust, 178 pp. A. B. P. S., 1905. “ History of the Baptists in New England,” by Henry S. Burrage. A. B. P..S.).1894. “A History of Baptists in the Middle States,” by H. C. Vedder, 355 pp. A, Be P: S.,.1898. “A History of Baptists in the Southern States,” by B. F. Riley. A. B. P iis. +1896. “ Baptist History of the North Pacific Coast.” (Part VII, Publication Society, pp. 409-425.) Philadelphia, A. B. P. S., 1912. “ History of Baptists in Michigan,” by Mrs. L. H. Trowbridge. Michi- gan Baptist Convention, 1909. “Baptists and the National Centenary,” edited by Lemuel Moss. A. B. Ras 2158/0, “A Century of Baptist Achievement,” edited by A. H. Newman. A. B. PZ521901. “The Bible Societies and Baptists,” by C. C. Bitting, 95 pp. A. B. P. S., 1897. “ Baptist Hymn Writers and Their Hymns,” by Henry S. Burrage. Port- land, Me., Thurston & Company, 1888. “ History of the Baptist Young People’s Union,’ by J. W. Conley. A. B. Pee o13y “ Baptists Mobilized for Missions,” by A. L. Vail. A. B. P. S., 1911. “The Baptist Encyclopedia,” by William Cathcart. Philadelphia, Louis H. Everts, 1883. “Free Baptist Cyclopedia,’ Historical and Biographical. 1889. “History of the National Capital,’ by W. B. Bryan. “ History of the Baptist Institutions of Washington,’ by Andrew Roth- well, 1867. “The International Lesson System,” by John R. Sampey. Revell. “A History of Religiotis Education in Recent Times,’ by A. A. Brown, 282 pp. Abingdon Press, 1923. “The Sunday School Century,” by Wm. Ewing, D. D. Boston, Pilgrim Press, 1918. [ 439 ] a 3 see i ("4 * AA » Hy | af Gane totes Mean oh Oia PoP Mas i’) WU ELS big i \ ihe “bs A eas ie ie INDEX 1 ' . ‘ | ’ | | | i? . ® : i af ' J ; Pale ; Sent yept \ ES Aa: bea \ \ ae Se he aE ; 7 it ak ERs at ' i ney 4 ry 4 4 i . ” b ¥, “y! 4 | el ‘ ‘ ; Hy ' LES I \ ' ¥i , ual J be h) Hf i Y u | ’ Wika me hak ‘i MORN: i * } t is UR = 7 INDEX A Accounts, committee of, 376, 378. PNGAnIS Cine t7Osee Tot. Adams, G, F., 118. Adams js. Os 0: Adult work, 154. Advocates of Christian Fidelity, 234. Agar, bE. Ay. 164i. Agents, 204f. Aiken, Lizzie, 98. Allegorical Works of Bunyan, 38. Aen wleMemOGeIISt., 212: 280f.,) 205, 340. Allison, Burgess, 8. Almanac, Baptist, 50. Amendments to By-laws, 372, 397. American and Foreign Bible Society, 65ff., Cem 0.673 21 0se 23°73 200,9323 50320. “American Baptist Magazine and Mis- sionary Intelligencer, The,’’ roff., 44, eis Agha, Pree American Baptist Historical Society, The, ESM LOAsTOSI:, 200, 330. American Baptist Home Mission Society, The; and Bible work of A. B. P. S., 75f.; and Sunday schools in New En- gland, 128; and work among freedmen, 320; and “‘ World Wide,” 165; birth of, 294; early officer of, 326; in coopera- fons with A.B. P. S., 110, 150; 161, Ae tiie eA. 330. 342. American Baptist Missionary Union, 73, 75f., 165, 254, 309. American Baptist Publication Society, The; a book concern, 35f.; agents of, 204; and American Baptist Historical Society, 57ff.; and auxiliary societies, 84, 201; and Baptist publications for Baptist schools, 148; and Baptist Young People’s Union of America, 154f., 232ff.; and Bible work, 74ff.; and Bur- ma, 256; and call of Western Indians, 14; and church architecture, 161f.; and city mission societies, 217; and colpor- tage, 81ff.; and Columbian College, 7; and democracy, 4f., 176f.; and denomi- national unity, 48ff.; and distinctive Baptist message, 53f.; and intersociety relations, 207ff.; and merging of Free Baptist work, 233f.; and organizations of other denominations, 221; and re- ligious education, 217f.; and spirit of education, 7; and State Conventions, 217, 220; and stewardship education, 164f.; and Sunday School Council of Evangelical Denominations, 224; and Sunday-school helps, 137ff.; and Sun- day schools, 112ff.; and Sunday schools of the South, 242ff.; and “ The Baptist Quarterly,” 46ff.; and the Bible, 62ff.; and uniform lessons, 138f.; and union with Free Baptists, 224f.; and work among Indians, 237; and work for freedmen, 245f.; and ‘‘ World Wide,”’ 165f.; and young people’s movement, 22off.; annals of, 417ff.; annual meet- ings of, 202; annuities of, 199; au- thors of publications of, Baptist, 42; becomes a Sunday school union, 117ff.; beginnings of book publications of, 34ff.; benevolent department of, 1098; Bible and missionary secretaries of, 407; Board of Managers of, 177; book editors of, 407; branch houses of, 202ff.; business and missionary departments of, separate, 309; business department of, 198f.; by-laws of, 181f., 370ff.; by-laws of Board of Managers of, 376ff.; care in selecting manuscripts for publication by, 43; chairman of the Board of, 401; chapel car work of, 210f.; chapel cars gf, 43acercharter Of, 1771.4) 3°73 tea) cOl- portage wagons and autos of, 433; con- ditions at birth of, 3ff.; consolidation of Bible societies with, 73ff.; constitutions of, 363ff.; cooperation of, with A. B. H. NES eDrOUeIcO,mlOL mi Aye creer oA F. 330, 342; cooperation of, with city mis- sion societies, 154, 159; cooperation of, with State Conventions, 154, 159; cor- porate titles of, 359; dates and places of annual meetings of, 41off.; delegates to meetings of, 370; department of Sunday-school publications of, 144ff.; departments of, 179f.; director of ele- mentary work of, 408; director of vaca- [ 443 ] «eé INDEX tion and week-day schools of, 408; dis- tribution of workers of, 429; district secretaries of, 206, 407; dual work of, 183f.; early book publications of, 36ff., 121f.; editors in chief of Sunday-school publications of, 408; endowments of, 199; enlargement of Bible work of, 94; executives of, 179f.; first a tract so- ciety, 18ff.; founders and builders of, 267-302; grants of, 255, 2571., 431; gross assets of, by decades, 432; head- quarters of, 184ff., 409; income of, 193f.; kinds of Sunday-school publica- tions of, 148; legacies to, 195; managers of, 407; meetings of, 371; members of, 370; members of the Board of, 402; membership in, 176f., 200, 226; merger of New England Sunday School Union with, 129f.; ministers and, 226; mis- sionary department of, 189; officers of, 370; officers, members of the Board, and officers of the Board of, 398ff.; periodical publications of, 44; policy of, in Sun- day-school publications, 134; printing: house of, 190f.; reconstructors of, 303; recording secretaries of, 401; relations of, -with*N. B:.C.,° 370, 372; religious education department of, 154ff.; rules of investment of funds of, 395f.; secre- taries of the Board of, 401; secretary of religious education of, 408; secre- tary of social education of, 408; spirit of employees of, 192; standing. commit- tees of, 181; statistical summary of ser- vice of, 428; summary of achievements and statistics of, 413; Sunday-school missionaries of, 135f.; Sunday-school ob- jectives of, 147f.; summary of story of, 26off.; tests for Sunday-school editors and writers of, 148; total issues of pub- lications of, 430; translations of Bible published by, 76ff.; treasurers of, 401; vice-presidents of, 398ff.; wide distfibu- tion of literature of, 258; women help- ers of, 349f.; work of, 218, 237ff., 241, 2471. American Baptist Publication Society, History of The, from 1824 to 1856,” 22. American Baptist Register, 52. American Bible Society, 12, 64, 67, 70, B20, American Bible Society of Massachu- SEDLS a Us. American Bible Union, The, 6o0ff., 323, 326. American Bible Union version, the, 72f. American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, 12, 267, 275. American Commentary, 8o. American Society for Ameliorating the Condition of the Jews, The, 12. American Sunday School Union, 113f., 32276330: American Tract Society, 19, 36, 82, 85, 220ff. American Tract Society of Boston, 29. Anderson, F. L., 32. Anderson, G. W., 314f. Anderson, M. B., 68. Annals, 415 ff. Annual meetings, 202. Annuities and legacies, 199, 3809. Annuities and legacies, committee on, 389. Architectural uplift and A. B. P. S., 162f, Argand lamp, 3. Argyll, Duke of, 260. Armitage, Thomas, 70. Arnold, A. N., 47, 80. * Around the World,” 165. Ashmore, William, 258. Ashton, , 220. Assets, by decades, 432. Assistant treasurer, 388, 390, 396f. Associate general secretary, 389, 396. Associations, 91, 196, 201, 227, 271. Authors, Baptist, 42. Auto chapel cars, 1oof., 434. Autocracy, 4f. Automobiles, colportage, 100. Auxiliary societies, 201, 204. Auxiliaries of Baptist General Tract So- ciety in the South, 241. B Babcock, R., 89. Babcock, President, 221. Babcock, Rufus, 282, 314. ** Babyhood,’”’ 146. Backus’ ‘‘ Church History,” 36f. Backus’ ‘‘ History of the Baptists,’ 39. Backus; isaac, arr. Backusvajayeo.-el a. Backus, the second, 11. Bacon | sore Ober. Batleya.o: (Gs 55: Bainbridge, H., 179. Bakers) G ehOvee2os bean. Baker, Luke, 67. Baldwin, Thomas, 19, 124. Baltes lives se Banes, (Cor Hy 232.0303e5a 102 Banes, Mrs. C. H., 350. [ 444 ] pe INDEX Baptism: Baptist teaching as to, in tracts, Pait.* intants Ss Se'tracts otl.d w7) 24ott, “ Baptism, Concise Comments on,” 55. Baptismal regeneration, 69. Baptisms, 236. Baptist Board of Foreign Missions, 44. Baptist Brotherhood, 217. Baptist churches in the United States, 435f. Baptist Education Society of New York, I2. es Baptista arp, s Dies eT. Baptist historical material, 6of. ** Baptist Hymnal, The,” 42. Baptist Manual, The, 54f. Baptist Missionary Convention NV Ork, 12: *‘ Baptist Quarterly, The,” 46f., 333. ‘Baptist Register,” of New Bie ** Baptist Record, The,” 45. ** Baptist Review, The,” 47. ** Baptist Teacher, The,” 138, 144, 146, Moen a a2 be “Baptist Dract and. Youth's The,?7 114: ** Baptist Witness, The,” 243. Baptist Young People’s Union of Amer- iCav HS 4623 0.6S 53. “Baptists Mobilized for Missions, 177. ** Baptists of the North Pacific Coast,” 50. ‘* Baptize,”’ and Bible translation, 64ff. Barnard, Samuel, 67. Barnes, D. H., 202. Barnes mle C..5210f.5 232. Barneys ih sje. 105. ‘“* Barren Fig-Tree,”’ 38. Bartlett, .G., 118. Basle, 81. attenws-eZe, 174,353; 400. Bauer, W. S., 179. * Beautiful Joe,” 40, 43. IS CCKICV a emel. 5) 232. Beebe, A. M., 308. Beecher, Lyman, 38. eA VV e450, LOT« Belcher, Doctor, 58. Benedict, David, 60. Bengal Christian School Society, 12. Berkeley, Governor, 6. Bible, The; a book of tracts, 18, 29; and A. B. P. S., 62; and the colporter, 93f.; better versions of, in English, 6o0ff.; cir- culation of, 23; Improved Edition of, 77ff.; published by A. B. P. S., 76ff. Bible and field committee, 388. Bible and field department, 3grf. Bible and field secretary, 388, 390. Magazine, Bible and missionary secretaries, 407. Bible and Sunday-school committee, 384. Bible committee, 385. Bible Day, 198. Bible department, 322. Bible lessons, 137. ‘“* Bible Lessons from the Pentateuch,”’ 336. Bible secretary, 180. Bible societies, 16. “ Bible Societies and the Baptists,” 322. Bible translation and “ Baptize,” 64ff. Bible translation and Baptist missionaries, 62f, Bibliography, 437ff. Bickell, P. W., 253. Binney, G., 118. Biography, publication of, 36. Biting GUC. 163,232, 322tu. 3275 BlackalbaG eRe, 28, Sortaiiin, BS1tl,. 232) ZA0GRGO SL, 300169 1332.13 30 te 351s Blackburn, Alexander, 105, 232. Bliss, G. R., 80. Board meetings, 379, 382, 387. Board of Foreign Missions (Baptist), 50. Board of Managers, 177, 370f., 379. Bolles, Lucius, 19. Book editor, 388, 390, 407. Book fund, 196. Py Book publications, 34ff. Book publishing committee, 388, 394. Book publishing department, 180, 391f. Booth, 54. Booth’s ‘‘ Reign of Grace,” 36f. Boville, R. G., 167. Boys and girls, work for, 229. Bramley, 3 26% Branch houses, 84, 202ff. iBrantly, VWs yes Onn 20,04 On Bright, Edward, 68. Brimson, W. G., 217; 342. Brink, uw, OS ESL OL... 220,538 7 1s, 351 ib British and Foreign Bible Society, 12, 62f. British Columbia, 248. Broadus; J; A, 683.77, 80, 334. Brockett, E. J., 214. Brockway, Miss Meme, 155, 350, 408. Brooks, Kendall, 48, 298f., 305. Broomell, W. L., 348. Brown, A. A., 139. Brow loNeceilse2 7s SO. Solna tie 2o3, ZLOM22O M24 2 aZOOn Zits 3 1S". Brown, Nicholas, 129. Browny, On Bi o))272,.284t. Browns .O; Cx tad. Browne O. Diss: Bryce, John, 25. Bucknell, William, 186, 313f. [ 445 | INDEX * Building a Community,” 354. Bunsen, Professor, 58. Bunyan, John, works of, 38f., 301. Burdette, R. G., 192. Burma,-and ALB. P..s:, 256: Burton, E. D., 140. Business, order of, 378, 381, 384, 387. Business committee, 370ff., 382, 388, 394. Business department, 180, 183f., 198f., 391f. Business manager, 180, 388ff. Bussey, B. W., 245. “* Buzell’s Religious Magazine,” 225. By-laws, 181f. Byron, Lord, 5. G Canada, 248. Canfield, C. B., 214. Canterbury, Convocation of, 70. Canterbury revisers, rules of, 72. Canterbury revision, 74. Carey, William, 12f., 39, 57, 62ff., 69, 280. Carleton; "Gs J.;°1283 Carroll be tees: Caswell, Alexis, 279. Catechisms, 151. Cathcart, William, 49, 302. Cauldwell, W. A., 68. Chairman, 379, 382, 388. Chalmers, W. E., 154f.,, 353, 408. Chapel cars, 104ff., 433. Chapel-car service, 214. Chapel-car work, 219f., 329. Chapman, J.0H., 232: Charter oi AS Bebo, 177: Chase, Irah, 282ff., 286, 326. Children’s Day, 197f. Children’s work, 154ff. China and A. B. P. S:, 257. China Baptist Publication Society, 257f. China Sunday School Union, 224. *‘ Christian Chronicle, The,’’ 301, 315. Christian Endeavor Society, United, 22of., 233. “Christian Index, The,” 244. “Christian Review, The,” 46, 286. “Christian Secretary, The,’ 44. Christian union, 222. “Christian Watchman, The,” 277. Church and State, 170. “Church Manual, Baptist,” 56. “Church School Objectives,” 353. City mission societies and A. B. P. S., 154, 159, 217. Civil War, the, 242. Clark, Allan C., 23. ClarksGoeW.,000: Clarke, M. G., 307. ‘Clarke, W. N., 80. Clay, Henry, 9. Clese jr We tye Clinch SES aeeis: Clopton, A. W., 25. Clough, J. E., 241, 321. Clyde, Miss N. L., 350. Cobb,:N. R:, (194,)350. Colburn, Alfred, 130. Colby.) Gasla.aro se Coles BE x79. Colgan, DP Siseoos Colgate, J. B., 105. Colgate, Robert, 324. Colgate, . William, 30, 323ff., 355. Colgate University, 326. Colleges, Baptist, 7. Collum, J. G., 308. Colman, James, 13. Colman, T. W., 195. Colportage, 81ff., 96ff., 248, 253. Colportage automobiles, 433. Colportage. wagons, 330, 433. ‘*Colporter, The,’’ 46. Colporter-missionaries, 218. Colporters, 82ff., 206, 217f., 236. Columbia Historical Society, 8. Columbian College, 7ff., 10, 14, 24, 116, 271ff., 276-280, 283f.," 280) 411. ‘Columbian’ (Star;"\ 10, :aatteay 184, I91, 261, 284, 286. “Coming School of the Church, The,”’ 353- Commentaries, 7of. Committee of publication, 376, 379. Communion, close, 54. Cone, S. H., 6718.0 217, 272, 200, s424e0 326. Confession of faith, 56. Conley, J. W., 230,-232: Consolidation of societies, 208ff. Cook, B., 118. Gook, (GerAn 164. Coonss) a Newcs0- Cooperating organizations, 177f., 215. Cooperation in Sunday-school work, de- nominational, 125f. Coordination of societies, 207ff. Cornelius, Samuel, 28, 274, 286. * Coronation Hymnal, The,” 42. Correspondence courses, 158ff. Corresponding secretary, 370, 382, 388f. Country church, 174. 67 fs, 7Oly 307s 44f., 373, 379, [ 446 ] INDEX Cradle roll, 156. Grandall; LejA.2rr. Crawiotd, eMits. oles Mette. Grawtord wi Ws Veseblr. Crawford Memorial, 111. Cressman, H. E., 407. CSrosby.s Gan@we bl 807. (Gross Heeb. oS. Crozer, Miss E. C., 305. Crozer, (G, Ke, 1179: ** Crozer, J. Lewis, The,” roz2f. AOrOZet pn bs OMT GO, TO7,e20GL. eos SOC ma0S ma TOUmaLOm S40Ls a5 .: (erozer ers) eet ens 50. Crozer, Margaret, 314. Crozer, Sally L., 228. Crozer, SeeA., eid. 34 it; Grozet;, Sarah,/311. Crozer Building, 189f., 194. Crozer Memorial Fund, J. P., 222f., 228. Cruisers, Gospel, 102ff., 219. Currys ice ML... 68: Cushman, R. W., 221, 287. Cutting wosns-. Oc. Cyprian, 58. D Dagg, pe Zoe Daily vacation Bible school, 166ff. Dates and places of annual meetings, 4ioff. Davis Gales 35: Davis, Isaac, 208. Davis, John, 237. DAawisemN Oalige7 24,120,028, 114), 117, 133; 150, 172,185; 229, 244, 287ff., 340. Dean, M. M., 118. deBlois, A. K., 296. Democracy, 4f., 176f. Dennisson, B. F., 214. Denominational instruction, 229. Depositories, 202ff. Depository and book committee, 376f. Depository and publishing agent, 27o0f. *“* Devotional Hymn and Tune Book,” 42. Director of Sunday-school and young people’s work, 233. Director of vacation and week-day schools, 408. Directors of religious education, 154f. ‘Directory for Baptist Churches, New,” 56. District secretaries, 206, 407. Dixie w = Is. 232s Doane, W. H., 42, 332, 342. Dobbins, F. S., 33. Doctrine, books on, 36. Dodge, Amos, 195. Dodge, D., 118. Dodson, O., 85. DokemiWe -Hou256. Donations, conditional, 199. E Eaches, .O:; P:, 80, 232. Barly yee Ata 7S. Eddy, D. C., 88, 135, 298. Edie, Richard, 217. Editors, 180, 379, 382. Editor-in-chief of Sunday-school publica- tions, 388, 390, 408. Edmunds, E. B., 329. Edmunds, James, 152. Education, diffusion of, 6. Efficiency of administration of cooperat- ing organizations, committee on, 215. Eighteenth amendment, 173ff. Eligibility to appointment, 371. Ellis, F. M., 232. Encyclopedia, Baptist, 49. “Encyclopedia of Religious Knowledge,”’ 5OwsOue Endowments, 199. English Baptist Missionary Society, 12. Epworth League, 230. IDidere ie OM wart. Estabrook, G. L., 179, 216, 352. Europe, influence of work of A. B. P. S. iny 250%. European America, 247. Evangelical Almanac and Baptist Annual Register, 52. Evangelical Tract Society, The, 1off. Everts, W. W., 325. Executive committee, 18o0f., 385, 388, 394. F Faith, confessions of, 56. Farel, 81. Farwell, Levi, 19. Faunce, W. H. P., 214. Fiction, works of, 309f. Fifteen, committee of, 211, 220. Finance committee, 181f., 388, 394, 396f. Finance department, 180, 391f. Finn, Mrs. E. M., 350. Fire at 1420 Chestnut Street, 189, 317f. Fisher, Ezra, 114. Five-year program, a, 239. Fleishman, Rev., 248. Fletcher, John, 98. Foreign languages, tracts in, 33. Foreign-speaking peoples, hymnals for, 42. Forward, D. D., 169. [ 447 ] INDEX Forward movement in missionary educa- tion, Baptist, 165f. EOSSie Cae) sms Fowler. sAs ieee roe Fourteen-twenty, 186ff. Free Baptists, 224f., 233. Freedmen, work for, 245f. French, work for, 248. Frost, J. M., 245. Fuller, Andrew, 37, 40, 44, 252, Funds, special, 1o5ff. Zoe G Galpin tome Los Gambrell, J. B., 245. Garabrant, D. G., 216f. Garrett, T. L., 86. Gaster and Dow, 263. Geistweit, W. H., 105. Gendell, Howard, 211, 214, 343. General agent, 377. General Convention of Baptists in the United States, 10, 35, 57, 270ff., -276- 282, 293. “General History of the Baptist Denomi- nation in America and Other Parts of the World, A,’ 60. General secretary, 180, 382, 388f., 396f. General Tract Society, Baptist: a Bap- tist society, 220; a book concern, 35f.; agents of, 304f.; and auxil- iary societies, 201; and “ Baptist Reg- ister,” 212; and denominational unity, 48f.; and denominational statistics, 51; and intersociety relations, 207; and Sunday schools, rr2ff.; and the Bible, 62; and the South, 241f.; becomes Ad) Bow Paeatii Se 6oh DOCIetias el 7. branches of, 202f.; builders of, 28off.; by-laws of Board of, 276ff.; constitution of, 261f.; early member of, 323f.; first catalogue of, 30; first name of A. B. P. S., 18ff.; first officers of, 282; founders of, 267-288; membership in, 200; place of organization of, 285; pub- lications of, in 16 years, 129; receipts of, for first year, 30; removal of, to Phila- delphia, 185; standing committees of, 181. George Washington University, 280. German Baptist Publication Society, 253. German immigrants, 247f. Germany, work of A. B. P. S. in, 240f. ‘Gertrude the Peacemaker,” 4o. Gibson, Joseph, 25. Gilbert, Mary, 325. Gillette, A. D., 117f.,. 223, 297: Girdlestone, Doctor, 62. “ Girls’ World,” 233. Giving, systematic, 210. Going, Jonathan, 67, 114, 128, 278, 326. ** Golden Century, A,’’ 191. Goodchild, F. M., 216f. ‘Good Work,” 46. Goodwin, C. T., 135. Gospel cruiser, 102ff., 330. “Gospel Hymn and Tune Book,” 42. Goulds 7 EAe Eb. so: Grace, W. Ci, 245. Graded lessons, 140. Grafton, Joseph, 19. Grant, President, 320. Grants; 228, 248, 2571) 431. Graves, J. W., 1731. Gray, Robert, 107. Great Commission, 69. Greece, 249. Greeks, liberation of, 5. Greene, Stephen, 211, 214. Gregory, J. M., 47,'89, 151. Griffith; A. P:, ror: Griffith, Benjamin, 39, 48, 88, 91, 133f., 150, 183, 100, Zoofl., 235, =253nuecus 303ff., 313, 315, 319, 321, 351. Griththes Janes GroZerer 7 Owes 5 i Griffith, Mrs. Benjamin, 350. H Hackettl: Hee Dem7 7 aacOs Hamilton Baptist Missionary Society, 12. Handbooks, 44ff., 57. Harding, \W..G..)1 72. Harlan, Rolvix, 174. Harpers eV wah -s)7 ORLA Omeeaes Hartise ab aeoore lakewaecy We Waly; Sei Hartman, Louisa L., Memorial, ror. Hartshorne, W. N., 141. Haskell, Samuel, 8of. Hawes, W. A., 167. Hawthorne, J. B., 243. Haystack band, 9. Headquarters council, 395. Headquarters, 409. ** Heavenly Footman,” 38. Henson, P. S., 23, 32f., 79, 232, 3321. Hermiston, E. R., 107. Hilly BA Ms i137, ier: Hills, William, 105. Hippolytus, 58. Hiscox, Es Leae4 tse 5 0s History: and biography, 39; and doctrine, 33, 36; Baptist, and A. B. P. S., 57ff.; publication of, 36, 44ff. [ 448 ] INDEX Eiabattye Avs oss 621450277 Holcombe,. Henry, 277. Hollis, Thomas, 7. Holman, ). 2, 115. Holt, A. J., 245. Holy War, Lhe,~ 38: Home department, 146, 156. Hopper, H. S., 346f. Hovey, Alvah,. 40, 47, 77, 80, I5I, 334. Howard, J. L:, 340. Howell, W. R., 102, 330. Hoyt, J. M., 68. Hoyt, Wayland, 32, 104f., 214, 232. Hiibmaier, 57. Hudson River Association, 117f., 132. Hughes, Gon to:58l 725323. Hughes, D. C., 79, 323. Hughes, Joseph, 62f. Hus, John, 18. Hutton yet Geese Hymn-books, 34ff., 41f. I ide Gia bent tS,9207. ‘*Tllustrated Missionary News, The,” 350. Improved Edition of the Bible, 77ff. Improved Uniform Lessons, 144. Indians] Ave blebs oe and, 237; Western, and pittne of A. ob. P: Si. 143 -work among, 320. Infant Baptism, 53f. Ingalls, Lovell, 308. Institute, teacher-training, 153f. Institutes, 154, 157. Institutes and summer assemblies, 154. “ Institutional Church, The,” 31. Intensive training-schools, 168ff. International Sunday School Association, TAL .Moo A International Sunday 320. International Sunday School Council of Religious Education, 163f. International uniform lessons, 137. Investment, rules of, 395f. Investment committee, 394f. Investment securities, safe deposit of, 396. Italy, work in, 249. School Committee, a Jackson, Andrew, 4. Jacobs, B. F., 135, 137, 139f., 336. Nacolsen ey bssato7t.,°200- Jamaica, 248. Jefferson, Thomas, 6, 8. Jerome of Prague, 18. Jeter, Doctor, 297. Johnson, G. J., 89, 321ff. Johnson, Reuben, 25. OneSat uae): er sce Jones, H. G., 58, 206. jones, H. L., 167. JOneSweb we lev e230re232, 316.9275 Jubilee Memorial of the Religious Tract Society of England, 32. Judd, William, 67. Judson, Adoniram, 9, 13, 39,.57, 64, 609, ZOGuE2 SOLE Osh? 7 See eT Os Judson, Adoniram, Sr., 9. Judson, Ann Hasseltine, 13, 57. Judson, Edward, 31f., 39. Judson Memorial Tracts, 31. Judson Press, The, rot. Judson training manuals, 147. Junior work, 155f. “Junior World,” 233. K Kauthoratias|om G6 3471. Keen, C. B., 307. Keen, W. W., 345f. Keen, W. W., M. D., 211. Keller, Luther, 178. Kempton, G., 297. Kendrick, A: C., 80, 326. Kennardsn |omllens30te Kennedy, Mrs. M. G., 332. Ketmanve be ln200- Keystone graded series, 224. Keystone International Graded Sunday School Lessons, 141ff. Keystone Series of International Sunday School Lessons, 147. King, Jonas, 249. King, W. B., 280. King James version, 69. Knowles, Professor, 7, 25, 47, 68, 176, 285ff. IL- *‘ Ladies’ Home Journal,” 350. Lafayette, 9. Pamar,eAcw We. 232. amps eles o5- Lambeth Conference, 174. Pamson.e Gy Ge,60258170; Landmarkism, 241. Latin America, 248. ‘“ Watters Daye Luminary, nO, 5 LO.) 275829; AAT alley pas Law Committee, 215f. Lawrence, W. M., 229. Lawson, A. G., 232. cawton,e le l.gn 255s [ 449 } INDEX Legacies, 195. Levering, Joshua, 245. Lewis, W. M., 279. Liberia, 254. Libraries for ministers, 227f. Libraries for Sunday schools, 40, 240. Library department, 16of. “Life Line, The,”’ 1o2f. Life membership, 200, 202. Lincoln, Ensign, 19, 124. Lincoln, Heman, 19, 58, 92, 197, 296-299, 305, 3206. Tsrncolne eee DOds Lincoln, Mrs. Heman, 350. Liquor traffic, 173. Lisk, James, 179. Literature, distribution of, 258. London Religious Tract Society, 29. oomiss Jesu. ,ngoos Words Rees 22n6. Lorimer, J. C., 246. Loring, James, 35. Lothrop, Edward, 68. Love, Miss M. M., 157, 350. Lowry, Robert, 42, 135, 332, 342. oxleysyb seh. 3274n 204s8200sna 076 ** Loyalist, The,” 230, 232. Tuthers. Wey eeveads Lyell, J. W., 179. ByndySiaweresse27 4: M MacArthur, R. S., 232. Macaulay, T. B., 39. MacFarlane, H. K., 179. Maclay, Archibald, 67, 326. Madison, James, 8. Magazine, Baptist Missionary, 15f., 19. NEaitiam Weil. O lee ime t Ole si5 25 Major, C. L., 204. Malcom, Howard, 338. Malcom se DoS. 6862;9107,502071-,7305, 7340. Mallary, @. Dies: Mallary woe Doseeace Mallery, J., 118. Mallery, S. S., 128. ** Mamie Beal, The,’’ 102. Managers, 407. _ ** Man from Pennsylvania, The,’ 94. Manitoba, 248. Manly, Basil, 55. Mann, Horace, 6. Manual, Baptist, 34ff. Manuals, 57. Marsh, Jb. 04- Marshman, Joshua, 13, 63. Marston, S. W., 319. Massachusetts Baptist Charitable Society, 2. Massachusetts Baptist Education Society, cz. ‘* Massachusetts Baptist Missionary Maga- zine,” 44. Massachusetts Baptist Missionary Society, TOL. 20,445 2042 Massachusetts Baptist Sunday School Union, 35. : Massachusetts Evangelical Tract Society, ie; Massachusetts T25it.5 2.90: May meetings, 207. McAlpine, C. A., 168. McConnell, F. C., 245. McCoy, Isaac, 14, 98, 237. McDonald, Henry, 243. McKean, Miss M. F., 332. McMichael, A. D., 223, 241. Meehan, J. S., 27, 50, 284. Meigs, Postmaster General, 9. ‘““Memoirs of Distinguished Christians,” 36f. Mercer, Jesse, 25. Merrill, G. E., 161. Methodist Book Concern, 19. Mexico, 248. Meyers, Miss A. E., 144, 350. Miller; HiT 135. Milton, John, 39. Ministers and missionaries, correspondence courses for, 160. ; M. & M. B. B. (Ministers and Missiona- ries Benefit Board), 12. Ministers’ libraries, 295. Ministers’ library fund, 228. Missionaries, Baptist, and Bible transla- tion, 62f, Missionary committee, 386. Missionary department, 183f., 189, 322. Missionary Department of Board of Edu- Cation Of N «basses Missionary education, 165f. Missionary Forward Movement, 234. Missionary secretary, 180. ** Missions,”’ 165. Monroe, President, 5, 8. Monroe doctrine, 5. Moody, D. L., 336. Moore, J. M., 165, 217, 234. Morehouse, H. L., 39, 214. Morgan, J. T., 114. Morgan, Lewis, 114. Morgan, T. F., 86. Morgan, T. J., 214. Sabbath School Union, [ 450 ] INDEX “Morning Star, The,” 225. Mosher, G. F., 224. Moss, Lemuel, 48. Maite), 179: Mullinsse han Y.-40\n23 2. Munday: ) Gi. 245s Murdock, J. N., 68, 164, 210, 309. Musselman, H. T., 153f. Myers, H. S., 179, 234f. N ** National Baptist, The,’ 48, 299, 301. National Committee of Colored Baptists, 246. ** National Sunday School Teacher,” 336. Napoleon, 13. : Negroes, work for, 245ff. NEI ee ay aye Ols O02) 107s 200,318; 353- ““New Baptist Praise Book, The,” 42. “New Directory for Baptist Churches,” 56. : Newell, Samuel, 267f. New England Sabbath School Union, 46, 68, 118, 120, 123, 127ff., 290, 306. New Hampshire Baptist Convention, 56, Liye New Hampshire Confession of Faith, 56. ** New Orleans Bethel Union, The,” 12. New standard teacher-training course, 155. Newton, Isaac, 208. Newton Theological Institution, 284, 286, 299. New York Baptist City Mission Society, 167. “New York Baptist Magazine,-The Wes- tern,” 44. “New York Baptist Register,” 44, 55. Nominations, committee on, 372. Normal class manual, 15rf. “North Carolina Democrat,” 333. Northern. Baptist Convention, 57, 156, TOAD 77.207. 200lt., 215, 228, @5s,Ueesta) S54. 370; 372. Northrup, G. W., 68. ’ Nott, Samuel, 267. Nova Scotia, 248. O Oncken, J. G:, 247, 24o0ff., 290. “Osceola,” 102. Osgood; Je Rs, 135. MOge Little Ones, * °233, 332; 337- ip Palmers toe D., 135. Parables, 4o. Parker, A., 118. Pastors: and tract distribution, 227; de- ficiency in instruction by, 227, 239. Peacock el smls ek 7Opr 20. Pecks em Vim Onet hn 3 Om odo CO OozaOrt.. DUA ge Te Os ta hOA 2OTs (205, 62371-6200, BOT 2075 32050340. Pendleton, J. M., 40. Penfield, Josiah, 241. Pengilly, 54f., 117, 248, 250, 253. People, rule of common, 4. Periodicals,. 44ff., 50, 142ff. Philadelphia Association, ro. Philadelphia City Tract Society, 220. Bierce sein. py c,21 7.0. ‘* Pilgrim’s Progress, The,” 38. Pitt the Great Commoner, 325. Pocket lessons, 146, Poland, Scriptures donated to, 77. Rolkeelisis. 22'5. PRollardsehaeb 027750270: Pond, Enoch, 275f. Prelacy, 58. President, 370, 376. Price, sia Mey 783. 232: Pricésslen gat 3° Printing-house, 1g9of. Printing-house committee, 388. Profits, 198f. Promotion days, 198. Promotion, General Board of, 207. Promotional work, 207. Proper, D. D., 230. Provence, S. M., 245. Pruden, Jay, 96. Psalmist, (Lhe, «421. Publication, committee on, 376f., 381f. Publications, total issues of, 430. Public-school religious education, 166. Public-school time religious instruction, 16off, Pankittsn) sbi eseee 7. Q ‘‘ Quarterly Theological Review,” 275f. R Raftety,, W.-h.. £43i:, 107,, 35400-51407. Randall, Josiah, 282. Randolph, Warren, 90, 134, 136, 140, 320f. Rauschenbusch, 57. Rawbone, W. G., 255. Recording secretary of the Board, 376, 379f., 382f., 388, 396. Recording secretary of the Society, 361, 30350300,8305,9370. Reed Henk .9 3475 413. Rees, G. E., 214. [ 451 ] INDEX Reference, committee of, 211, 216. Reformation, the, 81. ** Register, American Baptist,”’ 52. “Register, Triennial,” 52. “Reign of Grace, 36f., 39. Religious education, 16, 136, 150ff., 166, pL Religious education committee, 388. Religious education department, 180, 391f. ** Religious Education, History of,” 139. Religious education secretaries, 180, 388, 390, 408. “Religious Herald, The,”’ 138. Religious Tract Society of London, 19, AG KE Religious Tract Society of the Washington, 19. “Restatement of Baptist Principles,’’ 315. *“ Review and Expositor,’ 277. Reynolds, Enoch, 25, 117, 272ff. Reynolds, William, 336. Rhees, M. J., 118, 290f. Rhoades, J. D., 179. Rhoszdesie WiaseGa Esyeeras Rhoads, Charles, 320f. Ricel Luther, 7... asy2sy este 575 2 9A; 250, 2O7its2ole 24,9202: Richards, Miss O. C., 350. RileywB ab 20242; Riley, W. B., 178. Roberts, S. L., 154. Robinson, Edward, 39. Robinson, E. G., 47. Robinsons oH... 1795.21 6t-, 343. Rockefeller, J. D., 105. Rock Spring Seminary, 294. Roger Williams Building, 190, 317. Roger Williams Memorial, 44. Roman Catholics and week-day religious education, 169. Rosselle, W: Q., 179, 216f. Robern, David, 247. Rothwell, W. R., 245. Rowland; “Ac J°i 976) 78,214, 232,.310h:, 336. Rue lg le 27.0% Rural life, 174. Rural work, 218. Russian Bible, 76. Rust. Coat eato7t: Ryland, John, 281. Ryland, W. S., 245. S ** Sabbath School Treasury, The,” 12sff., 172, 222. Sabbath schools, 16. City of Sagebeer, J. E., 179, 217. Sampey, J. R., 78. Saratoga Convention, 74f. Saunders, Marshall, 40, 43. DaWy cia enV aemerT Ge Schneider, Hilmar, 347. Scientific progress at time of the So- ciety’s birth, 3. “Scripture Comfort for the Bereaved,” 33. Sears, Barnas, 250ff. Secretary of religious education, 408. Selecting committee, 376f. ‘Semple, Robert, 8. Semple,“R. Bi, 273. ** Senior Quarterly, The,” 317. ** Service,’’ 232. ** Service of Parental Duty and Purpose, A,’ 354. Service, statistical summary of, 428. Seymour, R. G., 98, 140, 214, 3271. ** Seymour, The Robert G.,’”’ roz2f. Shadrach, William, 206, 29off. Sharp, Daniel, 19, 126. Sharp, Mrs. Daniel, 124. Shaw, Joseph, 25. Signatures, 396. Simmes, —, 25. Simmons, J. B., 91. ** Sinner’s Progress, The,’ 38. CSrnelll aea0ge se, Riic Smith, —, 232. Smith, Boarw., or049e100.,aesi Smith, :-Gs Beis. SOILD eo LAS Smith wyemelyarteesos Smuth, “120.47. Smith, SF.) 414. Social education committee, 388, 394. Social education department, 180, 391f. Social education secretary, 388, 390, 408. Social service, 166, 171ff, Social service and Baptist Brotherhood, department of, 173f. Social service education, 218. Social service secretary, 180. Society for the Distribution of Tracts Among the Poor, 19. Sommers, C. G., 67, 117f. South, the, in cooperation with General Tract Society, 21. South Africa, 255f. Southern Baptist Convention, 242. Spalding, Cash. 3200, e420 uagor Soratts. Os VVeee 232. Springer, G. H., 204, 347. 223; [ 452 | INDEX Spurgeon, Charles, 39. Squires,” Va Pa) 170; Stadling, Jonas, 254. ‘“Standard, The,” 139. *“Standard Manual for Baptist Churches,” 43. Standard of excellence, 162ff, Standing committees, 181. State Conventions, of., 91, 154, 159, 196, On ie2l yee 2 20% Statistics, Baptist, General Tract Society, and, 115. Statistics, denominational, sof. statistics of A.-B. P, S., 428i. Staughton, William, 7ff., 14f., 24f., 117, 77a e2o0lk..) 2931.5 2001., 292, 300, .338- Stephenson, E. M., 98f., 160, 256, 320f. Stevens, D. G., 354, 407. Stevens, W. A., 8o. Stevenson, D., 223. Stewardship education, 164f. “Story of Six Decades, A,’’ 28, 336. Sto wembatodsms ee 2Ous Tenn) Of. 222,624.08 274, 278, 286f. Sprartone eden |e.348: Strong eALeH.40. Suffrage, manhood, 4. Summaries of achievements and statistics, 413. Summer assemblies, 154, 158. Sunday and Adult School Union of Phila- delphia, 113f. Sunday-school: advisors, 154, 156; and publication committee, 384; books, early, 134; centenary, 197; committee, Bible and, 384; conventions, national, 157; helps, 137; missionaries, 135f., We OrenlS 540200, 21351233, 32711. periodi- cal editor, 180; publications committee, 388, 394; publications department, 180, Bglts se wOrk, 154, 213, 3101: “Sunday School Banner, The,” 138. Sunday School Council of Evangelical Denominations, 224. Sunday School Council of Religious Edu- Cation ,ur5 5: ** Sunday-School Gleaner, The,”’ 120. Sunday-school Standard, 162ff. “Sunday School Teacher, The,” 137. ** Sunday School Treasury, The,” 12of. ** Sunday School Worker, The,” 144. Sunday schools; and As) Back. 5) 1r2th.s and missionary teaching, 165f.; early, in Philadelphia, 290; improvement of, 150; unconverted teachers in, 236. ** Superintendent, The,” 144. Supplements to charter, 374f. *“*Sursum Corda,” 42. Sweaen, ana A.B, PF. -S.) 253: Swedes, work for, 248. Swedish Baptist General Conference of America, 248. Systematic giving, 210. a Tauchnitz,C. C., 252. Laylor; By C3478: Mavlor eH. les 20st: avlore janie Bio. 278: Teacher-training, 151ff., 153ff., 256. Telugus, 321. Temperance, literature on, 172ff. Ten thousand dollar fund, 196. Theology, works on, 3of. Thresher, E., 118. Torrey, R. A., 107. Townsend, D. W., 102. Tract house fund, 196. “Tract Magazine, The Baptist,” 45, 50, PION, PHA). keV, AAO Tract Society, Baptist General. (See “General Tract Society, Baptist.’’) Tracts: and Baptist message, 53f.; and Sunday schools, 82, 85; distribution of, Sal wueecOl.uss7 iy. veattes) Catlyi Loli foreign, 33; for Greece, 249; for the unconverted, 235ff.; in Burma, 256; in China, 257; in Germany, 240ff.; power of, 258f.; usefulness of, 29, 31; varie- ties of, 32. luca lew Elaetano aeet OTe DEreasurer, 150," 370,937.05. 370). 3902s 360; 390, 3006f. ‘Treats Mi: Cina. Prevotw |i O52 Triennial Convention, 13ff., 115, 176, 237, 271, 273, 277, 296, 326, 339. ‘Triennial Register,”’ 52. Trowbridge, Mrs. L. H., 96f. Tucker HSe2a3t: ictiiye HWeeemh7 O20 7 sto s4 ah. Twenty-five thousand dollar building fund, 196. By) United Foreign Mission Society of New WiOrkee lhe. an. Unity, denominational, 48f. V Vacation schools, 154. Vaile rela TOA aT 7:7. Valley fund, the, 239. Van Meter, W. C., 249. [ 453 | INDEX Van Osdel, O. W., 230, 232. Vass, S. N., 206, 246f. Vassar, Uncle John, 96. ** Vehicle, The,” 44. Vice-president, 370. Vincent, J. He wa37t: Vonbrunn, Jacob, 254. WwW Wade, Mrs., 54, 257. Wagons, colportage, o8ff. Walker, Jeremiah, 225. Walker, J. G., 344. Wallace, A. R., 3. Waller: J... L23 118: Wards). bons 20¢ Ward, William, 13, 62, 268. Warren, E. R., 118. Warren Association, 10. Washburn, Hi. 7S..." 685) 130, 33rt. Washington, George, 7f. SaVWatchman.slhevero.esc: “Watchman, The Christian,’ 44. Wayland, Francis, 19, 274. Wayland, H. L., 48. Ways and means, committee of, 376, 378. Weaver, Miss E. B., 157, 350. Webb, Gio Tss4) pa4a; 238) Week-day: and vacation school courses, 147; religious education, 166ff.; schools, 154. Weeks, Miss N. F., 144, 350. WW Viel Ghee ls machi. weer, 072 Wielehy Ji Bg srr: Welch, —, 292f. Wesley, John, 19. . West Africa, donations of A. B. P: S. to, 254. Western Baptist Publication and Sunday School Society, 295. Weston, H. G., 40, 47; 68, 77, 211, 333. Wheat, A. C.,° 307. 104-I—1M—March, 1924 Whipple, A. B., ror. ., White; CLA, 276f, 220: White, G,. b°159, 24733301. Wiberg, Andreas, 253. Wialcoxne|on tine tage: Wilkinsvsheaigses 2. Williams, Roger, 9, 286. Williams, W. R., 41. Wilson, Franklin, 164. Windisch, Harry, 347. Winslow, Octavius, 67. Winterton, William, 67. Woman’s American Baptist Foreign Mis- sion Society, 165. Women helpers of the Society, 340f. Wood, George, 22ff., 285, 287. Woodbury, G. F., roo. “* Worker, The,’’ 46. Workers, distribution of, 4209. World’s Sunday School Association, 224. World War, 218. “ World-Wide,”’ 146, 165, 350. Wyclif, 18. x Year-Book, American Baptist, 51ff. YOungy ro. Gest 7 Omer on Voung leno al OS,a0 70 m4 oon Young Men’s Bible Society of New York, 326. “Young? People, ; 101, 317. “Young People at Work, 315. Young people’s department, 232f. ‘“ Young People’s Service, The,” 233. Young People’s Union, Baptist, 165, 315. Young people’s work, 154, 218, 2z20f. ‘““Young Reaper, The,” 46, 48, 68, 1209f., Revhingy MEY, HPL, Ceili ““Youth’s Department,’ 229. “ Youth’s Magazine,” 133. ““Youth’s World,” 233. The; 92301, e ¥ are is Pes ee ? a ee =e b a © . a 2 “Sinan a oe ene a aati tn dy iy BT 8 > - — Pe oe : et ee ee ee le te 4 - ee a ae “ ieee fi An cers ~~ a a BX6205 .A4B2 Pioneers of voit the first century of al Seminary—Speer Library ii MN 1 1012 00004 0560